PIRACY PLAN ‘IS ILLEGAL’

2

Brendan Abbott

PLANS to suspend the internet accounts of “copyright pirates” who illegally download and swap films and music could breach human rights.

Broadband providers and consumer rights groups warned yesterday “persuasion not coercion” was the way to stop piracy.

Stephen Timms, minister for Digital Britain, said previous schemes, which only cut users’ broadband speed, were not enough.

Internet service providers could also be allowed to take action against pirates.

In the year to July 2008, 6.5 million Britons illegally downloaded music and films.

Equality group takes racist BNP to court over ethnic exclusion

1
THE Equality and Human Rights Commission has begun legal action against the British National Party over concerns about ethnic restrictions on its membership.
The commission issued county court proceedings against the party after voicing concerns in June about its constitution and membership criteria.

The BNP said it intended to clarify the word “white” on its website, but the commission said it believed the party will continue to discriminate against potential or actual members on racial grounds.

“The BNP’s membership criteria appear to restrict membership to those within what the BNP regards as particular “ethnic groups” and those whose skin colour is white. This exclusion is contrary to the Race Relations Act.”

John Wadham, a commission director, said: “The BNP has said that it is not willing to amend its membership criteria, which we believe are discriminatory and unlawful.

“The commission has a statutory duty to enforce compliance, so we have today issued county court proceedings against the BNP. However, the party still has an opportunity to resolve this quickly by giving the undertaking on its membership criteria that the commission requires.”

Obama Approves Torture Team

0

The White House has confirmed that U.S. President Barack Obama has approved the creation of an elite team of interrogators to question key terrorism suspects.

White House spokesman Bill Burton said the team will be headquartered at the FBI and will bring together all “different elements” involved in interrogations. He said the team’s operation will be consistent with U.S. Army Field Manual regulations.

The Washington Post quotes senior administration officials as saying President Obama approved the so-called High-Value Detainee Interrogation Group last week. According to The Post, the group will be made up of experts from several intelligence and law enforcement agencies, and will be overseen by the National Security Council, giving the White House direct oversight of it.  

President Obama already has banned severe interrogation measures such as waterboarding, or simulated drowning, which were permitted under the previous administration of President George W. Bush. Consistent with the Army Field Manual, banned techniques also include playing loud music and depriving prisoners of sleep.  

Separately, The New York Times reports that the Justice Department ethics office is recommending reopening some prisoner abuse cases from the Bush administration, which could expose CIA employees and contractors to criminal prosecution.

A White House spokesman said the decision on whether to reopen the cases is solely up to Attorney General Eric Holder.

The developments come Monday, as a report by the CIA’s internal investigator is to be released, providing details of the controversial Bush-era interrogation techniques.

Sources who have seen the report say CIA interrogators brandished a gun at one prisoner, Abd al Rahim al-Nashiri, the man accused of masterminding an attack on the USS Cole, and also held a power drill near his body, turning it on and off.

In another case, a gunshot was fired in a room next door, to make a suspect believe another detainee had been killed. Threatening a prisoner with imminent death is illegal under U.S. law.

Sources who have seen the report say it suggests that the harsh techniques did not lead to useful information.

The investigation was completed in 2004. The American Civil Liberties Union fought for the results to be made public.

Some information for this report was provided by AP.

China releases rights activist

0

Ananth Krishnan

BEIJING: Chinese authorities on Sunday unexpectedly released on bail the well-known human rights lawyer Xu Zhiyong, a move seen by scholars and activists in Beijing as a rare victory for public activism.

Mr. Xu, who was arrested outside his home on July 29, is known in China for taking on sensitive human rights cases. He had been accused of tax evasion and kept in detention since July 29. His arrest was seen by many activists here as part of a wider crackdown launched by authorities on non-governmental organisations in the lead-up to the People’s Republic of China’s sixtieth anniversary on October 1.

Mr. Xu, whose detention has attracted international attention, was unexpectedly granted bail on Sunday. As the granting of bail is usually rare in such cases in China, Mr. Xu’s release most likely received sanction from higher authorities.

Mr. Xu founded a legal aid group called Gongmeng, or the Open Constitution Initiative, which has taken on sensitive legal cases in China. The organisation first came to prominence in 2003 when it took up the case of Sun Zhigang, a 27-year-old graduate student who was beaten to death in a Guangzhou detention centre after being picked up for not having the right identification papers. This case received a lot of attention in China, and in its aftermath the government amended custody laws.

Most recently, Gongmeng took up the cases of the victims of milk poisoning. Last year, more then 3 lakh children were sickened after consuming milk tainted with the chemical melamine. Gongmeng is currently representing the parents of victims who are seeking compensation.

But work at the centre has come to a standstill since its Beijing offices were raided last month on tax evasion charges. Authorities said the centre was not properly registered as an NGO, and fined the group 1.4 million Yuan. But human rights activists said the timing of the move suggested a wider crackdown on NGOs which handle sensitive issues in anticipation of the politically significant anniversary on October 1.

“The organisation’s activists say they now hope they can carry on with their work representing the parents of those affected by the milk powder scandal. After Mr. Xu’s arrest, we have not been able to operate normally,” Tian Qizhuang, Gongmeng’s executive director, told The Hindu. “This case has taken up all our energies.”

Mr. Tian said the organisation had on August 10 tried to pay the tax bureau the outstanding charges, but the payment was refused as officials said they needed the signature of Mr. Xu, who was then being held in detention.

Mr. Tian said it was “impossible” for organisations like Gongmeng to register themselves with the government as NGOs as doing so required sanction from government authorities. Consequently, he said, the group’s legal aid centre was functioning under the umbrella of the privately owned Gongmeng group.

The larger fate of Mr. Xu and his organisation is still unresolved.

Mr. Xu still faces trial. It is also unclear if there were any conditions he had to agree to secure his release, and if Gongmeng will continue taking on the kinds of sensitive cases it has in the past.

For now though, Mr. Xu’s release is seen by activists and scholars in Beijing as a rare victory for public activism.

“His release is a victory for all those who seek to promote public interest,” Zhou Xiaozheng, a professor of law at Renmin University in Beijing told the Global Times newspaper. “It’s a huge step of progress for promoting the rule of law in the country.”

(Bao BeiBei contributed to reporting.)

WALRUS BULLS BELLOWING ON A BEACH

0

August 22, 2009

WALRUS BULLS BELLOWING ON A BEACH

John Chuckman

I am disappointed with the view of some knowledgeable commentators over Scotland’s release of the dying man who was convicted of the Lockerbie-airline bombing.

From a purely power-politics point of view, of course, they are right: judging by the ugly noises echoing across the oceans from America, Scotland has done itself no favor.

But if all affairs are to be carried on in every country from that point of view, it seems to me that it is acceptance of America’s right to dictate every matter over the planet, including such intimate matters as how individual countries interpret justice and the government of laws.

This is the acceptance of a de facto aristocracy running the world since American voters – and only about half of eligible Americans bother to vote – represent only a percent or so of the planet’s population. It is remarkable how many Americans do not understand the basic point that not everything a democracy does is democratic or decent or even acceptable, especially things done outside its borders.

Democracies abuse power just as surely as any other form of government, and a democracy with the immense military power of the United States — a power virtually cancerous to genuine democratic values – provides a case study in the inexorable workings of Lord Acton’s dictum.

It would also represent a repression of all the better motives from which individuals and societies act now and then, surprising us and raising the standard of human behavior from the violent-chimpanzee standard that tends to hold for much of humanity and is especially notable in America’s international affairs.

That is unacceptable to most people who are not Americans or who are not dedicated flatterers of America seeking leftovers being dropped from its groaning table.

You only have to ask yourself how Americans themselves would react to others telling them how they should run their court system. The sound would be deafening, like the bellowing of walrus bulls on a stony beach in mating season, which is actually pretty close to the sound of some of America’s professional-victim families today.

Mercy is never misplaced, and I think Scottish justice has reached an admirable decision despite the bellowing of the unthinking American families we have heard from for years.

Apart from that, and a very important consideration, it is almost certain that al-Megrahi is innocent, having been fitted up by American intelligence desperate for a scapegoat with the relentless political pressure of the walrus-bull families.

I have to say, also, I always find it troubling to read the press repeating the lines about 270 victims for the thousandth time. It is an American mantra, emphasizing the special and precious nature of American lives over all others, at least, that is, the lives of upper middle-class Americans.

Rarely do we read an accurate perspective on the Lockerbie event.

The United States Navy stupidly shot down an Iranian airliner with 300 souls aboard as it observed the devastation of the Iran-Iraq War, a devastation America had an important hand in extending.

Those 300 innocent men, women, and children received no mercy, and their horrible deaths certainly never saw any justice. Their families never received compensation. And no apology was even offered by Americans, a disgusting set of behaviors, entirely.

Lockerbie was absolutely clearly revenge, but no one knows who actually committed the act of revenge.

I might offer the observation, too, that it is the same bellowing Americans always ready to use capital punishment or torture and assassinate opponents or, indeed, to invade the lands of those with whom they disagree, bombing and killing countless innocents — three million just in Vietnam, another million or so in the Cambodia they de-stabilized, and another million or so in Iraq.

The whole pattern of the two acts of wanton destruction explains the basis for the so-called War on Terror. It is simply America’s saying, “I can do to you, but you can’t do to me.”

UK ID cards will be useless in Europe

0

David Neal |

ACCORDING TO the UK’s Identity Minister, the Government’s ID cards won’t be worth the paper they’ll be printed on.

Despite the fact that the cards are almost in UK citizens’ wallets there is still a lot of work needed to raise awareness about them and their uses, particularly outside the British Isles.

In an interview with the Oldham Evening Chronicle, Lord Brett said that if holders leave the country and try to use the cards as some form of ID they will be met with blank faces and, we presume, Gallic shrugs.

Lord Brett said, “When we do launch it, we want to make sure all our ducks are in a row, it is not just marketing and selling the card to people who want to have it but to make sure first of all that all the countries in Europe will accept it and understand it as a travel document.” He added that unless this was the case there would be “no day one” for the cards.

Further damning the roll out, Brett said that the Police did not have the right to demand to see them, despite government claims that they will have a use in the fight against terrorism.

Brett also revealed the numbers of people who had already signed up to willingly receive the cards. In a display of underwhelming public support, 8,000 people have added their names to the list. Brett added, “It says what it does on the tin, it is your identity card, it is entirely voluntary.”

Meanwhile, millions of UK citizens have wisely chosen not to tear up their passports and driving licenses just yet, if ever.

Ex-Employees Label Blackwater Chief Super-Villian

Blackwater – I mean, “Xe” – is back in the news, more than six months after the mercenary firm was kicked out of Iraq by the Iraqi government for using “excessive force.” Baghdad gave Blackwater the boot for the company’s apparent role in the killings of 17 civilians in Baghdad’s Nisoor Square on Sept. 16, 2007. In that incident, Blackwater guards reportedly opened fire on a crowd after coming under attack.

According to affidavits filed in federal court on Monday, the company’s founder Erik Prince and his staff were engaged in a fantastic litany of crimes, almost too fantastic to be believed. At the top of the list: Prince and his proteges “murdered, or had murdered, one or more persons who have provided information, or who were planning to provide information, to the federal authorities” regarding the Nisoor Square killings. The affidavits, part of a civil lawsuit stemming from Blackwater’s alleged abuses in Iraq, were signed by “John Doe #1″ and “John Doe #2,” both of whom claim to be current or former Blackwater employees. John Doe #2 wrote that he “fear[s] violence against me in retaliation for submitting this declaration.”

The affidavits also allege that Blackwater illegally smuggled weapons into Iraq, sometimes in bags of dog food – an allegation we’ve heard before. More broadly, “Prince intentionally deployed to Iraq certain men who shared his vision of Christian supremacy, knowing and wanting these men to take every available opportunity to murder Iraqis. … Going to Iraq to shoot and kill Iraqis was viewed as a sport or game,” according to the statements.The Nation broke the story of the new accusations, calling them “devastating.” Blackwater had re-branded itself as “Xe” earlier this year, in a bid to shed its bad image.

Blackwater’s got loads of legal troubles. Five employees await trial in the U.S. on charges stemming from the Nisoor shootings. The company has also faced accusations from crew members aboard its warship McArthur, which was outfitted to fight pirates but has yet to win a contract. Three McArthur crewmen reported harassment, reprisals and physical abuse at the hands of drunken superiors.

Iraqis, in particular, are adamant that Blackwater face justice. “Iraqis might think at least a little differently of America if the killers are put in prison,” said Iraqis Farid Walid, who was wounded in the Nisoor Square incident.

Scientology founder made up qualifications

3

Jean Antonique

London, UK – Scientology founder L Ron Hubbard made up his qualifications along with his religion, as shown by secret documents released to the Times.

Hubbard bought a sham college and then awarded himself a PhD from it, according to files released by the National Archives after a request by the paper under the Freedom of Information Act.

Back in 1968, Scientologists threatened to sue the British government for libel, after it banned followers from entering the country. To defend itself, the government started gathering evidence that Hubbard was a fake.

In a signed statement amongst the documents, one of Hubbard’s collaborators wrote: “The position is L Ron Hubbard [and others] acquired premises somewhere in Los Angeles which they had registered as a university called Sequoia and immediately awarded each other doctorates.”

Whitehall officials followed up on this with the British Consulate in Los Angeles. They were told: “[Sequoia] is a ‘will of the wisp’ organisation which has no premises and does not really exist. It has not and never had any authority whatsoever to issue diplomas or degrees and the dean is sought by the authorities ‘for questioning’.”

The Scientologists, who number Tom Cruise amongst their numbers, have some pretty groovy beliefs. Apparently, we’re all aliens who have lived before on other planets, and paying Hubbard’s crew loads and loads of money will bring liberation.

Home Office shrugs off ID card hack demo

2

A researcher who claims to have cloned a UK identity card has had his offers to demonstrate the security breach turned down by the Home Office.

Adam Laurie said he had made repeated approaches to the government department since December to show how he had managed to clone and modify the chip on an ID card belonging to a foreign student. However, those approaches were rebuffed, Laurie and Steve Boggan, the investigative journalist working with the researcher, told ZDNet UK.

“There has been no invitation or request from the Home Office to demonstrate the flaws in this technology,” said Boggan. “We have suggested a demonstration [to the Home Office].”

However, the Home Office said it had asked Laurie to provide the cloned card to it a “couple of weeks ago”, but as he had not done so, the hacking claim was unsubstantiated.

Laurie claimed the ID card was cloned and the personal details on the chip changed, in an article by Boggan in the Daily Mail on Wednesday.

“This story is rubbish,” the Home Office said in a statement. “We are satisfied the personal data on the chip cannot be changed or modified and there is no evidence this has happened.”

However, Laurie said on Friday he had not been approached by the Home Office and that it was “bizarre” the government department would claim to have requested to see evidence from him. “The Home Office has never been in direct contact with me,” he said. “If they can produce documentary evidence or a paper trail of an invitation, I’d be interested to see it.”

The researcher added that he would be more than happy to demonstrate the cloning and modification technology to UK government officials.

“The way I work is through responsible disclosure,” said Laurie. “The only reason we went public is that the Home Office had refused repeated approaches from us and we want to make sure they make the cards secure.”

Security experts have long questioned the viability of the prospective UK ID cards and David Blunkett, the architect of the scheme, admitted in April there had been a “massive drop” in public confidence in ID cards.

The chip that was modified uses the technology that will be used in cards for UK citizens, according to Laurie. Criminals could forge or obtain physical plastic cards and then insert modified chips on them, he warned.

To clone the chip, Laurie said he used a generally available USB radio frequency identification reader, the Omnikey 5321 Reader, in combination with his own RFIDIOt code. These were used to read the chip on the foreign student’s card and to then transfer the personal information onto a PC.

A hacker could use a suitably equipped mobile phone, such as the Nokia 6131, to read the information, the researcher said. However, it is easier to use a modified RFIDIOt tool to download data from the card onto a PC, he added.

Laurie said he successfully managed to download all of the data from the chip, except for the fingerprint information. He later created replacement fingerprint data from scratch using a biometric file standard called CBEFF.

“We weren’t able to produce a direct clone of the card, but it didn’t matter, as we were later able to add fingerprint details,” Laurie said.

Personal data is stored on the card using the ICAO9303 passport standard, Laurie said. The data is segregated into files called ‘data groups’. While there are 16 potential data group fields, not all of them are used, Laurie said.

Four of the fields important to the breach are Data Group 1 (DG1), which contains information in the machine readable zone (MRZ) on a passport; DG2, which contains the facial image; DG3, which contains the fingerprint image; and DG14, which contains the digital certificate used for active authentication.

DG14 contains active authentication cryptographic safeguards, which are meant, in part, to ensure that the card has not been tampered with.

However, when a card is presented to a reader, the card itself tells the reader whether it should check for a digital certificate. This makes the safeguards ineffectual, as removing the data group removes the check, said Laurie.

“If the file is not present on the card, the reader doesn’t ask for it,” said Laurie “The card dictates to the reader what security checks to do, and since I control the card, I can tell it to do no security checks.”

The digital certificate also guarantees the authenticity of the other data groups on the card. Each file has a cryptographic signature or checksum that is checked against the digital certificate. The idea is that if any of the files are tampered with, the cryptographic signature will no longer be valid.

However, Laurie said he had circumvented this measure by simply replacing the digital certificate and checksums with his own. This works because the ICAO public key directory used by the government, which is supposed to authenticate the digital certificates centrally, has had no government input yet, he said.

Laurie uploaded the modified files onto an NXP JCOP card, which is a programmable contactless smartcard. He then tested whether it would work using a Golden Reader tool validated by ICAO.

Laurie said it had taken him 12 minutes to read the original card, but that he and fellow security researchers Jeroen van Beek and Peter Guttman had then done additional work.

“This demonstrates the technology is not a universal panacea,” said Laurie.

Tom Espiner ZDNet.co.uk

Government allows staff to abuse privacy laws

1

Councils are failing to prosecute staff caught using a sensitive government database to snoop on celebrities and members of the public, disclosures under the Freedom of Information Act have revealed. 

Computer Weekly has established that staff from at least 34 local authorities have misused the Department of Work and Pensions’ (DWP) Customer Information System (CIS) database to look up personal details of the public.

The database, which holds 92 million records on the population, underpins the government’s ID card programme. It stores sensitive data such as ethnicity, relationship history and whether someone is being investigated for fraud.

Nine staff have been quietly sacked from their local authority jobs for abusing the database, nine have been given official warnings, two have been suspended, four resigned and six had their database access privileges removed, Freedom of Information requests lodged by Computer Weekly have revealed.

But none of the local authorities have chosen to bring prosecutions against their staff for abusing their access to the CIS database.

Abuse of access rights 

The revelation has promoted accusations that local authorities and the DWP are trying to keep the breaches quiet.

Phil Booth, national organiser for campaign group No2ID, said, “They are reluctant to prosecute because that will give the wrong message that the database is insecure from the inside.”

“These are the people we are supposed to be able to trust,” he said.

“It is the job of the keepers of the National Identity Register to keep external hackers out. The problem is insider access by people already authorised.”

Local authorities are required to sign a Memorandum of Understanding that permits them to access the “restricted data” on the CIS. It contains the threat of criminal prosecution of staff who abuse their access rights.

“DWP will consider prosecuting individuals for misuse of information held on CIS. DWP will support your local authority to ensure appropriate disciplinary or prosecution action is taken in serious cases,” it states.

The Memorandum of Understanding gives the DWP rights to withdraw CIS access from local authorities when “any individual user is suspected of misusing the system”.

Data and the law 

But many of the councils told Computer Weekly that their decision not to prosecute staff who have used the CIS database to snoop on members of the public was taken in consultation with the DWP.

Peter Sommer, an expert witness in computer crime cases and visiting professor at the London School of Economics, said the breaches have raised concerns that the law might be too weak.

The Computer Misuse Act could be used to prosecute someone for unauthorised access to a database, he said, but not for looking at information they should not see on a database they are authorised to use.

The Memorandum of Understanding between local authorities and the DWP says that requirements to keep data on the CIS database confidential are “underpinned by legislation” in the Data Protection Act 1998, the Social Security Administration Act 1992 and the Computer Misuse Act 1990.

“[This] binds DWP and your local authority to handle customers’ personal information in confidence… Your local authority has an explicit responsibility for the security of the information and is accountable for the actions of users with access to the CIS,” it says.

The Social Security Administration Act 1992 could be used to send people to prison for snooping on social security databases they were otherwise authorised to access, but only if it were proven they had disclosed their findings to others, say experts.

In at least one instance, a council worker passed on information to a family member. The worker was given a warning.

A DWP spokesman said, “It is the duty of local authorities to consider and enforce what is appropriate, including legal action against their employees.”

National Identity Scheme

A Home Office spokesman said the CIS breaches should not reflect badly on the National Identity Scheme, which is still in development. The CIS might be pegged as the biographical store for the Identity Scheme, he said, but Home Office data would be stored separately from data held by the DWP and protected by “strict access controls”.

“IPS [Identity and Passport Service] will make the systems supporting the National Identity Scheme as secure as possible, building on an excellent track record with the current passport database,” he said.

Mark Ballard

Blackwater accused of murder in ‘crusade to eliminate Muslims’

0

A series of allegations including murder, weapons smuggling and the deliberate slaughter of civilians have been levelled against the founder of Blackwater, the security company being investigated for shooting deaths in Iraq. The accusations, including a claim that the company founder Erik Prince either murdered or had killed former employees co-operating with federal investigators, are contained in sworn affidavits lodged at a Virginia court on Monday night. The company was the most prominent of an army of private security companies employed by the Pentagon and State Department to protect military convoys and guard US diplomats in Iraq, The Times reminds.

The accusations against Mr Prince are being made by two former employees, including a former Marine, who have sworn them anonymously as John Doe No 1 and John Doe No 2, because they said they feared for their lives if their identities were revealed.

In one of the statements, John Doe 2, who worked for Blackwater for four years, alleged that Mr Prince “views himself as a Christian crusader tasked with eliminating Muslims and the Islamic faith from the globe” and that his companies “encouraged and rewarded the destruction of Iraqi life”.
They claimed that Mr Prince and other executives destroyed incriminating videos, e-mails and documents and hid their criminal behaviour from the US State Department.

John Doe 2 claimed in his affidavit that – based on information he said was provided to him by former colleagues – “it appears that Mr Prince and his employees murdered or had murdered one or more persons who have provided information, or who were planning to provide information, to the federal authorities about the ongoing criminal conduct”.

The affidavits are part of a motion lodged by lawyers representing 60 Iraqi civilians who are suing Blackwater for alleged crimes. The five civilian suits were consolidated before a judge in northern Virginia. The motion was in response to a request by Blackwater to dismiss the case. Blackwater, which lost its multimillion-dollar State Department contract in May, denies the claims and is contesting the lawsuits. No criminal charges have been filed against Mr Prince.

In a statement released to CNN, the company said that it would respond “to the anonymous unsubstantiated and offensive assertions put forward by the plaintiffs” in a brief to be filed on August 17. It added: “It is obvious that plaintiffs have chosen to slander Mr Prince rather than raise legal arguments or actual facts that will be considered by a court of law. We are happy to engage them there.
“We question the judgment of anyone who relies upon and [reiterates] anonymous declarations.” Five Blackwater guards who pleaded not guilty to manslaughter charges are awaiting trial over a shooting incident in Nisour Square, Baghdad, on September 16, 2007, which left 17 Iraqis dead. A sixth guard pleaded guilty.

The John Doe 2 affidavit alleged that Mr Prince intentionally deployed like-minded men to Iraq “who shared his vision of Christian supremacy, knowing and wanting these men to take every available opportunity to murder Iraqis. Many of these men used call signs based on the Knights of the Templar, the warriors who fought the Crusades”. It stated that Blackwater employees consistently used racist and derogatory terms. The separate 72-page motion, which cites the affidavits, also accused Blackwater guards of boasting of kills, taking mind-altering drugs, steroids and using child prostitutes. Mr Prince is accused of smuggling illegal weapons into Iraq on his private aircraft. He is accused of allowing his guards to use illegal exploding bullets “to inflict maximum damage on Iraqis”. He is also accused of racketeering and tax evasion. The former Marine alleged that numerous incidents of excessive force were videotaped, watched at the end of the day, and then erased.

FOCUS News Agency

Biometrics system for foreign students

1

A parliamentary committee has echoed universities’ concerns over the robustness of the biometrics system that will be used for visa applications by students.

The Home Affairs Committee looked at the role of the National Biometric Identity Service (NBIS) in student visa applications as part of a report into migration processes.

UK universities can guarantee that foreign students applying for visas will attend under the sponsorship management system, which is part of the NBIS. Under the scheme, students must submit their fingerprints and other identifying characteristics at biometric collection points overseas for holding in the NBIS database.

However, as approximately eight per cent of university funding comes from those foreign students, and because many government IT projects have failed, universities are concerned that the enrolment of students will depend on the untested NBIS, the committee said.

“Given the unfortunate propensity of previous large-scale Home Office IT systems to fail, we fully sympathise with the nervousness felt by universities about a sponsorship management system which relies entirely on a Home Office IT project,” said the report, released on Saturday. “The consequences for the reputation, functioning and finances of UK businesses and educational establishments of any failure of the system at peak times of the year, are potentially dramatic.”

A spokesperson for the UK Border Agency (UKBA) told silicon.com sister site ZDNet UK on Wednesday that while the part of the NBIS that deals with the sponsorship management system will be launched in the autumn, the majority of the system is already running.

“Much of our IT system is already in place and is working well,” said the spokesperson. “The final part of the system, which will be used by colleges and universities, will go live in autumn of this year. We have been working with colleges for nearly a year to develop the system and we have a robust and independently verified testing plan.”

In addition, the UKBA does not have enough collection points overseas, the Home Affairs Committee said in its report, citing incidences of people having to travel to different countries to give their fingerprints. This has slowed the visa application process, said the committee.

“The requirement for applicants to provide biometrics in person for visas and the inevitable delays associated with this process seems to be causing disproportionate delays and expense to applicants,” said the report. “The challenge with providing biometrics is especially acute for migrants in certain parts of the world where biometric collection centres are few and far between, such as certain African countries.”

The committee added there were insufficient numbers of biometric collection centres in most countries aside from the US, and recommended the government should establish more biometric capture points, including the provision of mobile biometric-collection centres, “as a matter of urgency”.

The UKBA spokesperson added that while the agency had no plans to increase the number of biometric collection points, it was working to improve the application process.

“Visa applications can be lodged at 250 places worldwide,” said the spokesperson. “We are continually seeking ways to make biometric collection more accessible to our customers and have agreements in place with many foreign governments to use already established collection points. Where people need to travel urgently we can and have made special arrangements to facilitate their journeys.”

The seven-year NBIS contract was awarded to IBM in April.

Original article: MPs show lack of faith in biometrics IT system from ZDNet UK

Ministers call for torture inquiry

0

Parliament’s Joint Human Rights Committee has called for an independent inquiry into allegations that the British Government was complicit in acts of torturing terror suspects.

The cross-party group of MPs and peers examined details of several cases where it was alleged individuals detained as terror suspects were mistreated by Britain’s allies abroad.

Shadow foreign secretary William Hague said: “The Government’s failure to answer growing questions about torture and rendition are damaging the good name of this country.”

He added: “It is particularly disappointing that both the Foreign Secretary and Home Secretary refused to give oral evidence to the committee.

“We agree with the report’s recommendation that the Intelligence and Security Committee should be reformed.”

Amnesty International UK director Kate Allen said: “The committee is absolutely right to call on the Government to allow a full, independent inquiry into all aspects of alleged complicity by the UK in torture, ‘rendition’, illegal detention and other human rights abuses.

“Amnesty has been calling for an inquiry for months and the sense we are getting is that the Government is still trying to brush this issue under the carpet.

A Government spokesman said there was no need to hold an independent inquiry and said there were no new allegations in the committee’s report.

He said: “The Government unreservedly condemns the use of torture as a matter of fundamental principle and works hard with its international partners to eradicate this abhorrent practice worldwide.”

Among the cases referred to the committee was that of Salahuddin Amin, a UK-born terrorist convicted in 2007 of planning to attack numerous targets in the UK, including the Bluewater shopping centre. Amin alleged that he was tortured during his detention in Pakistan between 2004 and 2005 and that British intelligence officials interviewed him several times in between periods of torture.

Government plans to install CCTV in 20,000 homes

3

Adam Hartley

The UK Government’s Children’s Secretary Ed Balls has announced a controversial new CCTV monitoring scheme, in which thousands of problem families are to be monitored 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

Balls claims that the £400 million “sin bin” scheme will put up to 20,000 problem families under 24-hour surveillance in their own homes, to ensure children go to bed and school on time and eat proper meals.

“Private security guards will also be sent round to carry out home checks, while parents will be given help to combat drug and alcohol addiction,” reads a report in the Sunday Express.

Family Intervention Projects

Mr Balls wants every local authority to fund such ‘Family Intervention Projects‘, noting that: “This is pretty tough and non-negotiable support for families to get to the root of the problem.

“There should be Family Intervention Projects in every local authority area because every area has families that need support.”

Pupils and their families will have to sign ‘Home School Agreements’ which set out parents’ duties to make sure their kids attend school.

However, privacy campaigners are already up in arms over the latest government plans to install surveillance tech within people’s homes.

Fear not, just read this on how to avoid being captured on CCTV instead.

Internet firms condemn “unwarranted” invasion of people’s privacy

1

A proposal to allow Cheltenham listening post GCHQ to monitor any email, phone call or website visit of people in the UK has been condemned by internet firms.

The London Internet Exchange, which represents more than 330 companies, including BT, Virgin and Carphone Warehouse, says the Government’s surveillance proposals are an “unwarranted” invasion of people’s privacy.

The £2 billion project, pioneered by former Home Secretary Jacqui Smith, would allow the Benhall-based intelligence headquarters access to the records of internet providers in an effort to maintain its defences against terrorism.

The firms will be asked to collect and store vast amounts of data, including from social networking sites such as Facebook, although intelligence workers will not be able to view the actual content of emails and phone calls.

But the companies, who would have to co-operate with ministers for the scheme to be implemented, say the Government has misled the public about the extent to which it plans to monitor internet activity.

A private submission from the London Internet Exchange to the Home Office said: “We view the description of the Government’s proposals as maintaining the capability as disingenuous — the volume of data the Government now proposes we should collect and retain will be unprecedented.

“This is a purely political description that serves only to win consent by hiding the extent of the proposed extension of powers for the state.”

The criticism is the latest blow to the scheme. Ms Smith was forced to abandon plans for a giant database of internet records in April following privacy concerns.

She tried to salvage the project by announcing £2 billion of public money would instead be spent on helping internet providers to retain information for up to 12 months.

But the London Internet Exchange said the proposals were unworkable.

It said: “We aren’t aware of any existing equipment (an internet firm) could purchase that would enable it to acquire and retain such a wide range of data.

“In some common cases it would be impossible in principle to obtain the information sought.

A spokesman for GCHQ said: “The Home Office has consulted publicly on its proposals.

“It recognises that this is a complex and sensitive subject with a fine balance to be made between protecting public safety and civil liberties.

“GCHQ is providing technical advice and support to the Home Office and has no plans to monitor all internet use and phone calls in Britain.”

Privacy Breaches By ID Card Staff

1

Nine staff have been sacked from their local authority jobs for snooping on personal records of celebrities and personal acquaintances held on the core database of the government’s National Identity Scheme.

Mark Ballard

They are among 34 council workers who illegally accessed the Customer Information System (CIS) database, which holds the biographical data of the population that will underpin the government’s multi-billion-pound ID card programme.

The disclosures, obtained by Computer Weekly using the Freedom of Information Act, will add to calls for the government to come clean over the security of the National Identity Scheme.

The CIS database, run by the Department for Work and Pensions, stores up to 9,800 items of information on 92 million people, including sensitive data, such as ethnicity, relationship history, whether someone is being investigated for fraud and whether they have special needs.

Freedom of information requests by Computer Weekly, have uncovered a string of breaches by council workers:

  • Cardiff and Glasgow councils sacked staff after they looked up celebrities’ personal records
  • Tonbridge and Bromley councils sacked workers for looking up their friends
  • Brent sacked someone who looked at their girlfriend’s details
  • A worker at Torfaen was sacked for looking at his own details

But this may just be the tip of the iceberg. Many of the breaches were discovered after sample checks, raising concerns that other breaches may gone undetected.

Over 200,000 government officials have access to the database, including staff at 480 local authorities, and numerous government departments, including the Department of Work and Pensions, HM Revenue & Customs, and the Courts Service. The Child Support Agency uses the CIS to trace missing parents,

Gus Hosein, a management systems academic with the London School of Economics, said that breaches were inevitable.

“Human nature and the propensity of governments to abuse privacy means that the only real safeguard is to not collect this information in the first place,” he said. “Create a central store and you will get abuse”.

A DWP spokesman said, “The small number of incidents shows that the CIS security system is working and is protected by several different audit and monitoring controls, which actively manage and report attempts at unauthorised or inappropriate access.”

In other breaches discovered by Computer Weekly, Exeter sacked someone for being unable to justify an access to the database. Hertsmere and Penwith (now part of Cornwall) councils sacked people for looking at records they shouldn’t, but couldn’t say what the records were.

Carmarthenshire Council disciplined a person who illegally used the CIS to look at the records in July 2008 of someone “known personally” to them, but refused to give details. Solihull took disciplinary action after a CIS breach in February 2008.

Peter Sommer, visiting professor at the London School of Economics Information Systems Integrity Group, said, “Any system in which you have a large number of users can never be secure. Instead of giving generalised assurances, the government should say explicitly what level of security failures they consider to be acceptable. Politically, that is a very awkward thing to say.”

The government plans to extend use of the CIS, beyond its present community of DWP government partners and customers. Its next phase of development, called CISx (CIS cross-government), will give access to departments such as the Driver and Vehicle Licensing Agency.

Immigrants face high-tech scans

1

IMMIGRANTS in Derbyshire are to undergo compulsory hi-tech facial scans as part of a national UK Border Agency crackdown on illegal workers.

Information from the scans will be used for new identity cards for the foreign nationals, which will be issued to 90% of immigrants in Britain by 2015.

Biometric scanners, such as those used in the scheme, will also take facial images for voluntary National ID cards which the Government plans to introduce later this year.

Derby’s Passport Interview Office — the only place immigrants can be scanned in the East Midlands — dealt with its first two foreign nationals yesterday.

It will take about 10 days for their cards to be processed after which they will need to use their card to prove their identity to employers, universities, colleges and at border control.

Border Agency officials say the cards will be a more secure form of identification than passports and birth certificates, which can be forged.

The scanners take 16 measurements of the face, which are then stored as data on an encrypted chip embedded in the cards.

Fingerprints data taken at the passport offices will also be stored on the chips.

It is hoped the cards will prevent fraud such as that by Iraqi Taha Morad in Derby from 2005 to 2007.

The Derby Telegraph previously reported how the 36-year-old had no legal right to be in Britain but managed to trick three job agencies and the Department for Work and Pensions so he could get a job and claim benefits.

UK Border Agency senior executive Glen Carr said that, at the moment, Derby’s passport office was only dealing with people applying as a student, or based on marriage, to live in the UK. Other foreign nationals would be scanned over the next three years.

They will be told that they need to get scanned after they apply.

Mr Carr said: “We are only dealing with a few foreign nationals for now while the equipment is tested but by the end of the year the Derby office will be dealing with about 80 people a day.

“Employers need to ask the foreign national for their card. There’s a hotline they can ring to find out if the interviewee has permission to work in the UK.

“Customs officers will have the information to hand at airports, etc.”

Mr Carr said scanners for reading the cards were currently in production but that it was not yet clear how they would be used.

Gail Adams, UK Border Agency regional director said the ID cards showed the Government’s tough policy on illegal workers.

She said: “These cards will help us stop people illegally accessing benefits and make it easier than ever to crack down on illegal working.”

ID cards and the snooper state

0
IT IS simply wrong of James Hall, CEO of the Identity & Passport Service, to suggest that the personal information stored on the National Identity Register is equivalent to the data already collected for passports.
The passport database requires only a single name and address at the time of application, together with a copy of the holder’s passport photograph.
Schedule 1 of the Identity Cards Act 2006 (http://tinyurl.com/IDsched1) describes 50 classes of information that may be stored on the ID database.
These data include every name by which an applicant has been known, every place of residence (in the UK or elsewhere), a photograph, signature, fingerprints and “other” biometric information (eg iris scans), national insurance number, driver number, passport and identity card numbers issued by other countries, and much else besides.

Anyone enrolling on the ID database will be subjecting themselves to lifelong reporting requirements. There are severe financial penalties for failure to keep the authorities notified of any change of detail.

Furthermore, the ID database will store information of a kind that no government department has ever had access to before, except where the security services have placed suspects under surveillance.

The national identity register’s audit trail will record every occasion on which an identity is verified, such as stays in hotels and visits to clinics, providing a detailed profile of every citizen’s life.

Dr Geraint Bevan, Glasgow

UNDER the Identity Cards Act 2006 the Identity and Passport Service has become a branch of the snooper state. Everyone registered for an identity card will subsequently have to report every change in their circumstances on pain of a fine of up to £1,000, and be forced to re-register every ten years or face more large fines. Greatly increased amounts of information about citizens will be kept on a new £6bn database, funded by inflated £77 passport fees. Logging ID card usage in the database will allow government to monitor citizens’ daily lives.

No democratic government has ever tried to track its population’s movements in this way. Whitehall’s identity cards scheme has no place in our country, and must be scrapped immediately.

Andrew Watson, Cambridge

Big Brother in the electronic age

1

WE’RE a big country so I guess it’s understandable that not only is Big Brother watching — but now it’s Big Sister, Big Uncle, Big Aunt, Big Whoever. It’s becom ing a Big Mother of an operation.

OK, we know about pat-downs at the airport that, for some of us, are the only time we have any physical body contact at all so let’s not knock that. But isn’t this whole invasion-of-privacy thing overdone? No place a private citizen can be private anymore. If a nice lady ends up in bed with a semi-nice guy in the so-called privacy of her own nice bedroom, she still can’t be sure she’s not being filmed. Spooks tell you super-mini-cameras can be tucked not only behind a painting or in a light fixture but in your ear, up your nose, between your toes or, with the greatest respect, God knows.

E-mail. The new generation doesn’t even know how to write longhand. Stationery has gone the way of papyrus. Stamps may be going up but letters are going down. Everyone e-mails. A guy’s breaking up with his longtime live-in? He does it by e-mail. You’re receiving a legal document? Comes by e-mail. A dumb married South Carolina governor getting it on with an overheated unmarried lady in downtown Argentina upchucks about the wonders of scratching her itch — on e-mail! Lawyers warn that you must be careful of e-mail. That there’s no way to ever get rid of it. That it’ll remain there longer than a hair transplant.

ATMs? These machines have big mouths. They know what you took and where you were when you took it. Can’t tell the missus you were in Cleveland on business when your ATM will state that on such-and-such particular Thursday you were in hot Buenos Aires pulling cash for a hot time on a hot bod.

NEW YORK POST

US Troops Hiding in Iraqi Homes

0

A few words from U.S. troops in Iraq, all quoted in Chapter 1 of Dahr Jamail’s brilliant new book “The Will to Resist: Soldiers Who refuse to Fight in Iraq and Afghanistan”:

“Oh yeah, we did search and avoid missions all the time. We would go to the end of our patrol route and set up camp on the top of a bridge and use it as an over-watch position. It was a common tactic. We would just sit there and observe rather than sweep. We would call in radio checks every hour and report that we were doing sweeps.” — Eli Wright

“Unit members would go and play soccer with Iraqi kids instead of going on patrol. I knew soldiers who learned to simulate vehicular movement on the computer screen, to create the impression of being on patrol.” — Josh Simpson

“Nearly each day they pull into a parking lot, drink soda, and shoot the cans. They pay Iraqi kids to bring them things and spread the word that they are not doing anything and to please leave them alone.” — Geoff Millard

“Our platoon sergeant, an E7, was with us and he knew our patrols were bullshit, just riding around to get blown up. We were at Camp Victory, at Baghdad International Airport. A lot of time we’d leave the main gate and come right back in another gate to the base where there’s a big PX. They had a nice mess hall, and a Burger King. The BK is where we wanted to go and to the PX and look at DVDs and dirty magazines. We’d leave one guy at the Humvees to call in every hour, and we’d spend the full eight hours doing this.” — Cliff Hicks

“A big thing used to be squads putting up in some Iraqi’s house for a day or two, just going there and staying. They insert themselves in a house covertly in order to watch a neighborhood without anyone knowing that they were there. But it is really not about watching. It is about sleeping. Hopefully the squad is well-accepted in the family. Sometimes they even make friends. A few soldiers keep watch, the rest of the squad catch up on sleep and relax for a change.” — Bryan Casler

“So we would go and drop the dismounted people at some house with an air conditioner, where they would kick in a door and hang out and drink tea with those people, while we would proceed with the vehicles and bide time out of visible range.” — Seth Manzel

What a bunch of slackers: that might be an appropriate response to all of this if there were some comprehensible and worthwhile thing that any of these people were supposed to be doing. But, as Jamail’s book makes clear, when US soldiers in Iraq are not avoiding their duty they are engaging in harassment, abuse, torture, the murder of civilians, endless stress and trauma, and the risk of their own death and injury for no purpose that has been made clear to them. Soldiers quoted in the book point out that if their own nation were occupied they would certainly fight back just as the Iraqis do. In fact, these are soldiers who signed up to fight for a cause. Some of them fell for the post-9-11 propaganda and signed up thinking they would help defend the United States. Many of them signed up for economic reasons, but they also had a willingness to kill and risk death for a noble cause. Many of them tried to do so for years before losing faith. And what went away, other than their physical and mental well being, was not their courage or generosity. It was their ability to convince themselves they were risking their lives for any good reason.

As recounted in “The Will to Resist,” which ought to be read by every American, avoidance of duty (or, rather, illegal orders masquerading as duty) in Iraq has often evolved seamlessly into refusal to obey. Jamail recounts incidents of individuals and squads refusing to obey orders. If you were sent out at the same time every night to the same place, and were losing more friends each time to predictable attacks, for no apparent reason, would you not at some point refuse to go out yet another time, at least without changing your path and timing? Most of these soldiers do not have any understanding that war is always a mistake. They are willing to fight a war if someone can explain to them what the purpose of it is, or what a victory would look like. But they have turned against this particular war, since nobody can explain it to them, and they have seen for themselves that what they do in it accomplishes no good.

So, some soldiers refuse to load their guns, risking their own lives rather than kill. Others go AWOL. Others, indeed, turn against all wars and apply for conscientious objector status. Some leave the country, some go to jail, some go to court and win. All of these stories are found in this book. So is a rich collection of stories from Winter Soldier, the series of events organized by Iraq Veterans Against the War, at which veterans of the Iraq War have described what they did — most of it far more shameful and painful than facing the charge of “slacker” from fat chicken hawks in air conditioned studios. Iraq Veterans Against the War turns five years old this week and continues to grow rapidly, as it should: http://ivaw.org

Other worthwhile organizations to join and support are described in “The Will to Resist,” which includes a powerful foreword by Chris Hedges, and some excellent chapters on how veterans are trying to deal with PTSD, injuries, lack of income, and despair, the products of a war that kills more US troops through post-combat suicide than through enemy attacks. The resistance movement within the military to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan is still not what it was during the Vietnam War. Soldiers today were not drafted away from lucrative careers. They are in the military because they do not have other options, and almost half of them have families to support. And soldiers are kept together in their units so that they will each fight out of loyalty to their buddies even if they all oppose the fighting. But, as Jamail discusses, soldiers who want to resist lack the same support from civilians that was provided during the Vietnam War. That’s the rest of us. We have a duty to read these books, support the groups doing the work, build up the coffee shops near the bases, keep the military out of our schools, and offer our time to assist those willing to make a more courageous choice than that of simply obeying illegal orders.

David Swanson

Guantánamo Bay: the inside story

0

Six months ago this week President Obama, on his second day in office, promised to close the Guantánamo detention camp within a year, and to undo the secretive and coercive detention and interrogation policies of George W. Bush. But has Obama been as good as his word?

I went to Guantánamo last month to see for myself what difference, if any, Obama’s election had made. My trip was surreal from start to end. I was in line for the rotating junket to the island, and had been given a date by a nervous-sounding and very young Lieutenant Cody Starken. I signed papers that committed me to not reporting classified information – on pain of prosecution. Then I got on a tiny aircraft – unmarked on any announcement board – out of Fort Lauderdale airport.

On the aircraft were bland-looking contractors, male and female, who deflected my small talk, and two young staffers from the Centre for Constitutional Rights, the organisation representing the detainees when no one else would touch the work, and which now co-ordinates hundreds of lawyers from across the country doing so: Pardis Kebriaei, a staff lawyer, and Jess Baen, a legal worker, tried to answer all my questions until my military handler determinedly parted us on our arrival. Lawyers are kept in a compound on one side of the military base at Guantánamo, journalists housed on the other side; they may never communicate with or run into one another. As a journalist, a handler sticks within 18in of you at all times, standing outside when you go to the bathroom and near by when you buy personal items at the commissary; your phone calls and e-mail are monitored.

Passport check was followed by our descent over the glittering curve of the sea on to the edge of Cuba, which was studded with lights. A tired, courtly Navy media specialist, MC1 Mapp, whisked me through security checks; I took in the heat, humidity, mosquitoes and languid crowds of Filipino and Jamaican contractors. We stepped into a ferry; then a young, chipper Sergeant Hillegass – in his other life, a 911 dispatcher – met us in a van and drove us to a street of identical townhouses. I was left alone in the house.

My mobile phone could not call out directly, my BlackBerry did not work, there was no internet access for my computer. My press kit had a scene of a lush sunset on the cover, and a speedboat.

Breakfast – with a TV crew from Poland and another from Russia, and our military handlers – was at a lively mess hall that looked like something out of summer camp, except that all the tired, strapping young people were in pressed fatigues. Then two African American soldiers, Petty Officer Bennet, a genial woman in her thirties who wanted to be a graphic designer, and a charming man a bit older, Petty Officer Dwight, took us to our first stop, Camp X-Ray.

As the military handlers made pleasant jokes about the heat, I took in a low-tech vision of Hell. This was the site of the first scenes from Guantánamo, where men sweltered in kennel-like cages. These were the cages themselves: about 50, each about 8ftx12ft, an aisle down the centre for guards to move in, a slab of corrugated iron on top of each cell, and a pipe with a funnel at groin level, in which to urinate; open to the elements; no walls, no true shade. Concrete floors. There had been buckets for defaecation, MC1 Dwight told us; but the prisoners had thrown the faeces at the guards. There was a communal shower, now crumbling – but the prisoners had not liked to shower in groups, naked.

The scene was being reclaimed by nature: vines and brambles were swallowing the wire, twisting around the doors. At 10am the humidity was so intense that sweat was pouring down our faces. The temperature was close to 40C. I went into a cell; grinding heat, drenching humidity, pure exposure to the sun. It was as if you were being cooked in a man-sized convection oven. “Look out!” shouted Petty Officer Dwight. “Banana rats!”

I looked up and shrieked, staggering to my feet: climbing across the wire walls and on to the roof of the cell was a 40lb rodent, with a long wiry tail, the size of a bulldog. Another one scurried along the base of the wall, a baby on its back; a third made itself at home in the undergrowth of the neighbouring cell – big, grotesque creatures with no fear. I imagined what it must have been like to try to sleep in that black heat, these animals slipping in and out of the cages with their great claws and teeth.

Behind the cages was the interrogation hut – a plywood shack painted with a red cross. A one-man cage stood near by. From Human Rights Watch reports and documents in Michael Ratner’s book Guantánamo: What the World Should Know, I knew that this was the notorious isolation cell. Prisoners in a detention camp are so cowed by the sight of the isolation cell and those held in it that they become compliant, since isolation is far more damaging psychologically to many prisoners than anything else.

“This is the isolation cell?” I asked Petty Officer Dwight. “Yes,” he said. Then he advised us that the detainees themselves had requested it. “They asked that other detainees who were disruptive and disturbing them be taken here for a ‘time out’. This was a ‘time-out’ area … if someone was to act up and they needed a ‘time-out’.”

It was the first of many times I would look at PO Dwight – a decent guy whose true passion was hairstyling – and wonder if he believed what he had been trained to say. But he gave this, and other “facts”, with a kind of innocence. He took us into the interrogation rooms. About 25 chairs were stacked in a corner – unusual chairs for a military setting. The seats were padded; the structure itself was made of a bamboo material; and, oddest of all, each of the arms of the chairs curled into an elaborate spiral. I leant in more closely: on each chair’s arms was a clear mark from what appeared to have been several layers of gaffer tape. I looked at the legs of the chairs, where a prisoner’s ankles would be: the same apparent gaffer-tape marks.

I went into the interrogation room. A table, two chairs. Gaffer tape remained in long strips on the plywood walls, not holding anything together, but positioned near by like an office supply; a pile of wadded-up grey gaffer tape remained on the floor.

PO Dwight reminded us of the scenes we had witnessed on TV of prisoners at Camp X-Ray being transported restrained, lying on stretchers – though no one had asked about it; the stretchers were, he said, for the wellbeing of the prisoners; to move them more easily. It was not, he was keen to assure us, that they had been sick, or hurt.

On to lunch at the mess hall. After lunch, we were taken on a bizarre tour of a baking facility, where an exuberant, smiling South Korean woman in a hairnet (“I love food service! I love my job!”) showed off trays of hot, fragrant buns and baklava. We heard for the third or fourth time from our military handlers that they, too, wished that they could have that delicious baklava, but that it was reserved for the prisoners’ discerning palates.

The food-service employee displayed a set table of detainees’ actual meals – meat, rice, sauce, salad, and those tasty buns and pastries. She pressed us to try them: the ground meat was spiced in a “culturally appropriate” Middle Eastern style and was not bad. Then she showed off a dozen fridges filled with fresh produce – strawberries, watermelon, maple syrup.

She politely refused to answer questions about what her role was, or who employed her. Private-sector contractors take care of the manual, building, cleaning and service work: to a casual observer, it is they, and not the military, who run Gauntánamo. Military men and women have, if minimally, to answer reporters’ questions; contractors do not even have to identify themselves. Contractors work in medical facilities; clear journalists’ video; deal with classified material; but they are answerable only to their employers. Their houses are far more luxurious, on the island, than are those of the military.

Military spokespeople must give answers, but the answers are maddeningly evasive. Can detainees get mail from their loved ones? I asked often. What if someone dies of natural causes, who notifies the family? If a loved one calls, can prisoners take the call? What happens to care packages from loved ones? What if a spouse asks to visit? Can I see the letter that tells her that she can’t? I put these questions “in writing” and asked them at least five times up the chain of command, and followed up multiple times on my return. Most of my questions were met – from higher-level “media specialists” such as Lieutenant-Commander Brook DeWalt or Major Haynie – with non-answers. “I don’t know, but I can ask for you.” “That is above my pay grade.”

The detainee handlers and the lawyers for detainees often flatly contradict each other. The handlers and my press kit claim that “Detainees get a call every couple of months” or quarterly, and that “they make phone calls on a regular basis – every few weeks”. But Kebriaei says that her clients can make calls “every six months if they are lucky”. “Detainees get mail all the time,” the handlers claim. “Care packages are destroyed,” says Kebriaei, who described the security-driven destruction of the orthopaedic shoes that her elderly client needed for his swollen feet.

And so, on we went in the afternoon, to Camps 5 and 6 – hulking state-of-the-art maximum-security prison edifices. But with a difference, as a smiling nameless blonde soldier said to us (name tags are stripped from uniforms when soldiers are inside the detention centres – the process is called “sterilising” – and the prisoners themselves are addressed by number, never by name). These soldiers looked as if they had been chosen from the coolest fraternity and sorority on campus. They were unusually physically attractive. Our guide, Lieutenant Fulghum, was a bright, charming Irishman with a twinkle in his eye and killer abs. When he greeted the twentysomething blonde soldier with the phrase, “Honour bound, Ma’am”, it was as good as a wink. (“Honor Bound to Defend Freedom” is the motto). “Honour bound, Lieutenant,” she smiled back.

As we moved down the corridor the weird intimacy of the place – which had, according to many detainees and reports such as Broken Laws, Broken Lives, a study by Physicians for Human Rights, been the scene of so much abuse – hit me.

There in front of me was a shower stall fully fronted with glass, facing into a public central hallway where military men and women passed regularly. It forced male prisoners daily into a state of public nudity, which is illegal according to US and international law.

The guards showed us a demonstration cell: it was spotless. Hooks folded down so that no one could hang himself; there was a toilet in a corner, a plastic wedge of a bed, and high-tech mechanical doors that shut of their own accord. No sun, no sightlines, no natural light. I noted the guards’ use of facemasks. “Facemasks are to help protect soldiers,” our tour guide said. “We do have assaults – spitting, throwing faeces and urine.”

Another diorama was set up in another cell, of “comfort items”. It looked unchanged from photos of Guantánamo that I had seen in the Bush era. Here was a Koran; toiletries; a padded mattress the thickness of a yoga mat, for those who “co-operated”; a thinner mattress, fewer “comforts”, for those who did not.

Opposite this room was yet another cell, which the military handlers were most proud of. “The TV room is a big change,” one of the handlers said. There was a big blue squishy sofa facing a nice big flat-screen TV. We were told that the detainees get to watch TV three hours a day; that their favourite TV show is The Deadliest Catch, about fishing; and that they also love Harry Potter. There was a tray table where prisoners could eat baklava while watching Harry Potter – and there, at the base of the sofa, were leg shackles, bolted to the concrete floor.

At the end of the hall I opened a door. Before me was an unused cell, packed halfway to the ceiling with hundreds of cans of Ensure, the liquid nutrient used in force-feeding. (Jen Nessel, of the Centre for Constitutional Rights, had told me that 24 detainees were being force-fed daily, in restraining chairs, because they were on hunger strike.) Lieutenant Fulghum came to get me, annoyed. “No one is supposed to go this far down the hall,” he snapped. I asked if anybody was on hunger strike. “We are not allowed to say. The medical staff handles that,” Lieutenant Fulghum said.

We were taken outside to Camp 6: there was a modest-sized recreation area surrounded by wire; and there they were, the causal heart of the whole monster. The detainees – Pakistani, Afghan, Iraqi and Yemeni men in their twenties, thirties and forties, wearing white T-shirts and khaki shorts – milled about; one or two threw a basketball out of range. The journalists were moved back down the hallway before they could see us, as if we were on safari. I asked if I could speak to them. My handler smiled. “No way.”

Our handlers took us out of the first structure to the grassy area between the buildings. In the second building, our handlers promised, we would see – since Obama had taken office – art classes; English classes. A library.

Outside, all around us, we saw a facility – one scheduled to be closed by December 2009 – under massive new construction: dozens of labourers were digging, surrounded by the grinding noise of building. A facility that Congress thinks it is discussing the “how” of closing – and that the President has claimed for six months is already slated for closure – was metastasising under our very eyes. When I asked about this I was told that the money had been allocated already and so it would be more expensive to stop construction than to keep it going. Through that open causeway of construction, the detainees in their central cage caught sight of us.

A sharp, sudden roar arose from the knot of men who spotted us. One of the prisoners looked straight at me and, his face twisted with an emotion that I could not read, screamed: “Go! Go!”

“Why are they saying ‘Go?’” I asked.

The handler looked at me. The Muslim men in the cage were being managed by guards who were mostly African American, and who shouted in colloquial English to get their attention: “Yo! 289! Stop that!” “They learn English from the guards,” he explained. “They aren’t saying ‘Go’.”

What they had screamed out to us – across the greatest possible distance – was: “Yo!”

After these camps, our handlers showed us Camp 4, part of Camp Delta, used to house “more compliant” detainees. A dozen prisoners milled about in a bigger central space (“We call this ‘The Patio’ or ‘The Lanai’,” our handler said; the new talking points also refer to communal meals as “feast days”.) This cage, too, was surrounded by mesh and guards.

I asked a guard if he had formed any personal opinions about the men he was guarding. He paused for a moment. “They don’t complain. They are needy,” he said. I asked what he meant. “Emotionally needy,” he said. “It comes out as asking for things all the time – a certain brand of shampoo, extra blankets … it is a kind of dependency.” The guard was suddenly whisked away. We were then taken to a medical bay. In the white-on-white bay was a military nurse – her name removed from her uniform; she refused to identify herself. And a psychologist stood ready to brief us, next to yet another diorama. Before us was a display of Ensure fanned out across a medical tray table. The nurse, a pleasant, pretty white middle-aged woman with a soft hairstyle and a rueful smile, gestured at the display like a car showroom model. She gave us a rundown of how they feed the prisoners who were on hunger strike.

The nurse confirmed that some detainees were on hunger strike and said that they were fed forcibly “when they refuse to take feeding fluids”. But she didn’t call it force-feeding: “We call it ‘enteral feeding’,” she corrected me. “It goes down the nose and into the stomach.The patients are given a variety of flavours,” she said, going back to her infomercial-style presentation and gesturing at the cartons. “Strawberry, French vanilla, butter pecan – they have a choice. Our admiral did this for a week and he gained four pounds,” she said fondly.

I turned to the psychologist, a dark-haired man in his late forties, heavily muscled, with the same featureless area on his chest where name tags ordinarily are. He, too, refused to give me his name when I asked. I asked him what happens if a detainee is depressed. “We will go see them. They can request the Behavioural Health Unit.” He said that they get “talk therapy” if they need it. “I can empathise,” he said. “I see it as being very similar to people who are detained in any correctional facility.”

I pointed out to the man that perhaps his patients were “depressed and anxious” because of what they had suffered in Guantánamo. (It is now well documented that detainees were subjected to “stress positions”, sleep deprivation, waterboarding and extremes of hot and cold. But for those working at Guantánamo, the talking points on torture seem to be that “abuse may or may not have happened, there is no way to know”: A Department of Defence spokesman, Joe Della Vedova, had called the claim that prisoners had been tortured at Guantánamo, “a posture of the defence”; Petty Officer Dwight called it “a matter of opinion”. And Lieutenant-Commander DeWalt called it “an assertion” and “a point of view”.) I would subsequently discover that the day before I met the psychologist and the nurse, a detainee, Muhammad al-Hanashi, had died, in what the Joint Task Force Guantánamo press office reported as an “alleged suicide”. Six weeks later, that death still has not have been investigated by an independent body.

But Andrew Selsky, of Associated Press, interviewed Binyam Mohamed, a former prisoner who knew the young man; Mr Mohamed said that suicide was “totally out of character” for Mr al-Hanashi. He was, according to Mr Mohamed, a positive person who had been elected by the prisoners as their representative. Associated Press reported that on January 17, 2009, Mr alHanashi had been summoned to a meeting with Admiral David Thomas, Commander of JTF Guantánamo, and the head of the Guantánamo guard force; Mr al-Hanashi never returned to his cell, but was taken directly to the psychiatric ward. Elizabeth Gilson, a lawyer for a detainee who was also in the ward, knows more about what happened; but she can’t tell anyone; it is classified.

The JTF Guantánamo press release reporting the death would be terse; the details nonexistent; there would be little follow-up in the media – because there was nothing the Guantánamo press office would release that would give anything to go on. His body would, presumably, go somewhere – but Mr al-Hanashi himself would, during the days I was at Guantánamo, simply disappear.

here was a final stop: another trailer inside the same area as Camp Delta, where the Combat Status Review Board takes place. There were security cameras in the corners of the room covered with towels for, we were told, “classification reasons”. There Captain Dan Bauer, another handsome, dark-haired, pleasant man, explained the combat status review tribunal (CSRT) process. Twenty serious-looking high-ranking military men sat to our right watching his presentation to us. In the room was his desk: and two chairs facing it. I turned on my little Flip camera and started recording. Captain Bauer claimed in his talk that witnesses were brought in from outside“whenever reasonable”. I looked at the base of both chairs. Both chairs had shackles. The process had been “formed”, Captain Bauer explained, “to afford the detainees the opportunity to attend and provide witness statements that were relevant and readily available on behalf of their own defence”. The system, he repeated several times, sorts them into those who are “enemy combatants” and those who are “no longer enemy combatants”.

He explained that “about 520 detainees were designated as enemy combatants, the remaining 40 or so are no longer enemy combatants”. Why, I wondered, was there no category for “never been enemy combatants”? A Russian reporter with us asked if the detainees have access to telephones or the internet, so that they can communicate with people in their country, to get documents and witnesses.“No,” Captain Bauer said. “In that case what would happen is that there was something that – if there was a process by which if they felt made their case, then what the board would do is the Dept of Defence works with the Department of State to contact, er . . . the nations of detainees to try to make arrangements just to get whatever information – er, that they need.” He said that detainees are taken “in the heat of the battlefield” and that there they “put the pieces together”.

I asked if everyone in the room with the detainee was employed by the US Government. Captain Bauer confirmed that.

“As I understand the process,” the Polish reporter said, “it is the detainee alone against the US Government?”

“I don’t understand the question,” Captain Bauer replied.

I asked why there were two different chairs with shackles. Captain Bauer explained that if the detainee had another detainee as his witness, then he would be present. In sources provided by Human Rights Watch, Amnesty and the American Civil Liberties Union I had read that prisoners had been abused to provide false confessions implicating other prisoners, in just this setting, and that their “enemy combatant” status had been based on these false confessions. Testimony of witnesses who were not from within the prison system, so not subjected to coercion, was of course crucial for the review to be effective. Have there ever been any, or were any witnesses there, on the island right now?

“I can’t confirm whether there have or not.”

“Would you fly them here?”

“The Department of Defence, the Department of State, work with foreign agencies to make those arrangements.”

“Have they made those arrangements – ever?”

“Ummm … we afford the opportunity. Whether it’s been done or how often it’s been done, I don’t, I don’t know the answer.”

That afternoon we got to Guantánamo’s main street, which was like a main street anywhere in the US – McDonald’s, a Wal-Mart-style store: T-shirts for sale reading “It Don’t Gitmo Better Than This”, “Guantánamo Resort and Spa” and “Guantáanamo, Pearl of the Antilles”. You could get postcards of the banana rats.

Dinner was more salad displays; a pasta fiesta; a make-your-own sundae bar. It was like a food court in a really good mall. I tried to watch the sunset, under the scrutiny of my handler.

t six the next morning we awoke, dressed and convened outside, but – something was wrong. Petty Officers Dwight and Bennet were looking sadly at a flat tyre on the white van in the driveway that was to transport us. I tried my computer in the backyard for the hell of it, and to my surprise found that I got a thin thread of access to the outside world. A friend in Egypt had sent me a bombshell news clipping about Mr al-Hashani’s alleged suicide. While we had been at the medical bay, the Guantánamo press office had been scrambling to word a bland press release. The whole world knew about this death.

Only we, the journalists actually present at the scene, had had no idea. Petty Officers Dwight and Bennet eventually got us on wheels – taking us through the chic, upscale neighbourhoods of the contractors, with their barbecues, playstructures and verandas, through the boxy, hut-like quarters of the enlisted men and women – and back to the site of the military commissions.

There a new set of handlers showed us another sterile portable cell where detainees conferred with their lawyers. I asked our guide if there was lawyer-client privilege, or was the cell under surveillance? “I can’t answer that,” the guide said. (The defence lawyer Wells Dixon said that he always assumed that his conversations with his client were being listened in to.) We were taken in to the state-of-the art “courtroom” itself, where the ill-starred military tribunals meet. It is unbelievably expensive-looking: rows of gleaming wooden tables for the lawyers of the detainees – and seats with shackles at the base for the detainees at the end of each table; a raised dais where the “panel” – about 20 members of the military – sits facing the tables; and a raised platform in the front of the room, where the “judge” sits in the middle and on one side sits the detainee and on the other, the witness for the defence. Two contractors showed me around. One, “Mo”, showed me how you can put a $5 note under a light on a desk and it shows up onscreen behind the judge’s chair much magnified. I looked up: “In God We Trust”, the motto read.

Then he showed me the stop-motion button system on the audio feed that means that a censor can redact any information that comes out that he wishes to cut – so the press in the galley area behind glass at the back of the room, and down in the hangar, will never know what was redacted. The button system is in the same area as the “witness chair”, which seemed odd to me.

I asked if the chair had ever been used.

“Well … no,” he said. Not to his knowledge. Then he showed me again with great pride the live feed that was hooked up directly into the “courtroom” that could “transmit witness testimony into the courtroom from anywhere in the world”.

“Has it ever been used to transmit actual witness testimony?” I asked.

“No,” he replied. “But we have the capability.”

At the end of the trip, I asked Deputy Press Officer Major Haynie to respond to the statement that no witnesses had ever been called to the CSRT process. I did not get an answer. Five weeks later I asked the Pentagon spokesman Vedova for a response – no answer – and six weeks later I called Lieutenant-Commander DeWalt to confirm or deny that external witnesses had never been called to the CSRT process.

He said that the 9/11 families were coming down to witness motions at the military tribunals and they would be housed in townhouses or officers’ quarters. I asked if the families of defendants would be allowed to observe the motions as well. “I don’t believe there are defendants’ families on this visit.” I asked him if defendants’ families have ever been brought in. “Not to my knowledge,” he conceded. I asked DeWalt if, in the rebranded military commissions under Obama’s Administration, real witnesses will be flown in from outside the prison system. “It’s a fair question – I’ll get back to you,” he said. So far, he has not done so.

The next morning I was due to depart when word came that the one flight out was cancelled. Instead, I was to fly out on military transport. On the aircraft I chatted with those seated around me. To my right was a military doctor, who acknowledged that he had been flown to the island to attend to the post-mortem of the dead prisoner.

“Will there be an investigation?” I asked.

That was the investigation, he explained. When I later asked Lietenant-Commander DeWalt about the death of Mr al-Hanashi, he said that there was an ongoing investigation, and that he could not give “details of that situation – we are holding off on any speculation – because it would get in the way of investigators doing their job”.

Sitting behind the doctor on the aircraft was a genial young clergyman, Chaplain Mubarak, who turned out to be one of four Muslim chaplains in the Navy. He, too, had been flown in for the death – from Chicago. He had been tasked with “culturally sensitive” treatment of the corpse. He explained that in Islam only another Muslim could wash the dead man’s body. Had he been allowed to give spiritual support to Mr al-Hanashi’s fellow prisoners? No.

I made my way down the aisle to join another lawyer, whom I had met in the waiting room: George Clarke, a corporate lawyer with Miller and Chevalier, a big law firm in Washington. He works pro bono for his clients who are detainees. “I represent two of the 17 Uighurs that are still here. They were all cleared to go – by the Department of Defence, by the courts, by the military . . . innocent guys. But they have been here for seven years.”

To explain why the detainees are not permitted to speak to reporters, Clarke says, the Department of Defence is citing the Geneva Conventions. “Which is kind of interesting because their position has been that the Geneva Conventions don’t apply to these guys. If the Geneva Conventions applied they would be able to have a canteen from which to buy things, tobacco that they could have, a right to organise themselves and have a representative.”

“Remember,” Clarke says, “for a lot of these guys, there’s no evidence. The military said that of the 240 guys left here maybe 80 will eventually be ‘tried’ in some form. What about the rest? A lot of these people have been held because they stayed at a guest house or they had some supposed connections or affiliations [with al-Qaeda]. ‘Connections’ are like … someone’s brother was a member. Or allegedly a member. The whole world has a misconception that these guys were picked up on the battlefield. And a whole lot of them were not.

“This country is based on the rule of law,” Clarke continued quietly. “If you truly have no reason to hold someone, you can’t hold them. National security cannot override freedom.

“At the end of the day our freedom is more important. If we lose our freedom – what are we trying to secure?”

What, indeed?

We landed, the lights of Washington now twinkling brightly below us, but the answer still unclear.

http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/world/article6725411.ece

China’s police-state

4

John Chan |

The Chinese regime’s ongoing police-military suppression of unrest in the north-western province of Xinjiang has created international tensions. While the US and other Western powers have largely remained silent, concerned that social and political instability in China could endanger the global economy, Turkey has stepped up its condemnations of China while Islamic extremists have threatened to attack Chinese interests overseas.

 

Beijing’s deployment of more than 20,000 heavily-armed troops to Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang, may have resulted in the deaths of hundreds of members of the Uighur minority. So far the official death toll is 192 (mostly Han civilians killed by Uighur rioters), with 1,721 wounded, and 331 shops and 627 vehicles burned. More than 1,400 people have been arrested.

 

The response of the security forces to any sign of resistance has been ruthless, in order to intimidate any opposition, especially from the working class. On Monday, soldiers shot and killed two Uighurs and wounded a third. While the Chinese authorities claimed that the shooting was necessary to prevent a crime, Zhang Ming, a construction worker at a nearby building site told the Associated Press (AP) that he saw three men with knives and sticks attack a group of paramilitary police officers, who then chased them, beat and shot them.

 

AP reported: “Photos show one policemen raising his rifle to strike a man. Lying at their feet, the man, who was wearing a blue shirt, had blood on his right leg. Police quickly formed a ring around him and raised their guns skyward towards surrounding buildings as if worried about retaliation. An armoured personnel carrier and paramilitary police arrived, and police waved their guns and shouted for people to get off the streets.”

 

Yesterday, the local chief prosecutor Hamsi Mamuti declared that new arrest warrants would soon be issued and threatened to “severely punish” the so-called violent elements involved in the protests. This threat of a new wave of arrests, which came after Xinjiang Communist Party secretary Wang Lequan had declared that most suspects had been arrested already, has created a tense atmosphere.

 

According to the AP report: “The fear of arrest was almost palpable in Uighur neighbourhoods, unlike last week when many agitated residents were eager to talk to foreign journalists… Small groups of paramilitary police gripping assault rifles with bayonets stood on special platforms on busy street corners and sidewalks Thursday in Uighur neighborhoods. They used metal barricades with spikes to block the main road into the biggest Uighur district of Er Dao Qiao.”

 

Foreign reporters have to wear photo identity cards and are not allowed to photograph the thousands of troops guarding the city. The Internet has not been restored since it was cut during the initial July 5 riots and journalists can still only file reports from the government-run media centre.

 

Far from resolving the ethnic and social tensions in Xinjiang, Beijing’s heavy-handed methods can only deepen the alienation among the oppressed minorities.

 

The virtual collective silence of the major Western powers indicates that they approve China’s police-state measures, despite small protests by Uighur groups outside Chinese embassies in Europe, North America and Australia.

 

Responding to the killing of two Uighurs on Monday, the US State Department spokesman Ian Kelly merely said: “As they [the Chinese authorities] work to restore order, we believe that it’s important that they respect the legal rights of all Chinese citizens.”

 

Beijing criticised Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan on Tuesday over his comment last week that the Chinese repression was “like genocide”. He even threatened to take China to the UN Security Council over the issue.

 

Erdogan’s remarks inflamed a wave of anti-Chinese protests on the basis of pan-Turkic nationalism, which views Xinjiang or East Turkestan as an ancestral homeland for the Turks for over 1,500 years. In Istanbul on July 12, about 5,000 people turned out, holding Turkish flags and the flags of the short-lived East Turkestan republic that broke away from China in the 1930s. They called for a boycott of Chinese-made goods, a proposal made by Turkish industry and trade minister Nihat Ergun last week.

 

Turkey is an important base for exiled Uighur activists. The ideological components of pan-Turkic nationalism reflect the ambitions of the Turkish bourgeoisie to expand its political and economic influence in Central Asia and the Caucasus, especially in the Turkic-speaking states like Uzbekistan, Azerbaijan, Turkmenistan and Kyrgyzstan that were established after the collapse of Soviet Union in 1991.

 

While the Chinese government had not formally protested against Turkey, the state-controlled media has invoked Turkey’s own record of ruthlessly suppressing Kurdish separatist movements, including its military incursion into northern Iraq in 2007.

 

China Daily on Tuesday demanded that Erdogan withdraw his genocide remarks as “irresponsible and groundless”. The People’s Daily on July 14 reported that patriotic Internet users, a layer of middle-class nationalists cultivated by the Chinese regime, “feel insulted by Turkish actions and suggested that China should change its attitude towards the Kurdish Workers Party and support their appeal for independence, so as to make Turkey pay a heavy political price”.

 

The state media’s accusations of “biased and twisted” reporting by Western journalists has also mobilised Chinese patriotic “angry youth” for xenophobic attacks. The web site of the Turkish embassy in China was hacked earlier this week to post a letter warning Turkey not to interfere with China’s internal affairs.

 

The Turkish-based English daily, Hurriyet, warned on July 10 that Ankara’s support for Uighur nationalists would offend not only China, but its ally, Russia, which shares Beijing’s interests in suppressing separatist insurgencies in Central Asia. “If Turkey were to go beyond calls to respect human rights in the region, and appear to be supporting Uighur separatism, it is clear that this will rebound with China referring to the Kurdish issue and minority rights in this country,” the Hurriyet noted.

 

The Turkish foreign ministry issued a statement stressing its respect for China’s territorial integrity and denying any intention of interfering in Beijing’s internal affairs. “We expect China to provide the necessary environment of peace and security for Uighurs who constitute a bridge of friendship between China and Turkey,” it said.

 

Turkey is not in a position to challenge Russian and Chinese influence in the region. Russia and the four Central Asian member states of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) have publicly supported China’s actions in Xinjiang. Beijing also secured support from the two largest predominantly Muslim countries in Asia–Pakistan and Indonesia–which described its conduct as an “internal affair”.

 

 

The most reactionary response came from Algerian-based Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), which called for attacks on the 50,000 Chinese workers in the country and Chinese personnel across northwest Africa. Three weeks ago, the group ambushed a convoy of Algerian security forces protecting Chinese engineers, killing 24 Algerians.

 

 

AQIM’s statement has been exploited by the Chinese regime to justify its claims that the Xinjiang protests were instigated by “three forces”–extremism, terrorism and separatism–from abroad. The state-run media has been saturated with reports linking the term “terror” to exiled leaders like Rebiya Kadeer in order to justify Beijing’s heavy-handed measures.

 

While groups like the US Congress-financed World Uighur Congress headed by Rebiya could be instigating protests as a means of pressuring Beijing for concessions, the protests are an expression of pent-up anger over ethnic discrimination, and above all, the deepening social inequality created by the intensifying capitalist exploitation in Xinjiang and other parts of China.

 

According to a Financial Times article on July 10, the income gap between the Uighur rural poor and Han urban residents in Xinjiang widened from 2.1 times in 1980 to 3.24 times in 2007. Southern Xinjiang, where more than 90 percent are Uighurs, is falling even further behind. The average income gap between the richest northern county and the poorest in the south was 6.28 times in 2005. It is obvious that Beijing’s push for oil and gas in Xinjiang and Central Asia has had little benefit for the Uighur masses, only a tiny Uighur elite connected with the Chinese Communist Party regime.

 

The Financial Times noted: “Xinjiang’s Blue Book, the government document measuring social and economic progress, warns that social problems give rise to a ‘severe threat’ of separatism and religious radicalism. The Communist party’s response is to speed up the attempt to transform Xinjiang into something more like the rest of China”. That means extending the cheap labour supply for employers in the industrially developed provinces.

 

The Xinhua news agency reported on July 15 that Xinjiang had exported 1.87 million “surplus agricultural labourers” in 2008–many of them poor nomads and farmers-turned workers in the busy assembly lines of the Pearl River Delta in Guangdong province. A local manager at Huizhou told the agency that compared to other migrants, Xinjiang workers were “more hardworking and durable, with strong working discipline, very responsible and very stable”.

 

The Chinese authorities are forcing poor minorities to work as cheap labour for ruthless sweatshop owners. According to the New York Times yesterday, Uighur poor in and around the city of Kashgar were told to join the exodus to the east or face a penalty of up to six months’ income. Abdul, whose 18-year-old sister is being recruited for a factory in Guangzhou, explained: “If asked, most people will go, because no one can afford the penalty.”

 

At the Hong Kong-owned Early Light Toy Factory in Shaoguang, the introduction of 800 Uighur workers, amid rising local unemployment, led to a brawl in which two Uighurs were bashed to death last month. It was this incident that directly ignited the protests in Urumqi, thousands of kilometres away.

Israeli hires Internet soldiers

21

Straight out of Avigdor Lieberman’s Foreign Ministry: a new Internet Fighting Team! Israeli students and demobilized soldiers get paid to pretend they are just regular folks and leave pro-Israel comments on Twitter, Facebook, YouTube and other sites. The effort is meant to fight the “well-oiled machine” of “pro-Palestinian websites, with huge budgets… with content from the Hamas news agency.” The approach was test-marketed during Israel’s assault on Gaza, and by groups like Give Israel Your United Support, a controversial effort to use instant-access technology to crowd-source Israel advocates to fill in flash polls or vote up key articles on social networking sites.

Will the responders who are hired for this also present themselves as “ordinary net-surfers”?

“Of course,” says Shturman. “Our people will not say: ‘Hello, I am from the policy-explanation department of the Israeli Foreign Ministry and I want to tell you the following.’ Nor will they necessarily identify themselves as Israelis. They will speak as net-surfers and as citizens, and will write responses that will look personal but will be based on a prepared list of messages that the Foreign Ministry developed.”

The full article, translated by Occupation Magazine into English here:

The Foreign Ministry presents: talkbackers in the service of the State
By: Dora Kishinevski
Calcalist 5 July 2009

Translated for Occupation Magazine by George Malent

After they became an inseparable part of the service provided by public-relations companies and advertising agencies, paid Internet talkbackers are being mobilized in the service in the service of the State. The Foreign Ministry is in the process of setting up a team of students and demobilized soldiers who will work around the clock writing pro-Israeli responses on Internet websites all over the world, and on services like Facebook, Twitter and Youtube. The Foreign Ministry’s department for the explanation of Israeli policy* is running the project, and it will be an integral part of it. The project is described in the government budget for 2009 as the “Internet fighting team” — a name that was given to it in order to distinguish it from the existing policy-explanation team, among other reasons, so that it can receive a separate budget. Even though the budget’s size has not yet been disclosed to the public, sources in the Foreign Ministry have told Calcalist that in will be about NIS 600.000 in its first year, and it will be increased in the future. From the primary budget, about NIS 200.000 will be invested in round-the-clock activity at the micro-blogging website Twitter, which was recently featured in the headlines for the services it provided to demonstrators during the recent disturbances in Iran.

 

“To all intents and purposes the Internet is a theatre in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and we must be active in that theatre, otherwise we will lose,” Elan Shturman, deputy director of the policy-explanation department in the Foreign Ministry, and who is directly responsible for setting up the project, says in an interview with Calcalist. “Our policy-explanation achievements on the Internet today are impressive in comparison to the resources that have been invested so far, but the other side is also investing resources on the Internet. There is an endless array of pro-Palestinian websites, with huge budgets, rich with information and video clips that everyone can download and post on their websites. They are flooding the Internet with content from the Hamas news agency. It is a well-oiled machine. Our objective is to penetrate into the world in which these discussions are taking place, where reports and videos are published — the blogs, the social networks, the news websites of all sizes. We will introduce a pro-Israeli voice into those places. What is now going on in Iran is the proof of the need for such an operational branch,” adds Shturman. “It’s not like a group of friends is going to bring down the government with Twitter messages, but it does help to expand the struggle to vast dimensions.”

The missions: “monitoring” and “fostering discussions”

The Foreign Ministry intends to recruit youths who speak at least one foreign language and who are studying communications, political science or law, or alternatively those whose military background is in units that deal with information analysis. “It is a youthful language”, explains Shturman. “Older people do not know how to write blogs, how to act there, what the accepted norms are. The basic conditions are a high capacity for expression in English — we also have French- and Swedish-speakers — and familiarity with the online milieu. We are looking for people who are already writing blogs and circulating in Facebook”.

Members of the new unit will work at the Ministry (“They will punch a time card,” says Shturman) and enjoy the full technical support of Tahila, the government’s ISP, which is responsible for computer infrastructure and Internet services for government departments. “Their missions will be defined along the lines of the government policies that they will be required to defend on the Internet. It could be the situation in Gaza, the situation in the north or whatever is decided. We will determine which international audiences we want to reach through the Internet and the strategy we will use to reach them, and the workers will implement that on in the field. Of course they will not distribute official communiqu×™s; they will draft the conversations themselves. We will also activate an Internet-monitoring team — people who will follow blogs, the BBC website, the Arabic websites.”

According to Shturman the project will begin with a limited budget, but he has plans to expand the team and its missions: “the new centre will also be able to support Israel as an economic and commercial entity,” he says. “Alternative energy, for example, now interests the American public and Congress much more than the conflict in the Middle East. If through my team I can post in blogs dealing with alternative energy and push the names of Israeli companies there, I will strengthen Israel’s image as a developed state that contributes to the quality of the environment and to humanity, and along with that I may also manage to help an Israeli company get millions of dollars worth of contracts. The economic potential here is great, but for that we will require a large number of people. What is unique about the Internet is the fragmentation into different communities, every community deals with what interests it. To each of those communities you have to introduce material that is relevant to it.”

The inspiration: covert advertising on the Internet

The Foreign Ministry admits that the inspiration comes from none other than the much-reviled field of compensated commercial talkback: employees of companies and public-relations firms who post words of praise on the Internet for those who sent them there — the company that is their employer or their client. The professional responders normally identify themselves as chance readers of the article they are responding to or as “satisfied customers” of the company they are praising.

Will the responders who are hired for this also present themselves as “ordinary net-surfers”?

“Of course,” says Shturman. “Our people will not say: ‘Hello, I am from the policy-explanation department of the Israeli Foreign Ministry and I want to tell you the following.’ Nor will they necessarily identify themselves as Israelis. They will speak as net-surfers and as citizens, and will write responses that will look personal but will be based on a prepared list of messages that the Foreign Ministry developed.”

Test-firing in the Gaza War
According to Shturman, although it is only now that the project is receiving a budget and a special department in the Foreign Ministry, in practice the Ministry has been using its own responders since the last war in Gaza, when the Ministry recruited volunteer talkbackers. “During Operation Cast Lead we appealed to Jewish communities abroad and with their help we recruited a few thousand volunteers, who were joined by Israeli volunteers. We gave them background material and policy-explanation material, and we sent them to represent the Israeli point of view on news websites and in polls on the Internet,” says Shturman. “Our target audience then was the European Left, which was not friendly towards the policy of the government. For that reason we began to get involved in discussions on blogs in England, Spain and Germany, a very hostile environment.”
And how much change have you effected so far?
“It is hard to prove success in this kind of activity, but it is clear that we succeeded in bypassing the European television networks, which are very critical of Israel, and we have created direct dialogues with the public.”
What things have you done there exactly?
“For example, we sent someone to write in the website of a left-wing group in Spain. He wrote ‘it is not exactly as you say.’ Someone at the website replied to him, and we replied again, we gave arguments, pictures. Dialogue like that opens people’s eyes.”
Elon Gilad, a worker at the Foreign Ministry who coordinated the activities of the volunteer talkbackers during the war in Gaza and will coordinate the activities of the professional talkbackers in the new project, says that volunteering for talkback in defence of Israel started spontaneously: “Many times people contacted us and asked how they could help to explain Israeli policy. They mainly do it at times like the Gaza operation. People just asked for information, and afterwards we saw that the information was distributed all over the Internet. The Ministry of Absorption also started a project at that time, and they transferred to us hundreds of volunteers who speak foreign languages and who will help to spread the information. That project too mainly spreads information on the Internet.”
“You can’t win”
While most of the net-surfers were recruited through websites like giyus.org, which was officially activated by a Jewish lobby [and has basically the same goal and modus operandi], in some cases is it was the Foreign Ministry that took the initiative to contact the surfers and asked them to post talkbacks sympathetic to the State and the government [of Israel] on the Internet and to help recruit volunteers. That’s how Michal Carmi, an active blogger and associate general manager at the high-tech placement company Tripletec, was recruited to the online policy-explanation team.
“During Operation Cast Lead the Foreign Ministry wrote to me and other bloggers and asked us to make our opinions known on the international stage as well,” Carmi tells Calcalist. “They sent us pages with ‘taking points’ and a great many video clips. I focussed my energies on Facebook, and here and there I wrote responses on blogs where words like ‘Holocaust’ and ‘murder’ were used in connection with Israel’s Gaza action. I had some very hard conversations there. Several times the Foreign Ministry also recommended that we access specific blogs and get involved in the discussions that were taking place there.”
And does it work? Does it have any effect?
“I am not sure that that strategy was correct. The Ministry did excellent work, they sent us a flood of accurate information, but it focussed on Israeli suffering and the threat of the missiles. But the view of the Europeans is one-dimensional. Israeli suffering does not seem relevant to them compared to Palestinian suffering.”
“You can never win in this struggle. All you can do is be there and express your position,” is how Gilad sums up the effectiveness so far, as well as his expectations of the operation when it begins to receive a government budget.
(*)  “department for the explanation of Israeli policy” is a translation of only two words in the original Hebrew text: “mahleqet ha-hasbara” — literally, “the department of explanation”. Israeli readers require no elaboration. Henceforth in this article, “hasbara” will be translated as “policy-explanation”. It may also be translated as “public diplomacy” or “propaganda” — trans.
gm

Cecilie Surasky
MuzzleWatch

U.S. carrying out “targeted killings”

5

Media reports recently exposed efforts by the Bush administration to create a CIA “assassination squad” so secret that former Vice President Dick Cheney ordered the agency to keep Congress in the dark about it. The Wall Street Journal called it a secret plan to “capture or kill al Qaida operatives”; on Thursday, the Washington Post said the program was about to be activated when CIA director Leon Panetta pulled the plug.

But the blaring headlines, and the buzz in the blogosphere, are not just due to more evidence of the ex-veep’s addiction to executive power and behind-the-scenes machinations. It’s that word “assassinate.” Most observers assume that assassination is specifically proscribed by U.S. policy. Except it isn’t, exactly, and while the secret CIA assassination program canceled by Panetta may never have claimed a victim, the U.S. is already carrying out actions that look nearly exactly like assassinations, and doing so within the guidelines of domestic and international law. The United States has had plenty of legal latitude to carry out targeted killings during the so-called war on terror — and has been exercising that option vigorously for the past eight years.

The United States, in fact, has been targeting and eliminating specific al-Qaida and Taliban operatives ever since Congress authorized the use of force against them in September 2001. Just the other day, what were probably unmanned CIA drones killed 43 militants in Pakistan as part of the still unsuccessful effort to assassinate just one man, Taliban leader Baitullah Mehsud.

Early last year, Salon reported from the Middle East on targeted killings carried out by the U.S. Air Force in Iraq and Afghanistan. That article explored the sometimes-excruciating process, assisted by military attorneys, of trying to decide who could be killed from the air and under what circumstances, while simultaneously trying not to kill innocent civilians. The military officials at the installation Salon visited were definitely engaged in targeted killing — yet they objected to the use of the term “targeted killing,” much less “assassination.”

Gary Solis, an expert on military law at Georgetown University, said the Bush administration — and now the Obama administration — would take umbrage at characterizing the ongoing CIA drone attacks on specific targets as assassinations. “‘Assassination’ is a civilian term for a politically motivated murder,” Solis said. “Soldiers don’t assassinate. They kill.”

Whatever phrase we use to describe the process, clearly the U.S. has been engaged in targeted killing during the past eight years. So what about those U.S. policies that expressly forbid assassination? It may generate flashbacks to the tortured debate over torture, but it all comes down to semantics. Assassination is OK — as long as you don’t use the word “assassination.”

In 1975, the U.S. Senate formed an 11-member commission called the Church Committee, led by Idaho Sen. Frank Church, to investigate the activities of the CIA. The Church Committee’s many reports detailed efforts by the agency to assassinate such foreign leaders as Fidel Castro, Patrice Lumumba and Rafael Trujillo. Reacting to the committee’s findings, Gerald Ford was the first president to issue what would become a series of executive orders limiting targeted political killings. Ford’s Executive Order 11905 of Feb. 18, 1976, included a specific prohibition of assassination that said, “No employee of the United States Government shall engage in, or conspire to engage in, political assassination.” Jimmy Carter reaffirmed that executive order with his own, as did Ronald Reagan; their versions of the order dropped the modifier “political” from “assassination.” There is no public indication that any president since has rescinded Reagan’s order, so it likely remains in place.

But where there’s a will, there’s a way. When the state wants to kill someone, it has to come up with a rationale for describing that killing as something other than assassination. There are effectively three rules the U.S. government must follow in order to be able to argue that a killing is in accordance with both domestic and international law, and is not an “assassination.” First, the killing must be a military act, an act of war. Second, the target must be definable as military or a civilian engaging in hostile acts against the United States. Third, if the killing takes place within a state with which the U.S. is not at war, the U.S. must have the permission of that country’s government to carry out the hit. The U.S. pursuit of Taliban and al-Qaida targets follows those rules — for the most part — and is compliant with domestic and international law — in theory.

The United States is at war with al-Qaida. The president has the authority to conduct limited military action without congressional approval, but for sustained military action the executive branch needs to be granted legal license by the legislative branch. On Sept. 14, 2001, Congress passed a resolution authorizing “all necessary and appropriate force against those nations, organizations, or persons he determines planned, authorized, committed, or aided the terrorist attacks that occurred on September 11, 2001, or harbored such organizations or persons.” The president then signed a secret intelligence “finding” authorizing the CIA to hunt and kill just those kinds of “persons.”

Internationally, the Law of Armed Conflict, that web of treaties including the Geneva Conventions, allows the killing of enemy combatants or even civilians engaged in hostile acts against the United States. Legally, it does not matter where the hit occurs. As long as the U.S. government has the permission of the government where the killing takes place, the killing can occur anywhere in the world. It also does not matter that the people “pulling the trigger” — deploying the drones — are civilian CIA agents, not soldiers. “That is the CIA’s involvement in an armed conflict,” Solis explained. “We have the CIA flying drones killing people who we conceive to be combatants” with the permission of the country where the strikes occur.

But fighting a war against a stateless organization is complicated. The “war on terror” is conducted against anybody deemed the enemy anywhere in the world. The tricky part comes in trying to decide who fits the definition of somebody carrying out hostile acts against the United States. A suspected bomb maker with no uniform? What if he hasn’t made a bomb in a week? A month? A year? Solis said most attorneys would view President Clinton’s 1998 cruise missile strike aimed, in part, at Osama bin Laden as a military operation short of war, not as an assassination attempt. It was undertaken in response to al-Qaida’s attack on the USS Cole, which was clearly a hostile act.

The killing of a person engaged in hostile acts, even by an “assassination squad” of secret agents, would not violate international law — specifically U.N. charter provisions on sovereignty — unless the United States carried out an assassination in a foreign country without the foreign government’s consent. “International law says the U.S. can’t go into country X and do military operations without that country’s consent,” explained David Koplow, a professor specializing in international law and national security law at Georgetown University. “Internationally, so long as you are doing it with the permission of the host country, it is no problem.”

Given this legal framework, Pakistan’s complaints about U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan probably reflect domestic political considerations there, observers speculate, rather than any lack of consent. Pakistan likely quietly gave the CIA the green light. Similarly, U.S. airstrikes in Iraq and Afghanistan documented in the Salon article last year passed legal muster since the governments of Iraq and Afghanistan consented.

Koplow and other experts on international law said while few details of Cheney’s alleged assassination squad are publicly available, legally at least, it’s doesn’t sound like a far stretch from current CIA activities. Ironically, the attorneys add, Cheney could theoretically face stiffer legal consequences under U.S. law for failing to inform Congress about plans for CIA assassinations than he would have had he carried them out. Cheney’s reported decision not to inform Congress might have violated the 1947 National Security Act, which requires that the intelligence committees in Congress are “kept fully and currently informed of the intelligence activities of the United States, including any significant anticipated intelligence activity.”

However, as the Washington Post article states, the intelligence finding that gave rise to the program “imposed no geographical limitations on the agency’s actions.” That raises the possibility that the program would have violated sovereignty. Solis speculated that Cheney’s assassination squad could have been conceived to go a step further and send civilian agents into foreign countries without permission to kill individual people. “Other countries would take a very dim view of that,” he said.

Did the Cheney assassination ring contemplate assassinations in other countries without that country’s permission, which would violate international law? Even if it did, Cheney would likely have escaped sanction, provided he didn’t try to use his passport much. United States domestic law contains no enforcement mechanism for violating a foreign country’s sovereignty, attorneys say. In short, there is no domestic tool to hold Cheney legally liable even if he set up and ran an assassination squad that was taking out al-Qaida operatives in Canada. “Would there be a domestic prosecution?” noted Scott Silliman, an expert on international law at Duke Law. “No. There is nothing there.” But perhaps, like Augusto Pinochet, Cheney could’ve found himself unable to travel abroad without fearing arrest.

Mark Benjamin

Extent of Iraqis’ torture revealed

0

The public inquiry into the death of Iraqi hotel worker Baha Mousa in British army custody and the torture of six other Iraqis began its first proper phase this week.

Although the trial, which is expected to last a year, is in its infancy, serious questions have already been raised over the guidelines laid down by the army for the interrogation and treatment of detainees.

Mr Gerard Elias QC for the inquiry, who has previously represented the British army at the Saville inquiry into Bloody Sunday, has meticulously laid out army protocols, raising a number of issues.

In particular, he queried why the guidelines for combat troops contained no reference to the use of techniques during internment in Northern Ireland in 1971, which are very similar to those used on Mr Mousa and the other detainees.

That case ruled that such practices, including hooding, stress positions, sleep deprivation and beatings, amounted to mistreatment.

He raised the question of whether the response of the MoD, Defence Intelligence Services and serving commanders was “adequate.”

Turning to the events immediately before and during the period that the detainees were held by the Queen’s Lancashire Regiment in Basra, Mr Elias said that a well-respected officer had been killed a month previously and a number of military police had been murdered at al-Amara.

It was suggested that this may have been a reason for the mistreatment.

The men had been arrested after a weapons cache was discovered at the Haitham Hotel, where the majority of them worked.

The inquiry heard repeated evidence – both from detainees and military personnel – of savage brutality inflicted by the soldiers from punching and “martial arts kicks” to repeated and sustained use of stress positions. All are acts which breach the Geneva Convention.

Mr Elias referred to previous evidence by a number of those accused of perpetrating the torture.

“If one considers the injuries suffered alongside the current paucity of evidence from soldiers which could explain these injuries, there is what might well be said a compelling argument that at least some of the soliders are not giving a full and truthful account,” he suggested.

Paddy McGuffin
Copyright Morning Star

CIA ordered to speed up release of torture report

0

On Wednesday, the Federal judge overseeing the American Civil Liberty Union’s Freedom of Information Act request for CIA information pertaining to the destruction of interrogation videotapes ordered CIA to release its 2004 Inspector General report on CIA torture and interrogation not later than August 24.

An earlier decision by the judge had set August 31 as the deadline for release of the IG report, after several earlier postponements.

Marcy Wheeler of the firedoglake blog opined that presiding judge Alvin K. Hellerstein is becoming impatient with the foot-dragging of administration attorneys. In court pleadings, Federal attorneys have argued over the past five months or so that CIA–with an estimated 20,000 employees and global reach–and Department of Justice–with a national presence and over 112,500 employees–just don’t have adequate time or resources to review and declassify the IG report and its supporting documents.

Bush, Cheney knew they were violating law

1

Torture instigators George Bush and Dick Cheney should not be allowed to evade prosecution on grounds they acted in good faith on their lawyers’ advice because they told their lawyers what advice to give, a law school dean says.

“Could Al Capone or ‘Lucky’ Luciana receive immunity for acting in accordance with the advice of counsel when they told counsel what to advise?” asks Lawrence Velvel of the Massachusetts School of Law at Andover .

“(Vice-President) Cheney and (President) Bush knew that they were ordering violations of law,” Velvel points out. “The fact that they were doing so, and were well aware they were doing so, was one of the reasons why they, like a significant number of CIA officials who knew the same, demanded that lawyers produce legal cover for them in the form of Office of Legal Counsel memos authored by the likes of (John) Yoo and (Steven) Bradbury.”

Lower level CIA and military personnel that did not read the supposedly exculpatory memos, Velvel said, also cannot claim reliance on legal counsel because “they had to know that torture was forbidden no matter what some lawyers said. You could not grow up in America and not know this” any more than a person could claim murder was lawful because some lawyer told him so, Velvel writes.

“People who grew up in America cannot realistically claim that they thought it was lawful to beat people mercilessly, to smash their heads against walls, to kill about one hundred of them apparently, to hang them from ceiling hooks, to make them freeze, to deny them sleep for weeks on end, and so forth,” Velvel writes in an essay in his new book “America 2008” from Doukathsan Press.

“They knew what they were doing was wrong,” he continued. “FBI…guys on the scene knew it regardless of what lawyers like Yoo said, and it was knowledge that what they were doing was wrong that caused some lower level CIA guys too to want a ‘get out of jail free card,’” Velvel writes.

“That realization is why CIA officials, from 2002 to 2006 or 2007 demanded memoranda from the Office of Legal Counsel of the Department of Justice, falsely claiming that the abuse and torture were not criminal acts,” Velvel said. “The officials wanted these OLC memos so that they could later avoid or defeat prosecutions by claiming that the decision-making office of the DOJ had approved the legality of what they were doing. The officials wanted a ‘golden shield,’” he added.

Those who claim they were ordered to torture, like those who said they had a legal opinion that to do so was okay, are guilty of an effort to “escape the Nuremberg principles by saying that others said what the culprits were doing was okay,” Velvel continues. The Nuremberg tribunal that judged accused Nazi war criminals after World War Two concluded they could not evade guilt by asserting they were only following orders.

“But claiming that their actions were immune because others okayed them is precisely what Cheney, Bush, their whole crowd…have been attempting to do… They knew what they were doing was illegal, as evidenced by the extreme secrecy they practiced lest it be learned they were practicing, and lest they be accused of practicing, the crimes they were in fact practicing. Morality, decency, and Nuremberg alike forbid this.”

“By now it seems beyond serious doubt that George Bush and company committed numerous war crimes,” Velvel wrote. “It is evident that if these things can be done, then there is an end of law where the truly wealthy and powerful are concerned. Whether it is Al Capone or Dick Cheney, the filthy rich or obscenely powerful will have it in their power to do the most awful things yet escape the law by using contributions or power to obtain immunity from preexisting law and to buy the opinions of immoral lawyers. That is the moral and philosophical basis why these things can’t be permitted,” Velvel said.

Velvel is dean of the Massachusetts School of Law at Andover, founded in 1988 for the express purpose of providing a quality, affordable legal education to minority students, immigrants and students from low-income backgrounds who would otherwise not be able to afford law school. Tuition at the school is only about half that charged by other New England area law schools. Velvel has been honored for his contributions to legal education reform by the National Law Journal and has also received a number of awards from the book publishing industry for his essays.

Sherwood Ross

Freedom of Information Act to be extended

0

The Freedom of Information Act looks set to be extended to include four new bodies.

The government has published its response to a consultation launched in October 2007 about which new organisations, if any, should fall under its remit.

The quartet is: the Financial Services Ombudsman, the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service, Academy schools and the Association of Chief Police Officers which volunteered to be brought under the Act.

Consultations with Network Rail and utility companies about possible inclusion within the Act are due to take place.

A statement from the Ministry of Justice said: “The government’s response reflects the considerable support for extending the Act.

“A further consultation will now be undertaken with those proposed for inclusion within the scope of the Act.”

Among those who responded to the consultation were the Press Complaints Commission, Campaign for Press and Broadcasting Freedom, Newspaper Society and Campaign for Freedom of Information.

The latter welcomed the news but was disappointed at the scope of the proposals.

It said: “The Act allows contractors providing services on behalf of a public authority to be brought under its scope, if the provision of the service is a function of the authority. However, the government is not proposing to designate any contractors.

“The Campaign had argued that private health bodies providing surgical or diagnostic services under the NHS should be subject to the Act as should providers of social care services and educational and criminal justice services.

“People’s rights to know about the quality of a public service they receive should be the same, whether the service is provided by a public authority itself or by a private body under contract to the authority.”

Obama on slavery

2

President Obama slowly walked across the grounds of Cape Coast Castle, a slave outpost in Ghana where hundreds of thousands of Africans were shipped as human cargo to a life of bondage in the United States, South Africa and the Caribbean.

“You almost feel as if the walls can speak. You try to project yourself into these incredibly harrowing moments,” Obama told CNN’s Anderson Cooper.

When the president reached the “Door of No Return,” an arched gateway with thick doors that would shut behind African men, women and children before they were forced onto slave ships, Obama looked out over the Atlantic Ocean where waves crashed onto rocks. “Obviously there’s a sense of what a profound sorrow must’ve been felt as people were hauled off into the great unknown,” he said.

What does he tell his two daughters, Sasha and Malia, about slavery?

“You try to explain that people were willing to degrade others because they appeared differently,” Obama said. “You try to get them to engage in the imaginative act of what it would be like if they were snatched away from Mom and Dad and sent to some place they had never seen before. But you know, part of what you also try to do with kids is to get them to imagine themselves on the other side, as being the slave merchant.

“That slave merchant might’ve loved their children and gone to that place of worship,” he said, pausing to point to a church on the grounds, “right above the dungeon. And [I try to] get them to make sure that they’re constantly asking themselves questions if they’re treating people fairly and whether they are examining their own behavior and how it affects others.”

He toured the site with his family, including first lady Michelle Obama and her mother, who are descendants of slaves from South Carolina. “I can’t imagine that for her, for her mother who is with us … that seeing that portal doesn’t send a powerful message — the kinds of emotions that must be evoked.”

Obama’s recent trip to Ghana and the slave-shipping outpost comes on the heels of last month’s apology by the U.S. Senate about slavery. The Senate passed a nonbinding resolution that “acknowledges the fundamental injustice, cruelty, brutality and inhumanity of slavery, and Jim Crow laws,” and “apologizes to African-Americans on behalf of the people of the United States for the wrongs committed against them and their ancestors who suffered under slavery and Jim Crow laws.” Obama called it a “historic” resolution at the time.

The issue of apologizing for the past has prompted some heated discussion. In an interview that has gone viral on the Internet, Chris Matthews, the host of MSNBC’s “Hardball with Chris Matthews,” blasts Rep. Steve Cohen of Tennessee for backing such an apology.

“It makes no sense to me. Why should the whole country apologize for what a good half or more of the country got killed opposing? You’re from Tennessee. Maybe you should apologize first before you ask the rest of the country,” Matthews snaps.

Katrina Browne, a descendant of wealthy Northerners, said she always thought slavery was confined to the South, until she began digging through her own family’s history. She learned that her family, the DeWolfs, sailed ships from Bristol, Rhode Island, to West Africa, trading rum for African men, women and children in the late 1700s to early 1800s.

The DeWolf family brought more than 10,000 slaves from Africa, she said, and eventually became one of the wealthiest families in the nation as a result of its slave-trading business. Browne detailed her family’s experience in a documentary last year called “Traces of the Trade: A story from the Deep North,” as part of PBS’s “Point of View” series.

“I’m a firm believer in the U.S. government apologizing because of all the ways in which the government supported and condoned and made slavery possible,” said Browne, who has also traveled to Ghana to see Cape Coast Castle.

“What most Americans don’t know is the extensive complicity of the North in slavery. The victors write the history books, so the North wrote the history on slavery and very conveniently painted it solely as a Southern sin, whereas in fact the Northern colonies and states owned slaves for over 200 years and were the main slave traders.”

She said she found inspiration in Obama’s trip to Ghana and the recent Senate apology. The nation needs to discuss the issue of slavery now more than ever, she said.

“Some people think that those of us who are white and believe in the importance of public apologies or public acknowledgements — [they] feel that we’re just a bunch of knee-jerk, guilt-ridden liberals,” she said. “I like to say, ‘Why wouldn’t the government and white Americans want to go out of our way to make things right, including with what is just a very simple human step of offering an apology/acknowledgement?’ ”

In addition to the Senate apology, states such as Alabama, Connecticut, Florida, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina and Virginia have enacted similar resolutions at the state level for their roles in sanctioning and promoting slavery.

But many feel an apology is over the top.

State Rep. Patrick McDonough opposed an apology when it was considered in Maryland in 2007. A descendant of Irish immigrants, McDonough said an apology is simply a “mindset cleansing” for liberals and a potential preamble for reparations.

“It’s just a divisive grand-standing issue that makes no sense at all,” said McDonough, a Republican radio host in Baltimore. “No. 1, I or my family have never owned slaves. We came to the United States from Ireland long after slavery had been abolished. No. 2, I think the apology has already been given in the way of 500,000 dead American soldiers in the Union Army who made it clear that they didn’t approve of slavery and fought against it.”

He added that tens of millions of dollars from taxpayers, both black and white, have been spent on programs to help African-Americans over the years, amounting to the equivalent of an apology for a bad institution.

“There is no need for an apology; there is a need for people to come together and work for the general welfare of the nation,” he said. “The president, I believe, will pretty soon appoint a czar of apology.”

On his trip in Ghana, Obama said the nation and the world should never forget the scourge of slavery because it’s still relevant in today’s world.

“I think that the experience of slavery is like the experience of the Holocaust. I think it’s one of those things you don’t forget about. I think it is important that the way we think about it and the way it’s taught is not one in which there’s simply a victim and a victimizer, and that’s the end of the story,” he said.

“I think the way it has to be thought about, the reason it’s relevant is because whether it’s what’s happening in Darfur or what’s happening in the Congo or what’s happening in too many places around the world — you know, the capacity for cruelty still exists.”

“So trying to use these kinds of extraordinary moments to widen the lens and make sure that we’re all reflecting on how we are treating each other, I think, is something I want my kids to think about and I want every child to think about.”

Wayne Drash

EU justice ministers call for more data protection

1

Stockholm – The European Union must balance its attempts to gather more security information on EU citizens with the need to protect their privacy, EU justice ministers said in Stockholm on Friday.

‘The question of data protection must feature more strongly on the European agenda,’ Germany’s justice minister, Brigitte Zypries, said during informal talks with EU counterparts.

‘When it comes to individual rights, it’s of concern that (data) integrity is assured,’ agreed Sweden’s justice minister, Beatrice Ask, who chaired the meeting.

Sweden currently holds the EU’s rotating presidency.

In that capacity, Ask is tasked with overseeing the creation of the so-called Stockholm Programme, a five-year plan aimed at making legal cooperation between EU member states more efficient.

‘We have said yes to the fundamental freedoms (to move and live in EU member states), so we need to say yes to European law and European rules,’ Luxembourg Justice Minister Luc Frieden said.

But at the same time, cooperation ‘has to be useful and provide real added value,’ Ask stressed as she summarized the two days of talks.

One key element of the programme is a proposal to set up an agency to oversee the various computer systems the EU uses to share security information on visa applicants, travellers and criminal cases.

‘The advantage is that things will be handled more professionally than today: when you have these questions one at a time, sometimes it gets very expensive and it’s not professionally taken care of,’ Ask said.

That is particularly true of the EU’s programme to share complex data on people travelling within the Schengen border-free zone, known as SIS II, which is years overdue and millions of euros over budget.

The idea of creating an agency to oversee SIS II, the EU’s visa information system, VIS, and its database of fingerprints, Eurodac, has raised accusations that the bloc is trying to create a ‘Big Brother’ surveillance system.

But Ask rejected that fear, saying, ‘The thing is not that you want to collect a lot of information in one place, which is a danger, it’s how to govern and to secure different sorts of information.’

And Frieden stressed that European citizens should think about the kind of data held by private companies as well as the authorities.

‘People are giving a lot of information to private companies when they travel, when they shop, when they do other things: I think the abuses might come much more in that sector,’ he said.

The informal meeting, which was tasked with debating the broad outlines of the Stockholm Programme ahead of detailed discussions in the autumn, also analysed how EU citizens living outside their home country in another EU state could be given better access to legal services such as courtroom interpretation.

‘Suspects must be told about the case in their own language. You can’t have a situation where you arrest someone and he only understands the word ‘train station,” Zypries said.

Frieden called for standardized EU forms for documents such as birth and marriage certificates, to take into account the some 8 million EU citizens who now live, work and marry in other member states.

And EU Justice Commissioner Jacques Barrot urged member states to use more use of modern technologies such as the internet and machine translation to make access easier for all EU citizens.

The language barrier ‘is a substantial problem, but we will have to be able to master it if we want people to be able to have access to justice,’ he said.

Ministers also called for an analysis of the way the EU-wide European Arrest Warrant is used, saying that some states were not using it enough.

‘Some countries don’t use it as often as others, so maybe they don’t have enough knowledge or routines,’ Ask said.

Justice and interior ministers are expected to finalize the Stockholm Programme by the end of the year.

Ask would not be drawn on the question of which issues would be most contentious, pointing out that ‘The devil is in the detail.’

Indians to get biometric ID cards

1

 The Indian government plans to give all of its 1.2 billion citizens biometric ID cards, and Infosys co-founder Nandan Nilekani will lead the project. 

The project team will face a huge challenge in securing the information stored, which will be a target for hackers. But unlike the UK, the general population are likely to accept the cards.

The project is going to cost an estimated £3bn. The UK ID cards scheme was expected to cost £5.3bn and the UK government has now abandoned its plan to make ID cards compulsory. There was lot of opposition to the scheme in the UK.

Nandan Nilekani, who left Infosys to lead the project, has described it as a “humongous, mind-boggling challenge”, according to The Telegraph.

Infosys said it accepts Nilekani’s decision to leave with “a sense of duty to a larger cause, but with deep sadness”.

The ID scheme is an attempt to fight corruption and could identify illegal immigrants and tackle terrorism.

Each card will contain personal data and proof of identity, such as fingerprint or iris scans. It will be linked to a central database.

Kris Lakshmikanth, managing director at Indian recruitment firm Headhunters, said it will take a decade to do this. He doubts the project will get the same level of opposition as the UK scheme because the general population are not aware of the privacy risks.

But he is concerned about the security. “I am sure hackers will hack into the database,” he said.

Pradipta Bagchi, head of communications at Indian IT supplier TCS, said the biggest challenge will not be IT but getting all the states and government departments involved to agree.

He said it is an ambitious IT project. “India is a massive country and a lot of it is rural. It also has a lot of different types of ID in circulation.”

Bagchi said he is not concerned about having to carry an ID card. “Security will be an issue, but in India we have not seen too many incidents of data getting lost.”

NR Narayana Murthy, chairman at Infosys, said, “We are glad that an extraordinary individual like Nandan has got an opportunity to add value to India through this position. As a company that has always put the interest of the society ahead of itself, Infosys will accept his absence with a sense of duty to a larger cause, but with deep sadness at the departure of one of her most illustrious sons. We, the Infoscions, wish him the best in his new assignment.”

Probe Into Bush Policies Urged

0

President Barack Obama has been reluctant to probe Bush-era torture and anti-terrorism policies, but his Democratic allies aren’t likely to let the matters rest. “I’ve always preferred my idea of a commission of inquiry to look at all these issues,” Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Patrick Leahy, a Vermont Democrat, said Sunday. Dianne Feinstein, a Democrat from California and head of the intelligence committee, suggested that the administration of former President George W Bush broke the l
aw by concealing a CIA counterterrorism program from Congress.

The Wall Street Journal, anonymously citing former intelligence officials, reported yesterday the secret program was a plan to kill or capture Al-Qaeda operatives. The Journal’s sources said the plan, which was halted by CIA Director Leon Panetta, was an attempt to carry out a presidential finding authorized in 2001 by Bush. The Journal said the agency spent money on planning and maybe some training, but it never became fully operational. The plan was highly classified and the CIA has refused to comment
on it.

The assertion that Bush’s vice president, Dick Cheney, ordered the program kept secret from Congress came amid word that Attorney General Eric Holder is contemplating opening a criminal probe of possible CIA torture. A move to appoint a criminal prosecutor is certain to stir partisan bickering that could prove a distraction to Obama’s efforts to push ambitious health care and energy reform. Obama has resisted an effort by congressional Democrats to establish a “truth commission,” saying the nation should
be “looking forward and not backwards.

Regarding the 8-year-old counterterrorism program, Feinstein said the Bush administration’s failure to notify Congress “is a big problem, because the law is very clear.” Congress should investigate the secrecy because “it could be illegal,” Democratic Senator Dick Durbin, an Illinois Democrat, said.

According to Feinstein, Panetta told Congress late last month that “he had just learned about the program, described it to us, indicated that he had canceled it and … did tell us that he was told that the vice president had ordered that the program not be briefed to the Congress.” “We were kept in the dark. That’s something that should never, ever happen again,” said Feinstein.

Senator John Cornyn, a Republican from Texas, said he agreed with Feinstein that the CIA should keep Congress informed. But Cornyn said the new assertion “looks to me suspiciously like an attempt to provide political cover” to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and other Democrats. Pelosi has accused the CIA of lying to her in 2002 about its use of waterboarding, or simulated drowning, which many people, including Obama, consider torture.

This continued attack on the CIA and our intelligence gathering organizations is undermining the morale and capacity of those organizations to gather intelligence,” said Republican Senator Judd Gregg of New Hampshire. Reports about the counterterrorism program, Cheney’s role in directing its existence be kept from Congress and the attorney general’s consideration of a special prosecutor came on the eve of Senate Judiciary Committee hearings for Supreme Court nominee Sonia Sotomayor. Feinstein and Cornyn
spoke on “Fox News Sunday.” Durbin appeared on ABC’s “This Week.” Gregg spoke on CNN’s “State of the Union.” Leahy spoke on CBS’ “Face the Nation.”

– AP

Stop the War Coalition barred from Downing Street

2

Anti-war campaigners were refused access to Downing Street yesterday to deliver a letter calling for troops to be pulled out of Afghanistan.

About 100 noisy demonstrators crossed Whitehall to take up a position in front of the gates leading into the street, chanting and waving banners.

And a group of four protest organisers were told they would not be allowed access to hand the letter in to No 10.

MP Jeremy Corbyn and veteran peace campaigner Tony Benn were among the group hoping to take the letter to Downing Street.

But they were told it had “been decided” they would not be allowed in.

Mr Corbyn said: “It’s a shabby way of treating the majority of British people who are alarmed by the loss of life in Afghanistan.”

The rally was organised by the Stop the War Coalition to mark the death toll of British military personnel in Afghanistan, which has surpassed that of troops in Iraq.

Stop the War Coalition convener Lindsey German said: “They wouldn’t allow us in and when I asked why not the policeman at the gate said, it’s been decided’. By whom we don’t know.”

Demonstrators were asked to cross back over the road and position themselves behind the barriers.

But they continued to occupy the space in front of the Downing Street gates, chanting: “What do we want? Troops out. When do we want it? Now.”

The letter to be handed to Prime Minister Gordon Brown read: “The tragic deaths of 15 British soldiers in just over one week, including three who were barely 18 years old, has highlighted the need for British troops to be withdrawn from an unwinnable and unjustified war.

“The argument that British troops are in Afghanistan to bring stability, security and democracy is simply refuted by the facts.

“The lesson of history is clear. The Afghan people have always resisted any attempt to invade or occupy their country. All attempts to do so over the past 150 years have only brought horrific levels of death and destruction, both to the Afghan people and the invading armies.”

Mr Benn said it was an “unwinnable war”.

Politicians cost public £500 million each year

0

Britain’s politicians apparently cost the taxpayer £500million a year.

The number of political professionals has grown by ten-fold in the past decade to 29,000 and the cost of paying them has risen just as sharply, figures show.

Worse, there are concerns public money may be finding its way into party coffers as leaders force elected members to give a proportion of their income to the party.

The figures were revealed after a freedom of information request by the BBC.

They show the amount spent on politicians has risen as a result of devolution in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

£24m: The cost of tracking your emails and phone calls

0

The Home Office has revealed the multimillion-pound cost of monitoring the UK’s communications.

Home Office policing and security minister, David Hanson, told Parliament last week that millions are now being spent to fund ISPs’, telcos’ and mobile operators’ retention of communications data under the European Data Retention Directive and Anti-Terrorism Crime and Security Act 2001 (ATCSA) code of practice on data retention.

Data retained under the legislation includes the details of the duration, destination and location of electronic communications, although not details of their content. The data retention legislation has proved unpopular with civil liberties groups who view it as an infringement of privacy.

According to Hanson, the cost of “sponsor[ing] systems to enable communications service providers to store communications data” over the last five years has topped £24m.

For 2008-2009, the Home Office spent £3.6m funding retention under the ATCSA, and £6.6m under the European Data Retention Directive (EUDRD).

The figure represents a significant year-on-year fall for ATCSA retention, with the 2007-2008 costs hitting £5.7m. In contrast, the amount spent on retention as a result of the EUDRD increased substantially from the 2007-2008 figure of £2.6m.

Jo Best

IBM biometrics ID cards contract to last 7 years

2

IBM’s contract to supply technology for ID cards will last seven years, despite the possibility that a change in government could scupper the scheme.

The company and the Identity and Passport Service (IPS) announced the contract term on Friday. In April, IBM was awarded the contract to administer the National Biometric Identity Service (NBIS) database, which will hold identifying information such as facial images and fingerprints. The NBIS is used for biometric passports and for the National Identity Register (NIR), which will be used in issuing ID cards under the government scheme.

“This contract will provide a secure database for storing facial and fingerprint images for the next generation of biometric passports and will support the delivery of the National Identity card,” said IPS chief executive James Hall in a statement on Friday.

The Conservative Party has pledged to scrap the ID cards scheme if it wins the next general election, which will be in 2010 at the latest. On Friday, the party said that it would take a close look at all ID card-related contracts if it came to power.

“We will scrutinise these contracts closely but the Conservatives are committed to dropping the ID cards scheme and the national register,” shadow immigration minister Damian Green told silicon.com sister site ZDNet UK on Friday.

The Conservative Party told ID card contractors in June that its “firm policy” is to abandon the National Identity Scheme. It urged contractors not to sign any new deals, and warned against “poison pill” contractual break clauses designed to prevent the cancellation of the project.

Former home secretary Jacqui Smith acknowledged in March that to cancel two of the ID card contracts would cost £40m. The Home Office told ZDNet UK that cancelling IBM’s NBIS contract would incur costs.

“There would be a cost in the event of the contract being broken,” said a Home Office spokesperson. “The cost would depend on the length of time that had elapsed after the contract was signed.” The spokesperson added that termination clauses in contracts are normal.

IBM will mainly use its own hardware and software to operate and integrate the NBIS database, and is the prime contractor, the IPS said on Friday. The company said on Friday that it has subcontracted work to Atos Origin, which will provide integration and operations support, and to Sagem Sécurité, which will supply biometrics services and software.

The IPS and IBM have also signed a deal for the company to supply a replacement for the UK Border Agency’s Immigration and Asylum Fingerprint System, which holds visa applicants’ biometrics.

National Identity Scheme contractors also include CSC, which has a contract to upgrade UK passport application systems.

Tom Espiner

Obama Admin Will Not Probe Afghan War Crimes

1

Obama administration officials said Friday they had no grounds to investigate the 2001 deaths of Taliban prisoners of war who human rights groups allege were killed by U.S.-backed forces.

    The mass deaths were brought up anew Friday in a report by The New York Times on its Web site. It quoted government and human rights officials accusing the Bush administration of failing to investigate the executions of hundreds, and perhaps thousands, of prisoners.

    U.S. officials said Friday they did not have legal grounds to investigate the deaths because only foreigners were involved and the alleged killings occurred in a foreign country.

    The Times cited U.S. military and CIA ties to Afghan Gen. Abdul Rashid Dostum, whom human rights groups accuse of ordering the killings. The newspaper said the Defense Department and FBI never fully investigated the incident.

    Asked about the report, Marine Corps Col. David Lapan, a Pentagon spokesman, said that since U.S. military forces were not involved in the killings, there is nothing the Defense Department could investigate.

    “There is no indication that U.S. military forces were there, or involved, or had any knowledge of this,” Lapan said. “So there was not a full investigation conducted because there was no evidence that there was anything from a DoD (Department of Defense) perspective to investigate.”

    A Justice Department official said the FBI had no jurisdiction to investigate. The official was not authorized to discuss the matter publicly and spoke on condition of anonymity. Separately, Justice Department spokesman Matthew Miller declined to comment.

    A spokesman for former President George W. Bush did not have an immediate comment Friday night.

    Reacting to the Times’ report, human rights group Physicians for Human Rights called for the Justice Department to begin a criminal investigation into whether the Bush administration blocked inquiries into the Taliban deaths.

    “For U.S. government officials to claim that there is no legal basis to investigate this well-documented mass atrocity is absurd,” said the groups deputy director, Susannah Sirkin.

    The allegations date back to November 2001, when as many as 2,000 Taliban prisoners died in transit after surrendering during one of the regime’s last stands, according to a State Department report from 2002.

    Witnesses have claimed that forces with the U.S.-allied Northern Alliance placed the prisoners in sealed cargo containers over the two-day voyage to Sheberghan Prison, suffocating them and then burying them en masse using bulldozers to move the bodies, according to the State Department report. Some Northern Alliance soldiers have said that some of their troops opened fire on the containers, killing those within.

    Dostum, the Northern Alliance general who is accused of overseeing the atrocities, has previously denied the allegations.

    A former U.S. ambassador for war crimes issues, Pierre Prosper, told the Times that the Bush administration was reluctant to investigate the deaths, even though Dostum was on the payroll of the CIA and his soldiers worked with U.S. special forces in 2001.

    Dostum was suspended from his military post last year on suspicion of threatening a political rival, but Afghan President Hamid Karzai recently rehired him, the Times reported.

The Associated Press

41 Journalists Jailed in Iran

1

The press freedom organization Reporters Without Borders says it is concerned by what it calls the growing repression of journalists and cyber-dissidents in Iran.

In a report issued Sunday, the RSF (Reporters Sans Frontieres) announced the detention of five more journalists. RSF says 41 journalists are currently imprisoned in Iran a month after the country’s contested election.

RSF says Iran is currently the world’s biggest prison for journalists, and is becoming the world’s most dangerous place for them to operate.

RSF says the recently-detained journalists include photographers Majid Saidi and Tohid Bighi, blogger Henghameh Shahidi, and journalists Somaieh Nosrati and Said Matinpour.

According to RSF, four of the five are being held in secret locations with no information about their condition being released to their families or legal representatives.

VOA News

Cheney ‘ordered CIA to hide plan’

0

Former US Vice-President Dick Cheney gave direct orders to the CIA to conceal an intelligence programme from Congress, US media reports say.

The existence of the programme, set up after 9/11, was hidden for eight years and even now its nature is not known.

CIA director Leon Panetta is said to have abandoned the project when he learnt of it last month.

He has now told a House committee that Mr Cheney was behind the secrecy, the unnamed US sources say.

There has been no comment from Mr Cheney.

War of words

The claims come amid an increasingly bitter row between the CIA and Congress over whether key information was withheld about other aspects of the agency’s operations.

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi has claimed that the CIA misled her about interrogation methods including waterboarding, while other senior Democrats have quoted Mr Panetta as admitting that his agency regularly misled Congress before he took office.

Details of the newly-revealed secret programme have still not been divulged, but sources say it did not relate to the CIA’s rendition programme, interrogation methods or a controversial domestic surveillance project.

Officials quoted by the New York Times say the programme was launched by anti-terror operatives at the CIA soon after the 2001 attacks, and involved planning and training but never became fully operational.

Another unnamed official told AP it was an embryonic intelligence-gathering effort, aimed at yielding intelligence that would be used to conduct covert operations abroad.

Sources have told a number of US media outlets Mr Cheney personally instructed the CIA to withhold information about the programme from Congress.

Mr Panetta – who took over directorship of the CIA under President Obama’s administration – is said to have learnt about the programme only on 23 June.

The next day he called an emergency meeting with congressional intelligence committees to tell them about its existence and to say that it was being cancelled, the reports say.

Veto threat

The allegations come as Democrats in Congress are trying to push through new rules that would increase the number of members of Congress who are told about covert operations.

The White House is threatening to veto the bill, fearing that operational secrecy could be compromised.

The CIA has not commented on the reports of Mr Cheney’s role.

“It’s not agency practice to discuss what may or may not have been said in a classified briefing,” said spokesman Paul Gimigliano.

“When a CIA unit brought this matter to Director Panetta’s attention, it was with the recommendation that it be shared appropriately with Congress. That was also his view, and he took swift, decisive action to put it into effect.”

A CIA spokesman insisted earlier this week that “it is not the policy or practice of the CIA to mislead Congress.”

BBC

Private security contractors lack accountability

A recent shootout in the southern Afghan city of Kandahar that left 10 people dead is helping to focus attention on the issue of private security companies, and the existing lack of accountability concerning their activities.

The June 29 incident in Kandahar involved security contractors employed by coalition military forces. A group of the contractors attacked a local police station apparently in an attempt to free a colleague who had been taken into custody for supposedly forging documents. In addition to two senior police officers, eight civilians died in the armed confrontation. Hours after the shootout, Afghan President Hamid Karzai issued a statement asking the US-led coalition forces to hand over the private security contractors suspected of involvement in the killings. Later, 41 Afghan security contractors were placed under arrest.

Representatives of coalition forces emphasized that no foreign troops and no “foreign nationals” were involved in the incident. A coalition spokesman went on to characterize the attack as “Afghan on Afghan.”

Nevertheless, the attack is prompting heightened scrutiny of the coalition practice of employing de-mobilized local militiamen to provide security. Up to 3,000 former Afghan militia fighters are directly employed by the US military in Operation Enduring Freedom, according to an estimate prepared by Swisspeace, a research outfit focusing on conflict resolution.

In the absence of adequate troop levels and well-trained Afghan forces, international militaries and civilian agencies have used private security firms to protect their personnel and assets since 2001. Given the growing international presence and spiraling insecurity in recent years, the security sector has proven to be highly lucrative. Accordingly, the number of private security companies mushroomed.

Early this year, 39 companies — 21 of them foreign-based — were licensed under regulations issued in 2008. However, loopholes in criminal jurisdiction and accountability allow many security firms to operate in a gray area, seemingly beyond the reach of the Afghan justice system. Some companies, which did not, or could not obtain licenses, reportedly continue to operate with impunity. In some instances, private security contractors employed by foreign militaries or diplomatic missions enjoy immunity.

There are several instances in which security contractors have avoided facing Afghan justice in connection with deadly incidents. For example, on May 5, a shooting in Kabul left one civilian dead and injured two others. The four American Xe (formerly Blackwater) contractors involved left the country after an initial “detention” period, during which the US military carried out its own investigation. The findings of that investigation have not been made public.

Earlier, during an early April visit to Afghanistan to gauge the impact of the private security companies on the Afghan population, a United Nations working group suggested that subcontracting constituted a problem. There are “23,000 people . . . in those [39] companies which are already registered and most of them are not foreigners, most of them are Afghan nationals and they are subject to this problem of improper relations with those who hire them,” the working group’s leader, Alexander Nikitin, said during an April 9 news conference.

Anger among Afghans against private security firms has steadily escalated over the past few years, due to what is seen as unwarranted aggression and thuggish behavior. While incidents involving the use of lethal force usually manage to make their way into the public discourse, the routine harassment and bullying behavior of security contractors, involving contact with Afghan civilians, usually goes undocumented and unreported. For example, private security firms are widely loathed among Afghans for indiscriminately closing roads, setting up private checkpoints, commanding civilian vehicles off the road and frequently using the barrel of a gun to keep Afghans at bay.

While no representative of a private security company would publicly comment, some said privately that they would welcome tighter regulations. Several representatives complained that in the absence of such regulations, their firms end up being tarred with the same brush as the more brutish firms.

The absence of a comprehensive legislative framework is widely seen as one impediment to reform. A bill containing a new set of regulations for private contractors is currently stuck in parliament.

Incidents involving private contractors are expected to increase as more foreign troops arrive in Afghanistan, senior military and UN officials tell EurasiaNet. In his quarterly Afghanistan report issued on June 23, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon predicted an upsurge of violence. “The significant increase in Afghan and international troops fighting the insurgents could also result in an increase in security incidents,” the secretary-general said.

With the increase in violence and the winding down of operations in Iraq, Afghans fear a surge of foreign security contractors will arrive in Afghanistan looking for work. That would be an unwelcome development to Interior Minister Muhammad Hanif Atmar. Following a visit to Kandahar after the June 29 incident, the minister declared that illegal militias were “intolerable” and should be disarmed immediately. This, however, seems easier said than done.

EurasiaNet

Protest in London over ‘rigged’ Iranian election

0

Green flags and banners fly as a crowd of 2,000 or so demonstrators chant anti-Iranian regime slogans. Many pump their fists into the air, screaming in Persian: “Guns and tanks are of no use to you any more because the people have now spoken.” It’s a chant followed by: “Ahmadinejad, you’re a murderer.”

From the rooftop of the Iranian Embassy in London an unmanned video camera records the faces of the angry crowd gathered in Knightsbridge, emboldened by their fury over what they believe was a rigged election.

A Metropolitan police officer who has been patrolling the demonstrations since they began three days after the close of polls in mid June, told The Times: “They’re filming quite a lot. Any intelligent person would assume they’re sending the footage back to Iran.” The tactic seems all the more disturbing as Nazenin Ansari, the diplomatic editor of Kayhan, a Persian weekly newspaper in London, says she has been investigating claims that a number of British Iranians have “disappeared” since the election.

“I have heard of some cases of people travelling from London into Tehran who have simply disappeared from the airport,” she said. “And I know of many cases of people who were planning to go and have decided not to any more. Because they have been in the demonstrations, there’s a real fear of photos being taken and being used against them.”

The swelling opposition towards the Ahmadinejad administration has politicised a once predominantly apolitical British Iranian community that feared expressing its dissent publicly.

Many activists accuse the regime of spying by gathering footage to punish and intimidate people should they choose to visit their homeland. Potkin Azarmehr, an Iranian activist and blogger, said that he was bouyed by the rapidly growing involvement of the Iranian population in Britain, which stands between 53,000 and 73,000, according to figures from the Office for National Statistics.

“One of the tangible things from all these demos is people have gotten to know each other and gotten closer to each other,” he said. “We’re united by a common goal, a common dream to change the misperception the world has of Iranians, because not all Iranians want to be represented by Ahmadinejad and his regime.”

Vahid Sadeghi Shirazi, a former political prisoner in Iran and one of the main demonstration organisers in London, said: “We are the voice of the Iranian people who are not allowed to speak up at the moment.” But a fear of the Iranian regime remains, as evidenced at Thursday’s rally – which marked the tenth anniversary of the student uprising against the Islamic revolution – in which many demonstrators disguised their faces with sunglasses, hats, wigs and paint.

Local activists are developing fresh ways of dodging the regime’s dissent radar by developing secret communication methods with their counterparts back home. Their greatest weapon has been cyberspace, despite the Iranian Government’s attempt to monitor websites and personal e-mails.

The movement was brought to life by the backing given to Mir Hossein Mousavi, Ahmadinejad’s main rival in the June 12 election. A movement that has met with violence, which, the regime’s opposition claims, has left more than 250 people dead. The regime is accused of playing down this figure by saying that only 20 deaths have been recorded.

The movement has also left hundreds of activists and bystanders who found themselves in wrong place at the wrong time behind bars.

Marayam, 32, a student from East London, spent four days in a police cell in Tehran during a holiday to visit her family. Her whereabouts became unknown the moment she was taken into custody. “They [police] told my parents they had never heard my name and categorically denied that I was in their custody,” Maryam, who was released without charge, said. The maths student returned to London recently.

G8 leaders fail to reach agreement on global crisis

1

China, France, Russia challenge supremacy of US dollar

The leaders of the G8 group of major industrialized countries lined up for their photo call at the conclusion of this year’s summit and sought to put their deliberations in the Italian town of L’Aquila in the best possible light.

US President Barack Obama spoke of a historic consensus on environmental policy and German Chancellor Angela Merkel declared that “considerable progress” had been made at the summit. In fact, most of the decisions announced over the past three days were vague and non-committal. In general, they marked a retreat from positions agreed (and not carried out) at preceding G8 summits.

Climate change

Attempts at the summit to reach a binding decision on the limitation of greenhouse gases were blocked by developing economies such as India, China and Brazil, which argued that climate targets were being used by developed industrial countries–in particular, the US–to hamper their own economic growth. Representatives from all three countries had been invited to attend the second day of G8 talks in L’Aquila.

An initial proposal put forward at the summit for an 80 percent cut in greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 was buried within hours of being announced. Canada said the goal was “aspirational” and Russia said it could not possibly meet the target.

In the event, the summit agreed to halve greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, but its final resolution was notable for its lack of detail. It remained unclear which reference year would apply for the reduction. If the starting point is later than 1990–the baseline normally used–then the target entails more modest cuts, as most countries saw emissions rise after that date.

The latest agreement also falls well short of the target set by the European Union in March 2007, which called for a 20 percent reduction of CO2 emissions by 2020, in comparison with 1990 levels. Germany had even declared it wanted cuts of as much as 40 percent by 2020.

The G8 leaders also left open the question of how their climate targets were to be financed, with any decision on this issue left until the G20 summit planned for the end of September in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Commenting on the G8 resolution on climate change, United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon complained that the G8 had missed a “unique opportunity” for progress.

Farm aid

Much of the talk of success at the end of the summit centred on the decision by G8 leaders to establish a $20 billion fund spread over three years for farm aid to less developed nations. Initial summit communiqués mentioned a sum of $15 billion, and summit participants presented the final sum agreed, involving an additional $5 billion, as a considerable advance aimed at assisting poor nations and continents, in particular, Africa.

The sum of $20 billion is completely inadequate to alleviate poverty in undeveloped nations. In a report issued a week before the summit, the British charity ActionAid noted that one billion people were going hungry in the world, and declared that decisions at the G8 gathering could “literally make the difference between life and death for millions in the developing world.”

The token amount announced in Italy condemns these hundreds of millions of people to worsening hunger and poverty, as the global economic crisis takes a particularly cruel toll on the weakest and most vulnerable economies. Most of Africa and Asia are being starved of capital, which is being monopolized by imperialist powers seeking to bail out their banking systems, even as the export markets of so-called Third World countries shrink.

Moreover, the communiqué on farm aid fails to make clear whether the $20 billion (of which the US has pledged a paltry $3.5 billion) represents new money, or is merely to be redistributed from funds long since promised. At its summit in Gleneagles, Scotland in 2005, G8 leaders pledged no less than $50 billion in aid for underdeveloped countries by the year 2010. According to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), only one third of this target had been met.

Financial and economic policy

G8 leaders were also unable to come to any firm agreement on how to combat the financial crisis. Acknowledging the dangers posed by the crisis, the summit issued a statement on Wednesday that declared, “The situation remains uncertain and significant risks remain to economic and financial stability.”

However, the G8 is deeply divided on how to respond to the crisis. The US and Britain advocate additional large-scale injections of capital to the banks and big business, while a number of European countries, led by Germany, oppose further stimulus measures, warning of the danger of ballooning government budget deficits and the threat of inflation. Germany, whose economy is geared to industrial exports, is particularly concerned over the prospect that soaring US deficits will further depress the value of the US dollar in relation to the euro, pricing German exports out of the US and other major markets.

The G8 leaders were unable to arrive at a coordinated policy in response to the crisis. They could do little more than urge individual governments to collaborate with one another as they pursue their own national solutions. The joint declaration acknowledged the lack of consensus, stating that “exit strategies will vary depending on economic conditions and public finances.”

Pro forma, the G8 summit participants unanimously denounced trade protectionism and warned of the dangers of increasing national isolation. In a joint declaration released Thursday, the G8 members and the G5 group of emerging economies–Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa–declared they were “committed” to completing by the end of 2010 the World Trade Organization Doha round of talks aimed at reducing trade barriers and liberalizing economies.

None of these proclamations can be taken seriously. Rather than bringing down trade barriers and other forms of economic protectionism, the universal response by individual nations to the financial crisis has to been to step up retaliatory trade, currency and capital measures against other countries.

The US government adopted a “buy American” clause as part of its stimulus program, requiring that only steel and other goods made by domestic producers be used in planned infrastructure projects. The multi-trillion-dollar bank bailout enacted by the Obama administration and resulting record budget deficit have, moreover, resulted in the bulk of available private capital on world financial markets flowing into the US.

The Chinese authorities responded with their own stimulus package, which also contains a “buy national” clause. Other leading nations are taking similar measures.

According to Holger Görg from the Kiel Institute for the World Economy, “If German Chancellor Angela Merkel rescues Opel in the wake of the crisis because it is a German company, that is also protectionism.”

Differences on trade policy broke to the surface at the summit over the issue of energy markets. Alarmed by the recent increase in oil prices, which raises the danger of a prolonged world recession, France and Britain proposed measures to regulate energy markets and reduce the volatility of oil prices. Their proposal was promptly rebuffed by oil exporters Russia and Canada, both of which said it would be impossible to administer markets in such a way.

Iran

In its joint declaration and under massive pressure from the US delegation, the G8 expressed its “serious concern” over “post-election violence in Iran,” but put off endorsing new sanctions against the country. In his visit to Moscow earlier in the week, President Obama brought considerable pressure to bear on the Russian leadership to take a harder stance against the Iranian government. In L’Aquila, however, the Russian delegation declared that the measures taken against the opposition in Iran were an internal matter.

Challenges to the US dollar

As is often the case at such summits, the most significant and contentious issues were not part of the official agenda. While the G8 leaders were unable to arrive at viable agreements on economic policy, climate change or world poverty, there was growing evidence of the emergence of a block of countries intent on challenging the leading role of the US in economic policy and world affairs.

On Thursday, Chinese State Councilor Dai Bingguo openly criticized the role of the US dollar as the global reserve currency. According to the Chinese foreign ministry, Dai told summit leaders: “We should have a better system for reserve currency issuance and regulation, so that we can maintain relative stability of major reserve currency exchange rates and promote a diversified and rational international reserve currency system.”

Dai did not mention the dollar, but the target of his remarks was clear. China’s has a total investment in US Treasuries of more than $1 trillion.

Dai’s comments repeat criticisms of the role of the dollar first made by official Chinese sources in March, but his remarks at a high-level meeting of world leaders represents a new stage in the escalation of economic tensions between the US and China.

When asked about Dai’s comments, G8 leaders sought to play down their significance. British Prime Minister Gordon Brown initially said he could not remember Dai making such remarks at a session of the summit he attended along with the US president. When his memory was jogged, Brown said, “We don’t want to give the impression that big change is around the corner and the present arrangements will be destabilized.”

In fact, Dai’s comments had been preceded earlier in the week by a statement from the Kremlin’s top economic adviser, Arkady Dvorkovich, who told the Wall Street Journal that the issue of an alternative global reserve currency should be part of the agenda of the G8 meeting.

“We will, alongside China, stress the need to gradually develop a global financial system which will be based on several new strong regional currencies,” Dvorkovich told reporters. “With time,” he added, “those new currencies will then take on a more global character.”

In a significant development, the same theme was also taken up by French President Nicolas Sarkozy, who told a press conference on Thursday that the current system, based since the end of World War II on the supremacy of the US dollar, was outdated and should be replaced.

“Frankly, 60 years later one must ask oneself the question: Shouldn’t a world that is multi-polar… be mirrored by a multi-polar economic system?” Sarkozy said, adding, “Even if it’s a difficult subject, we’ll discuss this in the coming months.”

Stefan Steinberg

MoD ‘misled courts over Iraqi deaths investigation’

0

A panel of three judges criticised “disturbing failures” in how the MoD handled applications to withhold evidence, saying that all future requests should treated by the courts “with very considerable caution”.

The Government earlier this week ordered a new inquiry into the deaths of 20 Iraqis following a gun battle near the town of Majar-al-Kabir in 2004. Relatives of the victims claim they were murdered and mutilated at Camp Abu Naji, a British base.

Yesterday Lord Justice Scott Baker and two other judges condemned “truly alarming” errors made by the MoD in its efforts to prevent documents becoming public during an earlier investigation.

A public interest immunity (PII) certificate presented to the courts — in which the MoD claimed that permissible interrogation limits issued to soldiers should be kept secret to protect national security — was factually incorrect because the information was already in the public domain, the judges said.

The MoD compounded its error by failing to inform the courts when the inaccuracy was realised, they added.

“The court was misled into making a number of rulings on a false basis, all of which were wrong and should never have been made,” Lord Justice Scott Baker said.

“The steps that are currently being taken by the MoD, including the prospective detailed review of its PII process in this case, must ensure that false assertions are never again made in a ministerial certificate and schedule.”

An MoD spokesman said the errors were a matter of “deep regret”. He said: “There was absolutely no intention of misleading the Court. There will be a thorough review of what went wrong and measures will be introduced urgently to ensure that this cannot happen again.”

The MoD emphatically denies the original allegations and says that the 20 people who died were killed “on the battlefield”.

Announcing the new inquiry on Monday, Bob Ainsworth, the Defence Secretary, said that there was no evidence of torture or mutilation.

“However, these are serious allegations and we regret that we have failed to provide the court with timely and sufficient disclosure of information to enable them to determine the facts,” he said.

“Given these failings of disclosure, we have suggested to the court that a fresh investigation be undertaken into allegations of the murder of Iraqi detainees.”

Matthew Moore

Bush admin discouraged probe into afghan killing

Bush administration officials discouraged an investigation into a mass killing in Afghanistan, government officials and human rights workers say. Hundreds, and perhaps thousands, of Taliban prisoners of war were killed by forces under Gen. Abdul Rashid Dostum, a warlord who was backed by the United States during the 2001 invasion of Afghanistan, The New York Times reported Saturday.

An investigation into the killings was requested by the FBI, the State Department, the Red Cross and by human rights groups. They told the Times the Bush administration would not investigate because Dostum was on the CIA payroll. The general also served in the government of President Hamid Karzai, who was supported by the United States.

The Obama administration has not addressed the issue yet, but State Department officials are working to keep Dostum from staying on as military chief of staff to the Afghan president, senior officials told the Times. Dostum was reappointed to the post after a suspension for allegedly threatening a political rival.

He is considered an important ally of Karzai, the Times said. The new US administration has maintained frostier relations with Karzai, whose government is seen as corrupt and unpopular, although Obama has dispatched 21,000 fresh troops to fight a mounting Taliban-led insurgency ahead of August elections, the report said.

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and Richard Holbrooke, the special US envoy to Afghanistan and Pakistan, have told Karzai they objected to the recent reinstatement of Dostam as military chief of staff, the Times said, citing a senior State Department official.

“We believe that anyone suspected of war crimes should be thoroughly investigated,” the official added, hinting the Obama administration is open to an inquiry. Dostam, whose alleged killings may have amounted to the biggest war crime in Afghanistan since the 2001 invasion, was reinstated to his post last month after being suspended last year for allegedly threatening a political opponent at gunpoint.

But he remains in exile in Turkey. The killings took place in late November 2001, shortly after the invasion that ousted Kabul’s Taliban government.Taliban prisoners captured by Dostam’s forces after a major battle in northeastern Kunduz province were allegedly packed into shipping containers and left to suffocate, or were shot through the container walls, before being buried in mass graves.

Estimates on the number of people killed have ranged from several hundred to several thousand. Survivors and witnesses told The New York Times and Newsweek in 2002 that over a three-day period, Taliban prisoners were stuffed into closed metal shipping containers and given no food or water; many suffocated while being trucked to the prison.

Other prisoners were killed when guards shot into the containers.  The bodies were said to have been buried in a mass grave in Dasht-i-Leili, a stretch of desert just outside Shibarghan. A recently declassified 2002 State Department intelligence report states that one source, whose identity is redacted, concluded that about 1,500 Taliban prisoners died.

Estimates from other witnesses or human rights groups range from several hundred to several thousand. The report also says that several Afghan witnesses were later tortured or killed. The Pentagon, however, showed little interest in the matter.

In 2002, Physicians for Human Rights asked Defence Department officials to open an investigation and provide security for its forensics team to conduct a more thorough examination of the gravesite.

“We met with blanket denials from the Pentagon,” recalls Jennifer Leaning, a board member with the group. “They said nothing happened.” Pentagon spokesmen have said that the United States Central Command conducted an ‘informal inquiry,’ asking Special Forces personnel members who worked with General Dostum if they knew of a mass killing by his forces. When they said they did not, the inquiry went no further.

Officials Claim Wiretaps Were of Limited Value

0

While the Bush administration had defended its program of wiretapping without warrants as a vital tool that saved lives, a new government review released Friday said the program’s effectiveness in fighting terrorism was unclear.

The report, mandated by Congress last year and produced by the inspectors general of five federal agencies, found that other intelligence tools used in assessing security threats posed by terrorists provided more timely and detailed information.

Most intelligence officials interviewed “had difficulty citing specific instances” when the National Security Agency’s wiretapping program contributed to successes against terrorists, the report said.

While the program obtained information that “had value in some counterterrorism investigations, it generally played a limited role in the F.B.I.’s overall counterterrorism efforts,” the report concluded. The Central Intelligence Agency and other intelligence branches also viewed the program, which allowed eavesdropping without warrants on the international communications of Americans, as a useful tool but could not link it directly to counterterrorism successes, presumably arrests or thwarted plots.

The report also hinted at political pressure in preparing the so-called threat assessments that helped form the legal basis for continuing the classified program, whose disclosure in 2005 provoked fierce debate about its legality. The initial authorization of the wiretapping program came after a senior C.I.A. official took a threat evaluation, prepared by analysts who knew nothing of the program, and inserted a paragraph provided by a senior White House official that spoke of the prospect of future attacks against the United States.

These threat assessments, which provided the justification for President George W. Bush’s reauthorization of the wiretapping program every 45 days, became known among intelligence officials as the “scary memos,” the report said. Intelligence analysts involved in the process eventually realized that “if a threat assessment identified a threat against the United States,” the wiretapping and related surveillance programs were “likely to be renewed,” the report added.

The report found that the secrecy surrounding the program may have limited its effectiveness. At the C.I.A., it said, so few working-level officers were allowed to know about the program that the agency often did not make full use of the leads the wiretapping generated, and intelligence leads that came from the wiretapping operation were often “vague or without context,” the report said.

The findings raise questions about assertions from Mr. Bush and his most senior advisers that the warrantless wiretapping program was essential in stopping terrorist attacks. In January 2006, for example, Mr. Bush said the surveillance program “helped prevent attacks and save American lives.” Former Vice President Dick Cheney has made the same point, most recently in his public defense of the administration’s campaign against terrorism.

The report provided previously undisclosed details about the legal and operational schisms that dogged the program in its five years of existence. The 38-page document released Friday was an unclassified version. The bulk of the findings remain classified in separate reports from each of the five inspectors general, who represent the Justice Department, the N.S.A, the C.I.A., the Defense Department and the Office of National Intelligence.

The inquiry included interviews with about 200 government and private-sector personnel, but a number of key players – including David Addington, a top aide to Mr. Cheney; George J. Tenet, the former C.I.A. director; John Ashcroft, the former attorney general; and John Yoo, a Justice Department lawyer who endorsed the wiretapping program – declined to be interviewed.

Congressional Democrats who had been critics of the program said they found the report’s conclusions disturbing.

“While former Bush administration officials continue to argue that their policies made the country safer,” said Senator Ron Wyden, Democrat of Oregon, “I believe this report shows that their obsession with secrecy and their refusal to accept oversight was actually harmful to U.S. national security, not to mention the privacy rights of law-abiding Americans.”

A statement from Dennis Blair, the current director of national intelligence, said he was committed to “seeing that all surveillance activities protect U.S. national security and comply with the laws of the United States.”

Among other findings, the report concluded that Alberto R. Gonzales, as attorney general, provided “confusing, inaccurate” statements about N.S.A. surveillance activities to lawmakers in 2007, but did not “intend to mislead Congress.” Mr. Gonzales had said that a dispute between the White House and Justice Department lawyers in 2004 did not relate to the wiretapping program but rather to “other” intelligence activities.

The report states that at the same time Mr. Bush authorized the warrantless wiretapping operation, he also signed off on other surveillance programs that the government has never publicly acknowledged. While the report does not identify them, current and former officials say that those programs included data mining of e-mail messages of Americans. That was apparently what Mr. Gonzales was referring to in his Congressional testimony.

The investigation stopped short of assessing whether the wiretapping program violated the law requiring court-ordered warrants before wiretapping Americans’ communications. But the report faulted the administration for what it called a failure to conduct adequate legal review of the program at its inception.

The report said that Mr. Yoo, of the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel, gave the White House his first legal opinion endorsing the wiretapping in November 2001, weeks after it had begun, and that his boss, Jay Bybee, was not even aware of the program’s existence.

Moreover, Mr. Ashcroft gave his legal authorization to the program for the first two and a half years based on a “misimpression” of what activities the N.S.A. was actually conducting. In March 2004, a showdown occurred in Mr. Ashcroft’s hospital room when top Justice Department officials refused to sign off on the legality of the program and threatened to resign. The report said that the White House had the program continue by having Mr. Gonzales, then the White House counsel, sign the authorization.

What the report described as flawed legal opinions by Mr. Yoo and efforts to circumvent the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, the secret court that approves intelligence wiretaps, “jeopardized” the Justice Department’s relations with the court, the report said. The panel also recommended that the Justice Department examine criminal cases that grew out of the program to determine if prosecutors had complied with federal judicial requirements to disclose information to defendants.

In 2008, Congress restructured the federal surveillance law, the broadest such overhaul in three decades. The inspector generals’ report said the new law “gave the government even broader authority to intercept international communications” than did the original program. That same measure also gave legal immunity to the telecommunications companies that cooperated in the wiretapping program.

By ERIC LICHTBLAU and JAMES RISEN

BNP snubbed by EU

0

The British National Party’s first two Euro-MPs are finding it increasingly hard to win friends and influence people in Europe.

BNP leader Nick Griffin and Andrew Brons both won seats in the euro-elections – and so far they have chalked up three notable rebuffs.

First, they were unable to muster enough allies to form an official political grouping in the European Parliament, which begins work next week.

Then they were asked to leave one of the main drinking haunts of European Parliament staff and Euro-MPs in Brussels.

And now they find they are not on the Government’s guest list for a formal drinks party for British Euro-MPs in Strasbourg next week.

The news comes amid Mr Griffin’s revelation this week that the EU should sink all boats carrying illegal immigrants from Africa.

He added: “Europe has sooner or later to close its borders or it is simply going to be swamped by the Third World.”

The pair are still trying to form workable political alliances with other right-wing Euro-MPs, but they seem unlikely to muster the necessary minimum of 25 Euro-MPs from at least seven member states which would trigger substantial funding for staff, as well as improve prospects of influential committee seats and speaking time in the European Parliament chamber.

After one recent visit to the European Parliament’s Brussels headquarters searching for political bedfellows, Mr Griffin, Euro-MP for the North-West, went to near-by O’Farrell’s bar, where he sat at a table outside to be served.

Soon afterwards, he was asked to leave. According to another drinker on the premises at the time: “He was sitting quietly outside and then he was recognised and he was told he wasn’t welcome.”

The same bar is one of the regular watering holes of UK Independence Party leader and Euro-MP Nigel Farage, who is trying to put as much political distance between his party and the BNP as possible.

The third and latest snub for the democratically-elected BNP duo has come from the Government, which has left Mr Griffin and Mr Brons off the invitation list for a cocktail reception in Strasbourg on Wednesday.

A Government spokesman explained the decision was part of established policy towards elected extremists, even though they are accorded the same basic Government facilities as other elected individuals.

He said: “The same general principles governing official impartiality apply in the European Parliament as they do for Westminster groups and MPs.

“UK Government officials will provide all Euro-MPs with standard written briefings as appropriate from time to time, for example on the Euro-MPs’ Statute, with no differentiation.

“British and other MEPs can also be provided with factual written briefing on specific policy issues upon request, again with no differentiation.

“However, the long-standing policy of the Government is that officials will not engage in any other contact with elected representatives of any nationality who represent extremist or racist views, unless specific permission has been granted to do so on a particular occasion from the FCO Permanent Under-Secretary and the Minister for Europe.

“On the basis of this policy, Euro-MPs representing the British National Party are not invited to the reception on Wednesday. United Kingdom Independence Party Euro-MPs have been invited.”

The BNP advocates British withdrawal from the European Union and an end to all immigration to the UK.

Girls sold into slavery for $2,000

0

Two 22-year-old girls from Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan who have been “prepared” to become prostitutes are now released from slavery in the Russian city of Novosibirsk.

According to the police the criminals were going to sell two 22-year-old girls on July 2. And the most disturbing fact was that the human trafficking was taking place not somewhere on the outskirts of the city, but in the centre of it, not far from the Karl Marx metro station.

“At about 7 p.m. a woman from Uzbekistan sold another woman from her country together with a woman from Kyrgyzstan for 2 thousand dollars. The criminals wanted to sell the girls into slavery as prostitutes. However the crime was prevented by the Siberian Federal police workers,” says Marina Kinzhalova, the senior media relations assistant of Novosibirsk investigation committee.

Police officers acted as clients who wanted to buy the girls. They paid the whole sum to the criminals.

After the money was handed to the woman she was immediately arrested. According to the Russian laws the woman may face about 10 years in prison.

Pravda.Ru has recently published an article about human trafficking and sex slavery.

About 12.3 million people have to work as slaves in the world today. Private companies use the labor of 9.8 million people from this number; over 12.4 million people are sold to slavery works.

About 2.5 million more people are forced to work as slaves on account of the pressure from the state or from armed rebel groups, a report from the International Labor Organization said.

The annual global profit from the use of coercive works exceeds $30 billion. As experience shows, exploiters remain unpunished.

According to statistics data from the above-mentioned report, the state and armed forces use about 20 percent of work captives. The remaining part works for a variety of business branches, which can be quite specific business indeed. About eleven percent of modern slaves are involved in prostitution and other fields of sex industry. Sixty-four percent of enslaved workers work in traditional and quite legal industrial branches: construction, commerce, agriculture, etc. It is almost impossible to formulate the activity of the remaining five percent of modern slaves.

Slavery or coercive labor is currently used on all continents of the globe, in almost all countries, regardless of their economic grounds. Specialists distinguish traditional forms of coercive works, presumably in South Asia, Latin America and West Africa, where people often become slaves because of their debts. The state can also use slavery in its political and economic needs nowadays. Forced labor becomes a part of present-day reality for many immigrants.

Pravda

Met to probe torture collusion claims

0
The Metropolitan Police are to investigate claims that British agents colluded in torture, Scotland Yard said.
Officers are to investigate allegations by former Guantanamo Bay detainee Binyam Mohamed that MI5 officers were complicit in his torture.

The case was referred to police by the Attorney General, Baroness Scotland, earlier this year.

A Met spokesman said: “The Metropolitan Police Service (MPS) was invited by the Attorney General to investigate allegations surrounding the detention of Binyam Mohamed.

“The papers were reviewed by the MPS and the investigation accepted. A team of detectives, working to Deputy Assistant Commissioner Sue Akers, has now been selected and vetted to appropriate levels. As a result a criminal investigation has now begun.

“The inquiry team is in close liaison with the Crown Prosecution Service and will regularly consult them as the investigation moves forward.

“Inquiries will be conducted as expeditiously but thoroughly as possible and will follow the evidence to identify whether any offences have occurred.”

Mohamed, 30, a former UK resident, was arrested in Pakistan in 2002. He alleges that, during three months of detention, he was tortured by Pakistani agents and interrogated by the FBI and MI5.

He says he was then taken to Morocco after being subject to “extraordinary rendition” by the CIA with the explicit knowledge of the Security Service.

During further torture in Morocco, he says he became aware that his torturers were being fed questions and material from British intelligence agents. Ethiopian-born Mohamed, who lived in London before his arrest, was then taken to Guantanamo Bay, where he stayed for four years before returning to this country on February 23.

Copyright (c) Press Association Ltd

Activists Sound the Alarm on Obama’s Budget

0

Over two dozen AIDS activists were arrested just outside the U.S. Capitol building yesterday while protesting President Barack Obama’s failure to honor his campaign promises of increased funding for AIDS programs.

 

During the election, Obama pledged to spend over $1 billion a year on global AIDS and to fully fund housing for HIV-positive people in need. Activists say the administration’s 2010 budget proposal does not live up to these promises. (See the full statement from the Health Global Access Project below.)

 

The Obama administration has also failed to meet another campaign promise — to lift a federal funding ban on syringe exchange, a policy that allows intravenous drug users to swap used needles for clean ones.

 

“Providing clean syringes is proven to be one of the most effective public health interventions since the polio vaccine,” said Jennifer Flynn, managing director of Health GAP. “It is clear that it works, but yet, we now have to wait for Congress to act to have the freedom to use every possible resource to make it widely available.”

 

Before Obama was inaugurated in January, AIDS advocates had high hopes for a renewed U.S. commitment to fighting the disease both at home and abroad. According to the AIDS Healthcare Foundation, however, Obama’s first official plan to fight domestic HIV/AIDS “falls far short” of what is needed to confront the growing epidemic. The government’s $45 million media campaign, launched in early April, aims to raise awareness about domestic HIV/AIDS over the next five years.

 

“There are approximately 1.2 million people in the U.S. living with HIV/AIDS today. More than 300,000 of these individuals have never had an HIV test and therefore do not know their HIV status. A $45 million communications plan no matter how well intended will do little to help identify those 300,000 infected individuals who may unknowingly be infecting others,” said Michael Weinstein, president of AIDS Healthcare Foundation. “If this proposal is any indication of how President Obama and his Administration intend to address the AIDS epidemic domestically or globally, we are deeply disappointed.”

 

Overall, U.S. health advocates were extremely disappointed by the health provisions in the president’s 2010 budget, reported the humanitarian Inter Press Service (IPS). “This proposal is even worse than we had feared,” said Christine Lubinski, director of the Center for Global Health Policy. “With this spending request, Obama has broken his campaign promise to provide 1 billion dollars a year in new money for global AIDS, and he has overlooked the growing threat of tuberculosis.”

 

The budget “essentially flat-lines support for global health,” added Paul Zeitz, executive director of the Global AIDS Alliance. This seemingly confirms the health community’s fears that Obama would come short of meeting his global health campaign pledges due to the government’s growing financial deficit, notes IPS.

 

 

27 AIDS Activists Arrested in Capitol Building Demanding Promised Funding & Policy Changes

 

From: Health GAP

 

With a new HIV infection every 9 ½ minutes in the US, why are we bailing out the bankers and leaving people with HIV without?

 

7/9/09

 

Washington, DC- Dozens of AIDS activists from across the Northeast U.S. risked arrest today, staging a loud demonstration inside the Capitol Rotunda on the eve of key Congressional votes on appropriations for life-saving programs and one day before President Obama’s first trip to Africa since his election.

 

The activists decried the Obama administration’s failure to make good on a range of AIDS campaign promises including his pledge: to lift the federal ban on funding syringe exchange, to fully fund lifesaving global AIDS programs, and to fully fund AIDS housing programs in this year’s budget. The activists demanded Speaker Nancy Pelosi, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid and other Congressional leadership fix President Obama’s flawed budget proposal.

 

“HIV is not in recession,” said Omolola Adele-Oso of DC Fights Back. “So why are we bailing out the bankers with $9 trillion, but breaking promises to fund life-saving AIDS programs in the US and around the world at a fraction of that cost?”

 

Activists noted that despite campaign pledges to increase bilateral global AIDS (PEPFAR) funding by $1 billion a year and fully fund the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, TB and Malaria, the Administration’s budget proposal essentially flat-lines global AIDS funding. Unless President Obama and Congress keep their promise to fund their fair share of the Global Fund’s needed, for example, the Global Fund will have to cut billions of dollars worth of life saving grants.

 

The activists also denounced the administration’s failure to lift the ban on syringe exchange funding. “Thousands of people have died in the past decade because clean syringes aren’t available,” said Jose De Marco, an HIV+ member of ACT UP Philadelphia and Proyecto Sol Filadelphia. “President Obama, who many of us worked to elect, promised to follow the science and lift the federal funding ban on needle exchange, but his budget explicitly included the ban. Now it’s up to Congress to show real courage where the President has not.”

 

“We are here because we know that our friends, families, and communities are still dying,” said Larry Bryant of Housing Works. “From DC to California to Zambia people living with AIDS need Congress to act this week and need the administration to make good on its promises.”

Gustavo Pedroza, of the New York City AIDS Housing Network commented: “Housing is one of our most basic needs and a critical part of HIV treatment, care and prevention – without it, other strategies to fight HIV simply don’t work. Given the rising cost of housing, President Obama’s proposal to flat-fund federal AIDS housing programs will mean low-income people with HIV will lose their housing, not to mention longer waiting lists for a life-saving home.”

USA license plate cameras

2

Welcome to Tiburon.

Click.

Your presence has been noted.

The posh and picturesque town that juts into San Francisco Bay is poised to do something unprecedented: use cameras to record the license plate number of every vehicle that crosses city limits.

Some residents describe the plan as a commonsense way to thwart thieves, most of whom come from out of town. Others see an electronic border gate and worry that the project will only reinforce Tiburon’s image of exclusivity and snootiness.

“I personally don’t see too much harm in it, because I have nothing to hide,” commodities broker Paul Lambert, 64, said after a trip to Boardwalk Market in downtown Tiburon on a recent afternoon.

“Yet,” he said, “it still has the taint of Big Brother.”

Tiburon’s camera idea is a marriage of technology, policing and distinct geography.

Situated on a peninsula, Tiburon’s hillside homes and waterfront shops are accessible by only two roads, allowing police to point the special cameras known as license plate readers at every lane that leads into and out of the town of 8,800.

The readers, which use character recognition software, can compare plates to databases of cars that have been stolen or linked to crimes, then immediately notify police of matches, said Police Chief Michael Cronin.

If someone burglarized a Tiburon home at 3 a.m. one morning, he said, detectives could consult the devices and find out who came to town in the hours before – and who rolled out soon after.

‘Very low-key’

“It’s very low-key,” said Town Manager Peggy Curran. “The whole point of license plates is that people can be identified by them.”

If the Town Council gives final approval, Curran said, officials hope to install the readers on Tiburon Boulevard and Paradise Drive by late fall.

Tiburon plans to spend grant funds on the project and ask two other governments that could benefit from it to contribute to an expected price tag of $100,000 – the city of Belvedere, a bump of land on the southeastern edge of Tiburon, and Marin County.

Cronin called it a sound investment. He pointed to a frustrating twist in Tiburon crime: Residents feel so safe that they don’t lock their cars and homes.

In all of 2007 and 2008, Tiburon recorded 196 thefts, 37 burglaries and a dozen stolen cars. The chief said every alleged thief who was arrested in those years was from outside Tiburon.

Finding suspects

Once the street cameras are installed, Cronin said, hunting a burglary suspect could be easier. “We’ll look for a plate that came and went,” he said. “That’s going to give us a very short list to work on.”

Detectives could then check to see if any of the cars has been linked with crimes in the past. Between 300 and 400 cars use Tiburon Boulevard to travel in or out of the town from midnight to 6 a.m. on weekdays.

“It’s much more efficient than having an officer sit on the boulevard, watch passing cars and guess who might be a burglar,” Cronin said.

Nicole Ozer, who directs policy on technology for the American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California, isn’t as supportive. She called the cameras a “needle in a haystack” approach that may waste money, invade privacy and invite unfair profiling.

“To be under investigation simply because you entered or left Tiburon at a certain time is incredibly intrusive,” Ozer said. “Innocent people should be able to go about their daily lives without being tracked and monitored.”

City leaders promise to prevent abuses. Information on which cars enter and leave town will not be available to the public, they said, and will be erased within 60 days. Police officers will be granted access to the information only during an investigation.

License plate readers have exploded in popularity in recent years, but Tiburon would be one of the first to mount them at fixed locations – and perhaps the very first to record every car coming or going.

California Highway Patrol officials have put the readers on 18 cruisers and at four fixed locations. CHP officers have seen a huge increase in recoveries of stolen cars since the devices were installed starting in August 2005, the agency said.

Devices help CHP

Through December, officials said, the CHP had used the devices to recover 1,739 cars and arrest 675 people.

San Francisco gave the devices to police as well as parking control officers, allowing them to track cars parked for too long in one spot. Some cities use the cameras to assess anti-congestion tolls on motorists, while casino bosses get an alert when a high roller – or a cheater – pulls in.

Outside Tiburon’s Boardwalk Market, where a flyer in the window offered a $2,000 reward for the return of a stolen Pomeranian, residents seemed split on the plan.

Robin Pryor, 66, of Belvedere said the most important issue was whether the cameras made people safer.

“It’s just like locking your door,” Pryor said. “If they have reason for it to bother them, they shouldn’t be coming in.”

But Fred Mayo, 62, who lives in Tiburon and owns a travel agency in Mill Valley, said the cameras would invade privacy. “Where does it end?” Mayo asked.

He referred to the crime blotter in the local newspaper, which listed two incidents recently of kids tossing water balloons at cars, and noted, “It’s not like Tiburon’s a high-crime area.”

Demian Bulwa, Chronicle Staff Writer

Bombings Across Iraq as Violence Continues to Soar

0

The death toll in a series of bombings today continued to rise, as Iraq faced the deadliest day since its celebration of “National Sovereignty Day” marked the formal pullback of US troops from the nations cities. Nearly 90 Iraqis have been killed in the past 48 hours, and over 250 wounded.

The biggest single incident was the bombing in Tal Afar, in which bombers dressed in police uniforms attacked a residential neighborhood, killing at least 36 and wounding 84 others. Other bombings today hit Sadr City and Kirkuk.

373 civilians were killed in Iraq in June
, nearly triple the number killed in the comparatively quiet month of May. Most of the June deaths came in the second half of the month, and those hoping the spate of high profile bombings in late June were an aberration need only look at the last two days to see the violence is enduring.

Despite the rising death toll, US officials continue to maintain that there is significant progress in Iraq’s security situation. It is never explained, however, how the security situation has managed to become so disconnected with the civilian body count.

Jason Ditz

Secret Program Fuels CIA-Congress Dispute

2

Four months after he was sworn in, CIA Director Leon E. Panetta learned of an intelligence program that had been hidden from Congress since 2001, a revelation that prompted him to immediately cancel the initiative and schedule a pair of closed-door meetings on Capitol Hill.

The next day, June 24, Panetta informed the House and Senate intelligence committees of the program and the action he had taken, according to Democratic and Republican members of the panels.

The incident has reignited a long-running dispute between congressional Democrats and the CIA, with some calling it part of a broader pattern of the agency withholding information from Congress. Some Republicans, meanwhile, privately questioned whether Panetta — who has stood with CIA officers in a dispute with  House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) — was looking to score points with House Democrats.

The program remains classified, and those knowledgeable about it would describe it only vaguely yesterday. Several current and former administration officials called it an “on-again, off-again” attempt to create a new intelligence capability and said it was related to the collection of information on suspected terrorists that was instituted after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks.

Congressional Republicans said no briefing about the program was required because it was not a major tool used against al-Qaeda and other terrorist groups. They accused Democrats of using the matter to divert attention away from Pelosi’s accusation that CIA officials intentionally misled her in 2002 about the agency’s interrogations of suspected terrorists.

But Democrats waved away such claims and said they may open a congressional investigation of the concealment of the program.

“Instructions were given not to brief Congress,”  Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairman of the Senate intelligence committee, said in an interview.

Small details of the Panetta briefing emerged earlier this week when Democrats from the House intelligence committee leaked letters that had been privately sent to the CIA director and the bipartisan House leadership. The CIA declined to comment yesterday, pointing to the statement it made Wednesday after six Democrats sent their letter to Panetta accusing the CIA of having “concealed significant actions.”

“This agency and this director believe it is vital to keep the Congress fully and currently informed. Director Panetta’s actions back that up. As the letter from these six representatives notes, it was the CIA itself that took the initiative to notify the oversight committees,” agency spokesman George Little said.

Current and former administration officials familiar with the program said it was not directly related to previously disclosed high-priority programs such as detainee interrogations or the warrantless surveillance of suspected terrorists on U.S. soil. It was a intelligence-collection activity run by the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, officials said. It was not a covert action, which by law would have required a presidential finding and a report to Congress.

“This characterization of something that began in 2001 and continued uninterrupted for eight years is just wrong. Honest men would question that characterization. It was more off and on,” said a former top Bush administration official, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because of the classified nature of the issue.

The official said he was certain that, if the nature of the program could be revealed, it would be seen as “no big deal.”

However, another intelligence official said that the program was “sensitive” and should have been briefed to the committees, and that lawmakers had been told they had been fully informed on collection activities.

CIA officials brought the program to Panetta’s attention, and when he realized it potentially conflicted with what the committees had been told, he immediately went to Capitol Hill, according to officials who discussed classified material on the condition of anonymity.

Panetta has initiated an internal review of the matter.

Democrats this week cited the incident as a reason for approving a provision they have added to a bill, now under consideration, that would authorize intelligence activities for 2010 but forbid the administration from limiting briefings only to top congressional leaders and the four top lawmakers on the House and Senate committees.

The Obama White House, as the Bush administration previously had, has threatened to veto the intelligence authorization bill if that provision is attached, citing existing laws allowing the executive branch to conduct intelligence matters while limiting some highly sensitive information. House Democrats said yesterday they are negotiating a compromise to the standoff.

Reactions to the Panetta briefing split along partisan lines.

Republicans said Democrats were trying to find other instances of the CIA’s misleading Congress to back up Pelosi’s claim.

“They were looking for some political theater,” said  Rep. Mike Rogers (R-Mich.), a member of the intelligence panel. He said Panetta came into the meeting “with his hair on fire” but, after a question-and-answer session, the issue seemed less serious.

“That particular program never quite got there. It was turned off,” Rogers said.

But House Democrats, who have unanimously backed the speaker’s assertions, exited the briefing ready to investigate.

“The full committee was stunned,” said  Rep. Anna G. Eshoo (Calif.).

 Rep. Silvestre Reyes (Tex.), chairman of the House intelligence committee, called Panetta “a stand-up guy.”

Eshoo said the intelligence panels should investigate how and why the program was concealed from Congress. Rep. Rush D. Holt (N.J.) suggested “a major commission” or other entity to conduct a much broader investigation of intelligence practices. “A lot of people are trying to turn this into an inside-the-Beltway political matter,” Holt said, emphasizing that the dispute goes to the heart of the intelligence committees’ oversight function.

The former top Bush administration official rejected that view, saying that CIA officials kept nothing from Congress that should have been communicated.

President Obama has rejected calls from Democrats, led by Pelosi, to create a “truth commission” to investigate allegations of misconduct by Bush administration officials. The White House says such a body would foment a partisan battle.

Republicans have also opposed a commission but have supported an investigation by a special House panel to examine Pelosi’s claims in May that CIA officials misled her about interrogations. They have accused the speaker of demeaning the nation’s spies.

“I’ve worked closely with our intelligence professionals, and they are that — professionals. And I do not believe that the CIA lied to Congress. I’m still waiting for Speaker Pelosi to either put up the facts or retract her statement and apologize,” House  Minority Leader John A. Boehner (Ohio) told reporters yesterday.

Staff writers Walter Pincus, Michael D. Shear and Joby Warrick and staff researcher Julie Tate contributed to this report.
washingtonpost.com

UN human rights chief says reports suggest possible war crimes in Somalia

0

The UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Navi Pillay, said Friday it is clear that grave violations of international human rights and humanitarian law — possibly amounting to war crimes — are being committed in Somalia, as fighting continues to ravage the capital Mogadishu, and the situation in South Central Somalia remains extremely precarious.

Pillay said that attacks against civilians have been one of the main features of the conflicts that have engulfed Somalia since 1991. “In this new wave of attacks, it is clear that civilians — especially women and children — are bearing the brunt of the violence,” she said. “There needs to be a much greater effort to protect civilians. Displaced people and human rights defenders, aid workers and journalists are among those most exposed, and in some cases are being directly targeted.”

Pillay said UN human rights officers have been interviewing refugees and internally displaced people (IDPs) who fled after the recent upsurge in violence in Mogadishu and south and central areas of the country which began in early May.

Witnesses have told UN investigators that the so-called Al Shabaab groups fighting to topple the Transitional Government have carried out extrajudicial executions, planted mines, bombs and other explosive devices in civilian areas, and used civilians as human shields. Fighters from both sides are reported to have used torture, and fired mortars indiscriminately into areas populated or frequented by civilians. There has also been increasing evidence in recent months concerning the scale and nature of child recruitment by various forces fighting inside Somalia, which is also a serious violation of international human rights and humanitarian law. The majority of these children are aged 14 to 18.

“Some of these acts might amount to war crimes,” Pillay said.

The work of human rights defenders and journalists in Mogadishu has become extremely precarious. Since the beginning of the year, six journalists have been killed in Mogadishu, four of them apparently victims of targeted assassinations, while the others were killed in cross fire.

The High Commissioner urged all parties to the conflict to abide by the provisions of international human rights and humanitarian law. “It is vital that the fighting and violence stop as soon as possible,” she said. “It is difficult to influence the combatants in an anarchic situation like that affecting much of Somalia, but essential that efforts continue at both the domestic and international levels.”

“Once order has been restored — and one day order will be restored — those responsible for human rights violations and abuses should, and I hope will, be brought to justice,” she said. “The gathering of evidence, by all who are in a position to do so, has to continue so that those committing these terrible crimes in Somalia will one day receive their due punishment before a court of law, and their victims will finally see justice being done.”

For the time being, however, in Mogadishu and southern and central regions, regular judicial institutions have ceased to function. UN human rights staff have received credible reports that in areas controlled by insurgent groups, ad hoc tribunals are judging and sentencing civilians without due process and in violation of Somali as well as international law.

The punishment handed down by these tribunals include death sentences by stoning or decapitation, as well as amputation of limbs and other forms of corporal punishment. Places of religious significance and cemeteries are also reported to have been destroyed by the so-called Al Shabaab groups.

More than 200,000 people have been displaced in the past two months alone, and hundreds of civilians are believed to have been killed and wounded. The total number of people displaced inside Somalia from this and earlier conflicts is now believed to be around 1.2 million. Aid agencies’ efforts to provide assistance to the displaced are being seriously constrained by security conditions.

The situation in Somalia is also affecting neighboring countries, especially Kenya, which is housing a total of 280,000 refugees, mostly Somalis, in Dadaab — which is one of the biggest, oldest and most congested refugee camps in the world. Since the beginning of the year, some 36,000 new refugees from Somalia have arrived at Dadaab, with a noticeable increase in arrivals in June.

DNA of thousands of innocent people held by police

1

MORE than ten people have their DNA recorded and stored by Redbridge Police every day, the Guardian can reveal.

A total of 3,654 samples of genetic material were taken in the borough last year – with only 368 of these subsequently being destroyed, a Freedom of Information request as found.

And 2,201 samples have been taken on under-18s since the beginning of 2006 — the vast majority of whom innocent of any crime – prompting fierce complaints from parents.

Elizabeth Canavan, 39, of Merlin Road, Aldersbrook, said she would not want any of her children’s DNA on record.

The mum-of-four said: “I think it’s a bit intrusive and there’s sort of the assumption of guilt there.

“It’s a bit Big Brother when the Government knows even your children’s intricate body chemistry.”

The European Court of Human Rights ruled last December that all DNA samples of innocent people held by police must be destroyed as holding such information “could not be regarded as necessary in a democratic society”.

However, the British Government has since been fighting this ruling.

Paul Donovan, of Dangan Road, Wanstead, told the Guardian that readers were right to be concerned.

The 46-year-old said: “It seems rather worrying as it seems like they are trying to build up some sort of database of youth in the area.

“If a person is convicted of a crime then the police should be able to keep their DNA on record for a specific time but if the charges are dropped or they are found innocent in a court of law then these records must be destroyed.

“Again, it’s the creeping hand of the Big Brother state. We all want to be safer but it’s the old equation of give us your liberty and we’ll give you security and it depends how much liberty we are willing to part with.

“The basic assumption in this country is that you are innocent until proven guilty and this is heading towards the other way around. We shouldn’t be lying back and taking it.”

Borough Commander Chief Supt Peter Terry said: “Since its introduction DNA has provided the police with approximately 400,000 leads to the possible identity of offenders.

“In 2007 — 2008 over 17,000 crimes were detected in which a DNA match was available.

“People cannot be arrested purely to obtain DNA and although samples obtained following arrest can help detect crimes, we do not actively seek to obtain DNA for this purpose.

“These figures relate to all DNA that has been taken on the borough, not just from Redbridge residents or indeed for Redbridge crimes.”

Charlie Campbell

Government replies to EU legal challenge on Phorm

0

The government has replied to a legal challenge from the European Commission (EC) over the online advertising technology Phorm.

Phorm provides a model that allows advertising to be targeted at users online.

In April the EC told the UK to ensure there were procedures in place to ensure clear consent from the user that his or her private data is being used in this way.

“Technologies like internet behavioural advertising can be useful for businesses and consumers but they must be used in a way that complies with EU rules,” EU telecoms commissioner Viviane Reding said at the time.

Two ISPs — BT and TalkTalk — have since dropped plans to use Phorm.

Although the government did not disclose the text of its response to the EC, David Hanson, a junior minister in the Home Office, wrote to Parliament this week.

“The Home Office expressed an informal view about targeted online advertising and RIPA [Regulatory of Investigatory Powers Act] in response to a number of requests. That note concludes that targeted online advertising systems might be lawful if consent was expressed appropriately,” he wrote.

The Information Commissioner has said that the technology does not infringe privacy as long as consent is given on the basis of an opt-in system — which means that people must agree to use it.

The EC is now considering the government’s reply.

The European Union Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications requires member states to ensure the confidentiality of communications and related traffic data. States must, it says, prohibit interception and surveillance unless the users concerned have given their consent.

Scrap The National Identity Register

0

Chris Grayling told a House of Commons debate on scrapping identity cards on 6 July 2009 that a Conservative government would not go ahead with the National Identity Register (NIR) database.

In response to a question from his predecessor David Davis MP, Grayling said: “It remains our intention, as it was when my right honourable friend was shadow home secretary, not to proceed with the National Identity Register. I see little reason why the rules that apply to the application for a passport should change radically given the current circumstances.”

Grayling added that cancellation would rapidly follow a Conservative election victory.

“One of the first acts of an incoming Conservative government will be to cancel the ID scheme. The scheme and the register are an affront to British liberty, have no place in a Conservative Britain and are a huge waste of money,” he said.

The government’s current estimate of the specific cost of identity cards, above what it plans to spend on passports, is £1.31bn over the next decade. However, this does not include the cost of the NIR, which all passport applicants will have to join under government plans. Figures released by the Home Office in May said that, compared with the current generation of passports, the total extra cost of the identity scheme is £4.3bn over a decade.

Grayling did not commit the Conservatives to cancelling the collection of fingerprints for passport applicants, which the government plans to introduce in 2012. “We might be in a position in which, in order to allow people to travel to the United States, we need to process biometric data and to pursue the introduction of biometric passports,” he said. “Clearly, data collection will be necessary for biometric passports.”

Liberal Democrat home affairs spokesperson Chris Huhne said that passports’ biometric data should be stored only within documents, and not on a central database. Grayling answered Huhne: “My view is that we should do the minimum that we have to do. If data are submitted for a passport application, they will probably be retained in the passport database.”

He said that his main concern came from storing other pieces of data which are mandated under the Identity Cards Act on the central system. “We do not need to store somebody’s national insurance number and biometric data side by side with all the other items to which the honourable gentleman is referring on a national identity database. We need a passport system,” he said.

In reply to a question from Labour MP Nick Palmer on why he had voted in favour of his bill to introduce identity cards in 2002, Grayling conceded that the Conservative Party has changed its mind on the subject. “We have become completely convinced by what we have seen over the years from successive home secretaries that this government are incapable of delivering this scheme,” Grayling said. “I have spoken with many people in the security world and not one has argued that we are wrong about ID cards and that they are an essential part of the security toolkit.”

The motion to scrap identity cards, which had been put forward by the Conservative Party, was defeated by 293 votes to 206.

GC News

IBM to build UK fingerprints database

3

The Identity and Passport Service (IPS) has contracted IBM to build a database to support the Government’s switch to biometric passports.IBM will also provide a replacement for the UK Border Agency’s (UKBA) Immigration and Asylum Fingerprint System (IAFS) which holds biometrics collected from visa applicants under a 7 year contract.

The projects will lay the foundations for the UK ID card programme.

James Hall, Chief Executive of the Identity and Passport Service, said, “This contract will provide a secure database for storing facial and fingerprint images for the next generation of biometric passports and will support the delivery of the National Identity card.”

As Computer Weekly has previously reported, the UK passport and national identity card programmes have effectively been merged. Passport application fees could rise to as much as £200 to support the project.

Proecutors review phone-hacking claims

0

Prosecutors are to look again at claims of alleged phone hacking by the News of the World, it was announced tonight.

 

Keir Starmer QC, the director of public prosecutions, said he had ordered an “urgent examination” of material provided by the police three years ago.

The annoucement came as police said they would not be mounting a new investigation into claims thousands of public figures had their phones hacked.

 

 

Mr Starmer said he wanted to reassure himself and the public that “appropriate actions” were taken over the material.

He said he expected to make a further statement on the allegations in “coming days”.

 

He added: “I have no reason to consider that there was anything inappropriate in the prosecutions that were undertaken in this case.

 

“In the light of the fresh allegations that have been made, some preliminary inquiries have been undertaken and I have now ordered an urgent examination of the material that was supplied to the CPS by the police three years ago.

 

“I am taking this action to satisfy myself and assure the public that the appropriate actions were taken in relation to that material.

 

“Given the nature of the offences, the amount of material is, of course, extensive and complex, but it has all been located and a small team is now rapidly working through it.

 

“This process will need to be thorough, so it will necessarily take some time.

 

“I am only too aware of the need for urgency and I will issue a further statement as soon as this work has been completed.

 

“I anticipate being in a position to do so in coming days.”

 

 

Earlier, Scotland Yard ruled out a fresh probe into the allegations, after new claims were made in The Guardian newspaper today.

Metropolitan Police Assistant Commissioner John Yates said police had seen no additional evidence since its last investigation, which ended with the jailing of News of the World royal reporter Clive Goodman in 2007.

 

Mr Yates also said detectives had found no evidence that former deputy prime minister John Prescott’s phone was tapped.

 

But he said police would now inform any potential victims that their phone may have been hacked where there was any suspicion.

 

He said: “No additional evidence has come to light since this case has concluded.

 

“I therefore consider that no further investigation is required.

 

“However, I do recognise the very real concerns, expressed today by a number of people, who believe that their privacy may have been intruded upon.

 

“I therefore need to ensure that we have been diligent, reasonable and sensible, and taken all proper steps to ensure that where we have evidence that people have been the subject of any form of phone tapping, or that there is any suspicion that they might have been, that they have been informed.”

 

Goodman was jailed for four months and private investigator Glen Mulcaire for six months after they were found guilty of phone hacking.

The scandal led to the resignation of then News of the World editor Andy Coulson, who is now the Tories’ PR chief.

 

Conservative leader David Cameron has defended his director of communications as Labour MPs lined up to demand his sacking.

 

The cross-party Culture, Media and Sport Select Committee announced this morning that it was reopening an inquiry it held after Goodman was jailed.

 

The committee’s chairman, Tory MP John Whittingdale, said it would be asking former News International chief Les Hinton whether he wished to amend his previous assertion that no other journalists knew of Mr Goodman’s activities.

 

He said the committee may also call Mr Coulson to give evidence, among several present and former News International executives.

 

Those allegedly targeted by the News of the World included former deputy prime minister John Prescott, Mayor of London Boris Johnson and celebrities including actress Gwyneth Paltrow and celebrity chef Nigella Lawson.

 

Mr Yates said the inquiry had not uncovered any evidence to suggest that Mr Prescott’s phone had been tapped.

Press Association

News of the World phone-tapping – Did police ignore the evidence

0
SCOTLAND Yard was today studying allegations of large-scale, illegal phone-tapping of celebrities and politicians by the News of the World.
The Metropolitan Police was urgently trying to “establish the facts” after claims that its officers failed to act on evidence that reporters targeted an array of famous and influential victims

The row also piled pressure on the Tories’ PR chief, Andy Coulson, who was the editor of the Sunday tabloid at the time of the alleged practices.

Conservative leader David Cameron moved to defend his director of communications as Labour MPs lined up to demand his sacking, comparing him to ousted Labour spin doctor Damian McBride.

The cross-party Culture, Media and Sport Select Committee announced this morning that it was reopening an inquiry it held after the News of the World’s royal editor, Clive Goodman, was jailed for using illegal surveillance techniques.

The committee’s chairman, Tory MP John Whittingdale, said it would be asking former News International chief Les Hinton whether he wished to amend his previous assertion that no other journalists knew of Mr Goodman’s activities.

He said the committee may also call Mr Coulson to give evidence, among several present and former News International executives.

Those allegedly targeted by the News of the World included former deputy prime minister John Prescott, Mayor of London Boris Johnson and celebrities including actress Gwyneth Paltrow and celebrity chef Nigella Lawson.

Mr Prescott, who has led calls for Mr Coulson to be fired, has also criticised the Met for failing to inform him that journalists were trying to access his phone messages.

Met Commissioner Sir Paul Stephenson said he had asked Assistant Commissioner John Yates to “establish the facts of this case and look into the detail”.

“If we need to investigate, we will investigate,” he said. “We will do the right thing and do what we have to do to investigate crime wherever it exists.”

Home Office Minister David Hanson, who faced a barrage of questions from angry MPs today, told the Commons: “These are serious allegations that have been made. They deserve an examination.”

Mr Whittingdale, whose committee held an emergency meeting this morning to re-launch its inquiry, said there would be a hearing next Tuesday, when it hoped to question Mr Hinton and the Guardian, which published today’s claims.

He pointed out that Mr Hinton had previously assured the committee that “no other employee at News International had any knowledge”.

“We will wish to ask him if he wants to add to that or amend the evidence he has given,” he said.

The committee would decide later who else it wanted to question, he said, adding: “I expect it to be several of the senior executives at News International and indeed ex-employees, including Andy Coulson, and indeed possibly employees of other newspaper groups if there were information that would suggest we should see them also.”

The furore broke after the Guardian reported that News Group Newspapers, which publishes the News of the World, had paid out more than £1 million to settle cases that threatened to reveal evidence of its journalists’ alleged involvement in telephone hacking.

It quoted sources saying police officers found evidence of News Group staff using private investigators who hacked into “thousands” of mobile phones.

Labour and Liberal Democrat MPs condemned the Conservatives’ continued employment of Mr Coulson, drawing a direct parallel with Mr McBride, Gordon Brown’s former director of strategy and communications.

He was forced to quit earlier this year after it emerged that he penned emails suggesting spreading unfounded email slurs about senior Conservatives.

Mr Coulson resigned from the News of the World in 2007 after Goodman was sentenced to four months in prison for plotting to hack into telephone messages belonging to royal aides.

Several months later he was appointed by Mr Cameron. The Tory leader indicated today that he had no intention of sacking him.

“It’s wrong for newspapers to breach people’s privacy with no justification,” Mr Cameron said.

“That is why Andy Coulson resigned as editor of the News of the World two and a half years ago.

“Of course I knew about that resignation before offering him the job. But I believe in giving people a second chance.

“As director of communications for the Conservatives, he does an excellent job in a proper, upright way at all times.”

A Downing Street spokesman said today that the Prime Minister believed that “people in public life should act with honesty and integrity, as he has made clear on previous occasions”.

Yesterday The Guardian reported that News Group Newspapers paid out more than £1 million in legal cases brought against its journalists over allegations that information was obtained illegally.

Professional Footballers’ Association chief executive Gordon Taylor was paid £700,000, the newspaper said.

Today, the data protection watchdog said that evidence against 31 journalists from the News of the World and The Sun was passed to the Metropolitan Police three years ago.

The Information Commissioner said the evidence concerned allegations of buying and selling personal information obtained illegally.

The evidence was then passed to Mr Taylor’s lawyers last year, following a court order.

Assistant Information Commissioner Mick Gorrill said: “The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) exposed the widespread media involvement in illegally obtaining personal information in its reports, What Price Privacy? and What Price Privacy Now?

“The ICO named some of the UK’s newspapers and magazines which bought people’s personal information in search of a story.

“Following a court order in 2008, we made available a copy of some information from our investigation into the buying and selling of personal information, to lawyers acting on behalf of Gordon Taylor.

“This included material that showed that 31 journalists working for The News of the World and The Sun had acquired people’s personal information through blagging.”

Mr Prescott said he was “staggered” that a spokeswoman for Mr Cameron had said he was “relaxed” about the story.

He also said he wanted answers from the police over claims that they knew his phone was tapped by private investigators working for journalists.

“For such a criminal act not to be reported to me, and for action not to be taken against the people who have done it, reflects very badly on the police, and I want to know their answer.”

Liberal Democrat home affairs spokesman Chris Huhne said: “At the very least, Andy Coulson was responsible for a newspaper that was out of control and at worst he was personally implicated.

“Either way, a future prime minister cannot have someone who is involved in these sort of underhand tactics. The exact parallel is with Damian McBride.”

PR agent Max Clifford, whose phone was also allegedly hacked into, said the claims raised “lots of serious questions”.

Mr Clifford, who works with some of Britain’s best known celebrities, said: “If these allegations prove to be true, then it’s something that an awful lot of people are going to very unhappy about.”

Mr Coulson said last night: “This story relates to an alleged payment made after I left the News of the World two-and-a-half years ago.

“I have no knowledge whatsoever of any settlement with Gordon Taylor.

“The Mulcaire case was investigated thoroughly by the police and by the Press Complaints Commission. I took full responsibility at the time for what happened on my watch but without my knowledge and resigned.”

Business Secretary Lord Mandelson said the claims in the Guardian should be properly investigated.

“People need to give a proper explanation of what went on, how it was financed, who was involved, and who authorised it,” he told the BBC.

“That is what the public wants to know and I believe that the police and other authorities have a job to do.”

Don’t be fooled by ID Card “change”

0

The card itself is just the useless bit of plastic that is the visible part of the scheme, and is the only part that will become voluntary.

The truly intrusive part of the scheme, the National Identity Register, remains compulsory.

This expensive scheme, that serves no purpose other than Government intrusion into our private lives, will go ahead.

Whenever we apply for or renew a “designated document”, which includes such everyday things as driving licence and passport, we will be required to provide details for storage on the National Identity Register.

At a time when reductions in public spending are being sought, surely this should be near the top of the list for things to be abandoned.

The money saved could, together with that saved from scrapping the Trident upgrade, be used to properly fund a real Green New Deal (not the paltry Labour version that the New Economics Foundation was quick to criticise as only 0.6 per cent new green investment).

I would be interested to know how our local MPs intend to vote on this issue.

JILL PERRY
Green Party Parliamentary Candidate for Copeland

Sink the BNP

Tonight the BNP leader told the BBC that we should sink boats with refugees coming from Africa. BBC Correspondent Shirin Wheeler replied: “I don’t think the EU is in the business of murdering people at sea.”

But Shirin need not have worried, Griffin still has a generous heart because once we’ve holed their craft we’re then to “Throw them a life raft and they can go back to Libya”. Ah, what a sweetie, he doesn’t even want to arbitrarily massacre them.

Forgive the nit picking if you will but I do think this plan to sink someone’s raft and then give them a raft – thus “preventing” them reaching Europe – may not be as watertight as Griffin believes, but that’s by the by.

Griffin would like to see us link up with the Italians (whose current government contains many of Griffin’s co-thinkers) and “set up a force which actually blocks the Mediterranean”. I think it’s fair to say I’m not in favour of this. Mainly because it’s petty minded knee jerk nonsense that wont solve a single social problem we face today whilst introducing a whole new swath of violent injustices making the world a more foul smelling place.

Anyway, we can expect Nick “I’m not a racist but” Griffin to be popping up in the news time and again over the next few years and there’s no doubt he will be attempting to convert the currently existing racism in society into support for his organisation.

Unite Against Fascism have produced an analysis document on how to combat the fascists in this new period. It’s a bit self serving in places but I think it’s worth reading. In general I think this is a useful piece much of which I’d agree with. I do think the left in general has some rethinking to do, the old truisms don’t fit anymore.

For instance at one point UAF say “Fascist parties such as the BNP stand in elections in order to gain a “respectable” cover for their street activity.” I just don’t think this fits right now.

BNP street activity is almost zero and they have been courting ‘respectability’ for many years now. We are not seeing is the resurgence of the kind of ‘street activity’ we saw with the National Front in the seventies.

That is not to say that the BNP’s presence does not stoke racist attacks, it does, but party organised street activities just aren’t part of the BNP’s current strategy, nor have they been for many years. They are unlikely to change that approach at the very time when they have seen their most successful national election ever.

It’s an important point because it determines the kind of response the anti-fascist movement has to prioritise. If the BNP is shifting its focus to demonstrations and the like then we might start making bulk orders of farm fresh, free range double yolkers. If that’s not how they are trying to build support then the tactics of physical confrontation can only be the smallest part of our response.

As the UAF state “The danger today is that the BNP breaks through the “cordon sanitaire” to become a regular fixture in our media.” That’s the danger we’re facing right now it seems to me. That the BNP are grasping for platforms and respectability for their vile opinions and after the disastrous elections the media will provide that.

How we shift tactics to deal with this new stage is a really important question and one that will be discussed at the UAF national conference on Saturday 18 July in Manchester: details (pdf). An alternative view worth reading on this subject is Nick Lowles of Searchlight here.

Mainstream Media Profits Plunge

1

The bigger newspapers are, the harder their profits fell in the last five years, according to newly revised data provided Monday by the Inland Press Association.

Profits fell 100.1% since 2004 at newspapers with circulation greater than 80,000, said Tim Mather, the analyst at the trade association who collated financial date reported by 120 papers across the nation.

Compared with other industries, however, publishers on average still are doing remarkably well.

Notwithstanding the triple-digit profit plunge occasioned by a 28.09% drop in advertising sales, the largest newspapers reported profits averaging 12% of sales at the end of 2008, according to the Inland study.

A 12% profit margin is more than double that achieved last year by Wal-Mart Stores, the largest of the Fortune 1,000 companies. A 12% pre-tax profit is just about a percentage point light of the margins run by Exxon and Chevron, the second and third largest corporations behind Wal-Mart on the Fortune list.

The reason margins could fall 100% and profits could still average 12% is that some newspapers plunged from proftabiliy to steep losses but other pubications still generated healthy, double-digit margins, said Mather in response to queries (see comments below) as to the validity of the data.

If average profitability were calculated on a weighted basis, then it might be lower than 12%, he explained. But the association took a simple average of the profitability of each publication in each of several circulation brackets and “that’s the way the math works,” said Mather.

As you can see from the table below, sales in the last five years fell at all but the smallest papers. However, operating profits tumbled in each and every circulation category.

Papers with less than 15k circulation reported that they were able to lift revenues despite a slump in advertising that started in 2006 and has accelerated every quarter since.

Papers with circulation of 15k to 25k suffered the least damage to their bottom lines, according to data volunteered by publishers who were guaranteed anonymity by the industry association.

When the Inland survey originally was released last week, an error in computing the data indicated that papers in the 25k-50k bracket had suffered a 190% plunge in profitability. But Mather said the actual drop was 90%.

The results in the original report were counterintuitive, because the abundance of anecdotal evidence suggests metro papers have been most deeply affected by declines in readership and advertising revenues.

Combined with high and intractable cost structures, it stood to reason that their profits would be squeezed the most.

The Obama justice system

0

Spencer Ackerman yesterday attended a Senate hearing at which the DOD’s General Counsel, Jeh Johnson, testified. As Ackerman highlighted, Johnson actually said that even for those detainees to whom the Obama administration deigns to give a real trial in a real court, the President has the power to continue to imprison them indefinitely even if they are acquitted at their trial.  About this assertion of “presidential post-acquittal detention power” — an Orwellian term (and a Kafka-esque concept) that should send shivers down the spine of anyone who cares at all about the most basic liberties — Ackerman wrote, with some understatement, that it “moved the Obama administration into new territory from a civil liberties perspective.”  Law professor Jonathan Turley was more blunt:  “The Obama Administration continues its retention and expansion of abusive Bush policies – now clearly Obama policies on indefinite detention.” 

In June, Robert Gibbs was repeatedly asked by ABC News‘ Jake Tapper whether accused Terrorists who were given a trial and were acquitted would be released as a result of the acquittal, but Gibbs — amazingly — refused to make that commitment.  But this is the first time an Obama official has affirmatively stated that they have the “post-acquittal detention” power (and, to my knowledge, the Bush administration never claimed the power to detain someone even if they were acquitted).

All of this underscores what has clearly emerged as the core “principle” of Obama justice when it comes to accused Terrorists — namely, “due process” is pure window dressing with only one goal:  to ensure that anyone the President wants to keep imprisoned will remain in prison.  They’ll create various procedures to prettify the process, but the outcome is always the same — ongoing detention for as long as the President dictates.   This is how I described it when Obama first unveiled his proposal of preventive detention:

If you really think about the argument Obama made yesterday — when he described the five categories of detainees and the procedures to which each will be subjected — it becomes manifest just how profound a violation of Western conceptions of justice this is. What Obama is saying is this: we’ll give real trials only to those detainees we know in advance we will convict. For those we don’t think we can convict in a real court, we’ll get convictions in the military commissions I’m creating. For those we can’t convict even in my military commissions, we’ll just imprison them anyway with no charges (“preventively detain” them).

After yesterday, we have to add an even more extreme prong to this policy:  if by chance we miscalculate and deign to give a trial to a detainee who is then acquitted, we’ll still just keep them in prison anyway by presidential decree. That added step renders my criticism of Obama’s conception of “justice” even more applicable:

Giving trials to people only when you know for sure, in advance, that you’ll get convictions is not due process. Those are called “show trials.” In a healthy system of justice, the Government gives everyone it wants to imprison a trial and then imprisons only those whom it can convict. The process is constant (trials), and the outcome varies (convictions or acquittals).

Obama is saying the opposite: in his scheme, it is the outcome that is constant (everyone ends up imprisoned), while the process varies and is determined by the Government (trials for some; military commissions for others; indefinite detention for the rest). The Government picks and chooses which process you get in order to ensure that it always wins. A more warped “system of justice” is hard to imagine.

In today’s Wall St. Journal, which also reported that “the Obama administration said Tuesday it could continue to imprison non-U.S. citizens indefinitely even if they have been acquitted of terrorism charges,” Rep. Jerry Nadler was quoted as saying something quite similar about the Obama approach:

“What bothers me is that they seem to be saying, ‘Some people we have good enough evidence against, so we’ll give them a fair trial. Some people the evidence is not so good, so we’ll give them a less fair trial. We’ll give them just enough due process to ensure a conviction because we know they’re guilty. That’s not a fair trial, that’s a show trial,” Mr. Nadler said.

Exactly. Show trials are exactly what the Obama administration is planning.  In its own twisted way, the Bush approach was actually more honest and transparent:  they made no secret of their belief that the President could imprison anyone he wanted without any process at all. That’s clearly the Obama view as well, but he’s creating an elaborate, multi-layered, and purely discretionary “justice system” that accomplishes exactly the same thing while creating the false appearance that there is due process being accorded.  And for those who — to justify what Obama is doing — make the not unreasonable point that Bush left Obama with a difficult quandary at Guantanamo, how will that excuse apply when these new detention powers are applied not only to existing Guantanamo detainees but to future (i.e., not-yet-abducted) detainees as well?

Whatever else is true, even talking about imprisoning people based on accusations of which they have been exonerated is a truly grotesque perversion of everything that our justice system and Constitution are supposed to guarantee. That’s one of those propositions that ought to be too self-evident to need stating.

* * * * *

Several related points:  Spencer also notes that Johnson testified yesterday about the possibility that Guantanamo might remain open beyond January, 2010 — the date Obama, to much fanfare, established as the deadline for closing that prison. That decision is one of the very few to which Obama defenders can cling in order to claim there are significant differences between his approach to these issues and the Bush/Cheney approach. 

Meanwhile, former Guantanamo detainee Binyam Mohamed is engaged in what The Guardian calls “an urgent legal attempt to prevent the US courts from destroying crucial evidence that he says proves he was abused while being held at the detention camp detainee.”  The photographs — which show Mohamed after he had been severely beaten and which he claims was posted on the door to his cage “because he had been beaten so badly that it was difficult for the guards to identify him” — is scheduled to be destroyed by the U.S. Government, an act The Washington Independent‘s Alexandra Jaffe calls “another black mark on the Obama administration’s promised transparency.”

Finally, I was on an NPR station yesterday in Seattle to discuss NPR’s ban on the use of the word “torture” to describe Bush administration interrogation tactics.  I originally understood that I would be on with NPR Ombudsman Alicia Shepard, but alas, it turns out that she agreed only to be on the show before me, so as not to engage or otherwise interact with me, so I was forced to listen to her for 15 minutes and wait until she hung up before being able to speak.  The segment can be heard here, beginning at the 14:00 mark (though the quality of the recording is poor in places).  

The most noteworthy point was her explicit statement (at 17:50) that “the role of a news organization is to lay out the debate”; rarely is the stenographic model of “journalism” — “we just repeat what each side says and leave it at that” — so expressly advocated (and see Jon Stewart’s perfect mockery of that view). She also said — when the host asked about the recent example I cited of NPR’s calling what was done to a reporter in Gambia “torture” (at the 20:20 mark) — that NPR will use the word “torture” to describe what other governments do because they do it merely to sadistically inflict pain on people while the U.S. did it for a noble reason:  to obtain information about Terrorist attacks.  That’s really what she said: that when the U.S. did it (as opposed to Evil countries), it was for a good reason. Leaving aside the factual falsity of her claim about American motives, Shepard actually thinks that “torture” is determined by the motive with which the suffering is inflicted. The connection between the Government’s ability to get away with these things and the media’s warped view of its role really cannot be overstated.

 

UPDATE:  The ACLU’s Ben Wizner emails to correct one point I made:  the Bush administration, like Obama is doing now, did claim the power of post-acquittal detentions.  Ben writes:

Glenn — You’re right that this is disgraceful, but not that it’s new. The Bush gang claimed the same authority in connection with Gitmo military commissions, which is why, paradoxically, the only way to get out of Gitmo if you were charged in a military commission was to plead guilty and strike a deal that included repatriation (as David Hicks did).

This is from an LA Times op-ed I wrote in 4/07:

Last Friday night, after a jury of senior military officers sentenced Hicks to seven years in prison, we all learned the details of that agreement: Hicks will serve a mere nine months — a sentence more in keeping with a misdemeanor than with a grave terrorist offense.

This stunning turn of events highlights a cruelly ironic feature of detention at Guantanamo. In an ordinary justice system, the accused must be acquitted to be released. In Guantanamo, the accused must plead guilty to be released — because even if he is acquitted, he remains an “enemy combatant” subject to indefinite detention. Only by striking a deal does a detainee stand a chance of getting out.

So this is (another) one of those cases where Obama is embracing a radical Bush theory of power rather than inventing one of his own.

 

UPDATE II:  The Weekly Standard‘s Michael Goldfarb, a former McCain aide, is someone who believes that the President possesses what he calls “near dictatorial power” when it comes to national security.  He has repeatedly praised Obama for maintaining Bush Terrorism policies. But even Goldfarb is uncomfortable with Obama’s assertion of “post-acquittal detention power”:

I understand and respect the president’s decision to disregard his left-wing critics and embrace the same policies of indefinite detention and denial of due process that made the Bush-Cheney administration so effective in preventing another terror attack. I support those policies because as illegal enemy combatants, terrorists have no right to due process. But, as Glenn Greenwald points out, there is something Orwellian about this administration’s attempt to have it both ways — to get the credit for putting detainees on trial only to disregard the outcome if they don’t like the verdict. Obviously the Bush administration would have done the same if they thought for a second that they could get away with it. But even the Bush OLC wouldn’t have dared suggest detaining individuals who had been acquitted on all charges.

As Ben Wizner’s email in the prior update reflects, it’s far from clear that “even the Bush OLC wouldn’t have dared suggest detaining individuals who had been acquitted on all charges.”  Still, if your assertions of executive power and denial of due process to Muslim detainees even make Michael “near dictatorial power” Goldfarb uncomfortable, that’s a pretty compelling sign that you’re way, way out there.

 

UPDATE III:  When Kevin Drum read the above summary I wrote of how Alicia Shepard justified NPR’s using “torture” to describe the acts of Gambia but not the U.S., he said he assumed I was exaggerating, because nobody could actually believe the explanation I attributed to Shepard — that they do it for bad reasons and it’s therefore “torture,” while we do it for noble reasons and therefore it’s not.  But then he listened to the show and transcribed Shepard’s statement. Kevin then wrote:

Wow. She really did say that, didn’t she? When other people do it for other reasons, it’s torture. When we do it for our reasons, it’s not.

You don’t usually find people willing to say this quite so baldly. Congratulations, Alicia Shepard.

Along those same lines, Jesse Levine, a long-time reader who is a government lawyer, emailed this to me today:

I just had the most bizarre conversation with Alicia Shepard. I called and told her I had been following the contretemps over NPR’s use of the word torture and wanted to confirm that she had said what you had reported about her view of sadism vs. intelligence gathering as defining torture. She said she did and that it was a political question because it is torture on one hand and “tactics” on the other. I said I understood there was a political debate about whether torture was justified in certain circumstances, but again asked if an act itself was torture; specifically asking, “if you cut off someone’s hand is it not torture whether motivated by sadism or intelligence gathering?” She said it was and then quickly shifted back to the torture vs. tactics meme. I gave up.

I’ve been going back and forth on whether Shepard’s deficiency is primarily one of intellect or whether she’s just a hard-core Cheneyite.  I’m now convinced — after her statements yesterday on that show I did with after her — that it’s both.  

Anyone who can say that what we do is not “torture” because we do it for the right reasons — whereas it’s “torture” when those other countries do it because they’re sadistic and bad — is someone who is devoid of both basic reasoning skills and good motives. This Saturday, at 2:30 p.m., in Washington, DC, Shepard will be appearing at this event to talk about “the role of the Ombudsman.”  It’s open to the public. I don’t know if there will be opportunity for questions, though one can always create that opportunity if one is so inclined.

 Glenn Greenwald

BNP email shows party is ashamed of itself

In an email to members and supporters, party chairman Nick Griffin told them to “try and avoid” owning up to being BNP supporters when writing to complain about the treatment of two activists.

An emailed newsletter, entitled “Adam Walker needs our help”, seeks donations and calls for letters of complaint in support of teachers Adam and Mark Walker who have stood as BNP candidates in elections.

Adam Walker, described by the BNP as a ‘super activist’, is accused of religious intolerance by the General Teaching Council (GTC) and could be struck off the teaching register if found guilty.

He left Houghton Kepier Sports College in Houghton-le-Spring, near Sunderland in 2007 after it was alleged he used a school laptop to contribute racist and religiously intolerant views to online discussions during lessons.

His brother Mark lost an appeal against his sacking from Sunnydale College, Shildon, County Durham after being accused of accessing the BNP’s website during school hours.

Mr Griffin, who was elected as MEP for the North West region in June, calls on BNP supporters to email or telephone the GTC to protest about “fascist harrasment” but without admitting their political affiliation.

“We need all our supporters to contact the General Teaching Council and protest in the most determined way,” he says.

“When complaining, please be articulate, polite and sensible and try and avoid stating that you are a BNP supporter.”

Former Education Secretary David Blunkett said Mr Griffin’s comments show that BNP members are ashamed of themselves.

“It’s not surprising that decent people are ashamed of the BNP when the BNP have demonstrated very clearly by this that they are ashamed of themselves,” he said.

UN war crimes inquiry on Gaza winds up hearings

0

UN war crimes investigators yesterday wound up four days of public hearings about Israel’s invasion of the Gaza Strip after taking testimony from both Israelis and Palestinians.

Richard Goldstone, a former chief UN war crimes prosecutor heading the four-person inquiry team, said he expected to submit its report to the UN Human Rights Council next month.

Lieut Col Raymond Lane, chief instructor in the Irish Defence Forces School, reported to the inquiry about weapons used in the conflict. “Through our studies we found no actual proof a Dime round was used,” he said, referring to dense inert metal explosives.

But referring to samples containing heavy metals such as tungsten and cobalt, analysed in a forensics laboratory in Dublin, he added: “I am of the view that some weapons systems used in the conflict definitely had some Dime components.”

White phosphorous could provide cover for troops but also caused burns, he said. “It is horrible stuff.”

Gazan militants had used low-quality rockets, which lack a guidance system and take about 90 seconds to set up and fire, according to Lieut Col Lane. “They are basically fire and forget.”

According to a Palestinian rights group, 1,417 people including 926 civilians were killed during Israel’s December 27th to January 18th offensive in the Hamas-ruled territory of 1.5 million people. Israel lost 10 soldiers and three civilians in the fighting, which it launched with the declared aim of halting cross-border rocket fire by militants. It has estimated 1,166 Palestinians were killed, 295 of them civilians.

The expert team held twin sessions of hearings in Gaza and Geneva, where the UN Human Rights Council is based. — (Reuters)

The increase of the surveillance society

Following the 9/11 and 7/7 terrorist attacks, there has been an exponential increase in Britain’s surveillance: currently, Britain has a quarter of the world’s security surveillance cameras with around four million cameras in use and we are currently the world’s most watched nation — something which is very unnerving and reflective of the surveillance dystopia envisaged by George Orwell in his fictional work “Nineteen Eighty Four”.

The steady expansion and the overuse of the surveillance in Britain risks undermining the right to privacy; it poses a huge risk to individual liberty; and one more step towards a police state in the United Kingdom. Currently, there are few laws in place to limit the use of CCTV, brought about to “protect national security”: this has lead to a “mission creep” in the use and abuse of surveillance. Local councils have been accused of severely abusing the surveillance in the United Kingdom by using CCTV to prevent fly tipping, dog fouling and, recently, CCTV was used by Poole Borough Council to monitor the actions and whereabouts of a family who were wrongly accused of lying about where they live on a school application form.

Britain’s surveillance society can be closely linked to the works of Jeremy Bentham and Michel Foucault. In 1785, Jeremy Bentham proposed the idea of the Panopticon: the Panopticon is a conceptual prison design that allows the prison guard to watch the prisoners without the prisoners being able to tell when they are being watched, in order to gain significant psychological control. Bentham described the Panopticon as “a new mode of obtaining power of mind over mind, in a quantity hitherto without example”. The French philosopher, Michel Foucault, took up this theme in his 1975 work “Discipline and Punish”, where he pursued the link between surveillance and social control. Thus, comparing the effects of surveillance to the effects of the Panopticon.

Although the use of surveillance clearly has its advantages in terms of fighting crime, its overuse can prove counter-productive and can ultimately be viewed as a challenge to Britain’s liberal democratic status.

 Daniel Button

NO2ID: ID Cards are not ‘voluntary’

Readers may be aware that the Home Secretary, Alan Johnson, has announced that the planned ID cards will be “voluntary”, and that no-one will have to carry one.

However, the Government is still pressing ahead with its plan to make everyone who needs to update certain “designated documents” have to register personal details on the database behind the national ID card, the National Identity Register. In other words, when a reader of this paper renews their passport or driving licence after 2011 they will have to supply information which will go onto the National Identity Register and pay for an ID card whether they want one or not.

Moreover there will then be a fine of up to £1,000 for failing to inform the authorities of any alteration to the information you have been compelled to give, such as a change of address or name.

It is simply dishonest of the Government to describe the ID card scheme as now “voluntary” when you won’t be able to leave your own country or drive a vehicle unless you submit your personal details to the authorities to be included on the ID card register. I challenge our local MPs, Margaret Beckett, Bob Laxton and Mark Todd, all of whom have supported the ID card legislation, to explain in your columns to your readers what they understand by the word “voluntary”.

MPs are going to be voting in Parliament soon on the regulations underlying the ID card legislation and the “designated documents” in particular. Concerned readers have the opportunity to contact their MP and demand MPs do not support ID card legislation.

I would also urge concerned citizens to get involved with Derby no2id, the local branch of the campaign against compulsory ID cards and the database state. The next meeting of Derby no2id is on Tuesday, July 21, at the Friends Meeting House, St Helen’s Street, Derby DE1 3GY at 7.30pm. All are welcome. People can also contact me on derby@no2id.net.

Nick Wray
Local co-ordinator,
Derby no2id,
Highfield Road,
Derby.

Government burying ID card costs in passports

The Conservatives have accused the government of burying the cost of ID cards in a hike in the price of passports.

Yesterday the government announced an increase in the price of a 10-year adult passport from £72 to £77.50 in the first passport fee rise for passport services in the UK since 2007. There will also be a rise of £3 to the cost of a child’s passport to £49.

The Home Office said the price hike was needed because demand for passports had fallen, but Conservative shadow home secretary Chris Grayling said the move appeared to bury part of the cost of the ID scheme in the price of a passport.

“The Government admits that it has no idea how many people will have to volunteer for ID cards before they cover their costs, so it looks like the cost is being lumped onto our passports,” he said.

Both passports and identity cards are funded from the same agency, the Identity and Passport Service, which is part of the Home Office.

The government has always maintained that many of the technology systems used for identity cards would also be used for biometric passports — including the biometrics national identity register.

In April IBM was awarded a £265m deal to build this biometrics database to support ID cards and passports, while CSC has been given a £385m deal to upgrade the application and enrolment system, which is intended to be used for both passports and ID cards.

Earlier this week home secretary Alan Johnson insisted the government was still committed to the ID card scheme despite plans to issue the second batch of cards to airside workers at Machester and London City airports being abandoned.

How to Trap a Torture Judge

0

It’s a problem that Jay Bybee is a judge on the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. How can he serve as a judge when he seriously violated the laws against inhumane treatment of detainees and gave legal approval to interrogation techniques that amount to torture. We agree with Patrick Leahy, Chair of the Senate Judiciary Committee, that if Bybee’s a decent human being, he’ll resign. We agree with MoveOn and People for the American Way, who’ve submitted 140,000 petition signatures to John Conyers, Chair of the House Judiciary Committee, asking him to impeach Bybee. And we agree with the New York Times, which called for his impeachment twice in April.

As part of the June 25 national Torture Accountability Day, Cynthia wrote and filed a formal judicial misconduct complaint against him. The Court Executive let her know that Bybee has a copy of her complaint.

Last Wednesday, July 1, Cynthia discovered that Bybee would be hearing a case in Pasadena on Monday, July 6. We quickly organized Code Pink, Progressive Democrats of America, and World Can’t Wait to do an inside-outside action: protesters outside the court starting at 8:30 to greet him on his arrival, and incognito protesters inside the hearing room at 11:00 to stand up and speak out at the right moment. Caught up in the moment, we both decided we had to be there. We flew to Los Angeles from San Francisco at 7:00 a.m. (ugh!), were picked up at Union Station in LA by Tobi Dragert, and arrived at the Ninth Circuit Courthouse in Pasadena at 10:00.

Dianne Wright and others were picketing in front of the courthouse, some in orange jumpsuits and hoods. Although there’s a fair amount of car traffic there in suburban Pasadena, there are no pedestrians. Several cars stopped to talk with us.

Dianne decided to come inside with us. We had no problem getting inside, except for Cynthia having to surrender her camera. Had they looked at the photos on the camera they would have seen Sunday’s SHAME ON YOO protest at John Yoo’s house in Berkeley and Saturday’s CODEPINK float at the Alameda 4th of July Parade, but they just put the camera in a drawer for her to pick up on our way out.

It was a very small courtroom, holding only about 25 spectators. A reporter and photographer from the Pasadena Star-News were already there. One of the 3-judge panel was teleconferencing from somewhere else, so there was one young, blond woman, and Bybee. We had decided not to interrupt the oral arguments in the case, which went on for over an hour. Bybee was surprisingly aggressive in his questioning of the two lawyers; we thought he would be meeker. The lawyers finished their presentations, and the woman judge suddenly said court was adjourned, banged the gavel, and she and Bybee started out the door to their chambers. Oh no –- would we be able to speak to Bybee?

Susan seized her chance and said, “Mr. Bybee, we are wondering when you will resign.” Bybee turned when he heard his name. “Every Senator I’ve talk with said he wouldn’t have confirmed you if he’d known about the torture memos,” she continued. Then Cynthia said, “Judge Bybee, you are responsible for authorizing the torture of human beings. You call yourself a good Morman, but you are unfit to be a judge on the Ninth Circuit.” Finally Dianne said something linking Bybee to torture.

The security people and marshalls, who’d been sitting in the back row (we were never incognito), were next to each of us in a flash, telling us to leave immediately. They walked right on our heels all the way to the front door and down the long walkway to the sidewalk. It was all over in less than a minute, but Bybee heard us. He looked right at us and heard every word. Today we reached him.

We joined the outside protest, and waited outside for quite a while to catch Bybee again as he left. At one point a big black SUV with blacked-out windows drove by, and we assumed he was in it and left soon after. Cynthia wondered aloud what he said when he stepped out of the room with the other judge, and if he’ll tell his wife about what happened in court today.

We’d like to see Bybee met with citizen protest wherever he goes to hear cases. If you live in a city where there’s a Ninth Circuit Court, check the calendar on Thursday to see the next week’s schedule:
http://www.ca9.uscourts.gov/calendar/view_calendars.php

If you’re nimble you can catch Bybee and have your own showdown with him. It felt really good to tell him to resign. Let’s keep up the pressure–it has to be getting to him. Contact us if you want information and suggestions.

http://impeachbybee.org

Cynthia Papermaster and Susan Harman

UN Chief Speaks Out Against Lack of Human Rights

0

Using the power of his office, U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon achieved a rare diplomatic feat during his recent visit to military-ruled Burma. He broke a taboo by delivering a public speech about the lack of democracy and human rights in the country.

So far, the notoriously prickly regime, which controls the South-east Asian nation with an iron grip, has accepted Ban’s verbal thrust without an outburst. But Burma watchers wonder how long that silence will last, given the regime is known to lash out at U.N. officials who have made public statements in the country about the debilitating effects of ignoring political and civil liberties.

“Neither peace nor development can thrive without democracy and respect for human rights,” the world body’s top diplomat said over the weekend to an audience of diplomats, U.N. officials and staff from aid agencies in Rangoon, the former capital. “Peace, development and human rights are closely inter-related.”

“Myanmar’s human rights record remains a matter of grave concern,” Ban added, using the name of the country that the junta opts for, instead of Burma. “Myanmar’s way forward must be rooted in respect for human rights.”

Ban’s speech, on the last of his two-day stay in Burma, also touched on the plight of Aung San Suu Kyi, the pro-democracy leader who has spent over 14 years either under house arrest or in Rangoon’s Insein Prison. He called for the release of the Nobel Peace laureate and the over 2,100 political prisoners languishing in Burmese jails.

“Aung San Suu Kyi must be allowed to participate in the political process without further delay,” Ban said after being denied a chance to meet the 64-year-old Suu Kyi, currently being held in the Insein Prison as part of a bizarre trial after a U.S. citizen showed up as an uninvited guest in her home in early May after he swam there across a lake.

Little wonder why Ban’s critical comments – which shatter the illusion being created by the regime that it is on the right track as part of its “roadmap to democracy,” including a planned general election in 2010 – is being welcomed in some quarters.

In the past, the junta has not been kind to the far less provocative and milder comments about the shortcomings of the regime’s model for democracy and the humanitarian situation made by Ibrahim Gambari, the U.N. special envoy to Burma, and Charles Petrie, the former U.N. humanitarian coordinator in the country.

Gambari was given a dressing down by Information Minister Brig-Gen Kyaw Hsan in March last year for comments the Nigerian diplomat made about flaws in the “democratic” political process being pushed by the junta. Gambari said that the U.N. wanted this push, including the new constitution, to be inclusive, accommodating the opposition.

Petrie paid a different price for speaking his mind in a press release issued in October 2007. The junta refused to renew his visa, prompting an early departure from his post, after the head of the United Nations Development Programme deplored the “deteriorating humanitarian situation” in the country

The regime described that statement as “unprecedented” and “very negative.”

But by going many steps further, Ban’s speech is being described as “encouraging” by the National Coalition Government of the Union of Burma (NCGUB), the democratically elected government forced into exile after the regime refused to recognised the results of the 1990 general elections.

“This is the first time that someone has been so openly critical about the reality in Burma,” says Bo Hla Tint, the foreign minister of the NCGUB. “It was important for Mr. Ban to tell the regime how the U.N. sees the problem in Burma.”

“The U.N. secretary-general’s role is important to bring change in Burma,” the minister in the exile government told IPS. “It has to be part of a long serious political process, and not just a one-time event.”

The personal commitment shown by Ban to usher in an open and inclusive democratic culture in Burma is being well received by the Association of South-east Asian Nations (ASEAN), a 10-member regional bloc of which Burma is a member.

“The prime minister, as the chair of ASEAN, supports the U.N. secretary-general’s trip to Myanmar and he wants to ensure that the U.N. keeps engaging the Myanmar government,” said Panitan Wattanayagorn, the acting spokesman for the Thai government. “We will see from this point onwards what more can be done now that the U.N. secretary-general has delivered his message.”

Such a regional response marks a departure from the harsh comments by Western governments that saw Ban’s trip as a failure, achieving barely any concessions from the junta. A key to this dismissive stance was Ban being denied access to meet Suu Kyi.

“Although we know that expectations among some in the international community was very high and they wanted the secretary-general to meet Aung San Suu Kyi, it is not fair to say the mission was a failure because the meeting did not take place,” added Panitan in an interview. “The issues are much more complex and beyond this single issue.”

But for the current U.N. engagement to achieve political reform in Burma more is required, say human rights groups that have continued to expose the litany of abuse in a country that has been under the grip of successive military regimes since a 1962 coup.

“Setting the standards through a speech is the easiest thing to do; achieving the standards is the difficult part,” says David Scott Mathieson, Burma consultant for Human Rights Watch, a New York-based global rights watchdog. “That is where the hard work and effort is going to be.” “The average person in Burma will find Ban’s speech patronising,” Mathieson told IPS. “They expect more from the U.N.”

Marwaan Macan-Markar

MI5 accused of bribes for silence

0

Britain’s first terror convict has accused MI5 of trying to bribe him to drop torture charges against them.

Rangzieb Ahmed, who was born in Rochdale, Yorkshire, was found guilty in October 2008 of directing terrorist operations and of having links with al Qaida.

Prior to his conviction, he was detained in Pakistan, where he claims to have been tortured.

Mr Ahmed also alleges that MI5 and Greater Manchester Police colluded with his tormentors.

Mr Ahmed says that, in order to obtain answers to questions drawn up by the British secret services, agents of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence subjected him to severe torture, including the removal of three of his fingernails.

Mr Ahmed, who is pursuing an appeal as well as a case against the government for collusion in torture, alleged that he was approached by British intelligence officers in his Manchester prison cell.

He claimed that he was visited by an MI5 officer and a police officer. They offered him a reduced sentence or cash in exchange for withdrawing his allegations of torture.

Mr Ahmed’s lawyer, Tayab Ali of London law firm Irvine Thanvi Natas, described the incident as “grossly inappropriate.”

Mr Ali said: “I’ve written to the Crown Prosecution Service asking them to disclose the identity of the officers who visited my client so that we can establish what happened. We’ve also made a request for any audio recording of that conversation.

“If what Mr Ahmed says is true, the officers would be guilty of attempting to pervert the course of justice.”

Although the Home Office generally refrains from commenting on individual cases, a spokesman insisted that “security service officers act within the law.”

He added that security and intelligence agencies do not participate in, solicit, encourage or condone the use of torture or inhumane or degrading treatment.

Amidst rising concerns over Britain’s involvement in torture of detainees abroad, Stop the War Coalition president Tony Benn expressed his dismay. Mr Benn said: “Secret services would take any action to protect their secrets and this is a big public issue.”

Head of the Manchester-based North West Counter-Terrorism Unit operated by Greater Manchester Police, Chief Superintendent Tony Porter, debunked Mr Ahmed’s claims, saying that the court had found no evidence of Britain’s complicity in mistreatment.

He added: “We are confident in the behaviour of our officers and we refute any allegations of impropriety.”

Anisha Ahmed
Copyright Morning Star

First days of new US offensive sees casualties soar

0

The first days of the offensive by US marines into the southern province of Helmand make clear it will result in a massive escalation in violence against the Afghan people and an upsurge in resistance to the US and NATO occupation across the country.

 

Since Thursday, marine units have moved from their base near the Helmand provincial capital of Lashkar Gah, down the Helmand River Valley as far as the town of Bahram Chah, 200 kilometres to the south on the Afghanistan-Pakistan border. They have occupied the major towns of Nawa, Garmser and Khan Neshin. British troops, operating to the north of Lashkar Gah, have deployed to secure the road between the city and the town of Gereshk.

 

The US tactics are modeled on the Iraq surge and are aimed at embedding troops among civilians. Forward bases are being established in numerous small villages and hamlets that have never seen occupation forces or representatives of the Afghan puppet government headed by President Hamid Karzai. The population is being ordered to attend meetings or shuras, where marine officers dictate how they will live.

 

Southern Helmand has been chosen for the first major offensive in Afghanistan under the Obama administration because it is in a state of revolt against the occupation and Karzai’s regime. Since the overthrow of the Taliban in 2001, next to nothing has been done to alleviate poverty, repair damaged agricultural infrastructure or provide essential services. Entire communities endure malnutrition and are forced to rely on the opium trade to generate income. Moreover, the local ethnic Pashtun population has historically been deeply hostile to any form of foreign domination. The anti-occupation resistance led by Taliban loyalists has considerable popular support.

 

The marines will seek to crush the insurgency with daily repression–curfews, roadblocks, searches, identity checks and arbitrary detentions. The recently appointed commander of NATO forces in Afghanistan, General Stanley McChrystal, was one of the principal directors of counter-insurgency missions in Iraq. The unit he headed, the Joint Special Operations Command, carried out a systematic policy of targeted assassinations of suspected resistance fighters, and the same brutal methods will now be applied in the rebellious areas of southern Afghanistan.

 

The offensive has been marked by a scarcity of information about the US operations and their impact on the population. With the complicity of the media, people in America and around the world are being kept in the dark about what exactly the Obama administration is carrying out in the name of “democracy” and “security”. What is known is that scores of Afghan men were killed on Thursday and Friday when they attempted to resist the entry of marines into an area near Garmser. Fighting has also taken place around Khan Neshin.

 

The few reports that have come out of the newly-occupied areas point to pervasive local opposition toward US troops. In some villages, locals have boycotted the shuras. At a meeting in the village of Sorkhdoz, a Reuters journalist reported that the local leader bluntly told American officers “I do not trust you”, and warned that the villagers would take up arms if the occupation forces did not deliver a promised school and health clinic.

 

To date, US casualties in the Helmand offensive are still reported as one dead and a dozen or so wounded. In the main, the Afghan insurgents appear to be avoiding direct battles with the far better equipped American troops. A Taliban spokesman told Agence France Presse: “We are not trying to engage with them too soon because there are a lot of them and they would use air force in which case there would be a lot of civilian casualties…. Our men are among the people.”

 

The insurgents will rely on guerilla tactics. Over the weekend, three British troops were killed by roadside bombs and a rocket-propelled grenade attack in the province, and a supply convoy for NATO troops was ambushed. One mercenary security contractor was killed and four wounded.

 

There has been an upsurge in attacks on US and NATO troops in other areas of the country since the offensive began. Monday was the costliest day for the American military in Afghanistan in close to a year. Two American troops were killed by a roadside bomb in the southern province of Zabul, while four others were killed by a roadside bombing in the province of Kunduz, not far from the capital Kabul, and another in an engagement in the eastern province of Paktika.

 

The Taliban appears to be conducting an offensive in Paktika. On Saturday, insurgents launched a rare assault on a small US base in the remote district of Zerok, where fighting reportedly lasted for several hours. It only ended after air strikes and helicopter gunships were called in, killing as many as 45 insurgents. Two American troops were killed and seven wounded. The Zerok base is reportedly the same one from which, according to the Taliban, a “drunken” American soldier walked off on June 30, without his equipment or weapons, and was taken prisoner by the insurgents.

 

Overall, at least 18 NATO troops have been killed in the first week of July. In all likelihood, 2009 will see the highest rate of deaths in the war. So far this year, 174 soldiers have lost their lives, compared with 294 in all 2008 and 232 in 2007. Hundreds of Afghan government troops and police have also been killed.

 

Figures within the US military are questioning whether Obama’s increase of US troop numbers in Afghanistan to 68,000 by the end of the year will be enough in the face of an entrenched anti-occupation insurgency. Even with the reinforcements and the NATO contingents, the total occupation force is barely 100,000. The surge in Iraq, by contrast, ultimately involved close to 200,000 American, British and other western troops.

 

Public opinion is already being conditioned for a further escalation of the Afghan war. Washington Post journalist Bob Woodward reported last week that the view of one unnamed senior US officer was that at least 100,000 American troops were needed–i.e., around 30,000 more.

 

General McChrystal is scheduled to report to the administration and the Joint Chiefs of Staff in a matter of weeks regarding troop numbers. If his request is to increase them, Obama will bend over backwards to meet it. The dispatch of more and more troops follows inexorably from the determination in the White House to consolidate Afghanistan as a neo-colonial client state in Central Asia.

James Cogan

Dr. David Kelly was writing expose

0

British weapons inspector Dr. David Kelly was writing an expose about his work with anthrax and his warnings that Iraq possessed no weapons of mass destruction at the time of his death in July 2003, according to a report published in a British newspaper.

Kelly’s death – said to have been a suicide – has stirred controversy, as it came on the heels of testimony to the House of Commons about a memo which purported that Britain had “sexed up” a dossier on Iraq’s alleged weapons of mass destruction. A Parliamentary inquiry ruled that the death had been suicide, though it also included testimony from a former British ambassador who quotes Kelly as having said, “I will probably be found dead in the woods” if Iraq were invaded.

The new report says Kelly had spoken with an Oxford publisher several times about a book.

“He had several discussions with a publisher in Oxford and was seeking advice on how far he could go without breaking the law on secrets,” the UK Daily Express alleged.

Kelly’s computers were seized in the wake of his death. He was a signatory to Britain’s Official Secrets Act, which allows for the prosecution of those who talk to the press about state secrets and prescribes a more stringent framework for secrecy than in the United States.

According to the paper, “he was intending to reveal that he warned Prime Minister Tony Blair there were no weapons of mass destruction anywhere in Iraq weeks before the ­British and American invasion… and was also intending to lift the lid on a potentially bigger scandal, his own secret dealings in germ warfare with the apartheid regime in South Africa.”

The allegations of a potential Kelly expose come from a new film about biological weapons being debuted in London on the sixth anniversary of Kelly’s death titled “Anthrax War” (the documentary aired earlier this year on Canadian public television). Kelly was an expert in biological warfare agents, as well as a former United Nations weapons inspector in Iraq.

‘Anthrax War’

‘‘The deeper you look into the murky world of governments and germ warfare, the more worrying it becomes,” the film’s director, Bob Coen, is quoted as saying. “We have proved there is a black ­market in anthrax. David Kelly was of particular interest to us because he was a world expert on anthrax and he was involved in some degree with assisting the secret germ warfare program in apartheid South Africa.”

According to the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation’s summary of the film, Coen “was raised in Zimbabwe where the former white regime has been accused of unleashing anthrax against the black population… [who] embarks on a journey that raises troubling questions about the FBI’s investigation of the 21st century’s first act of biological terrorism.

“Coen’s investigation takes him from the U.S. to the U.K. and from the edge of Siberia to the tip of Africa. In a rare interview, Coen confronts ‘Doctor Death’ Wouter Basson, who headed Project Coast, the South African apartheid-era bio-warfare program,” the network’s website adds. “Project Coast used germ warfare against select targets within the country’s black population.

“Anthrax War also investigates the mysterious deaths of some of the world’s leading anthrax scientists, including Dr. David Kelly, the UK’s top military microbiologist, the Soviet defector Dr. Vladimir Pasechnik, and Dr. Bruce Ivins,” the CBC continues. “The FBI claims – despite the doubts of highly ranked U.S. officials – that Ivins was the only person behind the U.S. anthrax murders.”

A Torrent download of Anthrax War is available at this link. Several shorter clips are also available on YouTube.

John Byrne

MoD under fire for misleading court

0

The Ministry of Defence has been strongly criticised by a High Court judge for attempting to mislead a judicial review.

The review has been looking into the alleged murder of 20 Iraqis and the torture of nine others by UK troops in Iraq five years ago.

The case centres on the aftermath of a major firefight at a vehicle checkpoint known as “Danny Boy” on the Baghdad to Al-Amara road in Maysan province on May 14 2004.

The government stated that, following the incident, 20 dead Iraqis and nine prisoners were taken to Camp Abu Naji, a British military facility.

But relatives of some of those killed say they were alive when they entered the camp and were murdered by troops.

This has been corroborated by witnesses and post mortem results on the bodies returned from the base appeared to show evidence of torture including close range bullet wounds, mutilation and stab wounds.

The nine survivors were detained for several months and insist they were regularly abused and beaten.

Public Interest Lawyers, who represent the family of one of those killed and five men who allege they were tortured by British troops, argue that the government fundamentally failed to investigate the allegations.

The MoD had initially tried to withhold information in the case, claiming it would be damaging to the public interest.

The government had applied for a public interest immunity certificate but, at the High Court today, Lord Justice Scott Baker said that the certificate had been sought “on a partly false basis,” adding that this was of great concern to the court.

“To be furnished with a false, or partly false, certificate – as this one was – completely undermines the process and is a matter of very great concern,” he said.

Defence Secretary Bob Ainsworth was forced to apologise and conceded that an independent inquiry was now necessary after admitting the MoD had failed to make documents available to the court in good time.

The Treasury Solicitor’s department head of litigation Hugh Giles said: “Failures have occurred during the disclosure process by which the (Defence Secretary) has made available documents to the court and the claimants. The Secretary of State profoundly regrets these failures.”

He added that “searches conducted to date cannot be said to have been effective and can no longer be regarded as reasonable and proportionate.”

The climb-down follows the release of damning documents to the court showing that those detained at the camp had complained to the Red Cross about their treatment at the time and that this information had been sent to ministers in London.

This is in direct contradiction to MoD claims that it had received no complaints of ill-treatment from any of those detained.

Phil Shiner of Public Interest Lawyers said: “The UK government, aware of the allegations and of the clear signs of mistreatment of the nine survivors – which were the subject of representations by the International Committee of the Red Cross within a week – fundamentally failed to investigate the allegations.”

Mr Shiner also accused the MoD of failing to treat the case “with candour,” including preventing the handover of key documents.

Paddy McGuffin
Copyright Morning Star

Tobacco industry will fight anti-smoking proposals

2

There has been a warning from anti-smoking campaigners that the tobacco industry will try to “delay, dilute and damage” new measures aimed at curbing sales to young people.

ASH Scotland say that tobacco firms would continue to challenge proposed legislation from the Scottish Government, which includes a ban on tobacco displays in shops.

The organisation has launched a campaign to highlight public support for the measures, and is urging members of the public to write to local shops giving their backing for proposals in the Tobacco and Primary Medical Services (Scotland) Bill.

Sheila Duffy, ASH Scotland chief executive, said: “We want to take our message direct to shopkeepers and counter the misinformation from the tobacco industry through our Pride of Place? campaign.

“Shopkeepers need to know that the public support the removal of cigarette promotional displays because it will stop the marketing of tobacco to children and young people.

But she added: “Inevitably however, the tobacco industry will continue to challenge the measures outlined in the Bill and do all it can to delay, dilute and damage the legislation.

“By employing scaremongering and misinformation tactics they have made retailers afraid of this law rather than embracing it as an opportunity to remove a lethal product from display.”

ID cards are not being scrapped but accelerated

0

Home secretary Alan Johnson has flatly denied killing off the ID card programme with his announcement last week that the scheme will be entirely voluntary for UK citizens.

He delivered the denial in a Commons debate in which a Tory demand for the plan to be dropped was defeated by 293 votes to 206.

A government motion insisting the cards will help secure individuals’ identity and reduce multiple ID fraud was carried by 283 votes to 203 despite intense speculation about the programme’s future.

Johnson announced last week that airside workers at London City and Manchester airports can decide for themselves whether to apply for cards, a U-turn on original plans to make them compulsory for workers in such a security-sensitive role.

He started the debate with the declaration: “We havent scrapped cards. What we are doing is accelerating their introduction.

The airports decision was a victory for the trade unions representing the 20,000 workers involved.

The compulsory rollout of cards to 50,000 non-European Union or European economic zone workers is proceeding, although a target of 50,000 signed up by the end of March was missed by half.

Johnson claimed consistent public support for ID cards and denounced as ” ludicrous” Tory claims that scrapping the programme would save a large sum, because biometric passports and the national identity register would have to proceed in any case.

He was ridiculed by Labour rebels Andrew Mackinlay, who said he was presiding over “the denouement of a failed policy” and David Winnick, who said the whole idea of British citizens carrying such a card was “distasteful”.

Tory spokesman Damian Green protested about a statutory instrument also due to be passed that would impose penalties on holders for failing to keep card information up to date.

And shadow Tory home secretary Chris Grayling ridiculed the idea of volu ntary cards whose sole purpose would be to enable young drinkers in pubs to prove their age. He said taxpayers faced a bill for “billions of pounds”.

Grayling confirmed the Tory pledge to cancel this “massive national folly” if they win the next election.

Johnson retorted that he is now “more convinced than ever that the national identity service is a sane and rational policy that needs to be implemented, rather than scrapped, and accelerated, rather than delayed, and accused Grayling of being “a covert supporter” who had switched sides.

The home secretary insisted the programme is “on time and on schedule” and would help deal with the problem of identity fraud.

Liberal Democrat spokesman Chris Huhne said the government was living in ” cloud cuckoo land” if it thought the project could be delivered on its claimed budget and warned that students repeatedly changing addresses would be hard hit by fines of up to £1,000 for failing to re-register each move.

7 July bombing memorial to be unveiled

0

A memorial to the 52 people killed in the 7 July attacks in London will be officially unveiled today to coincide with the fourth anniversary of the bombings.

The memorial, in Hyde Park in London’s West End, consists of 52 stainless steel pillars, one for each victim. These are grouped in four clusters, to mark the four locations of the attacks: Tavistock Square, Edgware Road, King’s Cross and Aldgate.

There is also a 1.4 tonne stainless steel plaque with the names of all those who were killed. The Prince of Wales and Tessa Jowell, the humanitarian assistance minister, will lead the nation in remembering those killed.

Saba Mozakka, 28, whose mother, Behnaz Mozakka — a 47-year-old biomedical officer — was killed on a tube train as it travelled from King’s Cross to Russell Square, was one of six relatives of victims on the design board that worked to produce the monument.

“My family will never, ever be the same after what took place on 7 July 2005. We want very clearly for future generations to see the devastation that was caused by these murderous and callous acts,” she said.

Mozakka said the families had wanted a memorial that would be very prominent in London and provide a “reflective space”. “We are very proud of the fact the memorial would be in Hyde Park and reflect everything good about London — its vibrancy.”

Architect Kevin Carmody, of Carmody Groarke, worked closely with the families, the government and the Royal Parks to create the monument. He described it as giving “a sense of the randomness of the loss of life”.

The prime minister, Gordon Brown, the Tory leader, David Cameron, the Liberal Democrat leader, Nick Clegg, the London mayor, Boris Johnson, and senior figures from the emergency services and representatives of other organisations will be present at the unveiling ceremony.

Johnson said the memorial “echoes the steely determination shown by Londoners in the days following the bombings”.

Johnson, Jowell, Prince Charles and the Duchess of Cornwall will meet the families of those killed in the bombings before the event begins.

The prince and Jowell will address the audience before Sir Trevor MacDonald, who is hosting the ceremony, reads out the names of the 52 victims and a minute’s silence is observed.

Prince Charles will then lay a wreath on behalf of the nation while the duchess will leave a floral tribute for the families.

Graham Foulkes, whose 22-year-old son, David, was killed in the Edgware Road bombing, said: “To me, it sends out a clear message to bombers and terrorists — that no matter what they do, they just cannot win, because we value every single life.”

Foulkes, from Oldham in Greater Manchester, said calls for a memorial by victims’ families and survivors had initially been obstructed by ministers but the Department for Culture, Media and Sport had been “absolutely terrific” in bringing the idea to fruition.

However, he is still angry at the government’s refusal to hold an independent inquiry into the atrocities.

“The frustration is enormous — knowing that David died and they are not interested in finding out how to prevent it ever happening again,” he said.

Haroon Siddique and agencies

Obama should do what he says about secrecy

0

As a candidate for president, Sen. Barack Obama vowed to run an open government. He reiterated that pledge on Inauguration Day: ”Transparency and the rule of law will be the touchstones of this presidency,” he said.

Nearly six months later, advocates of open government are still waiting for the president to fulfill this promise. Compared to the Bush presidency, this administration is doing better. But what President Obama has done, compared to what he said he would do, are two different things, thanks in part to the unequivocal language he used and the expections he raised.

Ended Ashcroft order

The president deserves credit for taking action on his first day in office to rescind a 2001 memo by then-Attorney General John Ashcroft giving agencies broad legal cover to reject public disclosure requests. He also revoked an executive order signed by former President George W. Bush in 2001 that limited release of former presidents’ records, and replaced it with new language aimed at more transparency.

Ending unnecessary secrecy, however, has apparently proven tougher than the president expected. He has come down on the side of keeping the public uninformed in a variety of decisions that, as a candidate, he might well have scorned.

One of the most troubling instances occurred last month, involving White House refusal to turn over White House visitor logs by coal industry executives. An organization called Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington has filed a lawsuit, saying the Obama White House is essentially embracing the Bush administration position on the secrecy of the comings and goings of visitors to the executive mansion.

This makes for a murky transparency policy.

White House spokesman Robert Gibbs said lawyers were reviewing the policy regarding the release of visitor logs. They should start by reading the well-publicized ”memorandum of transparency” that President Obama signed on his first day in office.

The president said open government was a way to hold government accountable, “so that the American people can know exactly what decisions are being made, how they’re being made, and whether their interests are being well served.”

Nice words, but if the White House doesn’t stop hiding the logs, no one else in government can be expected to take the disclosure policy seriously.

The president’s record of open government has fallen short of fulfillment most often on issues involving national security.

The White House agreed to release memorandums detailing the alleged torture of detainees, sparking criticism from former Bush administration officials. But in other instances the president has either embraced Mr. Bush’s positions or changed his mind about following through on promises of disclosure.

At first, the White House said it would support the release of photos of detainee abuse but later reversed course and decided to leave it up to the courts. Concerns about secrecy and repercussions are valid, but passing the buck to the courts on this issue does not add to the president’s credibility regarding disclosure.

The White House has also continued the Bush administration’s objections to the release of an interview that former Vice President Dick Cheney gave to the FBI during its investigation of the leak of CIA agent Valerie Plame’s identity. Again emulating the Bush administration, the current occupant of the White House has moved to dismiss lawsuits seeking White House e-mails from the past several years.

Using legal tactic

Mr. Obama’s administration has not hesitated to fight disclosure in court, either. In May, it supported the ”state secrecy” doctrine in a case involving a lawsuit against a government contractor by five victims of “extraordinary rendition.”

This is the legal tactic that says the government can prevent the courts from hearing claims by those who say they were hurt by federal actions — because the need for state secrecy requires it.

That is exactly the same position the Bush administration took, a policy that allows government to evade the accountability that Mr. Obama vowed to champion. In turning down the administration’s appeal, a judge noted that the policy is often a convenient way for governments to hide politically embarrassing information.

The administration claims it has valid reasons in each of these instances to opt for secrecy, but the pattern is both disappointing and a far cry from what Mr. Obama led voters to believe during the campaign.

The government has a legitimate right to protect certain information. But the record indicates that given a choice between disclosure and secrecy, Mr. Obama is falling into the appalling habit of hiding the facts.

 

BT abandons Phorm trials

0

UK telco has ditched trials of the controversial web-monitoring technology Phorm, but has not ruled out using it again in futureBT has shelved its commitment to controversial online behavioural monitoring software Phorm, in what internet privacy advocates are describing as a major victory.

Phorm, which uses deep packet inspection to deliver targeted advertising based on browsing habits, has come under heavy criticism since it emerged that BT secretly trialled the technology in 2006 on 18,000 customers without offering them the chance to ‘opt out’. Subsequent trials have been conducted openly.

BT claimed it was abandoning the trial in a reallocation of resources, but did not rule out further investment in interest-based advertising at a later date.

“Given our public commitment to developing next generation broadband and television services in the UK we have decided to weigh up the balance of resources devoted to other opportunities,” BT said in a statement.

“However the interest based advertising market is extremely dynamic and we intend to monitor Phorm’s progress with other ISPs before finalising our plans,” it said.

Those other ISPs, according to Reuters, could potentially be Virgin Media or Carphone Warhouse, which are both rumoured to be considering a trial of the technology. Nonetheless BT’s decision was a major blow to Phorm, sending the company’s stock plummeting overnight by nearly 30%.

Battle for ID cards hits the Commons

0

ID cards have finally reached the Commons again, with a Conservative opposition day debate on the scheme due for debate this afternoon.

The opposition is calling for the plan to be scrapped altogether.

This has been given additional momentum by Alan Johnson’s decision to make the scheme entirely voluntary for its duration.

But the Liberal Democrats have urged civil libertarians to treat the Tory commitment to scrapping the scheme cautiously, citing their muted response to The National Identity Register.

Lib Dem home affairs spokesman Chris Huhne said: “It’s always been hard to take the Tories seriously on ID cards since they originally backed them when they were introduced by the government.

“It is time for the Conservatives to come clean. It’s easy to suggest scrapping unnecessary pieces of plastic but where do they stand on the National Identity Register?

“The Liberal Democrats’ principled defence of civil liberties includes opposing the sinister central database. This is a clear challenge to the Tories to put their cards on the table.”

Opponents of the cards remain unconvinced by Mr Johnson’s claim the cards will never be mandatory, citing the ease with which a future government could call for voluntary scheme to be made legally enforceable.

Ian Dunt www.politics.co.uk

BNP suspected in terror plot

A network of suspected far-right extremists with access to 300 weapons and 80 bombs has been uncovered by counter-terrorism detectives.

Thirty-two people have been questioned in a police operation that raises the prospect of a right-wing bombing campaign against mosques. Police are said to have recovered a British National party membership card and other right-wing literature during a raid on the home of one suspect charged under the Terrorism Act.

In England’s largest seizure of a suspected terrorist arsenal since the IRA mainland bombings of the early 1990s, rocket launchers, grenades, pipe bombs and dozens of firearms have been recovered in the past six weeks during raids on more than 20 properties. Several people have been charged and more arrests are imminent. Current police activity is linked to arrests in Europe, New Zealand and Australia.

Police are examining allegations that many of the guns were manufactured or reactivated, then sold over the internet to viewers of a right-wing website. Details of the previously secret operation were disclosed by Sir Norman Bettison, the chief constable of West Yorkshire, to security officials.

Police sources say that in a recent case not linked to the current arrests, detectives seized maps and plans of mosques from the homes of suspected far-right supporters. A senior Whitehall official said MI5 was monitoring the police investigation. While the security agency did not have a brief to probe right-wing terrorism, that position was constantly under review, said the official.

Fears have been heightened by the discovery of an alleged plot involving ricin, a lethal poison; two men have been been charged with offences under the Terrorism Act.

Concerns that this might be part of a global trend have been reinforced by the case of James Von Brunn, the 88-year-old white supremacist charged with shooting dead a security guard at the Holocaust museum in America last month.

Bettison said 32 people had been arrested in the investigation, although the counter-terrorism unit in Leeds said this figure was in fact the number of people questioned. At least 22 properties have been searched.

The operation had thrown up evidence that suspects were communicating online.

“The internet gives it reach and scope,” said Bettison. “The big bad wolf is still the Al- Qaeda threat. But my people are knocking over right-wing extremists quite regularly. We are interdicting it so that it doesn’t first emerge into the public eye out of a critical incident like an explosion.”

Several alleged right-wing extremists have been charged with terrorism offences in the UK in the past year. In one case, a jury convicted Martyn Gilleard, 31, a neo-Nazi forklift truck driver, who wanted to “secure a future for white children” and kept explosives at his flat in Goole, East Yorkshire. He built small hand-held bombs, and among the material seized were membership cards for the National Front, the British People’s party and the White Nationalist party. He was sentenced to 16 years in prison.

In 1999, David Copeland, the so-called London nail bomber, carried out a campaign against black, Asian and gay communities. His home-made devices each included up to 1,500 4in nails. In his final attack Copeland killed three people, including a pregnant woman, after nail bombing a Soho pub. He got a life sentence for murder.

Far-right parties across Europe are growing in popularity. In last month’s European elections, the BNP won two seats for the first time in Yorkshire and the northwest and took 6.2% of the national vote.

Sunday Times

Concern over MI6 chief web details

0

The Liberal Democrats are calling for an inquiry into whether the new head of MI6, Sir John Sawers, should be allowed to take up his post after his wife apparently published personal details on the Facebook website.

Lady Shelley Sawers disclosed information, including the location of the London flat used by the couple and the whereabouts of their three children on the social networking site, The Mail on Sunday reported.

The details, which were removed after the newspaper contacted the Foreign Office, also revealed the couple’s friendships with actors Moir Leslie and Alister Cameron.

Lady Sawers’ half-brother, Hugo Haig-Thomas, a former diplomat, was said to be among those featured in family photographs on Facebook.

Mr Haig-Thomas was an associate and researcher for controversial historian David Irving, who was jailed for three years in Austria in 2006 after pleading guilty to Holocaust denial, the paper reported.

Lady Sawers put no privacy protection on her account, allowing any of Facebook’s 200 million users in the open-access “London” network to see the entries, the paper said.

Senior politicians said the security lapse raised concerns about Sir John’s ability to take up his post as chief of the Secret Intelligence Service in November, giving him responsibility for Britain’s overseas spying operations.

Edward Davy, the Liberal Democrat foreign affairs spokesman, called on Gordon Brown to launch an inquiry into the matter.

He told the paper: “Normally, I would welcome greater openness in Government for officials or politicians but this type of exposure verges on the reckless.

“The Prime Minister should immediately commission an internal inquiry as to whether this has breached the security of the incoming head of MI6 too seriously to allow him to take up the post.”

Home Secretary ditched ID cards without telling Brown

GORDON Brown’s main rival for the Labour leadership tore up the government’s key ID card policy without informing the Prime Minister, it was reported last night.
The Home Secretary Alan Johnson is said to have surprised the Prime Minister and his senior advisers by declaring that holding an identity card would never be compulsory for British citizens.
Last night, reports suggested that No 10 had no idea that the Home Secretary would arbitrarily change the previous policy, which was that ministers would make ID cards compulsory.
Suggestions of friction between the two politicians has re-ignited speculation that Johnson’s name will once again become associated with plots to take over the Labour leadership before the next general election. Johnson, a former postman, has always declared he would not challenge the Prime Minister.

Johnson, who was recently promoted from Health Secretary to the Home Office, had been scheduled to make a low-key announcement last Tuesday, abandoning plans for ID card trials at two airports which would have made carrying them compulsory for some pilots and airline staff.

After doing so, however, he went much further and declared: “I want the introduction of identity cards for all British citizens to be voluntary.”

A government source said: “No 10 knew Alan was going to make the airports announcement. But they had no idea he would simply tear up the entire policy as far as compulsory cards were concerned.”

Brown has always insisted that he backs moves towards making ID cards compulsory — despite protests from Labour MPs and a pledge by the Tories they would abandon them if elected, saving an estimated £2 billion.

A Downing Street spokesman last night denied there was a “rift” between the Prime Minister and Johnson.

Action threatened against fascist BNP

Who? John Wadham, 57-year-old legal director of the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC).

Why is he in the news? The EHRC has written a letter before action to the British National Party (BNP) over possible breaches of anti-discrimination law in its constitution and membership criteria, which appear to be restricted to white people. There are also concerns over its employment practices and provision of services to the public. The letter, sent to party leader Nick Griffin, asks the BNP to make changes to comply with the Race Relations Act 1976 or face an application for an injunction. The BNP says its rules are legal and that it is an exempted organisation under Sections 25 and 26 of the act, which permit exclusive ethnic organisations with a membership of 50 or more.

Background: Articles at London firm Birnberg under Gareth Peirce, qualifying in 1989. Legal officer for Liberty in 1990, director in 1995. Deputy chairman of the Independent Police Complaints Commission in 2003 before taking up current post in 2007.

Thoughts on the case: ‘This case is good evidence of why we need a statutory body with the power to bring such an action. Our predecessor, the Commission for Racial Equality, did not have the power to bring proceedings in its own name and there were few people from ethnic minorities who would have sought to join the BNP then take legal action over the fact that they couldn’t… As a regulator we have a statutory duty to investigate possible breaches of discrimination law. We’d take this action against any political party.’

Dealing with the media: ‘The media understand our job is to be the guardian of discrimination legislation. We’re not a campaigning organisation — our mission is set out by Parliament to be objective and even-handed.’

Career highlight: ‘The two issues that I’ve been passionate about throughout my career have been equality and human rights. For the first time there’s a statutory body to promote both. As a lawyer I can’t think of anywhere better to work.’

Catherine Baksi

Bluetooth “Big Brother” tracks festival-goers

0

Researchers are using Bluetooth technology to observe the meanderings of tens of thousands of festival-goers at a top European rock festival, hoping their findings will launch a new generation of tracking devices.

The team from the University of Ghent in Belgium believes the research could yield new satellite navigation applications for the retail and security sectors.

 

“We have installed 36 Bluetooth scanners across the site and along a few surrounding roads, as well as bus stops,” the university’s Nico Van de Weghe said on Friday of the project at the Werchter festival, northeast of Brussels this weekend.

 

Within a radius of 30 meters, the scanners track mobile phones equipped with Bluetooth, a type of short-range wireless technology which allows different devices to connect with one another, often to transfer files.

 

But the masses flocking to see Coldplay, Kings of Leon or Metallica need not worry about their privacy, Van de Weghe said.

 

The researchers will only track the devices’ MAC address — a number that identifies each device on a network — which cannot be traced to phone numbers or personal details.

 

“Werchter is a very interesting case,” Van de Weghe told Reuters, adding that this is the first time his team, working on a wider research project using new technology to track moving objects, will collect full data on a live situation.

 

The team is carrying out research on geographical information systems, such as satellite navigation systems, and is hoping to be able to track moving objects in real time.

“Tracking movements via Bluetooth could become very interesting. It could help retailers keep track of the number of customers numbers at different times, ” Van de Weghe said.

 

The technique could also be used by security services to track suspicious movements, or monitor evacuations at mass events.

 

Some 80,000 people from across Europe attended a sweltering first day of the festival in the small town of Werchter, 40 km (25 miles) northeast of Brussels, on Thursday, with thousands more expected on Friday and over the weekend.

 

(Reporting by Antonia van de Velde; editing by Mark John)

CIA torture report delayed again

0

The US Justice Department is again delaying the release of an internal CIA report on the agency’s secret detention and interrogation program during the Bush administration.

The report had been expected to be made public two weeks ago but was held back over debates about how much of it should be censored. The government published a version of the report in 2008, but its contents were almost entirely blacked out.

White House spokesman Robert Gibbs told reporters on Wednesday that the report, expected to be made public in response to a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit by the American Civil Liberties Union, may not be released this week.

The report was written in 2004 by the CIA’s inspector general.

The review questioned the effectiveness of harsh interrogation methods employed by CIA interrogators, such as waterboarding.

That is according to references to the report contained in Bush-era Justice Department memos that were declassified earlier this year.

 

MoD faces Afghan civilian death pay-outs

0

The Ministry of Defence has paid out, or is considering, compensation in relation to at least 104 civilian deaths allegedly caused by the British Army in Afghanistan over the last 18 months, it has been revealed.

And compensation claims have been rejected in a further 113 cases in Helmand province, where UK forces are leading the fight against the Taliban.

The figures covering December 2007 to May 2009 are revealed in documents released by the MoD in response to a Freedom of Information request by Channel 4 News.

The documents show that payouts in cases involving fatalities over the period total around 200,000 US dollars (£120,000), and range from 210 dollars for the death of a woman to 39,792 dollars for an incident involving “multiple fatalities, injuries and property” in Lashkar Gah province in October last year.

In Musa Qaleh, in summer 2007, an incident allegedly involving the deaths of five adults and 15 children resulted in a claim for over 100,000 dollars, which was rejected. The following year, the deaths of two children in the same town resulted in a payout of 10,000.

In a statement, the Ministry of Defence said: “Compensation claims brought against British forces working as part of the International Security Assistance Force are considered on the basis of whether the MoD has a legal liability to pay compensation. Where there is a proven legal liability compensation is paid.

“Despite every effort to target only insurgents, there are times when the ordinary people of Afghanistan are inadvertently harmed.

“We are deeply saddened by any civilian deaths and we particularly regret incidents where civilians are harmed as a result of actions by international forces. Even one death is one too many.”

Defence minister Bill Rammell rejected suggestions that the figures revealed only the tip of a much larger iceberg.

Mr Rammell told Channel 4: “We are engaged in a hearts and minds exercise. Wanting to do everything we can to avoid civilian casualties is not only a moral view, but a practical and political view. If we want to take people with us, we need to ensure we are doing that.”

He added: “We go out of our way to advertise the opportunities for compensation.

“I hugely regret any civilian casualties, but we are engaged in an increasingly difficult battle with the Taliban. We are there under a United Nations mandate as part of a coalition of 41 countries.

“We are actually there with the support of the Afghan Government and its people. The last independent opinion poll I saw still showed a large majority of ordinary Afghanis saying that they wanted the international presence there, because they are terrified out of their wits about what the Taliban would do to them.”

Andrew Woodcock, Press Association

The UK DNA database needs proper scrutiny

0

Last December the European Court of Human Rights decided in S and Marper v The United Kingdom that the retention by the State of DNA profiles is a breach of Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights. That is because information about people arrested for, or charged with, an offence but not subsequently convicted, is kept on the national DNA database for an unlimited period of time. The Government has accepted the judgment of the European court and announced that it will change the law to ensure compliance. But its proposed method of doing so is unsatisfactory and needs reconsideration.

The Government published a consultation paper on May 7 suggesting that the DNA profiles of people charged but not convicted should in future be kept for six or twelve years, depending on the seriousness of the alleged offence. The consultation period runs until August 7. The Government has rightly emphasised that this is a context, like so many others under the convention, where it is necessary to strike a balance between the rights of the individual and the protection of the public. The right to privacy may make it more difficult to detect dangerous criminals. There will inevitably be disagreements about where the balance lies, having regard to the point made by the House of Lords Constitution Committee that DNA profiles provide the State with large amounts of personal information about citizens that could, in the future, be used for malign purposes.

The immediate problem is that Clause 96 of the Policing and Crime Bill contains a provision that would confer power on the secretary of state to make regulations governing the retention, use and destruction of DNA and other material, such as fingerprints. If ministers are given a power to regulate these matters by secondary legislation, there would be a much reduced opportunity for parliamentary debate and scrutiny. There would be a short debate, after which the regulations could either be approved or rejected. It would not be possible for members of Parliament to table amendments for discussion and for such amendments to be put to a vote.

The committee stage of the Policing and Crime Bill began in the House of Lords last week. When peers debate whether the DNA database is a matter that ministers should be able to regulate by secondary legislation, they will wish to bear in mind that there are three particular aspects of the Government’s substantive proposals as set out in the consultation paper that will need the most careful debate.

The first is that the Government now suggests that the State should retain for up to six years the DNA profiles of adults who were arrested for, but not convicted of, an offence that was not serious or violent or terrorist-related. In Scotland there is no power to retain DNA material when a person is arrested but not convicted unless the offence is a serious one. The consultation paper does not refer to any evidence that this has caused any detriment to the fight against serious crime in Scotland.

The second matter of concern is that the Government proposes a 12-year period for retention of the DNA profiles of those arrested but not convicted in relation to serious, violent, or terrorist offences. That is much longer than the three-year period (and a possible two-year extension if a sheriff consents) that is authorised in Scotland. The evidence presented in the consultation paper to justify a period as long as 12 years is weak. Again, Parliament will need to debate this.

The third point is that the consultation paper proposes that in exceptional circumstances the DNA profile could be destroyed before the expiry of the six or twelve years period, on application to a chief constable, for example in cases of mistaken identity. Parliament should have the opportunity to debate whether there should be a right of appeal to an independent judicial body for deletion of the DNA profile.

The Joint Committee on Human Rights understandably concluded in a report published in April that it was “alarmed” that the substance of the Government’s proposals would not be contained in primary legislation and so subject to full parliamentary scrutiny. The joint committee “strongly urged” the Government to reconsider. The House of Lords Constitution Committee has also reached the similar conclusion that Clause 96 is unacceptable because unamendable delegated legislation will not provide a sufficient opportunity for parliamentary oversight and control. The Government should think again.

The author is a practising barrister at Blackstone Chambers in the Temple, a Fellow of All Souls College, Oxford, and a crossbench peer in the House of Lords

Israel’s war crimes not “collateral damage”

Israel sought to defend itself Thursday against the latest accusations by a major international organization that it committed war crimes against people in Gaza, claiming that the Islamist group Hamas manipulated the group responsible for the most recent report.

Amnesty’s report

The London-based Amnesty International accused Israel forces of war crimes, including using children as human shield and launching wanton attacks against civilians during its 22- day offensive in Gaza

The 117-page report on Operation Cast Lead came on the heels of reports by the International Committee for the Red Cross and Human Rights Watch that similarly found evidence Israel committed war crimes in Gaza.

“The death of so many children and other civilians cannot be dismissed simply as ’collateral damage’ as argued by Israel,” said Donatella Rovera, head of a field research mission in Gaza and Southern Israel during and after the attacks.

The Israel Defense Force (IDF) refuted the accusations and claimed Amnesty had succumbed to the “manipulations of the Hamas terror organization.”

The IDF said Amnesty’s report was “unbalanced,” because it “focuses so intently on any and all IDF infractions, and ignores the blatant violations of international law perpetrated by Hamas.”

“The Amnesty report ignores a critical aspect of Operation Cast Lead – Hamas consistently, deliberately and routinely violated International Law, specifically the prohibition against the use of human shields,” the Israeli statement insisted.

Israel said its forces “operated throughout the fighting in accordance with international law, maintaining high ethical and professional standards” except in certain cases that said were “unavoidable during combat.”

Though the human rights group stated it could not find evidence of Hamas using civilians as human shields, it held Hamas and other Palestinian armed organizations responsible for war crimes as well and urged them to stop all rocket attacks on Israel civilian centers.

Big brother is watching

The furore around the Chinese government’s Green Dam software has raised the issue of the way modern technology is used to monitor our daily lives. Here, we list seven of the technologies that can be used to keep track of your movements.

CCTV

Closed-circuit television cameras were first used in Germany in 1942 to remotely monitor the launch of V2 rockets. Since then, CCTVs have become one of the most contentious pieces of technology in public use. The government and law enforcement agencies claim the use of video monitoring technology can help reduce crime and improve public safety; critics argue that the cameras serve only to displace crime to unmonitored areas, and do not act as a deterrent. With more than four million CCTV units in the UK, the network of cameras captures the average person around 25 times a day.

RFID tags

Radio frequency identification chips are already widely used in supermarkets and shops for the purpose of stock control, but some people fear their use could be widened to monitor the habits and behaviour of ordinary citizens. At the moment, these tags, which are little bigger than a grain of sand, are embedded into pints of milk and library books. When paired with an RFID reader, the tags can help to provide detailed information about items, such as their location, or how many there are. Although most people are happy for RFID tags to be used in stores to monitor stock levels, they’re less happy about the idea of the chips still sending out a signal once they leave the shop. On a benign level, such tracking capabilities would mean a store would know that people in Hertfordshire prefer blue cashmere jumpers, while those in Aberdeen favour the brown versions. But on a more sinister level, it could also enable them to glean an unprecedented insight into our personal lives, and target their brands to us accordingly. To those people who fear a “surveillance culture”, the ability to tag and track everything from our food to our clothes would be the next step on an already slippery slope.

Telecoms technology

The recent election protests in Iran have raised some interesting questions about the technology used by the country’s government to not only censor and control the spread of information, but monitor the ways in which citizens have been communicating and mobilising. It now appears that some of the technology the Iranian authorities have been using to listen in on phone calls made on fixed-line phones and mobile handsets was sold to the government by Nokia Siemens, a joint venture between the Finnish phone maker and the German technology giant. Nokia Siemens said it believed the product was being used by the government to monitor calls, but some experts have speculated that it could also be used for a practice known as “deep packet inspection” — a process that enables agencies to block communications, as well as monitor the nature of conversations and even covertly alter this for the purpose of propaganda and disinformation. Nokia Siemens, rocked by this association with a repressive regime, have pointed out that Iran is not the only country using its monitoring technology — many Western governments, including the UK and US, apparently use it for “lawful intercepts”…

Email monitoring software

Who is reading your emails? Chances are, if you work for a big company, your boss could be keeping an eye on how many messages you send in the course of a day. According to recent research by Forrester, 44 per cent of companies read outgoing mail, using a combination of digital scanning software and real people. The primary concern for businesses appears to be the dissemination of inappropriate or commercially sensitive information rather than time-wasting, but with more and more distractions available at our office computers, from Facebook and Twitter to online shopping, many more businesses may decide to start monitoring just how their employees spend their work time.

Information-gathering technology

Gunwharf Quays shopping centre in Portsmouth shot to fame last year when it was revealed that surveillance software was monitoring the signals given off by shoppers’ mobile phones to track their movements. The technology allowed researchers to tell when someone entered the shopping centre, what stores they visited, how long they spent in each one, and what time they left. It could even tell what route they took, and the country they were visiting from. Although all monitoring is anonymous — it does not identify the owner of the phone, rather than handset’s unique IMEI network number — it raised some concerns from privacy campaigners. While, at its most innocuous, this sort of information could help business and shopping centres pinpoint areas of high footfall or congestion, and redesign the space accordingly, or spot a surge in late shoppers that could prompt them to extend store opening hours, it also implies that this technology could be extended to minutely measure purchasing habits and retail behaviour. Perhaps that scene from Minority Report, in which Tom Cruise is bombarded by tailored, personalised advertising as he passes every hording, is not too far away.

Targeted advertising

One of the most contentious issues facing businesses and consumers at the moment is targeted advertising. With companies struggling to find a profitable business model in the digital age, a greater premium is being placed on targeting products, services and content directly to people on the basis of their specific likes, dislikes and needs. Phorm’s Webwise technology is a good example of this new way of thinking — it works by scanning users’ browsing history, and matching keywords found in these websites to targeted adverts, provided by other companies, which match the interests of web users. Phorm has stressed that the entire process is anonymised, so that interests cannot be directly traced to a named individual, but that has still lead some web users, as well as technology luminaries such as Sir Tim Berners-Lee, to be suspicious of the concept. Sir Tim likened commercial traffic monitoring by internet service providers as akin to “allowing them to put a television camera in your living room”.

GPS-enabled phones

Most modern mobile phones have a small GPS chip inside them, which means your location can be pinpointed to within a few hundred metres by the network of satellites floating in orbit. Of course, most people will use this technology in combination with the mapping software loaded on to their phone to make it easier to find their way around; some phones are now so sophisticated that they can provide real-time turn-by-turn directions, just like a satnav. The inclusion of GPS chips in handsets has also opened up a new world of location-based services — now that your phone “knows” where you are, it can feed that information in to, say, your phone’s search engine to provide data, links and recommendations for local amenities for whichever area you find yourself in. The flip side of that, of course, is that with the right kind of software installed on your phone, it’s possible to remotely monitor your location for less innocuous reasons. Services such as Google Latitude and Sniff are opt-in, consensual examples of this sort of technology, although some worry that in time, these kinds of monitoring software will be commonplace and non-negotiable, rather than a matter of personal choice.

Claudine Beaumont

Mandelson says No U-turn on ID cards

0

Home secretary Alan Johnson’s pledge that the government will not make ID cards compulsory is not a U-turn on policy, according to first secretary Lord Mandelson.

The business minister said the government had “always made clear we want to move to a full take-up of ID cards and what Alan Johnson has said is fully consistent with that.”

Mandelson was commenting on the announcement that the trials planned for airside Manchester and London City airport staff will no longer be compulsory.

Johnson also backed down on previously stated aims to make ID cards compulsory for all citizens at some point in the future.

But Mandelson insisted it had always been the government case that ID cards need not apply to every citizen of the country .

Mandelsons comments follow widespread speculation about the future of the scheme, and rumours that Johnson was less enthusiastic about ID cards than his predecessors.

The Tories claimed last week that key statutory instruments required before the scheme can proceed have still to be laid before Parliament, with just three weeks before MPs leave Westminster for their summer holidays.

Both the Conservatives and the Liberal Democrats have said they would scrap the scheme if they came into power.

And a major IT contract for producing the cards themselves has been delayed until at least autumn 2010, after the next General Election.

Tory shadow home secretary Chris Grayling claimed Johnson had decided to beat “a partial retreat” and that this was “symbolic of a government in chaos”.

“They have spent millions on the scheme so far. The home secretary thinks it has been a waste and wants to scrap it, but the prime minister won’t let him. We end up with an absurd fudge instead,” he said.

Doctors colluding in torture

0

Jonathan Cook looks into the role of the Israeli Medical Association in the torture of Palestinian prisoners, against the background of an international campaign by doctors to oust the Israeli head of the world’s governing body on medical ethics because of his alleged complicity in torture.

Israel’s watchdog body on medical ethics has failed to investigate evidence that doctors working in detention facilities are turning a blind eye to cases of torture, according to Israeli human rights groups.
 
The Israeli Medical Association (IMA) has ignored repeated requests to examine such evidence, the rights groups say, even though it has been presented with examples of Israeli doctors who have broken their legal and ethical duty towards Palestinians in their care.
 
The accusations will add fuel to a campaign backed by hundreds of doctors from around the world to force Yoram Blachar, who heads the IMA, to step down from his recent appointment as president of the World Medical Association (WMA).
 
More than 700 doctors have signed a petition arguing that Dr Blachar has disqualified himself from leadership of the WMA, the profession’s governing ethical body, by effectively condoning torture in Israel.
 
The campaign against Dr Blachar has gained ground rapidly since his appointment as president in November. Critics said his alleged complicity in the use of torture in Israeli detention facilities can be traced to 1995, when he became chairman of the IMA.
 
Until 1999, when Israel’s Supreme Court restricted torture, Israeli doctors routinely supervised the medical treatment of abused detainees, mostly Palestinians from the occupied territories.
 
During that period Dr Blachar surprised many colleagues by expressing support for Israeli interrogators’ use of “moderate physical pressure” in a letter to The Lancet, the British medical journal. The phrase covers a wide range of practices from beatings and binding prisoners in painful positions to sleep deprivation. It is regarded by human rights organizations as a euphemism for torture.
 
Despite the 1999 court ruling, a coalition of 14 Israeli human rights groups known as United Against Torture concluded in its latest annual report in November that Israeli detention facilities are still using torture systematically. Israeli doctors are also being relied on to treat the resulting injuries.
 
Last week, Physicians for Human Rights and the Public Committee against Torture in Israel published a joint report examining hundreds of arrests in which Palestinians were bound in “distorted and unnatural” ways to inflict “pain and humiliation” amounting to torture.
 
The report noted instances where prisoners, including a pregnant woman and a dying man, were shackled while doctors carried out emergency procedures in a hospital.
 
According to the report, the doctors violated the Tokyo Declaration, the key code of medical ethics adopted by the WMA in 1975 that bans the use of cruel, humiliating or inhuman treatment by physicians.
 
Ishai Menuchin, the head of the Public Committee, said his group had been lobbying strenuously against Israeli doctors’ complicity in torture since it issued a report, “Ticking Bombs”, in 2007, arguing that torture was routine in Israel.
 
The Public Committee highlighted the testimonies of nine Palestinians who had been tortured by interrogators. The report also noted that in most cases Israeli physicians treating detainees “return their patients to additional rounds of torture, and remain silent”.
 
In June last year, Physicians for Human Rights drew the IMA’s attention to two cases in which the attending doctor failed to report signs of torture on a Palestinian.
 
Anat Litvin of Physicians for Human Rights told the IMA: “We believe that doctors are used by torturers as a safety net — take them out of the system and torture will be much more difficult to enact.”
 
The groups stepped up their pressure in February, writing to Avinoam Reches, the chairman of the IMA’s ethics committee. They demanded that his association investigate six cases of doctors who failed to report signs of torture.
 
In one case, a prison doctor, under pressure from interrogators, agreed to retract a written recommendation that a detainee be immediately hospitalized for treatment.
 
Prof Reches promised to conduct an inquiry. However, last month the two human rights groups criticized him for failing to investigate their claims, accusing him of holding only “amicable and unofficial” conversations over the phone with a few of the doctors concerned.
 
“We have sent to the IMA many testimonies from victims of torture who were referred to doctors for treatment,” Dr Menuchin said. “But the IMA has yet to do anything about it.
 
“A significant number of doctors in Israel, in detention facilities and public hospitals, know torture is taking place, but choose to avert their gaze.”
 
This month, Defence for Children International issued a report on the torture of Palestinian children, noting that in several of the cases it cited, Israeli doctors had turned a blind eye. A boy of 14 who was beaten repeatedly on a broken arm reported the abuse to a doctor who, he said, replied only: “I had nothing to do with that.”
 
The report stated that the group “has not encountered a single case where an adult in a position of authority, such as a soldier, doctor, judicial officer or prison staff, has intervened on behalf of a child who was mistreated”.
 
Campaigners against Dr Blachar’s appointment as the head of the WMA say its Israeli sister association’s inaction on torture is unsurprising given its chairman’s public stance.
 
Derek Summerfield of the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s College London, said: “The IMA under Dr Blachar is in collusion with the Israeli state policy of torture. Its role is to put a benign face on the occupation.”
 
Dr Blachar told the Israeli website Ynet last week that such criticisms were “slanderous”, saying he and the IMA denounced all forms of torture.
 
The WMA, with nine million members in more than 80 countries, was established in 1947 as a response to the abuses sanctioned by German and Japanese doctors during World War II.
 
In 2007, the WMA’s general assembly called on doctors to document and report all cases of suspected torture.

Former CIA officer charged in Algiers rape

0

A former CIA station chief charged with raping an unconscious Algerian woman last year surrendered to federal agents outside a federal courthouse on Tuesday.

Andrew Warren, 41, was fired from the CIA earlier this year, according to agency spokesman George Little.

Warren’s attorney, Mark David Hunter, told The Associated Press that Warren will be proven innocent.

“The charges are shaky at best and he will be vindicated,” said Hunter. “Andrew has fought and preserved the rights and freedoms of our country.”

A grand jury issued a one-count indictment against Warren on June 18 that was unsealed on Tuesday. If convicted he faces up to life in prison, according the Justice Department.

Two Algerian women came forward separately in 2008 to say they had been sexually assaulted by Warren while at his home in Algiers, according to papers filed in federal court in January by a State Department investigator.

One of the Algerian women claimed that she was drinking at a party at Warren’s home when something made her ill and she passed out, according to the State Department investigation. She awoke believing she had had intercourse, but with no memory of having done so.

The indictment says the alleged victim was not conscious at the time of the Feb. 18, 2008, assault.

Warren had been assigned to Algiers since 2007. He was removed in October.

The CIA station chief is the most senior intelligence officer in the country, overseeing operations and advising the ambassador.

The CIA would not confirm Warren’s title. However, congressional and intelligence officials say he was the station chief. The officials spoke on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to disclose the information.

AP News

ID card U-turn under fire

1

The Home Secretary has come under renewed fire from civil liberties campaigners for distorting the truth about the compulsory introduction of Identity registration.

This week new Home Office supremo Alan Johnson backtracked on a proposal to force around 30,000 airport workers in Manchester and London to carry ID cards following the threat of legal action.

He announced however that the government was pressing ahead with and accelerating the voluntary roll-out of ID cards, while stating that the cards would not be compulsory for British citizens.

All foreign nationals in Britain are to be forced to carry identity cards and the Home Secretary said he wished to see this scheme fast-tracked.

But Mr Johnson did not mention that, under regulations due to go before Parliament, anyone renewing or applying for a British passport will have their details recorded on the National Identity Register.

The regulations would make passports a designated document under the national identity card scheme.

The regulations would also give the government the power to fine people up to £1,000 if they failed to inform the authorities of a change of address or change in personal details within three months.

When contacted by the Morning Star a Home Office spokesman confirmed that, “from 2011 anyone aged 16 or over applying for or renewing a passport will be enrolled on the on the National Identity Register.”

Critics of the scheme argue that this is just compulsory registration by another name.

Responding to the new Home Secretary’s announcement on ID cards, Liberty Director of Policy Isabella Sankey, said: “However you spin it, big ears, four legs and a long trunk still make an elephant.

“And this white elephant is as costly to privacy and race equality as to our purses.

“As long as entry on the National Identity Register is automatic when applying for a passport the ID scheme will be compulsory in practice.”

Paddy McGuffin

Police chief in charge of de Menezes shooting is handed ANOTHER promotion

0

The police chief who oversaw the bungled operation which resulted in the fatal shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes was yesterday made the third most powerful officer at Scotland Yard.

Cressida Dick, 48, who was severely criticised over her role in the death of the innocent 27-year-old Brazilian, was appointed an assistant commissioner.

She will be charge of the Met’s Specialist Crimes Directorate, which includes murder squads and elite detective units, including the one investigating MPs over alleged expenses fraud.

It is her second promotion since Mr de Menezes was mistakenly gunned down by anti-terror police at Stockwell Tube station in South London four years ago.

Her new job, equivalent in rank to a provincial chief constable, carries a salary of £180,000 – double what Oxford-educated Miss Dick was earning as a Met commander when the tragedy occurred.

Last night, diversity campaigners welcomed Miss Dick’s latest promotion, which will make her the first woman to hold the rank of assistant commissioner on a permanent basis.

However, the move has angered relatives of Mr de Menezes, who believe she and other officers should have faced criminal charges over the shooting.

A spokesman for the Justice for Jean campaign said: ‘Nobody has been held to account for Jean’s death. Those in charge on the day have been rewarded.

‘No wonder more and more of the public have lost confidence in the senior levels of the Met. Like MPs, they simply refuse to accept that they have done anything wrong.’

However, Yard insiders insisted last night that Miss Dick, one of the Met’s most popular senior officers, had been given the post because she was ‘head and shoulders’ above her two rivals.

Top CIA lawyers to face legal complaints over roles in interrogation program

0

A grassroots coalition will file complaints today with the Washington, D.C. bar against two Central Intelligence Agency lawyers for their involvement in authorizing the use of controversial interrogation techniques against detainees in US custody.

Velvet Revolution, a coalition of over 150 grassroots groups, will register complaints against CIA lawyers Jonathan M. Fredman and John A. Rizzo. Fredmen, who is currently counsel for the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, served as the Associate General counsel for the CIA from 2001-2004. Rizzo is the current Acting General Counsel for the CIA but is retiring this month. His nomination to become full General Counsel has been held up for years over his alleged role in enabling the CIA’s controversial interrogation program.

DC lawyer and activist Kevin Zeese, along with a former Reagan administration Associate Attorney General Bruce Fein, held a press conference this morning at the National Press Club in which they discussed the complaints they will be filing later today.

The complaints to be filed against Fredmen and Rizzo describe the role both men played in authorizing the CIA to use techniques generally considered torture against detainees in US custody, captured during the Bush administration.

CIA spokesman Paul Gimigliano, in a statement to RAW STORY Monday, said, “We’ll give this the attention it deserves.”

A call placed to the Director of National Intelligence’s office was not immediately returned.

Detainee Crucified

Among the more startling revelations during the press conference today was an article describing how a detainee in Iraq had been “essentially crucified” during CIA interrogation.

According to a June 22 article in The New Yorker magazine, cited during the press conference today, an Iraqi prisoner in US custody was crucified — dying from asphyxiation while hanging from his arms during a CIA interrogation.

“An Iraqi prisoner named Manadel al-Jamadi died on November 4, 2003, while being interrogated by the C.I.A. at Abu Ghraib prison, outside Baghdad,” the New Yorker’s Jane Meyer wrote. “A forensic examiner found that he had essentially been crucified; he died from asphyxiation after having been hung by his arms, in a hood, and suffering broken ribs. Military pathologists classified the case a homicide.”

No charges have been sought against the interrogators from the CIA who participated in the death of al-Jamadi or CIA officers involved in other cases.

Zeese, the Velvet Revolution, the Bill of Rights Committee, Fein, and others also called on the dismissal of both Fredman and Rizzo from the Obama administration during the press conference today.

Rizzo is already on his way out. But the man nominated by President Obama, former Justice Department lawyer Stephen W. Preston, was loath to criticize his predecessor or the CIA’s activities during his May confirmation hearing.

Questioned whether he felt waterboarding constituted torture, Preston answered, “I have not reached that conclusion.”

Zeese said the “rule of law” must be applied in the case of the two men who led the CIA’s legal efforts.

“We call for dismissal of two torture architects still working in the Obama administration,” said Zeese. “The United States must face the reality of the extent of the torture program under the Bush-Cheney administration. War crimes were committed. The toxic poison of torture will not be removed from the body politic unless the rule of law is applied.”

Rizzo Complaint

John A. Rizzo has been a CIA lawyer for roughly 30 years. The Los Angeles Times has called him the “most influential career lawyer in CIA history, having risen to the top of the agency’s legal ranks while leaving his mark on classified programs from proxy wars in Central America to Predator strikes in Pakistan.”

Rizzo is currently the Acting General Counsel for the CIA and was Deputy General Counsel for the CIA prior to his current role. The complaint, which will be filed with the DC bar today, cites Rizzo’s authority as legal counsel in authorizing torture techniques.

“Specifically,” it reads, “Mr. Rizzo ignored over two centuries of historical and legal precedents, fell short of the bar of the ‘good faith’ imperative, and advanced suspect legal constructs and prescriptions for detainee interrogation well outside of legal norms, thereby providing the false cover of claimed legality for those who then engaged in acts and policies that, in fact, violated the following laws, both in letter and spirit:

1. The United Nations Convention Against Torture (UNCAT), Articles 1, 2, 3 and 16 (ratified in October 1994), implemented by Sections 2340-2340A of title 18 of the United States Code.

2. The Geneva Conventions, Article 3, (ratified in August 1955)

3. The Eighth Amendment against “cruel and unusual punishment”

4. The “Separation of Powers” constructs and imperatives of the U.S. Constitution

5. The United States Criminal Code, Title 18, Prohibitions Against Torture (18 USC 2340A) and War Crimes (18 USC 2441)

The complaint against Rizzo further cites examples in which Rizzo allegedly participated in meetings authorizing torture or authored approval of certain techniques.

“On September 25, the most high-level senior Bush administration lawyers met at the Guantanamo Bay facility and included legal counsel from the President’s office (Alberto Gonzales), the Vice-President’s office (David Addington), the Department of Defense (Michael J. Haynes II), and the Department of Justice (Alice Fisher),” it reads. “With Mr. Rizzo representing the CIA which was overseeing the program, this group was there to observe and “green light” a brutal interrogation program, one that had begun months before with Zubadayah but was continued in a carefully prescribed program (minus waterboarding) with detainees at Guantanamo Bay.”

The full complaint can be read here.

Fredman Complaint

Fredman, meanwhile, was senior counsel within the Counterterrorism Center at the CIA during the Bush administration. According to the complaint, “Fredman approved a policy of torture and oversaw the details of its carefully prescribed application of violence, intimidation and humiliation intended to ‘enhance’ interrogations and aggressively coerce detainees at Guantanamo Bay (Cuba), Abu Ghraib (Iraq), Bagram AFB (Afghanistan), and ‘extraordinary rendition’ or ‘black’ sites in Thailand, Diego Garcia, Poland, Syria, Egypt and elsewhere.”

The complaint against Fredman also cites alleged involvement in authoring legal opinions and participating in meetings where these techniques were decided on.

“According to the first of two May 10, 2005 “Bradbury memos” addressed from the Office of Legal Counsel (OLC) of the Department of Justice to Mr. Rizzo at the CIA, the so-called “enhanced techniques” included dietary manipulation, forced nudity, stress positions, abdominal slaps and waterboarding,” the complaint says. “The second May 10th memo addressed the use of combinations of these techniques. Together with the August 2002 memo authored by John Yoo and Jay Bybee, these memos set forth both the claim of legality and detailed guidelines for a brutal and abusive program of detainee treatment. This legal analysis, approved and advanced within the CIA by Mr. Rizzo and Mr. Fredman at CTC, gave the formal ‘in-writing’ green light to a program that led to documented abuses and scores of deaths within the detainee/interrogation system.”

The full Fredman complaint is available here.

Velvet Revolution and other groups filed similar complaints against Bush administration lawyers on May 18 with the state bars of DC, New York, California, Texas and Pennsylvania.

Wikipedia Censored News of Afghanistan Kidnapping

0

THE New York Times worked with Wikipedia to keep news of the kidnapping of one of its reporters in Afghanistan off the online user-edited encyclopedia.

New York Times reporter David Rohde, who was kidnapped by the Taliban in November, escaped from his captors along with his translator this month.

A number of news organisations, including Agence France-Presse, at the request of the New York Times, agreed not to report the kidnapping out of concerns for their safety.

Keeping the news off Wikipedia was another matter, the Times said.

It said that on at least a dozen occasions, user-editors posted news of the abduction on a Wikipedia page about Mr Rohde, only to have it erased.

Several times the page was frozen, preventing further editing, it said.

“The sanitising was a team effort, led by Jimmy Wales, co-founder of Wikipedia, along with Wikipedia administrators and people at the Times,” the newspaper said.

“We were really helped by the fact that it hadn’t appeared in a place we would regard as a reliable source,” Mr Wales told the Times.

“I would have had a really hard time with it if it had.”

The Times said that two days after the November 10 kidnapping, Michael Moss, an investigative reporter at the Times and friend of Mr Rohde, altered Mr Rohde’s Wikipedia entry to emphasise that his work could be seen as sympathetic to Muslims, like his reporting on Guantanamo and his coverage of the Srebrenica massacre of Bosnian Muslims.

It said that the next day, an unidentified user, citing an Afghan news agency report, edited the entry on Mr Rohde and mentioned the kidnapping.

Mr Moss deleted the mention, and the user promptly restored it, adding a note protesting the removal, the Times said.

It said the Times eventually reached out to Wales and Wikipedia put an indefinite block and then a temporary freeze on changes to the page.

“We had no idea who it was,” Mr Wales said of the unidentified user making the edits.

He said there was no indication the user had ill-intent.

The Times said Mr Wales himself unfroze the page after the June 19 escape by Mr Rohde and his interpreter, Tahir Ludin.

Obama Declares Coup “Not Legal” Amid Uncertainty

0

Capping a day of mixed signals, U.S. President Barack Obama said late Monday that he considered Sunday’s ouster and exile of Honduran President Manuel Zelaya to be “not legal” and that Washington still considered him the legitimate president of the Central American country.

Speaking at a very brief press appearance with Colombian President Alvaro Uribe, Obama referred to Sunday’s events as a “coup” and warned that, if permitted to stand, it would constitute a “terrible precedent” for the region.

“President Zelaya was democratically elected, he had not yet completed his term,” he said. “We believe that the coup was not legal and that President Zelaya remains the President of Honduras, the democratically elected president there.”

Obama spokes several hours after Secretary of State Hillary Clinton had explicitly declined to label Sunday’s developments a “coup” or demand that Zelaya be reported to his position as president. She stressed that State Department lawyers were still reviewing the situation to determine whether Zelaya’s ouster constituted the kind of action that would require a suspension of U.S. assistance.

Under U.S. law, no aid can be disbursed to any country “whose elected head of government has been deposed by military coup or decree”.

“We are withholding any formal legal determination,” Clinton told a press briefing here.

Asked whether Washington is demanding Zelaya’s restoration, Clinton said: “We haven’t laid out any demands that we’re insisting on, because we’re working with others on behalf of our ultimate objectives.”

Her remarks marked a striking contrast to those of the secretary-general of the Organisation of American States (OAS), Jose Miguel Insulza, who, at a press conference here at OAS headquarters with Salvadorean President Mauricio Funes, declared that Zelaya’s re-instatement as president was a pre-condition for any successful resolution of the two-day-old crisis.

The OAS, he said, will only be open to dialogue “if it contemplates the return of President Zelaya to his legitimate position.”

Insulza, who will chair a special emergency meeting of OAS foreign ministers on the situation here Tuesday, also invoked Article 19 of the Inter-American Democratic Charter which effectively suspends any member country from taking part in official OAS business if there is an unconstitutional interruption of its democratic order.

He said the situation required that the de facto authorities in Tegucigalpa suffer “international isolation” until the legitimate government is restored.

The contrast between Clinton’s remarks and those of Insulza’s suggested for the first time that at least a temporary gap has opened between the United States and most, if not all, of Latin America as to how they should react to the crisis in Honduras, whose Congress Sunday elected Roberto Micheletti as the new president after the military detained and expelled Zelaya to Costa Rica.

But Obama’s remarks late in the afternoon – particularly those about Zelaya’s official status – appear to have closed that gap.

“I think it would be a terrible precedent if we start moving backwards into the era in which we are seeing military coups as a means of political transition, rather than democratic elections,” Obama said.

“The region has made enormous progress over the past 20 years in establishing democratic traditions in Central America and Latin America. We don’t want to go back to a dark past. We always want to stand with democracy,” he said.

Obama’s remarks very much echoed Insulza’s statement earlier in the day. Noting the OAS Permanent Assembly’s condemnation of the moves against Zelaya late Sunday, the former Chilean former minister said the Council had “distance(d) the organisation from dark periods in the history of our continent”.

At the United Nations in New York City, U.N. Secretary General Ban Ki-moon also issued a statement condemning Sunday’s events and calling for “the re-instatement of the democratically elected representatives of the country,” while the U.N. General Assembly, which is chaired by Nicaragua’s permanent representative Miguel d’Escoto Brockman, held a formal debate on Zelaya’s ouster.

For now, most attention here will be focused on Tuesday’s extraordinary meeting of the OAS General Assembly which Clinton is expected to attend. Despite the doubts raised by her remarks to the press, the secretary of state made clear that it will rely above all on multilateral efforts to resolve the crisis peacefully.

Nonetheless, her statement set off a small firestorm among human rights and democracy activists here Monday who were concerned that they signaled a willingness to accept a solution that fell short of Zelaya’s reinstatement and a retreat from public statements made by the U.S. ambassador in Tegucigalpa, Hugo Lawrence, who had publicly insisted until now that Washington would not recognise anyone as president except Zelaya.

“The political message (Clinton’s remarks) are sending is risky,” said Vicki Gass, a Central America analyst at the Washington Office on Latin America (WOLA). “If the U.S. doesn’t stand strong on this, it will set back its attempts to restore its image in the region.”

“Moreover,” she said, “with all of (President Alvaro) Colom’s problems at the moment, Guatemala is already perilously close to a coup itself,” she added.

Some analysts speculated that Clinton’s remarks may have been designed in part to gain some leverage over Zelaya who is seen by right-wing critics here as aligning Honduras behind Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez and other left-wing populists, including Bolivian President Evo Morales, Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega, and Ecuadorean President Rafael Correa Delgado.

Washington, which has conducted military training, supply and surveillance activities from Honduran air bases for the past 30 years, last year lost access to a key air base in Ecuador as a result of a campaign promise by Correa.

In addition, Washington may want to condition its backing for Zelaya’s re-instatement on his pledge to drop efforts to reform the constitution in a way that that would permit him to serve a second term as president, ret. Amb. John Negroponte, who was the Reagan administration’s envoy to Tegucigalpa during the early years of the “contra war” against the Sandinista government in Nicaragua, told the Washington Post Monday.

Zelaya’s attempt to hold a non-binding national referendum on the question clearly galvanised his foes in the other major branches of government, including the armed forces and the Supreme Court.

Indeed, the far-right Americas columnist for the Wall Street Journal, Mary Anastasia O’Grady, celebrated Zelaya’s ouster in an op-ed entitled “Honduras Defends Its Democracy.”

“Hugo Chavez’s coalition-building efforts suffered a setback yesterday when the Honduran military sent its president packing for abusing the nation’s constitution,” O’Grady wrote.

She called on “Honduran patriots” to “hold their ground” against international pressure by “Fidel Castro, Daniel Ortega, Hillary Clinton, and, of course, Hugo (Chavez) himself” to return Zelaya to office.

*Jim Lobe’s blog on U.S. foreign policy can be read at http://www.ips.org/blog/jimlobe/.

Met go into denial over G20 policing criticism

1

The Metropolitan Police appears to have swept aside criticisms expressed by MPs in a report into the policing of the G20 protests.

The report, by the home affairs select committee, condemned the police for their use of “kettling” tactics and the concealment of ID numbers by a large number of officers during the April protests, which saw one man lose his life and hundreds of reports of brutality by officers.

Commenting on the committee’s findings, Metropolitan Police Assistant Commissioner Chris Allison stated: “What we have always sought to do is facilitate lawful protest, balance the competing rights of those affected by that protest, and to do our duty to uphold the law.”

He said it was wrong to claim officers were untrained and said that the operation had been policed “remarkably successfully.”

And he then appeared to blame protesters for the trouble, saying they had not communicated with police.

Some of the worst scenes of brutality were at the climate camp at Bishopsgate and Climate Change Action’s Richard Bernard confirmed that campaigners had tried to engage with police prior to the event.

“What the Met seem to have done is ignore recommendations and criticism expressed in the home affairs committee report, which said that more effort to communicate was needed on both sides, and twisted it,” he said.

He added that “some parts” of the police appeared to be interested in communicating with the pressure group, “but this statement would suggest that the Met is not.”

And he accused the police of “fulfilling their own prophecy of violence by giving out the violence they said would happen – and trying to do it unrecorded – when most of the media had gone home. The levels of violence that day were definitely excessive.”

Meanwhile, solicitors acting for G20 protesters will today launch a legal challenge over police tactics, demanding that senior officers furnish a legal basis for the use of “kettling.”

Solicitor John Halford said there was “something unreal” about a police operation with facilitating peaceful protest as one of its aims which led to hundreds of peaceful people being penned in for several hours, scores of assaults by police officers and a fatality.

“More unreal still is the institutional position taken by police in response to this claim – that nothing whatever went wrong and that everything was authorised by law,” he stressed.

Paddy McGuffin
Copyright Morning Star

The Persecution of Michael Jackson

2

Last Thursday, while working on some writing deadlines, I was switching channels on cable.  On CNN they were promoting “Black In America, ” an exercise meant to boost ratings by making whites feel good by making blacks look bad,  the marketing strategy of the mass media since the 1830s, according to a useful book entitled “The Showman and the Slave, ” by Benjamin Reiss.  The early penny press sold a “whiteness” upgrade to newly arriving immigrants by depicting blacks in illicit situations. By doing so they were marketing an early version of a self esteem boosting product.  One of the initial sensational stories was about the autopsy of a black woman named Joice Heth,  who claimed to be George Washington’s nurse and over one hundred years old. It was the O. J.  story of the time.  Circus master, P. T. Barnum, charged admission to her autopsy,  which attracted the perverted in droves.  

And so, if the people broadcasting cable news appear to be inmates of a carnival,  there is a connection since the early days of the mass media to that form of show business.  According to Reiss, early newspapers were not only influenced by P. T. Barnum,  but actually cooperated with him on some hoaxes and stunts.

I would classify CNN’s “Black In America” as a stunt.  In preparing for a sequel to the first ‘Black In America,  ”which boosted the networks ratings (the O. J. trial saved CNN!),  CNN rolled out the usual stereotypes about black Americans.  Unmarried black mothers were exhibited,  without mentioning that births to unmarried black women have plunged since 1976 more than that of any other ethnic group.  Then we got some footage that implied that blacks as a group were homophobes even though Charles Blow a statistician for The New York Times recently published a chart showing that gays have the least to fear from blacks. Recently,  the media perpetrated a hoax that blacks were responsible for the passage of Proposition 8,   the California proposition that banned gay marriage.  An academic study refuted this claim,  but that didn’t deter The New York Times from hiring Benjamin Schwarz to explain black homophobia.  Schwarz is the writer who wrote in The Los Angeles Times that blacks who were victims of lynchings in the south were probably guilty.

In the last “Black in America, ” Soledad O’Brien,  CNN’s designated tough love agent against the brothers and sisters,  scolded a black man for not attending his daughter’s birthday party.  The aim of this scene was meant to humiliate black men as neglectful fathers.  Ms. O’Brien won’t be permitted by her employees to mention that 75% of white children will live at one time or another in a single parent household and that the Gov.  of South Carolina’s not showing up for Father’s Day isn’t just a lone aberration in “White America.”

How would CNN promote a “White in America?” The thousands of meth addicts who have abandoned their children? The California rural and suburban white women who do more dope than Latino and black youth? The suburban Dallas white teenagers who are overdosing on “cheese” heroin? Why not? Can’t get State Farm,  Ford and MacDonald’s to sponsor such a program? All of these companies are sponsoring “Black In America , ”the aim of which is to cast collective blame on blacks for the country’s social problems. For ratings.  

During CNN’s carnival act disguised as news, the scene of Zimbabwe’s Prime Minster being urinated upon by a monkey, while sitting in his garden drew snickers in the newsroom.  This is what passes for coverage of the African continent by CNN.

When the bulletin that Michael Jackson had died flashed across the screen, I was prepared for TV at it’s worst and I wasn’t disappointed.  The man wasn’t cold before the familiar adjectives were rolled out.  “ Weird, bizarre, eccentric, ” the traditional language used to disparage artists by the bourgeoisie.  Dan Abrams,  who made his reputation by convicting O. J.  Simpson,  before the opening arguments of his criminal trial,  made a snarky comment about Jackson’s weirdness.  Mr.  Abrams,  a higher up at MSNBC,  employs a Hitler admirer named Pat Buchanan.  Given Abram’s background,  why isn’t that considered weird?

Former Calfornia poet laureate Al Young called to inform me that CNN’s Jeffrey Toobin, another O. J.  alumni,  and a man who said that blacks shouldn’t be “patted on the head” or “patronized” for believing in O. J.  Simpson’s innocence,  had made some ugly comments about Jackson. (A star who has had at least a dozen facelifts called into the “Larry King Show”to comment about MJ’s altering his appearance).

Also weird was MSBC’s Savanah Guthries’ air-headed depiction of the trial.  ( For a list of Ms. Guthries’ false reportings see Media Matters. com).  She said that the evidence against Jackson in the trial was  “devastating. ” So devastating that some legal experts said that  Jackson should never have been brought to trial and that the aim of the trial was to seek a pound of flesh from Jackson for being uppity and for putting the name of Thomas W. Sneddon Jr.,  a vindictive District Attorney,  into a song. In my opinion it was the prosecution of Jackson by this District Attorney,  who, among other things,  violated Jackson’s fourth amendment rights,  and made disparaging remarks about the star,  during a press conference,  and the side-show pro prosecution media coverage that killed Jackson.

In my lengthy examination of the trial printed in my book,  “Mixing It Up, Taking on The Media Bullies, ” I concluded that though millions of Jackson’s fans celebrated his acquittal,  the District Attorney,  who was allowed to squander the California taxpayers’ money so that he might humiliate a rich black man, whom he felt had sassed him, was the victor.  At the beginning of the trial , Jackson was dancing on top of a van.  During the trial he had to be hospitalized.  At the end, he was a frail emaciated wreck.

Because of the malicious prosecution of Jackson by Sneddon and Sneddon’s claque in the media, Jackson will always be regarded as a pedophile.  ( When the trial opened,  a USA Today CNN Gallup Poll found that 72% of whites and 51% of Blacks believed that the charges against Jackson were “Definitely” or “Probably” true.) Wherever “Mad Dog” Sneddon, this hateful man might be in his retirement,  he can gloat over the death of the man against whom he waged a vendetta with all of the power of the state at his disposal. He even tried to introduce photos of Jackson’s genitals during the 2005 trial, which proved too much even for the pro prosecution judge.

Of course,  none of Sneddon’s abuse or the abuse of Jackson by his accusers was mentioned by an old corporate media,  out of touch and on life supports. For infotainers like Katie Couric,  Joe Jackson,  Jackson’s father was MJ’s sole abuser. The eyes of yesterday’s media,  black fathers are the principal actors in domestic violence.

Guthrie also said that the prosecution “had conducted mini trials within the trial,” which brought up “ a whole history of prior bad acts of molestation. ”She was referring to 1994 case in which Jackson was accused of pedophilia by a youngster who ,  according to writer Mary Fisher,  a serious journalist,  was used by his father to wrest some cash from Jackson.  In, ”Mixing It Up…, ”I summarized Mary Fisher’s serious and thorough investigation that was originally published in GQ, October, 1994,  under the title “Was Michael Jackson Framed?” Jackson,  settled out of court because Johnnie Cochran didn’t want him to face one of those all white suburban juries that O. J.  faced.  

Fisher wrote: “It’s a story of greed,  ambition,  misconceptions of part of police and prosecutors,  a lazy and sensation-seeking media and the use of a powerful,  hypnotic drug.  It may also be a story about how a case was simply invented. ”

Fisher claimed that the first case arose from the ambitions of the thirteen-year-old accuser’s stepfather,  Evan Chandler,  who exploited Jackson’s friendship with his son.  At one point,  he asked Jackson to build him a house. Fisher said that the child denied being abused by Jackson until he was administered the drug sodium amytal,  which is known to induce false memory.  Chandler refused to be interviewed for the article and refused to appear on the Today Show,  where Fisher repeated her charges before a nationwide audience.  She said that the whole scheme was concocted by the child’s stepfather to destroy the superstar.  

None of the media descriptions of Jackson’s career,  including a superficial pop driven survey of the star’s career by Anderson Cooper,  referred to the 2005 plaintiff’s lies and his mother’s shabby history of conning individuals and institutions including J. C. Penney’s, which she accused of sexual abuse.  She claimed that she had been “fondled inappropriately” by store personnel.  Documents also hinted that “…the mom rehearsed her children to corroborate her story. ” During the 2005 trial,

Jackson’s Attorney,  Tom Mesereau Jr.  got the teenage boy to admit that he lied under oath during the J. C. Penny case. USA Today reported on March 1,  2005,  that the mother used the boy as a prop to get money from Mike Tyson,  Adam Sandler,  Jim Carrey,  Jay Leno and others,  “even though insurance was paying his bills. ” Linda Deutsch,  one of the last of hard-nosed shoe leather journalists, reporting for the Associated Press on March of 2005.  said that Mesereau got the 15 year old to admit that he’d told Jeffrey Alpert,  a school official that “nothing happened “ between Jackson and him.

Connie Keenan,  editor of Mid Valley News,  wrote of a hoax that the boy’s mother perpetrated on that newspaper.  She made a pitch that her son needed medical care and that she had no financial means to provide it.  During the first week of the newspaper’s appeal,  the mother received $965 in donations. It turned out that the boy was being treated at Kaiser Permanente in Los Angeles with no cost to the family. Connie Keenan concluded that “ My gut level,  she’s a shark.  She was after money.  My readers were used.  My staff was used.  It’s sickening. ”

While referring to Jackson as “bizarre” none of the cable reporting about Jackson’s death cited the bizarre courtroom testimony of the plaintiff’s mother,  Janet Arvizo.  At one point during her testimony, she said that feared her children would disappear from Neverland,  Jackson’s ranch,  in a hot air balloon.

 On Apr 18,  2005,  Agence France-Presse reported “The mother of Michael Jackson’s young molestation accuser claimed that she feared her children would be spirited away from the star’s Neverland Ranch in a hot air balloon.  In some of the most bizarre testimony of Jackson’s frequently surreal trial,  the woman revealed that she told police she feared her three kids would vanish from Neverland into California’s blue skies.

“Did you tell the sheriff that you thought your children might disappear in a hot air balloon from Neverland?” Jackson’s lead lawyer Thomas Mesereau asked the woman under cross-examination.

“I made them aware,” she said.

Finally,  in November of 2006, according to TMZ,  Janet Arvizo pled no contest to a welfare fraud charge in Los Angeles.  She was ordered to 150 hours of community service and to pay $8, 600 in restitution.  During Jackson’s trial,  Arvizo invoked the Fifth regarding welfare fraud.  Seems that she applied for welfare even though she’d received a $150, 000 settlement from J. C. Penny’s.  Even with the mother’s behavior and the boys lies,  Nancy Grace,  commenting on the death of Jackson,  said that she was surprised by the not guilty verdict in the Jackson trial. No wonder Ms. Grace has been called” a cheerleader for the prosecution.”

Yet,  these journalists insist that their news product is superior
to that of bloggers.  (Journalistic bottom feeder, Diane Dimond,  a Sneddon fan and Jackson stalker was invited by MSNBC to weigh in during which she was allowed to engage in doofus speculation much of it ugly about Jackson’s life and death)

G. Q. s Mary Fisher accused her colleagues of lazy journalism of the sort that defamed Jackson in life and in death. Maureen Orth from Vanity Fair didn’t read Mary Fisher’s findings.  She was on the Chris Matthews Show accusing Jackson of “serious felonies” involving pedophilia.  Another reporter who seemed to nullify the 2005 Jackson jurie’s decision was “Morning Joe’s” adjunct bimbo,  Courtney Hazlett.  She said that there would be no pilgrimage to Neverland and as there was to Graceland,  because “bad things happened at Never Land. ” We are led to believe that Presley and his entourage spent their days at Graceland drinking milk and reading each other passages from the scriptures.

All of these opinions seem to indicate that Cable’s talking heads have taken it upon themselves to nullify the judgment of juries whenever they please.  This all white electronic jury has placed itself above the law.

But at least Jackson didn’t suffer from the kind of hi tech lynching accorded the tragic Patsy Ramsey.  For years cable,  which now not only calls elections but acts as judge and jury,  accused her of murdering her child.  Only after her death was it found that she was innocent.  

If the reporting on Jackson’s death by the media wasn’t salacious and ignorant enough,   it didn’t get any better the next day,  June 26.

Ignoring Jackson’s philanthropic pursuits and contributions to forty charities,  on the “Today Show,  “it was all about what happened to all of the nigger’s money and whether he died from too many drugs and what’s to become of his children,  questions meant to attract the prurient.  Again, Diane Dimod was invited on to spread scurrilous unconfirmed rumors about the dead star. Some of the modern day carnival barkers like Chris Matthews expressed surprise that Jackson’s death resulted in such an outpouring of worldwide mourning.  This is what happens to people like Matthews who dwell in an insulated white supremacist bubble (that includes the Anglo wannabe and Churchill admiring Irish among them) which holds that a narrow cultural strip between New York and Washington represents the world.  

I would like to have seen more independent African-American journalists comment on the passing of Michael Jackson,  but,  according to Richard Prince,  who runs a media blog for the Maynard journalism Institute, hundreds have lost their jobs over the last two years,  including Pulitzer Prize winners like Les Payne.

With the absence of black and Latinos from journalism, the media have become a spare all white jury always ready to take down a black celebrity for the entertainment of the types who used to attend those acts created by P. T. Barnum.

Ishmael Reed is the publisher of Konch. His new book, “Mixing It Up, Taking On The Media Bullies” was published by De Capo.

 

Lyrics: by Michael Jackson

They wanna get my a**,  dead or alive.
You know he really tried to take me down by surprise.  
I bet he missioned with the CIA.
He don’t do half what he say.

Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man

He out shock in every single way.
He stop at nothing just to get his political say.
He think he hot cause he’s BSDA.

I bet he never had a social life anyway.
You think he bother with the KKK?
I bet his mother never taught him right anyway.
He want your vote just to remain TA.
He don’t do half what he say.

Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man

Dom S.  Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man
Dom Sheldon is a cold man 

 

ISHMAEL REED

The astonishing amount of data gathered on every one of us

0

Ever wondered how much personal information is held about you? Well, it looks something like this… Stacked over two feet high and weighing 12kg (nearly two stone), this pile of more than 3,000 sheets of paper contains every private detail of my life in my 35 years on the planet.

In it you’ll discover what I buy at the supermarket, what type of movies I like to watch and what music I’ve downloaded.

You’ll find out what route I take to work, which restaurants I eat in, how often I go to the gym and everything I’ve ever bought or sold on Amazon.

You’ll know how much I earn, how much my house is worth and how much I owe on my mortgage, loans and credit cards.

You’ll even discover that I once complained about the postman, that I was once caught out for plagiarising a university essay and that, aged 11 months, I came down with conjunctivitis.

Yet astonishingly none of this highly sensitive information belongs to me – it is all stored on dozens of databases around the country which can be accessed by thousands of people.

As controversy rages over introduction of ID cards, I decided to find out how much personal data is held about me by sending out requests under the Data Protection Act to 46 organisations asking for copies of all my information. They included Government agencies, schools and universities, hospitals, dentists and GP surgeries and firms I have used.

By law any organisation which holds people’s data must respond to a “subject access request” within 40 days of receiving it. Most charge £10 for providing copies of records held on computers or manual filing systems.

The sheer volume of information I got back – and what it contains – will stun anyone already worried about how private your personal data really is.

The 43 pages I received from Sainsbury’s, for example, shows every purchase I have ever made at the supermarket using my Nectar loyalty card.

Babies The computer printouts also classify my wife Dani and I, based on us buying a bit of rocket and some grape juice, as “young educated workers” in the category “urban affluent”.

There are also spaces for entries such as “number of cats” and even “baby due date” and “number of babies expected”.

Data from Sky shows every phone call I have made and every Box Office movie I have rented. Reebok gym provided the time and date of all my visits.

Information from Transport for London shows every time and place I purchased a Tube ticket on my top-up Oyster card. It also showed I was prosecuted for travelling without a valid ticket last year after I picked up my wife’s Oyster card by mistake.

Banks provided records of every transaction I had made since opening my first student account in 1992.

And reports from credit references agencies Experian and Equifax show every address I have lived at and every time I have applied for credit, including loans, store cards and mobile phone contracts. Experian also shows how much I sold my last house for and how much my current one is worth.

Of the 46 organisations holding data, 12 have on record my signature, 36 my date of birth, 38 my home address and 10 my bank account details.

Liberty director Shami Chakrabarti yesterday praised our investigation.

They know She said: “Big Brother is supposed to be evening entertainment, not a whole way of life. The Mirror’s exposé of the scale of intrusion into our personal lives should shock even those all my old schools and exam grades

Matt, AGED 11 who used to think “nothing to hide, nothing to fear”.

And while we often believe information we provide to businesses is kept private, the small print reveals this is not always the case.

Information that Hilton Hotels takes, for example, can include your name, address, credit card details and code on the back of the card. And data can be shared with Hiltons, franchises or service providers in other countries with more lax data laws.

Video store Blockbuster keeps a record of every member’s home address and credit or debit card details.

And their policy states personal information may be sent to other Blockbuster firms, suppliers, subcontractors and business partners outside the European Economic Area.

Data from my Apple account shows what I listen to, while Amazon shows items I bought, and my risk score as a seller of 60.7. Whatever that means.

In my UCAS form my school’s deputy head teacher described me as “A capable student. He shows enthusiasm and has impressed staff by his determination.”

And in the 50 pages on me filed away at Sussex University, where I studied music, are comments from professors.

One wrote: “I’m at a loss to explain Matt’s reticence in class as his occasional contributions and his excellent essays give evidence of a sharp mind.”

Destroyed And you’ll have to take my word for it… Another, however, was less impressed, saying one essay verged on plagiarism.

City University, where I studied journalism, also provided copies of my grades but said all physical information such as tutor comments had been destroyed.

Other companies such as BT, O2 and gas and electricity companies Scottish Power and British Gas sent records of every time I called customer services, with an account of what was said.

The Government also holds reams of information on every citizen. HM Revenue and Customs provided 23 pages including unemployment benefit claims, tax contributions and pension forecasts.

Big Brother supposed to entertainment, The DVLA sent information about my driving licence, the Identity and Passport Service details not a way of

Shami Chakrabarti of all passports issued to me and the UK Border Agency recorded that my wife is Brazilian. The Assessment and Qualifications Alliance had my exam grades.

is be life

And Greenwich council – the London borough where I live – sent 61 pages, including information on my library card, council tax, electoral registration, rubbish collection and parking fines. And medical records are the most revealing of all. Mine show that, aged just 20 days, I had an infection in my right index finger.

Aged 11 months, I was treated for conjunctivitis in both eyes.

As well as records of every GP visit, information was provided by hospitals, both public and private, and dentists. And insurer Legal and General have on record that my wife tested negative for HIV – the test was to qualify for life assurance cover.

Liberty director Shami Chakrabarti”It seems a combination of greedy contractors and complacent politicians have devalued personal privacy in Britain.

“The profiling of our supermarket habits is bad enough. Your shopping basket can reveal whether you have sex, kids, medical or dietary issues and what you read and watch. We need to be far more careful and demanding before signing up to loyalty schemes.

“But sometimes there’s no choice. When data is taken by compulsion, that’s even more serious. The ID madness is a loyalty card too far. Instead of offering discounts, it would cost us in privacy and race relations as well as billions in cash.

“Phone records, the DNA database and a whole host of other big computers may have their place but isn’t it time we gave more thought to whose information and how much is stockpiled, to be shared, lost or corrupted in the future? “Let”s reclaim our privacy and keep Big Brother on the small screen.”

Top tips on how best to get info

You have a right to access information that organisations hold about you. Asking them for information is known as making a “subject access request”. To who can I make a subject access request?

You can make a subject access request to any organisation you believe holds information about you.

Examples include banks and credit card companies, hospitals and doctors, your present or past employer, government agencies, schools and universities and internet or mail-order companies.

How do I make a request?

Write or email the organisation you believe holds the details about you, asking for “all the information you hold about me”.

If you are not sure who to write to, address your letter or email to the data protection officer, or company secretary.

Your letter should include: Your full name and any names you used to be known by, such as a maiden name. Your full address, including postcode and, if relevant, previous addresses. Any other information you think the organisation will need to find your details and check that you are who you say you are. For example, your employer may need your payroll number and a hospital may need your NHS number.

It is also advisable to mention the Data Protection Act.

It is a good idea to send your request by recorded delivery. The organisation may ask for a fee, which is normally no more than £10.

However, they may charge you more for certain types of information, such as health records. How long does it take?

Once you have provided the relevant information and fee, the organisation must reply within 40 days. The reply should include a copy of all the information they hold about you, and details of why they hold your information and the organisations it may be passed to. What information can’t I see?

Some information on your record may be held back, for example if it could identify someone else or if you are the subject of a criminal investigation.

What if I have difficulty getting my information?

If you do not receive a reply to your request within 40 days, you should sent the organisation a reminder by recorded delivery.

If you still don’t receive a reply, you should call the Information Commissioner’s helpline on 08456 306060.

Minister demands Government stop ID cards

1

Minister for community safety Fergus Ewing has written to the new UK home secretary Alan Johnson asking for the scheme to be cancelled.

He has disputed claims by UK immigration minister Phil Woolas that the scheme would bring economic benefits to the UK, raising doubts about the figures quoted by the government.

Ewing said in the letter: “Given the current financial climate, I believe the UK government should have better uses for the vast sums of money being spent on this scheme which presents an unacceptable threat to citizens’ privacy and civil liberties, with little tangible evidence to suggest it will do anything to safeguard against crime and terrorism.

“In the midst of a deep recession, with more job losses announced nearly every day, it simply beggars belief that the UK government is pressing ahead with this costly scheme.”

Ewing said the assumptions behind Woolas’s claims — that the card would produce £6bn net economic benefit to the UK — are too uncertain over the relevant 30 year period, and that the argument that 70% of the expenditure is necessary for biometric passports is a “fallacy”.

“The UK government chose to commit to the EU standard biometric passports from 2012,” Ewing said. “They could have waited for international standards and technology solutions to emerge and to have collaborated and shared costs on that technology infrastructure.

“The UK government taking the lead in this has resulted in unnecessary up front expenditure on such things as research and development.”

In response, a spokesperson for the Identity and Passport Service said: “The home secretary has made clear that the government remains fully committed to bringing forward measures to protect people’s identity that have widespread public support.

“He has made it clear that ID cards are a manifesto commitment and that legislation governing their introduction was passed in 2006. We remain on progress to bring in what we believe has widespread support.”

GC News

US admits defeat on opium campaign

0

The US has finally acknowledged that its opium eradication campaign in Afghanistan is failing, announcing that it would no longer support efforts to wipe out production.

Western occupation forces have spent over eight years helping Afghan security forces to tear up poppy fields, but Afghanistan remains the world’s leading source of opium, cultivating at least 93 per cent of the world’s heroin-producing crop.

Speaking on the sidelines of a G8 foreign ministers’ meeting in Italy, Richard Holbrooke, the US envoy for Afghanistan and Pakistan, said that eradication “might destroy some acreage, but it didn’t reduce the money the Taliban got by one dollar.

“The Western policies against the opium crop, the poppy crop, have been a failure – they did not result in any damage to the Taliban, but they put farmers out of work,” Mr Holbrooke acknowledged.

He said that the US would now focus on intercepting drugs and chemicals used to make them and taking on the country’s powerful drug lords.

But Afghan anti-drug chief General Khodaidad Khodaidad maintained that Afghanistan has achieved “a lot of success” with its anti-drug strategy, which relies heavily on manual eradication of poppy fields, monetary incentives and public relations campaigns to persuade farmers not to plant poppies.

But a recent UN report showed that, in 2008, only 5,480 hectares were cut down – compared with 19,047 hectares in 2007.

And out of 23 villages where Afghan officials reportedly eradicated poppies in 2008, 11 of those villages – 48 per cent – still planted poppy for 2009.

The UN drug office estimated last year that the opium trade earned militants an estimated $50 million (£30m) to $70m (£42m).

It stressed that many farmers have simply switched from growing opium to cannabis, with hashish production increasing by 40 per cent around the country.

This has led to speculation that Afghanistan has supplanted Morocco as the world’s number one producer.

Gen Khodaidad said that Kabul was awaiting details of the new US strategy and that officials would work with their US counterparts on it.

“Whatever programme or strategy would benefit Afghanistan, we welcome it,” he said.

“We are happy with our policy – our strategy’s perfect.”

Tom Mellen

Obama administration preparing order for indefinite detentions

1

The Obama administration is drafting an executive order that would give the US president the power to arrest without charge, and imprison indefinitely without trial, foreign nationals it accuses of being terrorists, according to several senior government officials who spoke with the Washington Post and a reporter for non-profit news source ProPublica on condition of anonymity.

The order, should it be released, would likely reuse arguments made by the previous administration of George W. Bush that the laws of war allow the executive branch to disregard the established judicial system and domestic laws and rights, such as those guaranteed in the Bill of Rights.

Behind Obama’s turn toward indefinite detention is the quandary he faces over the prison camp at the US military naval base in Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. Shortly after entering office in late January, Obama issued an executive order–to great media fanfare–calling for the closure of the Guantánamo prison by January 2010. But the debate that has ensued in Washington, while nominally focused on what to do with the remaining Guantánamo inmates, has developed into a discussion of the broader anti-democratic methods of the “war on terror.”

The Obama administration hopes an executive order will resolve the legal fate of the 229 remaining Guantánamo prisoners–as well as future prisoners in the “war on terror”–by allowing the president to incarcerate them indefinitely, likely at military installations in the US.

The establishment of a Guantánamo-style system of indefinite detention without trial, on US soil, run by the military, has the most far-reaching implications for democratic rights in the US. It would also mark an end-run around Congress, which the administration had previously hoped could craft legislation to establish new extra-judicial forms of trial and incarceration–potentially including a special “national security court.”

As the Post puts it, resorting to an executive order would be taken as a signal that Obama “is willing to forsake the legislative branch of government, as his predecessor often did,” a strategy that sometimes failed when courts ruled Bush administration measures “lacked congressional approval and tried to exclude judicial oversight.”

According to the Post, the administration believes that Congress will be unable to develop satisfactory legislation, and that the proposal for a national security court would open up rifts within the Democratic congressional caucus. One official told the Post that the administration fears that Congress will assert too much control over any new legal system by subjecting the president’s ability to move detainees to legislative review. Nonetheless, negotiations between administration lawyers and top Congressional leaders are ongoing.

Obama’s efforts to reduce the census at the Guantánamo prison have been blocked at every turn. There remain, officially, 229 prisoners at Guantánamo–only 13 fewer than when Obama took office. Of the 13, 11 have been transferred to other countries, one has been taken to New York City to face trial (Ahmed Ghailani), and one has committed suicide. (Over the years at least five Guantánamo prisoners have killed themselves–the actual number is likely higher–and hundreds more have attempted to do so.)

The Obama administration has concluded that trials in the US court system can be used for only a handful of the prisoners. This is because, in the first place, the great majority of the Guantánamo inmates are innocent of any relationship to Al-Qaeda or the Taliban. Second, what “evidence” there exists against them has been extracted through torture, or dubious forms of hearsay evidence gathered by secret agents or foreign spies who cannot appear in court. Third, civilian trials could bring into public focus and place before judicial scrutiny the criminal methods Washington has used in the war on terror–including torture and kidnapping–and perhaps place in legal jeopardy CIA agents and former Bush administration officials.

The only name so far broached for a possible civilian trial is Khaled Sheik Mohammed, who is accused of being an organizer of the September 11, 2001 terror attacks. The administration claims that, among Guantánamo detainees, three other inmates are also linked to the attacks. This is in itself a damning admission. Of the hundreds of inmates who have been held at Guantánamo, many of them tortured, only four are alleged to have any connection to the act of terrorism that has, for eight years, been the catch-all justification for the “war on terror,” and indeed for the Guantánamo prison camp itself.

Military tribunals are apparently an increasingly unattractive alternative to the Obama administration as well. On May 15, Obama announced his intention to restart military commission trials for some Guantánamo inmates that would allow the use of hearsay evidence against the accused, and which would make only cosmetic alterations to the tribunal system used under the Bush administration. Yet out of the nearly 800 inmates who have been held at Guantánamo since 2001, only two have so far been convicted by military tribunals–Australian David Hicks and Salim Hamdan, Osama bin Laden’s chauffeur. Hicks’ conviction resulted from a plea deal and he was soon released to Australia. Hamdan–a hand-picked test case of the tribunal system–was given a light sentence by a vetted military jury, in what was widely considered a major rebuke to the Bush administration.

A third option–releasing a small number of clearly innocent Guantánamo prisoners into the US–has been all but scrapped. Obama and leading Democrats have determined this is politically unviable, after Republicans raised a hysterical campaign over the supposed dangers of bringing “hardened terrorists” to the US.

Finally, Obama’s persistent appeals to foreign governments have, with few exceptions, been rejected. Foreign capitals argue that if the prisoners are too dangerous for release in the US, they will face political backlash for accepting them.

Thus through a process of elimination, the Obama administration now seems inclined toward the most reactionary solution–the establishment of indefinite detention without charge or trial within US borders. Administration officials say that about half of the current Guantánamo inmates “cannot be prosecuted either in federal court or military commissions,” according to the Post. “In many cases, the evidence against them is classified, has been provided by foreign intelligence services, or has been tainted by the Bush administration’s use of harsh interrogation techniques.”

The Post offers as an example Walid bin Attash, who is accused of participating in the attack on the USS Cole in 2000. The evidence against Attash reportedly cannot stand scrutiny before either a domestic court or military tribunal. Crucial evidence in the government’s case against him was extracted through the torture of another prisoner, Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri, and two other supposed witnesses cannot appear in court.

On June 22 US federal judge Richard Leon issued an emphatic ruling against the Obama administration in the case of Abdul Rahim al Janko, who has been held at Guantánamo for seven and a half years, highlighting the legal difficulties it faces in prosecuting “terror suspects” in civilian courts. Leon ordered the immediate release of al Janko, now 31, a Syrian national of Kurdish background. Leon ruled that the Obama administration had not proven, even on a lenient “preponderance of the evidence” basis, that al Janko could be lawfully held any longer. While the Obama Justice Department dropped the Bush administration’s use of the term “enemy combatant,” it offered the court the same argument–that the president can indefinitely hold terror suspects through the Congressional Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF), which was passed three days after the September 11 attacks. In his ruling, Leon noted that whether or not the Obama administration cares to use the term “enemy combatant,” in practice its policy is the same.

Tragically, al Janko had been imprisoned and tortured for two years by the Taliban, who accused him of being a US spy, before the US seized him and subjected him to a much longer duration of imprisonment and torture–accusing him of being an Al-Qaeda terrorist.

The Post article is itself part of an attempt by the administration to gauge political support in Congress and the military-intelligence apparatus for such an executive order. “One administration official suggested the White House was already trying to build support for an executive order,” the article notes. This is keeping with the modus operandi of the Obama administration. Prior to making several policy moves over the past few months related to Guantánamo, top “anonymous” officials “familiar with the matter” have planted stories either in the Post or the New York Times in an attempt to prepare a Congressional consensus.

Obama’s victory in last year’s election, it must be recalled, was owing in large measure to a shift behind his candidacy among powerful elements in the military and foreign policy elite who felt that the Bush administration’s handling of “the war on terror” had damaged the international standing of US imperialism. At the same time, Obama won millions of votes of those disgusted with the police-state policies of the Bush administration.

Now, only five months into his administration, Obama has cast aside all of his promises to curb the new anti-democratic powers of the state. Obama has promised there will be no investigation, let alone prosecution, of Bush administration officials or CIA agents who ordered or carried out torture, and has moved to block from public view further evidence of prisoner abuse. Invoking the “state secrets” doctrine, the Obama administration has maneuvered to shut down civil court cases of those who were abducted and tortured in the war on terror. And the National Security Agency, it has been revealed, continues to monitor the e-mail communications of millions of US citizens, even as the Obama administration moves to establish a military “Cyber Command” that would have new authority over the nation’s computer networks.

Obama’s increasingly open embrace of all the anti-democratic methods of the Bush administration–with even superficial differences vanishing–demonstrates the impossibility of defending democratic rights through one or another capitalist politician or party. The criminal methods of the “war on terror” arise not from the mistaken policies of individual politicians. Rather they arise inexorably from the deeper criminal act of launching wars of aggression, which in turn arises from the US political elite’s drive to offset the decline of US capitalism by seizing critical natural resources and strategic advantage over its main imperialist rivals in Europe and Asia.

Tom Eley

Bagram Detainees Treated “Worse Than Animals”

0

An investigation by the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) has revealed that former detainees at the U.S. Bagram airbase in Afghanistan were beaten, deprived of sleep and threatened with dogs.

The BBC’s conclusions are based on interviews with 27 former detainees who were held at Bagram between 2002 and 2006. None of these men were ever charged with a crime. Hundreds of detainees are still being held in U.S. custody at the Afghan prison without charge or trial.

Jonathan Hafetz, an attorney with the American Civil Liberties Union’s National Security Project, told IPS, “The BBC investigation provides further confirmation of the United States’ mistreatment of prisoners at Bagram.”

“These abuses are the direct consequence of decisions made at the highest levels of the U.S. government to avoid the Geneva Convention and forsake the rule of law. For too long, the unlawful detention and mistreatment of prisoners at Bagram has gone on outside the public eye,” he said. “Hopefully, this investigation will help change that.”

“When prisoners are in American custody and under American control, no matter the location, our values and commitment to the rule of law are at stake,” Hafetz said.

In April, the ACLU filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for records pertaining to the detention and treatment of prisoners held at Bagram, including the number of people currently detained, their names, citizenship, place of capture and length of detention.

The ACLU is also seeking records pertaining to the process afforded those prisoners to challenge their detention and designation as “enemy combatants”.

“The U.S. government’s detention of hundreds of prisoners at Bagram has been shrouded in complete secrecy,” said Melissa Goodman, an ACLU staff attorney. “The American people have a right to know what’s happening at Bagram and whether prisoners have been tortured there.”

Amnesty International said it was “shocked” by the Bagram claims. It noted that a new detention centre is currently under construction at the camp.

Another prominent human rights organisation, the British-based Reprieve, called on the British government to take action concerning two Pakistanis who it says the U.K. helped render there from Iraq.

“The legal black hole in Bagram underlines the British government’s moral black hole when it comes to rendering two Pakistani prisoners there in 2004,” said Clive Stafford Smith, director of Reprieve. “These men were in British custody in Iraq, were turned over to the U.S., and have now been held for five years without any respect for their legal rights.”

In February 2009, British Defence Secretary John Hutton announced to the House of Commons that Britain had handed two anonymous Pakistani men over to the U.S., and they had subsequently been rendered to Afghanistan, where they were still being held.

“We have been assured that are held in a humane, safe and secure environment, meeting international standards consistent with cultural and religious norms,” Hutton said at the time.

“As we have said all along, beating people and holding them incommunicado is not humane, safe and secure,” Stafford Smith told IPS. “Britain has a moral duty to identify these men, so that we can reunite them with their legal rights, yet Mr. Hutton refuses to do this.”

No prisoner in Bagram has been allowed to see a lawyer, or challenge his detention. According to the BBC, the U.S. justice department argues that because Afghanistan is an active combat zone it is not possible to conduct rigorous inquiries into individual cases and that it would divert precious military resources at a crucial time.

“These men were never in Afghanistan until the UK and the U.S. took them there,” said Stafford Smith. “It is the height of hypocrisy to take someone to Bagram and then claim that it is too dangerous to let them see a lawyer. Even Guantánamo Bay is better than this.”

The Pentagon has denied the BBC’s charges of harsh treatment and insisted that all inmates in the facility are treated humanely.

The Bagram Airbase built by the Soviet military in the 1980s. The approximately 600 people held there are classified as “unlawful enemy combatants”. None was charged with any offence or put on trial – some even received apologies when they were released.

Many allegations of ill-treatment appear repeatedly in the BBC interviews: physical abuse, the use of stress positions, excessive heat or cold, unbearably loud noise, being forced to remove clothes in front of female soldiers.

In four cases detainees were threatened with death at gunpoint.

“They did things that you would not do against animals let alone to humans,” said one inmate.

“They poured cold water on you in winter and hot water in summer. They used dogs against us. They put a pistol or a gun to your head and threatened you with death,” he said.

“They put some kind of medicine in the juice or water to make you sleepless and then they would interrogate you.”

The BBC said its findings were shown to the Pentagon. Lt. Col. Mark Wright, a spokesman for the U.S. secretary of defence, insisted that conditions at Bagram “meet international standards for care and custody”. He said the U.S. Defense Department has a policy of treating detainees humanely.

But he acknowledged that, “There have been well-documented instances where that policy was not followed, and service members have been held accountable for their actions in those cases.”

Since coming to office, U.S. President Barack Obama has banned the use of torture and ordered a review of policy on detainees, which is expected to report next month. But unlike its detainees at the U.S. naval facility at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba, the prisoners at Bagram have no access to lawyers and they cannot challenge their detention.

William Fisher

Labour government forces one million disabled workers to find work

0

The Brown Labour government is forcing a million disabled, sick and injured workers off social benefits. The vast majority are being driven into low paid employment or onto poor quality training schemes, at the same time as the number of workers losing their jobs soars.

The current drive began in 2001 when the Blair Labour government introduced new regulations in 50 jobcentres, forcing people claiming incapacity benefit to attend “job-focused” interviews every three years or risk losing payments. Blair defended the scheme, saying that “if people are severely disabled and cannot work, we will give them every protection; indeed, we will increase it”.

The then Secretary of State for Work and Pensions Alistair Darling added, “The crucial thing is that I believe that these regulations will mean, for the first time, we can make sure that everyone of working age gets the help and support they are entitled to, because our objective is to make sure we get as many people into work as possible.”

However, guidelines sent out to jobcentre staff made it clear that continued payment of benefits could “be considered only as a last resort when a meeting with a personal adviser is inappropriate and would be of no benefit to the customer. Deferrals should be used infrequently and waivers very rarely.”

In the ensuing period the press was full of lurid stories about “benefit cheats” and “Britain’s sick-note culture”. But claiming invalidity benefit was never an easy option for people unable to find work.

As the Royal Association for Disability and Rehabilitation explained, benefit was not paid automatically when a claimant produced a sick note as the media tried to portray. Claimants had to have paid in sufficient National Insurance contributions during the previous two tax years to qualify. Their cases were regularly reviewed by the Benefits Agency Medical Service and an examination by an Agency doctor was often required. The Agency continued to assess as unfit for work eight out of ten cases referred to it and of the rest, over half successfully appealed. The Association concluded, “This shows that far from being claimed by those who are not really sick or disabled, invalidity benefit is often withdrawn incorrectly.”

Nevertheless, the government pressed ahead, publishing its Green Paper, “A new deal for welfare: Empowering people to work” in 2006. It aims to replace Incapacity and other benefits with the Employment Support Allowance and JobSeekers’ Allowance was called “part of the biggest shake-up of the modern welfare state since the Beveridge Report of the 1940s.”

At the end of 2008, then Work and Pensions Secretary James Purnell said the government’s intention was to force virtually every claimant to take steps to get back into work, work for benefit or face sanctions. He declared that the recession “was not an excuse for anyone to avoid getting a job” and quoted a Labour wartime minister, Herbert Morrison, “We have not hands or brains to waste, and no resources to fritter away on those who don’t contribute to our national effort.”

Purnell stated that all 2.7 million Invalidity Benefit / ESA claimants will be tested by 2010 and anyone who can walk more than 400 metres, stand for 30 minutes or climb 12 steps without the aid of a banister would risk losing it.

Claimants now have to show they are “moving towards work”, undertake compulsory Work Focused Interviews and produce Action Plans or risk losing benefit. Only those people with “the most severe disabilities and health conditions” are exempt from “work-focused activity”.

John works as a job training adviser. He spoke to the World Socialist Web Site about the humiliating and degrading treatment handed out to those on incapacity benefits.

At his local job centre the number of unemployed workers has increased six-fold. Group interviews involving up to 15 workers at a time often take place, rather than the one-to-one consultations that used to occur.

Unemployed workers aged 25 or over receive Job Seekers Allowance (JSA) benefits of just over ï¿¡60 a week and those below 25 get an even more miserable ï¿¡48. After six months JSA is stopped and it is means tested so that someone with savings over ï¿¡16,000 will not receive it. Although there is some assistance for housing, the cost of a one-bedroom flat is at least ï¿¡700 a month and the sudden arrival of a ï¿¡140 TV licence or ï¿¡300 water bill makes life impossible. “Some of my clients end up with less than ï¿¡1 a day to spend on food,” Stephenson explained.

Many companies are using the economic crisis to slash wage rates. Semi-skilled jobs such as truck driving that were until recently paid seven, eight or nine pounds an hour are now being advertised at the minimum wage (ï¿¡5.80). Increasingly, firms are employing people on promises of higher pay after six months on the minimum wage only to sack them. One of John’s clients came off JSA benefit and took up an offer to be trained as a car mechanic, only to be sacked after working 40 hours a week for ï¿¡60 for six months.

Because of the lack of real jobs, many unemployed and disabled workers are being referred to private companies for advice on “training opportunities.” John explained, “The government says it is spending billions on training but there is no strategy for long-term jobs. In the meantime private companies are making a fortune.”

“The government has made a big fanfare over training. It says the main aim is to get employers to agree to take on someone after training, but I have never seen a letter or contract resulting from this.

“There are a plethora of companies with lucrative contracts to provide training. They are not worth the paper they are written on,” John continued.

“Many courses are mindless and pointless. At the moment there are loads of fork lift truck training courses being advertised, but no jobs for those who complete them. The nearest one I found being advertised was 40 miles away.

John said that, from his experience, the vast majority of workers on incapacity benefits have genuine health issues resulting from industrial injuries, heart attacks, strokes, mental problems and drug addiction. The last thing they need is more pressure on them at such a vulnerable time in their lives. At the end of most interviews he finds himself saying, “How the hell did you get sent to see me? It’s really heart breaking.”

Paul Mitchell

Obama contemplates Executive Order for detention without charges

1

When Obama first unveiled his “preventive detention” policy, many defenders praised him (and claimed he was different than Bush) because of his vow that — as he put it — “my Administration will work with Congress to develop an appropriate legal regime.” But now, relying exclusively on three Obama officials speaking behind a veil of anonymity, Peter Finn and Dafner Linza of The Washington Post and ProPublica report that the White House is “crafting language for an executive order that would reassert presidential authority to incarcerate terrorism suspects indefinitely.” TPM calls this “the latest installment in the Obama administration’s tendency to mimic the Bushies on war on terror tactics.”  And the article itself points out the obvious:  “Such an order would embrace claims by former president George W. Bush that certain people can be detained without trial for long periods under the laws of war.” Revealingly, the article quotes two Bush national security officials justifying the need for detention without charges.

Anonymous trial balloon articles like this one are difficult to comment on because it’s obviously designed to announce that a certain policy is being considered before it’s actually written, and so none of the key details is known.  Would Obama’s new detention powers apply only to current “War on Terror” prisoners at places like Guantanamo and Bagram, or would they also apply to future, not-yet-abducted detainees as well? Would these powers apply to detainees picked up anywhere in the world, far away from “war zones”?  Would there be any judicial review or other meaningful oversight provisions so that — even in theory — this was something other than the unilateral, unchecked presidential power to detain indefinitely without charges?  None of these important details is known (though the article notes that, under one White House proposal, “ongoing detention would be subject to annual presidential review“; the Emperor, sitting alone, will decree once a year whether they must remain in a cage).

This specific article is even worse than the usual one of its type, since it’s particularly uncritical in passing along administration claims without any skepticism (I addressed each of the “justifications” for Obama’s preventive detention proposal — Obama has to do this because of what Bush did; we can’t get convictions because of Bush’s torture; it’s common in War to do things like this, etc. etc. — here). Worse, the article does not provide any information about the Obama officials whose mission the reporters are dutifully carrying out, so there’s no way to assess their motives. 

Those journalistic practices produce egregious sentences like this:  “‘Civil liberties groups have encouraged the administration, that if a prolonged detention system were to be sought, to do it through executive order’, the official said.” I’d love to know which so-called “civil liberties groups” are pushing the White House for an Executive Order establishing the power of indefinite detention. It’s certainly not the ACLU or Center for Constitutional Rights, both of which issued statements vehemently condemning the proposal (ACLU’s Anthony Romero:  “If President Obama issues an executive order authorizing indefinite detention, he’ll be repeating the same mistakes of George Bush”). 

All of that said, we already know that Obama wants a system of preventive detention without charges — because he said so explicitly in last month’s “civil liberties” speech ironically and cynically delivered in front of the U.S. Constitution at the National Archives. And it’s hard to imagine how he won’t get what he wants: Republicans are eager to grant the President this detention authority (Sens. Tom Coburn and Lindsey Graham have both gushingly praised Obama’s proposal) and, as the Bush era proved, there are always more than enough Congressional Democrats to join with the GOP caucus to enact any new system of expanded detention and surveillance powers. Absent serious public opposition (and one recent poll shows overwhelming opposition), it seems highly likely that Barack Obama will wield the power to imprison people indefinitely without charges of any kind.

* * * * *

There is one point in particular I really want to highlight about all of this:

There has now emerged a very clear — and very disturbing — pattern whereby Obama is willing to use legal mechanisms and recognize the authority of other branches only if he’s assured that he’ll get the outcome he wants.  If he can’t get what he wants from those processes, he’ll just assert Bush-like unilateral powers to bypass those processes and do what he wants anyway. In other words, what distinguishes Obama from the first-term Bush is that Obama is willing to indulge the charade that Congress, the courts and the rule of law have some role to play in political outcomes as long as they give him the power he wants. But where those processes impede Obama’s will, he’ll just bypass them and assert the unilateral power to do what he wants anyway (by contrast, the first-term Bush was unwilling to go to Congress to get expanded powers even where Congress was eager to give them to him; the second-term Bush, like Obama, was willing to allow Congress to endorse his radical proposals:  hence, the Military Commissions Act, the Protect America Act, the FISA Amendments Act, etc.).

That, for instance, is the precise pattern that’s driving his suppression of torture photos.  Two federal courts ordered the President to release the photos under the 40-year-old Freedom of Information Act.  Not wanting to abide by that decision, the White House (using Lindsey Graham and Joe Lieberman) tried to pressure Congress to enact new legislation vesting the administration with the power to override FOIA.  When House progressives blocked that bill, the White House assured Lieberman and Graham that Obama would simply use an Executive Order to decree the photos “classified” (when they are plainly nothing of the sort) and thus block their release anyway. In other words:  

We’ll go to court and work with Congress so we can pretend that we’re not like those bad people in the last administration, but if we don’t get what we want by doing that, we’ll just do it anyway through unilateral Presidential action, using the theories that the last administration so helpfully left behind and which we’ve been aggressively defending in court.

This was also the mentality that shaped Obama’s “civil liberties” speech generally and his “prolonged detention” policy specifically. In that speech, Obama movingly assured us that some of the Guantanamo detainees will be tried in a real court — i.e., only those the DOJ is certain ahead of time they can convict.  For those about whom there’s uncertainty, he’s going to create new military commissions to make it easier to obtain convictions, and then try some of the detainees there — i.e., only those they are certain ahead of time they can convict there. For the rest — meaning those about whom Obama can’t be certain he’ll get the outcome he wants in a judicial proceeding or military commission — he’ll just keep them locked up anyway.  In other words, he’ll indulge the charade that people he wants to keep in a cage are entitled to some process (a real court or military commissions) only where he knows in advance he will get what he wants; where he doesn’t know that, he’ll bypass those pretty processes and assert the unilateral right to keep them imprisoned anyway. 

A government that will give you a trial before imprisoning you only where it knows ahead of time it will win — and, where it doesn’t know that, will just imprison you without a trial — isn’t a government that believes in due process.  It’s one that believes in show trials.

And here again, with this Executive Order proposal, we see this same mentality at play. According to the Post article, one motive behind the Executive Order is that “White House officials are increasingly worried that reaching quick agreement with Congress on a new detention system may be impossible.” In other words:  we’ll be happy to work with Congress as long as they give us what we want; if they don’t, we’ll just do it anyway using unilateral presidential powers.  It’s certainly possible — in fact, I’d say it’s likely — that if Congress passes a preventive detention law, it will be even more Draconian than the one Obama wants.  But a President who recognizes Congressional authority only when he likes the outcome — and ignores it when he doesn’t — isn’t a President who actually recognizes Congressional authority at all.

* * * * *

What ultimately matters here is that we not lose sight of the critical point:  no matter the form it takes, and no matter which route is used to implement it (act of Congress or executive order), indefinite detention without charges is a repugnant and tyrannical power. Democrats and progressives had no trouble understanding that fact during the last eight years, so they should have no trouble understanding it now. As The New York Times columnist (and Obama supporter) Bob Herbert put it this week:  “Policies that were wrong under George W. Bush are no less wrong because Barack Obama is in the White House.”  Herbert also wrote:

Americans should recoil as one against the idea of preventive detention , imprisoning people indefinitely, for years and perhaps for life, without charge and without giving them an opportunity to demonstrate their innocence.

And yet we’ve embraced it, asserting that there are people who are far too dangerous to even think about releasing but who cannot be put on trial because we have no real evidence that they have committed any crime, or because we’ve tortured them and therefore the evidence would not be admissible, or whatever. President Obama is O.K. with this (he calls it “prolonged detention”), but he wants to make sure it is carried out — here comes the oxymoron — fairly and nonabusively.

Proof of guilt? In 21st-century America, there is no longer any need for such annoyances.

Human rights? Ha-ha. That’s a good one.

Just look at the rationale being invoked by Obama officials to justify all of this, from the Post article:

Tawfiq bin Attash, who is accused of involvement in the bombing of the USS Cole in 2000 and who was held at a secret CIA prison, could be among those subject to long-term detention, according to one senior official.

Little information on bin Attash’s case has been made public, but officials who have reviewed his file said the Justice Department has concluded that none of the three witnesses against him can be brought to testify in court. One witness, who was jailed in Yemen, escaped several years ago. A second witness remains incarcerated, but the government of Yemen will not allow him to testify.

Administration officials believe that testimony from the only witness in U.S. custody, Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri, may be inadmissible because he was subjected to harsh interrogation while in CIA custody.

I thought Democrats (and Obama himself) believe that information obtained via “harsh interrogation” is unreliable. Isn’t that supposed to be a core Democratic belief?  If so, why would we want to imprison someone as “dangerous” based on unreliable information obtained using those methods?  If the accusations against someone were drowned or beaten out of another person, shouldn’t we consider those coerced accusations too unreliable to justify keeping the accused in a cage for years with no trial? And if they’re willing to repeat the accusations in court now that they’re not being tortured — and if we have independent, non-coerced evidence to prove the accusations — why would past abuse bar the use of their testimony (as Marcy Wheeler suggests, the real reason why we’d want to prevent witnesses who were tortured from testifying in a court seems to be “because we’re covering up our own torture”)?

More important, look at the mentality being expressed — and about to be implemented — here:  there may be instances where we cannot get convictions because of witness unavailability or other logistical problems, so we’ll just imprison them anyway.  Does it really require any effort to demonstrate how dangerous that mentality is — that the President will have the power to order people imprisoned wherever there are some logistical barriers to obtaining convictions? If there’s one principle that can be described as fundamental to the American founding, it’s that the state — and certainly the President — do not have the power to order people imprisoned without charges. Thomas Jefferson said that trials by jury is “the only anchor ever yet imagined by man, by which a government can be held to the principles of its constitution.”  Why is this painfully obvious proposition still necessary to defend after the November election?

UPDATE: I posted this before, but Rachel Maddow’s 7-minute commentary on Obama’s preventive detention proposal was really superb and well worth watching:

 

On a related note: as I’ve written many times, the area in which Obama is replicating Bush abuses most egregiously is his embrace of Bush’s secrecy obsessions. Jon Stewart last night had much to say on that topic. That Obama is adopting approaches similar to Bush’s in these areas is a view that is obviously spreading — even among Obama supporters — and is becoming increasingly difficult to deny.

 

UPDATE II:  Digby, today:

The irony, of course, is that the man who ran on transparency is actually turning out to be less transparent than the president he excoriated on the campaign trail for his secrecy. Bush and Cheney were pretty upfront about the fact that they believed they had the constitutional right to act in any way they saw fit, regardless of the accepted understanding of the constitution or congressional and judicial prerogatives. Bush declared “I’m the decider” and he meant it. This administration obviously believes it has that right as well — it just pretends otherwise.

I suspect they understand that keeping the folks from losing that freedom loving, patriotic illusion of American exceptionalism is an important part of exercising American political power. And they’re probably right. Bush and Cheney’s biggest mistakes were in being honest about something nobody wants to know.

Relatedly, Booman — a very enthusiastic Obama supporter — documents multiple reasons to be suspicious of the claim that the DOJ cannot prosecute Tawfiq bin Attash (the example Obama officials cited in the Post article).  That’s why excessive secrecy is the linchpin of abuse of power — it allows government officials to make dubious and misleading claims without any ability to verify them, all while they operate in the dark.

Glenn Greenwald

Elite Iraqi troops in forefront after US pullback

0

As Iraqi security services prepare to take back their towns from the Americans on Tuesday, the sharpest arrow in their quiver is an elite, American-trained force with a reputation that leads many Iraqis to call it “the dirty brigade.”

Its real name is the Counter Terrorism Bureau, and its commander insists it’s professional, nonsectarian and not dirty at all.

Violence is already rising and will likely continue after the handover as different factions test the government’s ability to manage without American backup. But Kalib Shegati al-Kenani, the Iraqi Army general who heads the bureau, is confident his force can cope and that his country will not slide into renewed sectarian warfare.

The elite units, armed with high-tech U.S.-made equipment, often pair up with American special forces to go after Iraq’s most wanted foes – both al-Qaida extremists and Shiite militants.

They are thought to have been the main force that assisted the Americans during an offensive in Baghdad’s Sadr City quarter last year to rout Shiite militias, and on operations targeting Sunni insurgents.

Formed soon after the 2003 U.S.-led invasion, the force became known as the “Dirty Brigade” because it was secretive and until recently operated outside the Iraqi chain of command, reporting directly to its U.S. handlers.

It was so little known that it even was rumored to be used against the Shiite-dominated government’s opponents in the political mainstream_ a charge denied by the Iraqis and the Americans.

Originally numbering about 4,500 members, it is reported to have doubled in size and now reports directly to Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki.

“We are professional and not sectarian forces, and we bring together people from all sections of the population. Each member of the bureau signs a document vowing not to speak about sectarianism, partisan affairs and nationalities. Their commitment is only to Iraq,” al-Kenani told The Associated Press in an interview this week.

Al-Kenani, a 59-year-old veteran of the eight-year Iran-Iraq War and the first Gulf War, is a Shiite, his deputy is a Sunni and one of his top generals is a Kurd.

The force has sought to reinforce its nonpartisan makeup by refusing to accept recruits who previously served in sectarian militias. Also, says Maj. Gen. Abdul-Wahab al-Saedi, a senior commander, it “does not allow any minister or government official to enter its headquarters to prevent any interference in investigations and security operations.”

Its ranks are made up of Shiites, Sunnis and Kurds, al-Saedi said, but it does not publish breakdowns.

A statement in Arabic posted on the U.S. military’s Web site acknowledged the public’s “misconceptions about this very viable and important unit.”

It picks its targets on the basis of rigorous checks, the statement said. “In short,” it added, “the CTB’s mission is targeting terrorists, not the Iraqi public or political foes.”

Al-Kenani said the bureau has a good intelligence-gathering machine and “cooperation with all ministries.”

The Americans are already leaving the towns and cities, and once they are gone full responsibility will fall to the Iraqi police and military, which numbered 654,362 members at last count.

Although some troops will remain as trainers and advisers, the remaining 133,000 U.S. military personnel will be confined to base unless called in by the Iraqis. A full withdrawal is envisioned by the end of 2011.

The Iraqi government has declared Tuesday a public holiday.

“June 30 is considered an Iraqi victory day,” al-Kenani said, “and we will all celebrate the withdrawal of American forces.”

Explosions around the country have claimed more than 160 lives since June 20, when a truck bomb in the northern city of Kirkuk killed 82. A bombing in Baghdad’s Shiite district of Sadr City killed at least 61 people on Wednesday.

But al-Kenani said the days of mass violence and near-civil war were over. “Whoever carries out explosions and security breaches after the withdrawal of forces will have no excuse,” he said.

“They were repeatedly bragging about fighting the occupation; now the occupation is out.”

Associated Press Writer Patrick Quinn contributed to this story from Baghdad.

Pilger: A world of fragility and fear

0

TS Eliot wrote that the point of any journey was to find out where you came from. As I bore my bulging canvas bag to the wharf at Circular Quay, not far from where my Irish great-great-grandparents had landed in leg irons, I hoped the point of my journey would become clearer once my ship had sailed.

The Bretagne was my ship. It was white with blue stripes along the side and had a graceful bow, having been built in Saint-Nazaire as a modest version of the mighty Normandie. Alas, long veins of rust showed, and the crew looked morose. A Greek company now owned it, and the previous day had decanted 600 Greek brides.

The brides had been married “by proxy” in Greece to men in Australia whom they had never met. It worked this way.

Young Greek and Italian men emigrated to Australia in the post-war years to work in the outback or at night in factories.

When the authorities realised an entire gender was missing, they encouraged young women in Greece to write to their bereft male compatriots on the other side of the world. This often resulted in a wedding with the groom present only in a photograph pinned to the wedding cake. When a bride ship docked, anxious men and women would hold up photographs to identify the wife or husband they had never laid eyes on.

Unfortunately, some hearts would change during the month-long voyage, producing a certain anarchy on arrival.

My generation filled these ships on the return voyage to Europe, squeezing into six-berth cabins below the Plimsoll line in order to reach that mystical place called OT – “over there.”

On the wharf that May day, aged 22, I told my mother I would be back in a year or two.

“You won’t be back,” she said.

With departure delayed 12 hours because Captain Nick was missing, we sang our umpteenth Auld Lang Syne, and the beer and tears ran dry. Finally we steamed out into the Pacific. I thought I could see my father’s silhouette on the headland, someone flashed their headlights.

I have read about fellow expatriates who insist that, from a tender age, they longed for cultural betterment elsewhere. Clive James comes to mind.

As the bride ship slid into its first trough of green ocean and salt spray cascaded over those of us still looking back, I was smitten with what I thought was seasickness but was really homesickness – rather like some tropical maladies, it recurs all your life and there is no cure.

Having made it to Singapore, Captain Nick missed, perhaps literally, the next port (Colombo) for reasons unexplained.

As we crossed the Indian Ocean, with fresh water rationed for reasons unexplained, the horizon became a see-sawing line etched in my vision.

The tiny, always empty dance floor remained at an angle and the Italian band were to be found at the rails, lime-green of pallor.

Affordable alcohol ran dry for reasons unexplained, with the exception of sweet vermouth.

Entertainment was provided by a fight between a Greek officer, known as Matinee Idol, and a New Zealander who had thrown him into the ship’s minuscule pool when we crossed the equator.

I interviewed a sheepshearer who was going home to Greece. When the interview was published, the headline asked: “Is this the shortest shearer in Australia?”

Then, one morning, there were red cliffs and, beyond, the Suez Canal.

At Aden, I paid £12 for a Hermes Baby typewriter, which accompanied me to places of upheaval for 30 years, minus only the letter M.

When we landed at Genoa, I fell to the ground. Two years later, the bride ship blew up without loss of life, for reasons unexplained.

The journey taught me how immense the world is, and I remain in awe at the sheer magic of a flight that covers the same 13,000 miles in a day and a night.

That said, when the pilot flying a cargo of rifles, ammunition, stockfish and me into the Biafran war at night bellowed, as we approached the ghostly outline of a dirt road littered with the wreckage of aircraft: “Turn the fucking lights on so I know where to put this thing!” I was also in awe at my own fragility and fear.

Mind you, the art deco piano bar flying across the United States was no less surreal. You can take a shower on the new Airbus A380 after your massage. The magic has become routine, as if the epic scale of things no longer applies.

That is not quite true, and the trigger for these reflections is a poignant story of a journey that was on the front pages recently, but briefly, having now succumbed to Gordon Brown’s perennial crisis and the venality of his associates.

Yet it lingers on.

A backpack and a vaccination card were found and a laptop, and there was a photograph on the web of a container holding the few bodies found floating where Flight AF447 went down on June 1.

I have flown by Air France from Paris to Rio, the fatal route in reverse, and I remember the place where the trade winds collide and the ocean is sucked into the sky and becomes a vortex of a kind. My aircraft then – a Boeing 707 – rose and fell, rose and fell. The fake starlight window in the ceiling provided reassurance.

The news of Flight AF447 is now all but forgotten. I read a dignified statement by Jane and Robin Bjoroy, the parents of Alexander, aged 11, who had visited them during his half-term holiday and was on his way back to school in Bristol on AF447.

They said their son’s death was tragic. It certainly was that, and perhaps a reminder of the epic scale of things.

This article appeared in the New Statesman.

AHMADINEJAD WON INDEED AND THE REAL SOURCE OF INTERFERENCE IN IRAN’S ELECTION IS LIKELY THE UNITED STATES

0

June 27, 2009

AHMADINEJAD WON INDEED AND THE REAL SOURCE OF INTERFERENCE IN IRAN’S ELECTION IS LIKELY THE UNITED STATES

John Chuckman

A recent article called “Ahmadinejad Won, Get Over It” by Flynt and Hillary Leverett is not the only source with serious credentials offering reasonable, non-sensational explanations for events around Iran’s presidential election.

Kaveh Afrasiabi, a scholar who once taught at Tehran University and is the author of several books, says many of the same things.

Close analysis of the election results gives absolutely no objective basis for making charges of a rigged election. Mousavi’s expected win — expected, that is, by the Western press and by Mousavi himself – never had any basis in fact.

Afrasiabi also tells us that Ahmadinejad is extremely popular with the poor in Iran, a very large constituency, and he tells us further that Ahmadinejad spent a great deal of time traveling through the country during his first term listening to them. Ahmadinejad is himself a man of fairly humble origins with a good deal of genuine sympathy for the poor.

Of course, the public in the West has been treated to a barrage of propaganda about Ahmadinejad, conditioned by countless disingenuous stories and editorials to regard him as the essence of evil, ready to stir up trouble at a moment’s notice. These perceptions, too, have no basis in fact.

Ahmadinejad is a highly educated man, ready and willing to communicate with leaders in the West, although given to poking fun at some of the shibboleths we hold to. His office as president is not a powerful one in an Iran where power is divided amongst several groups, just as it is in the United States. He has no war-making power.

Even his infamous statement about Israel — mistranslated consistently to make it sound terrible — was nothing more than the same kind of statement made by the CIA in its secret study predicting the peaceful end of today’s Israel in twenty years or the statement by Libya’s leader, Gaddafi, saying Israel would be drowned in a sea of Arabs. Unpleasant undoubtedly for some, the statement was neither criminal nor threatening when properly understood.

The post-election troubles in Iran definitely reflect the interference of security services from at least the United States and Britain. We have several serious pieces of evidence.

First, Iran discovered and arrested just recently a group with sophisticated bomb equipment from Britain. They were caught red-handed, although our press has chosen to be pretty much silent on the matter. Of course, we all recall the arrest of a group of fifteen British sailors a couple of years ago, an event treated in our press as the snatching of innocents on the high seas when in fact they were on a secret mission in disputed waters claimed by Iran.

Robert Fisk recently wrote an excellent piece about photocopies of what purported to be a confidential official government report to the head of state, Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei, regarding the election results. It attributed a ridiculously small share of the vote to Ahmadinejad and was somehow being waved by Mousavi’s followers all over the streets. It seems clearly invented as a provocation, much in the fashion of the famous “yellow cake” document before America’s invasion of Iraq.

We know that Bush committed several hundred million dollars towards a program creating instability in Iran and that Obama has never renounced the operation.

Iran, surrounded by threatening enemies and the daily recipient of dire threats from Israel and the United States, has absolutely no history of aggression: it has started no conflicts in its entire modern era, but naturally enough it becomes concerned about its security when threatened by nuclear-armed states.

Such threats from the United States are not regarded idly by anyone, coming as they do, from a nation occupying two nations of Western and Central Asia, a nation whose invasions have caused upwards of a million deaths and sent at least two million into exile as refugees.

It is a nation moreover that definitely threatened, behind the scenes, to use nuclear weapons against Afghanistan immediately after 9/11, helping end that threat being one of the main reasons for Britain’s joining the pointless invasion in the first place.

In assessing the genuine threats in the world, please remember what we all too often forget: the United States is the only nation ever actually to use nuclear weapons, twice, on civilians. It also came close to using them again in the early 1950s hysteria over communism — twice, once against China and once in a pre-emptive strike at the Soviet Union – and again later considered using them in Vietnam.

As for the other regular source of threats against, Israel, it is a nation which has attacked every neighbor that it has at one time or another. In the last two years alone, it has killed more people in Lebanon and Gaza than the number who perished in 9/11. It is also a secret nuclear power, having broken every rule and international law to obtain and assist in proliferating nuclear weapons.

Of course, there are many middle class people in Iran who would like a change of government. Such yearnings are no secret and exist everywhere in the world where liberal government is missing, including millions of Americans under years of George Bush and his motivating demon, Dick Cheney.

But saying that is not the same thing as saying that a majority of Iran’s people want a change in government or that the election was a fraud.

And remember, too, Iran had a democratic government more than half a century ago, that of Mohammed Mosaddeq, but it was overthrown in 1953 and the bloody Shah installed in its place by the very same governments now meddling in Iran, the United States and Britain.

Michael Jackson Dead

5

Pop star Michael Jackson was pronounced dead by doctors this afternoon after arriving at a hospital in LA.

Jackson was reported to be in a coma with family members at his bedside.

Jackson was rushed to a hospital this afternoon by Los Angeles Fire Department paramedics.

Capt. Steve Ruda said paramedics responded to a call at Jackson’s home around 12:26 p.m. He was not breathing when they arrived. The parademics performed CPR and took him to UCLA Medical Center.

The kinder, gentler occupation?

0

Phil Aliff, a member of Iraq Veterans Against the War, analyzes new U.S. rules of engagement governing air power in Afghanistan.

DESPITE THE Obama administration’s attempts to put a new face on U.S. involvement in Afghanistan and Pakistan, the once-forgotten “good war” now captures headlines daily as NATO forces face increased fighting and further instability in a region that has been torn apart by decades of warfare.

A U.S. military spokesman announced June 22 that the top commander of U.S. forces in Afghanistan has issued a new order aimed at reducing civilian casualties by placing tighter limits on the use of air strikes. The U.S. military hopes this will improve relations with Afghan civilians as it prepares to take back territory controlled by the Taliban in Afghanistan’s Eastern and Southern provinces.

Meanwhile, 20,000 U.S. troops are beginning to arrive in Afghanistan as part of the escalation of forces that Barack Obama identified as crucial to the war effort. The problem is that more than 80 percent of Afghans oppose an increase in U.S. troops, according to a February opinion poll conducted by ABC News, the BBC and ARD German TV.

Another expression of the renewed push against the U.S. and NATO is the steadily mounting tally of attacks. In the first week of June, there were 400 attacks on NATO forces in Afghanistan, the highest number since 2001.

This is the context in which Army Gen. Stanley McChrystal released a new “tactical directive” ordering U.S. forces to refrain from firing on structures in civilian areas that are used as cover by insurgents. The only exception to this rule will be if soldiers on the ground are under imminent threat of being overrun by the Taliban.

This change in doctrine comes only days after the U.S. military admitted responsibility for a May 4 air strike in Farah province that may have killed up to 140 civilians, according to Afghan officials.

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

IN THE last couple years, the U.S. military has relied increasingly on overwhelming air power in order to keep U.S. ground forces out of harm’s way, but they have paid a heavy political price. Today, only 32 percent of Afghans think the U.S. has performed well in Afghanistan, less than half the figure of 68 percent who thought that in 2005. Ratings for NATO have undergone a similar decline. A mere 37 percent of Afghans say that most people in their region support Western forces–a 30-point decline since 2006.

It seems all but certain that the Obama administration’s increase of troop levels in Afghanistan and Pakistan will exacerbate both the level of violence toward NATO forces and the killing of Afghan civilians.

That’s because despite the rhetoric about a more conscientious policy of when and where to carry out air strikes, the U.S. has few alternatives it can pursue after years of lengthy and repeated deployments to Iraq and Afghanistan have depleted the readiness and field worthiness of U.S. ground troops.

Even though job losses and growing unemployment have made it far easier for military recruiters to make their quotas, the military still does not have enough battle-ready forces to sweep all of the Taliban-controlled territories in Afghanistan.

As Anand Gopal, the Christian Science Monitor correspondent for Afghanistan, pointed out in a recent interview with SocialistWorker.org, the U.S. military is focused on securing major cities and highways instead of the countryside, which is overwhelmingly controlled by the Taliban.

Unlike Iraq, where the fighting has historically revolved around urban centers, the territory controlled by Taliban forces is rugged and mountainous, with small rural villages used as command-and-control points by the insurgency.

Because of the “bend until it’s broken” nature of U.S. troop deployments during the “global war on terror,” the U.S. would likely have to rely on a military draft to put enough boots on the ground, but the reinstitution of military conscription, which hasn’t been used since the Vietnam War, would further inflame antiwar sentiment in the U.S.

To make up the troop shortfall, the U.S. military is transferring “intelligence vehicles” from Iraq to Afghanistan in order to provide support in the areas where military units are operating.

In mid-June, CENTCOM commander Gen. David Petraeus told the Center for a New American Security, a think tank with close ties to the military, that he would be shifting Predator drones armed with Hellfire missiles and other unmanned intelligence vehicles into the Afghanistan-Pakistan theater.

Predator drones have been used increasingly in Afghanistan and have been largely responsible for the attacks on the Northwest tribal areas of Pakistan that killed 687 Pakistani civilians, while only killing 14 confirmed al-Qaeda operatives.

The details surrounding the CIA’s use of drones in the Pakistani tribal regions are considered highly secret, and it appears that the managers of the program have withheld even the most basic information from other government agencies in an attempt to cover up the high rates of civilian casualties.

According to testimony in a Taliban video from a 19-year-old in North Waziristan, the young man was paid by the CIA to drop electronic targeting chips on farmhouses believed to be Taliban or al-Qaeda strongholds.

“I was given $122 to drop chips wrapped in a cigarette paper at al-Qaeda and Taliban houses,” he says in the video. “If I was successful, I was told I would be given thousands of dollars…I thought this was a very easy job. The money was so good that I started throwing the chips all over. I knew people were dying because of what I was doing, but I needed the money.”

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

ANOTHER TACTIC the U.S. military in Afghanistan may be using in an effort to reduce civilian casualties is deploying a policy of “media warfare” against the Taliban. There are indications that McChrystal may be seeking to shift blame to Taliban fighters over civilian casualties through propaganda in the media.

“We’ve got to be careful about who controls the narrative on civilian casualties,” Gen. David Barno told reporters at a NATO conference in Brussels on June 12. Barno, the commander of U.S. forces in Afghanistan from 2003 to 2005, went on to say that commanders on the ground “see the enemy seeking to take air strikes off the table” by overestimating the real number of civilian casualties from U.S. attacks.

In truth, the U.S. military has already tried the tactic of “media warfare,” for example when it attempted to shift blame to the Taliban for the bombing in Farah. Before the U.S. military admitted responsibility, it was reported that the Taliban used grenades to kill Afghans in order to make it appear as though U.S. air strikes had killed them. This campaign of misinformation contradicted detailed evidence put forward by civilians on the ground as well as reports by International Red Cross aid workers.

All of this explains why Afghan civilians, whose lives are worse now than when the Taliban government was overthrown in 2001, are turning against the NATO occupation at a quickening pace. NATO forces are concentrating more on offensive thrusts into Taliban territory than developing infrastructure, and Pashtuns in the east and south are either fleeing to the Taliban in order to resist occupation or are becoming displaced due to the fighting.

Together, these factors have combined to produce one of the worst humanitarian crises in the world. In 2008, the life expectancy was 43 years, and the mortality rate of children under five years old is roughly 240 per 1,000 children, but these issues cannot begin to be addressed because of the bloodshed caused both directly by the U.S./NATO occupation and indirectly by the disruption of rebuilding and development projects.

While it’s not easy to come up with effective short-term solutions to the humanitarian crisis facing Afghans, it is certain that the further entrenchment of the U.S. occupation of Afghanistan will only lead to higher casualties rates for U.S. troops, as well as civilians in the region.

Record bonuses at bailed-out US banks

3

Executives at Goldman Sachs were told last week that they could expect to receive their highest ever bonuses this year, according to an article published Sunday in London’s Observer newspaper. The first half of this year has seen a spectacular rebound for Goldman, and the company’s London staff were told they would receive corresponding end-of-year bonuses if, as expected, the bank sets a new profit record.

These bonuses will be paid for by the American people. Besides receiving over $10 billion in cash from the US government last year, Goldman Sachs was the largest beneficiary of the government bailout of American International Group (AIG), receiving $12.9 billion to cover funds owed to it by the failed insurance giant.

Goldman Sachs is by no means alone. The Financial Times reported Monday that other banks, including Merrill Lynch, UBS and Citigroup, have sharply increased compensation for top traders. The article noted that the typical salary for managing directors has jumped from $250,000 to $400,000 in just the past few months. This does not count bonuses.

The New York Times reported Wednesday that Citigroup, which has received $45 billion in government cash and guarantees on over $300 billion of its assets, is increasing base salaries by up to 50 percent and plans to award millions of new stock options. The Times said that Bank of America, another beneficiary of multiple taxpayer handouts, and Morgan Stanley were also raising salaries.

There is an element of provocation in the brazen manner in which the Wall Street elite, whose manic pursuit of personal wealth played a major role in precipitating the deepest economic crisis since the Great Depression, uses taxpayer subsidies to further enrich itself. Like the aristocracies of old, the American financial oligarchy insists on flaunting its power and prerogatives. Mere mortals must “tighten their belts” and accept layoffs and wage cuts, but the “free market” entitles the bankers to use the crisis to make themselves richer than ever.

Nothing could more clearly expose the reality of class relations in America, as well as the role of the Obama administration. Obama has systematically worked to defend the wealth of the financial aristocracy. He has opened up the Treasury to pay off the gambling debts of Wall Street, dollar for dollar.

Last month, Goldman announced that it will pay half of its $1.2 billion first-quarter profit to its staff, mostly in the form of bonuses. In 2008, amid the economic meltdown, the firm paid nearly a thousand top bankers over $1 million each in compensation. Stockholders have also done very well. Warren Buffet, who invested $5 billion in Goldman Sachs six months ago, has already reaped $1 billion in profits.

Goldman repaid its $10 billion TARP (Troubled Asset Relief Program) cash to the US government last week, along with several other large banks. All of the banks, however, continue to benefit from trillions of dollars in government aid in one form or another. Having paid back the TARP loans, the banks are now exempt from the token restrictions on compensation and speculative practices that came with the government handouts.

Goldman and other mega-banks are getting a further boost from the government’s policy of encouraging a further consolidation of the banking industry. The disappearance of independent firms such as Bear Stearns, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers, Washington Mutual and other banks has given Goldman, JPMorgan Chase, Morgan Stanley, Bank of America and Citigroup a bigger share of the market than ever.

The strongest of these, such as Goldman and JPMorgan, are making a fortune in the bond markets from the massive increase in government borrowing, most of which is due to the government rescue of Wall Street. The banks are charging lucrative fees on government handouts to themselves.

David Williams, an investment banking analyst at Fox Pitt Kelton, told the Observer, “This year is shaping up to be the best year ever for investment banks, or at least those that have emerged relatively unscathed from the credit crisis…. These banks are intermediaries in the bond markets where governments and companies are raising billions of pounds of new money. There is also a lack of competition that means they can charge huge sums for doing business.”

Record bank bonuses are the inevitable and desired outcome of Obama’s policy. The administration has repeatedly rejected caps on executive pay and has done everything in its power to ensure that the major banks are made “whole.” Coming one week after Obama unveiled his new bank regulation plan, the promise of bigger-than-ever bonuses reveals the reality behind the administration’s rhetoric: nothing will be done to rein in the financial elite.

Of all the banking giants, Goldman Sachs is perhaps the most closely tied to the White House and federal regulators. The list of former Goldman Sachs employees holding top positions in the Obama administration includes:

– Mark Patterson, a former Goldman Sachs lobbyist, who is the chief of staff to Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner (himself the former president of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York).

– Reuben Jeffery III, former managing partner at Goldman Sachs, who holds the post of undersecretary of state for economic, business, and agricultural affairs.

– Neel Kashkari, former Goldman Sachs vice president, who is the assistant secretary of the treasury for financial stability, responsible for administering the TARP funds.

– Dianna Farrell, former financial analyst at Goldman Sachs, who serves as deputy director of the National Economic Council.

Henry Paulson, the Bush administration’s treasury secretary, who authored the TARP program and oversaw the AIG bailout, was the CEO of Goldman before taking the Treasury post. Between Paulson and Robert Rubin, who served under Clinton, the office of treasury secretary has been occupied by a former Goldman Sachs executive more than half the time since 1995.

The record bonuses come at a time when conditions of life for ordinary people are worse than at any time since the Great Depression. The official unemployment rate hit 9.4 percent last month, and the real unemployment rate–including those involuntarily working part-time and those who have given up looking for a job–is 16.4 percent. The number of mass layoffs in May was the highest on record.

Those who remain employed have seen their wages fall precipitously. One survey of company executives found that half planned to cut or freeze workers’ pay. USA Today reported June 12 that pay cuts, reduced hours, furloughs and involuntary part-time work have driven the working class back to conditions not seen since the 1930s.

These two policies are linked: The money gained by impoverishing the working class helps swell the fortunes of the Wall Street bankers.

There can be no solution to the social crisis confronting millions of people in the US and internationally that does not begin with the transformation of the banking giants into democratically-controlled public utilities. The massive resources controlled by the financial oligarchy for individual gain must be recovered and directed toward the satisfaction of social needs.

This program can be carried out only through a complete political break with the Democratic and Republican parties and the development of an independent, socialist movement of the working class.

Andre Damon

Dozens of Civilians Killed as US Attacks Funeral

0

Sources involved in the rescue operation following yesterday’s US attack on a South Waziristan funeral procession reported that at least 35 civilians were among the slain, and that no prominent militant commanders were killed in the strike.

The drone strike, which according to current counts killed at least 80 people, is by far the single deadliest US attack on Pakistani soil since the practice began last year. Pakistani officials expressed muted discontent over the strike.

The reported target of the attack was Tehreek-e Taliban Pakistan (TTP) leader Baitullah Mehsud. Mehsud, who is the target of a massive Pakistani military offensive, had reportedly left the funeral before the attack. TTP spokesmen claim that only five of those slain at the funeral were their members.

Mehsud has claimed credit for several high profile terrorist attacks inside Pakistan, and has threatened to launch attacks against the United States if the drone strikes do not halt. The US State Department put a $5 million bounty on Mehsud in March, though the powerful militant appears to have continued to operate with impunity since then.

Antiwar

Britain’s child poverty disgrace

0

Official figures published today show that a quarter of children in London are from jobless households, adding fuel to criticism of the government’s attempts to end child poverty.

The Office of National Statistics (ONS) stated that, while the national average for children living in households where nobody works is 15 per cent, this was seen to markedly rise to 23 per cent in London and, to a lesser degree, in north-east and north-west England, West Midlands and Wales, which averaged 18 per cent.

Commenting on the findings, a spokesman for the ONS said: “Although there are differences between regions, the data suggests that the most significant influence on children’s experiences growing up is likely to be income deprivation.

“Growing up in a low-income family in one region will probably be more like growing up in one in similar circumstances in another region than in a more affluent family in the same region.”

Tim Nichols of the Child Poverty Action Group called for better flexible working rights for parents and for London employers to pay a “fair living wage” as steps towards keeping parents in decent-paid jobs.

“Londoners face harder challenges accessing jobs than in most parts of Britain, especially if they are parents. There is a higher concentration of lone parents in central London because it is often only couples who can afford to buy a home in the suburbs.

“Child care, living costs and housing costs are all higher, which means Londoners find it harder to be better off in work. We need far more employers paying a fair living wage for London.”

Mr Nichols added: “We need to look at why so many parents who start in work find it impossible to stay in their job. Parents need more understanding from employers, especially when there are problems with a childcare place, or a child is sick and off school.

“Too many parents lose their job when these problems lead to a clash between working and looking after their child. Until we get on top of these problems, child poverty in the capital will remain high.”

But the Department of Work and Pensions defended its record on the issue of child poverty.

A spokeswoman said: “We’ve just introduced the Child Poverty Bill that will ensure that our commitment to end child poverty by 2020 is no longer just a policy commitment but a legal duty for this government and future governments.

“The Bill will place a duty on responsible local authorities and relevant partners to co-operate to reduce child poverty in their area and mitigate the effects of poverty on children.

“We have lifted 500,000 children out of poverty since 1997 and investments made since the 2007 Budget are expected to lift a further 500,000 children out of poverty.”

But Left Economics Advisory Panel co-ordinator Andrew Fisher said that much more needed to be done.

“New Labour has failed to tackle child poverty because it has refused to address inequality and the distribution of wealth,” he said.

“Child poverty has risen over the last three years and is still higher than it was in the mid-1980s. Today, 3.9 million children remain in poverty.”

Paddy McGuffin

Eavesdropping on Printers

First, we develop a novel feature design that borrows from commonly used techniques for feature extraction in speech recognition and music processing. These techniques are geared towards the human ear, which is limited to approx. 20 kHz and whose sensitivity is logarithmic in the frequency; for printers, our experiments show that most interesting features occur above 20 kHz, and a logarithmic scale cannot be assumed. Our feature design reflects these observations by employing a sub-band decomposition that places emphasis on the high frequencies, and spreading filter frequencies linearly over the frequency range. We further add suitable smoothing to make the recognition robust against measurement variations and environmental noise.Second, we deal with the decay time and the induced blurring by resorting to a word-based approach instead of decoding individual letters. A word-based approach requires additional upfront effort such as an extended training phase as the dictionary grows larger, and it does not permit us to increase recognition rates by using, e.g., spell-checking. Recognition of words based on training the sound of individual letters (or pairs/triples of letters), however, is infeasible because the sound emitted by printers blurs so strongly over adjacent letters.

Third, we employ speech recognition techniques to increase the recognition rate: we use Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) that rely on the statistical frequency of sequences of words in text in order to rule out incorrect word combinations. The presence of strong blurring, however, requires to use at least 3-grams on the words of the dictionary to be effective, causing existing implementations for this task to fail because of memory exhaustion. To tame memory consumption, we implemented a delayed computation of the transition matrix that underlies HMMs, and in each step of the search procedure, we adaptively removed the words with only weakly matching features from the search space.

We built a prototypical implementation that can bootstrap the recognition routine from a database of featured words that have been trained using supervised learning. Afterwards, the prototype automatically recognizes text with recognition rates of up to 72 %.

 

Researchers have done lots of work on eavesdropping on remote devices. (One example.) And we know the various intelligence organizations of the world have been doing this sort of thing for decades.

Interesting research.

700 doctors demand the removal of WMA president for involvement in torture

0

700 doctors from 43 countries sent a letter of protest to the Word Medical Association (WMA), which is considered the WMA’s governing body, demanding the removal of the newly appointed president, an Israeli doctor, for ignoring the participation of medical staff in the torture of Palestinian prisoners, the Guardian reported.

The Israeli doctor, Yoram Blachar, has been the head of the Israeli Medical Association since 1995, and became the head of the WMA of November of last year. 

The physicians, who signed the protest letter, are senior professors and physicians from England, Europe and the United States. 

They stated that Blachar had failed to respond to charges that a number of Israeli doctors are involved in the torture of Palestinian detainees during interrogation in Israeli prisons.   

In 1996, the Amnesty International reported that doctors, working with the Israeli security services, are taking part in torturing Palestinian detainees, mistreating and humiliating them in a manner that violates medical ethics. 

Pediatrician Alan Meyers, from Boston University School of Medicine, in the United States, said that the presidency of Blachar to the WMA mocks the principles of the association which was founded in 1947.

A 1975 declaration in Japan states all Physicians in all situations should not participate of help in torture or any form of cruel, inhuman or degrading procedures, including in armed conflicts and civil unrest. 

In its annual meeting two years ago, the institution decided that all doctors are obliged to document cases of torture they are aware of, and that the lack of documenting such cases would be considered tolerance to torture, and lack of assistance to the victims. 

 The Guardian said that Blachar sent an email to it promising to respond to the allegations, and described the news as baseless imaginary allegations. 

 In 1997, Blachar sent a letter to the Lancet medical Journal defending the participation of physicians in torturing Palestinian detainees in Israeli prisons. 

 In his letter, Blachar claimed that ‘moderate physical pressure’, similar to the torture sanctioned by the Bush Administration against Guantanamo Bay prisoners, and other CIA black sites in several countries, ‘does not violate the international law’. 

This so-called ‘moderate’ torture used by the CIA includes beating the detainees, depriving them from sleeping, isolating them, subjecting them to extreme hot and cold, humiliating them in addition to various illegal methods.

 Meyers, who is also Jewish and well known for his stances for human rights in Israel since many years, stated that physicians who are involved in torture should not be allowed to practice medicine, and should be held accountable for their participation in torture.

In June 26 of 2008, the Israeli Physicians For Human Rights published a report accusing Israeli doctors of ignoring the human rights of the Palestinian detainees.

 It is worth mentioning that dozens of Palestinian detainees died due to torture, dozens more died due to medical negligence, while hundreds of detainees are currently in urgent need for medical care, including cancer patients, and detainees who suffer chronic illnesses and disabilities, but are not receiving the needed medical treatment.

Saed Bannoura – IMEMC

Challenge to BNP’s whites-only rule

0

The Equality and Human Rights Commission has challenged the fascist British National Party to address its membership criteria, on the basis that they contravene the Race Relations Act.

The commission, which is headed by Trevor Phillips, believes that the constitution and membership policy of the BNP discriminate on the grounds of race and colour – which stands in direct contradiction to the Act.

The BNP could face a legal injunction if the allegations are proven true.

The party’s membership criteria appear to restrict membership to those within what the BNP regards as particular “ethnic groups” and those whose skin colour is white, according to the commission.

Among the other concerns raised by the commission was the belief that elected representatives of the BNP would not provide equal service to all their constituents on the basis of race or colour, contravening the local authority model code of conduct.

The commission’s legal director John Wadham said: “The commission’s statutory role includes a duty to investigate possible breaches of discrimination law and take action where appropriate.

“The legal advice we have received indicates that the British National Party’s constitution and membership criteria, employment practices and provision of services to constituents and the public may breach discrimination laws which all political parties are legally obliged to uphold.

“We await a response from the BNP to our letter before deciding what further action we may take. Litigation or enforcement action can be avoided by the BNP giving a satisfactory response to our letter,” he added.

The commission has a statutory remit and regularly monitors political parties to assess whether their activities breach equality law or incite racial hatred.

BNP leader Nick Griffin, who was elected MEP for the North West on June 4, defended the party’s rules as “entirely legal” under sections 25 and 26 of the Race Relations Act.

He claimed that the clauses meant “ethnic groups who need special protection such as the English in their own country, who are now second-class citizens” were “entitled to discriminate on that basis and not on the grounds of colour.”

The BNP in its constitution asserts that it represents those of “collective national, environmental, political, racial, folkish, social, cultural, religious and economic interests of the indigenous Anglo-Saxon, Celtic and Norse folk communities of Britain.”

 John Millington

How FBI sought to block Deep Throat the movie

0

One was a top FBI investigator, a legend of the Watergate affair. The other was a porn movie that came to be seen as a defining moment in America’s cultural and sexual revolution. Now it has emerged that Deep Throat the Fed may have come across Deep Throat the movie during his time with the FBI. According to FBI files released following a freedom of information request by the Associated Press, the bureau worked furiously to try to thwart the 1972 movie.

Agents seized copies of the film, arranged for negatives to be analysed in laboratories and interviewed actors, producers and even messengers who ferried reels to cinemas. Mark Felt, the agent who came to be known as Deep Throat by Washington Post investigators Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein for his whistleblowing role in the Watergate scandal — culminating in the disgrace and resignation of President Richard Nixon in 1974 — was second in command at the bureau at the time.

The huge success of Deep Throat, which disputed sources say may have made up to $600m (£364m) for its mob backers, is seen by many as a key moment in the cultural and sexual revolution, though others label it a cheap and nasty exercise in exploitation. “Today we can’t imagine authorities at any level of government — local, state or federal — being involved in obscenity prosecutions of this kind,” Mark Weiner, constitutional law professor and legal historian at Rutgers-Newark School of Law, New Jersey, told AP.

The information has been gleaned from 498 pages taken from the FBI file on Gerard Damiano, the movie’s director, who died last October aged 80. The full file is 4,800 pages long. Within still concealed areas of the case file is an interview with the film’s star, Linda Susan Boreman, credited as Linda Lovelace. Boreman, who died after a car accident in 2002, defended the movie until 1980, when she made a rapid about-turn and denounced her career.

Ben Child

Blair WAS involved in Iraq inquiry talks, minister says

0

Gordon Brown is to promise that much of the Iraq inquiry will be held in the open in an attempt to avert a damaging Commons defeat for the Government this Wednesday.

 

Amid fury on the Labour back benches over Mr Brown’s initial decision to stage the inquiry in private, ministers now expect much of the evidence to be given publicly after a change of heart was forced on the Prime Minister.

The Labour rebels’ anger was intensified by the disclosure yesterday that Tony Blair, likely to be the key witness, had consulted with the Cabinet Secretary on the form of the inquiry. They want him to give evidence under oath.

Mr Blair’s involvement in discussions with Sir Gus O’Donnell over the nature of the hearings was confirmed by Shaun Woodward, the Northern Ireland Secretary. “Of course the Cabinet Secretary discussed this with the former prime minister,” Mr Woodward said, “because he obviously will be one of the major witnesses who will be giving evidence to Sir John Chilcot’s inquiry”.

The backbenchers also pointed to a leaked memo yesterday indicating that the former prime minister had been considering the possibility of going to war without a second UN resolution two months before the invasion.

The note, written by his foreign policy adviser Sir David Manning, indicated that Mr Blair and US President George Bush were already discussing ways of legitimising military invasion in case the UN failed to find weapons of mass destruction.

Such documents are likely to go to the heart of the inquiry; suggestions they could be examined in secret provoked uproar among MPs of all parties and senior military and intelligence officers. Mr Brown has already staged a partial retreat by asking Sir John Chilcot, the retired civil servant who will head the inquiry, to hold some sessions in public. But the concession did not go far enough to pacify Labour MPs threatening to support a Tory motion on Wednesday calling for all hearings to be held in public other than for security reasons.

Sir John will tomorrow meet David Cameron, the Tory leader, and Nick Clegg, the Liberal Democrat leader, to discuss the form of the inquiry.

Ministers said yesterday that they expected the bulk of hearings to be held in public and one senior Whitehall source said: “It’s inevitable that will happen.”

Jack Straw, foreign secretary at the time of the war, said the indications from Sir John were that his hearings would be both public and private. He said: “I have no problem with giving most of the evidence I have in public.”

Mr Straw told BBC1’s The Andrew Marr Show that he was sure Mr Blair would also be happy to appear publicly.

Sadiq Khan, Britain’s most senior Muslim politician, admitted the controversy over the hearings “looked awful”, blaming the furore on ignorance over the autonomy given to the chairs of inquiries. Mr Khan, a Transport minister, told BBC1’s Politics Show: “I suspect there will be many, many parts of the inquiry held in public.”

The Government is preparing to table a rival motion on Wednesday promising widespread public hearings in an effort to peel off MPs reluctant to support a Conservative motion. Last night Labour MPs opposed to the war said they would only be satisfied by the majority of hearings being public.

Paul Flynn, the MP for Newport West, said: “We want a clear assurance that the inquiry will be open.” Gordon Prentice, MP for Pendle, argued: “The whole way this has been done is so cack-handed and inept it is unbelievable.

“The inquiry should be open with evidence given on oath. There must be an opportunity for the leading players to be cross-examined.”

By Nigel Morris

CIA Looks to Colleges for Future Spies

0

To the list of collegiate types — nerds, jocks, Greeks — add one more: spies in training. The government is hoping they’ll be hard to spot.

The Obama administration has proposed the creation of an intelligence officer training program in colleges and universities that would function much like the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps run by the military services. The idea is to create a stream “of first- and second-generation Americans, who already have critical language and cultural knowledge, and prepare them for careers in the intelligence agencies,” according to a description sent to Congress by Director of National Intelligence Dennis C. Blair.

In recent years, the CIA and other intelligence agencies have struggled to find qualified recruits who can work the streets of the Middle East and South Asia to penetrate terrorist groups and criminal enterprises. The proposed program is an effort to cultivate and educate a new generation of career intelligence officers from ethnically and culturally diverse backgrounds.

Under the proposal, part of the administration’s 2010 intelligence authorization bill, colleges and universities would apply for grants that would be used to expand or introduce courses of study to “meet the emerging needs of the intelligence community.” Those courses would include certain foreign languages, analysis and specific scientific and technical fields.

The students’ participation in the program would probably be kept secret to prevent them from being identified by foreign intelligence services, according to an official familiar with the proposal.

Students attending participating colleges and universities who agree to take the specialized courses would apply to the national intelligence director for admittance to the program, whose administrators would select individuals “competitively” for financial assistance. Much like the support provided to those in the military programs, the financial assistance could include “a monthly stipend, tuition assistance, book allowances and travel expenses,” according to the proposal. It also would involve paid summer internships at one or more intelligence agencies.

Applicants to the intelligence training program would have to pass a security background investigation, although it is unclear when they would have to do so. Students who receive a certain amount of financial assistance would be obligated to serve in an intelligence agency for the same length of time as they received their subsidy.

Students in the military programs typically participate for all four years of college, but the intelligence program would seek to recruit sophomores and juniors.

Through grants to colleges and universities, intelligence agencies have been building partnerships with academia and specific professors, some of whom in past decades served as channels for recommending applicants to the CIA and other intelligence agencies. The intelligence community already has a Centers of Academic Excellence Program that funds programs in national security studies at more than 14 colleges and universities, with a goal of having 20 participating schools by 2015. The programs receive between $500,000 and $750,000 a year.

The intelligence officer training program would build on two earlier efforts. One was a pilot program, first authorized in 2004, for as many as 400 students who took cryptologic training and agreed to work for the National Security Agency or another intelligence agency for each year they received financial assistance. That program will be replaced by the new one because cryptology is not as needed as it once was.

A second program provided financial assistance to selected intelligence community employees who agreed to study in specialized academic areas in which officials believed there were analytic deficiencies.

Named the Pat Roberts Intelligence Scholars Program, after the Kansas Republican who chaired the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, over the past four years it has provided funds to some 800 students and current employees.

The director of national intelligence would make the Roberts program permanent under the new proposal and expand it beyond analysts to include personnel in acquisition, science and technology. It also could be used to help recruit employees by reimbursing them for prior education in critical areas.

Walter Pincus

Arrested for asking a policeman for his badge number

3

The Guardian has obtained this police footage of Emily Apple and Val Swain being arrested by surveillance officers after asking for their badge numbers at the Kingsnorth climate camp last year. The two women speak to Paul Lewis about their arrest, imprisonment and official complaint.

View the video here

Agents say DEA is forcing them illegally to work in Afghanistan

0

As the Obama administration ramps up the Drug Enforcement Administration’s presence in Afghanistan, some special-agent pilots contend that they’re being illegally forced to go to a combat zone, while others who’ve volunteered say they’re not being properly equipped.

In interviews with McClatchy, more than a dozen DEA agents describe a badly managed system in which some pilots have been sent to Afghanistan under duress or as punishment for bucking their superiors.

Such complaints, so far mostly arising from the DEA’s Aviation Division, could complicate the Obama administration’s efforts to send dozens of additional DEA agents to Afghanistan as part of a civilian and military personnel “surge” that aims to stabilize the country.

Veteran DEA pilot Daniel Offield has alleged in an employment discrimination complaint he was told if he refuses to go to Afghanistan in July he’ll be demoted. The Stockton, Calif., agent asked for a reprieve because he was in the process of adopting two special needs children and offered to serve his required temporary duty in other countries.

Another agent, David Beavers, told McClatchy that he was ordered in July 2007 to prepare to go to Afghanistan in two weeks while he was on bereavement leave after his mother-in-law died. To avoid going, the Orlando, Fla., pilot decided to retire early.

Both men have flown for the DEA in Latin American countries wracked by drug violence, but they say service in a combat zone should be treated as voluntary because they’re not military personnel.

“You could say that the war on drugs is dangerous,” said Beavers, a DEA pilot for more than 20 years. “But it’s not quite like Afghanistan, where you can get your legs blown off by an (improvised explosive device).”

Agents said supervisors told them that working in dangerous countries is part of their job requirements, but Offield’s Sacramento-based lawyer said such compulsory duty violates a 2008 federal law that requires civilian personnel to serve voluntarily.

“The DEA is not only violating the law,” said attorney Richard Margarita, a former DEA agent and county prosecutor. “They could very well be sending Dan Offield to his death.”

The Obama administration has said it doesn’t expect problems with finding volunteers for Afghanistan missions, despite an ambitious strategy that calls for sending hundreds of additional civilian personnel. The plan already faces long odds in a country of resurgent Islamic militants, endemic corruption and widespread opium trafficking.

At least one other agency has faced similar complaints about compulsory duty.

Two years ago, the State Department told U.S. diplomats that they might be forced to serve in Iraq in the largest call-up since Vietnam. The announcement triggered an outcry, but the department eventually found enough volunteers to fill the jobs.

DEA officials with the Aviation Division referred questions about the Afghanistan assignments to agency headquarters. Garrison Courtney, a DEA spokesman who responded to written questions, said that agents aren’t being demoted, because even if they lose their pilot position, the salary is the same.

Courtney said pilots “are expected to support DEA’s global mission,” and that the Aviation Division “does not have the luxury” of allowing them to pick where they fly on temporary duty because many of the more than 100 pilots don’t have the experience to fly in Afghanistan.

He said if pilots don’t want to go, they have “the option to transfer back to an enforcement division and conduct domestic drug enforcement investigations.”

Courtney noted that DEA missions in Peru and Colombia “pose similar challenges” as Afghanistan because of the countries’ mountainous terrain.

More than a dozen agents told McClatchy that the experiences of the two pilots aren’t isolated and have continued over the past several years. The other agents asked to remain anonymous, saying they fear retaliation from the DEA.

“There are number of guys who say ‘I don’t want to go,’ but they suck it up and go,” one agent said. “What’s going to happen is somebody at some point is going to get killed.”

One official e-mail sent in 2007 demonstrates the pressure placed on agents to accept their assignments, warning agents that “it is not if, but when” that they’ll go to Afghanistan. The e-mail noted: “it is cold and miserable in the winter” in Afghanistan and added that pilots who volunteer might be able to choose what time of year they’ll go.

DEA agents said the decision to force some their peers to go to Afghanistan doesn’t appear related to a lack of qualified volunteers. One agent said he’d volunteered to go to Afghanistan and went through the required training. His superiors, however, denied his request without explanation. The agent said he knows plenty of others who are willing to go.

“With some people, if you want to go, they won’t send you,” the agent said. “They use Afghanistan as punishment for agents they don’t like.”

Offield, a 25-year DEA veteran who oversees marijuana eradication in California’s national forests, alleges in his complaint the agency’s decision to send him to Afghanistan is part of a larger pattern of harassment based on his age and sexual orientation. He responded to McClatchy’s questions through his attorney out of concern that he’d be punished for going outside the chain of command.

Offield, 47, alleges the harassment began soon after he told a colleague that he’s gay, although he said he’s generally chosen not to discuss his sexual orientation with his colleagues.

The retaliation, he said, became worse after he appeared on an MSNBC news program, where he told reporters that he didn’t think the DEA was winning the battle against California’s marijuana cultivators. Although he got clearance to appear on the show, Offield said his comments hardened the resolve of his superiors to punish him.

About a month later, he was told he was going to Afghanistan although he’d requested to go elsewhere.

Courtney said the DEA didn’t discriminate against Offield and said officials have offered to transfer him back to a street agent job that would allow him to work closer to his home.

He said Offield was punished – his government car was taken away for a week – but only because he didn’t respond to his supervisors’ e-mails. Margarita, however, said his client couldn’t respond immediately to a handful of e-mails because he was on duty and his inbox was full.

John Adler, the president of the Federal Law Enforcement Officers Association, said that each federal agency has its own set of policies for overseas duty ,and an agency’s ability to send an employee depends on the position description. FBI agents, for example, can be sent on compulsory duty, he said.

“We understand and accept that in national emergencies we have to go,” he said. “But an agency crosses the line when they target certain employees and they try to punish them by forcing into an undesirable assignment.”

Agents say the duty is made even more difficult because once they arrive in Afghanistan, they’re given inadequate equipment.

Pilots said they generally go on two-month tours and are given a machine gun, a semi-automatic pistol and bulletproof vest. Although pilots are required to file flight plans electronically, they aren’t given laptop computers.

Courtney said DEA pilots in Afghanistan can use computers in a common work area and that all agents are also given boots, flight suits, survival radios, helmets and other essential equipment.

However, after one agent asked in an August 2007 memo about getting additional equipment, including boots, for a two-month tour, then-Assistant Special Agent in Charge William F. Dionne dismissed the request, saying the agent would only get more equipment if he volunteered for a longer tour, agents familiar with the memo said. Dionne is now the acting special agent in charge of the DEA’s Aviation Division.

Yet when four supervisors, including Dionne, traveled on brief trip to Afghanistan in 2005, they spent more than $700 on boots and uniforms for themselves, according to DEA records.

On longer tours, agents complain that they’re not issued ammunition or magazines and are forced to borrow them from fellow agents. Ballistic vests aren’t fitted for specific agents. Rifles are issued without laser sights and optics like the military has, and personal locator beacons and GPS systems are hard to come by. Some agents said they end up buying thousands of dollars of equipment themselves.

“The DEA does not have enough resources or equipment to get the job done in Afghanistan,” one agent said.

The allegations come after McClatchy reported earlier this year on several other management problems within the aviation division. William Brown, the former special agent in charge of the division, stepped down soon after McClatchy revealed that he’d chartered a private plane for the DEA’s acting administrator at a cost of $123,000 and had invested in untested planes that agents feared were unsafe.

A permanent replacement for Brown hasn’t been named, but DEA agents said that current supervisors continue the practice of forcing some unwilling agents to go to Afghanistan.

By Marisa Taylor

One in six are going hungry

0

The UN has warned that the global financial meltdown has pushed the ranks of the world’s hungry to a record 1 billion.

UN Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) officials reported at the weekend that, because of war, drought, political instability, high food prices and poverty, hunger now affects 1.02 billion – up 11 per cent from last year’s 915 million.

The financial meltdown has compounded the crisis in what FAO director-general Jacques Diouf called a “devastating combination for the world’s most vulnerable.”

Compared with last year, there are 100 million more people who are hungry, meaning they consume fewer than 1,800 calories a day, the agency said.

“No part of the world is immune,” Mr Diouf said, emphasising that “all world regions have been affected by the rise of food insecurity.”

The crisis is a humanitarian one but it is also a political issue.

Officials presenting the new estimates in Rome sought to stress the link between hunger and instability, noting that soaring prices for staples such as rice triggered riots in the developing world last year.

Josette Sheeran of the World Food Programme, another UN food agency, said hungry people had rioted in at least 30 countries last year. Most notably, soaring food prices led to deadly riots in Haiti and the overthrow of the prime minister.

“A hungry world is a dangerous world,” Ms Sheeran said. “Without food, people have only three options – they riot, they emigrate or they die. None of these are acceptable options.”

Even though prices have retreated from their mid-2008 highs, they are still “stubbornly high” in some domestic markets, according to the FAO.

On average, food prices were 24 percent higher in real terms at the end of 2008 compared to 2006, it said.

“Malnutrition kills through the fact that it weakens the immune system of a child,” said Andrei Engstrand-Neacsu, a Kenya-based spokesman for the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies in East Africa. Some 22 million of the 1 billion hungry people counted by the United Nations are in the drought-stricken Horn of Africa, he said.

Copyright Morning Star

Zimbabwe Abuses Could Constitute Crimes Against Humanity

0

A study by human rights groups in southern Africa say torture and other abuses in Zimbabwe have been so widespread and systematic that they could be considered crimes against humanity. And it says these abuses continue, causing a major blemish on the four month-old power-sharing government.

The director of the Harare-based Research and Advocacy Unit, Tony Reeler, says a review of investigations by numerous rights groups shows that torture and gross human rights violations in Zimbabwe have been perpetrated for decades on what he calls an epidemic scale.

He says the abuses have been widespread and systematic which fulfills a definition of crimes against humanity.

He adds that victims have identified senior Zimbabwean officials as being behind the violence. And they have testified that torture centers were set up in government-owned buildings such as schools and clinics.

He says this indicates that, at the very least, the state condoned the abuse. “You can be accused of crimes against humanity in two ways. One is that you are actively involved in the commission of those things. The second is that you do not take active steps to prevent it. Omission is also very important,” he said.

Reeler’s report was based on investigations by more than one dozen human rights groups which, he says, used different methods but came to the same basic conclusions.

His report says human rights abuses occurred for decades in Zimbabwe but that they worsened after the year 2000 and peaked during the disputed elections last year.

In these elections, the former-opposition Movement for Democratic Change defeated President Robert Mugabe’s ZANU-PF party in the parliamentary vote.

In the presidential vote, Mr. Mugabe came in second to MDC leader Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai but he won the run-off election after Mr. Tsvangirai withdrew citing violence against his supporters.

Mr. Mugabe’s government vehemently denies the reports of human rights abuses saying they are lies aimed at de-stabilizing the regime. It notes that some ZANU-PF supporters have also been victimized.

Reeler says that in addition to torture, beatings and intimidation, a new form of abuse has emerged. “Some of the reports have made this point, that there is a new kind of violation floating around. And this is a kind of psychological torture. What you do is you smash their home. You steal their goods. You eat their cattle and their goats and you impoverish them. That’s a way of keeping people compliant,” he said.

Reeler’s report says the abuses have declined since the power sharing government was installed with Mr. Mugabe as president and Mr. Tsvangirai as prime minister. But he says the abuses continue and that is a major blot (stain) on the new government.

Dozens of MDC and human rights activists have been arrested in recent months on charges of plotting to overthrow the state. Many of them have been released on bail but others remain missing.

The head of Amnesty International (Irene Khan) Friday was heavily criticized in the state controlled media after she said, during a visit to the country, that human rights violations continue in Zimbabwe.

A researcher with South Africa’s Center for the Study of Violence and Reconciliation, Glen Mpani, said a major impediment to peace and reconciliation is the culture of impunity that has evolved. “Zimbabwe has gone through processes of announcing national union and reconciliation in the past and these processes have all been geared towards providing impunity and allowing perpetrators to go scot-free,” he said.

Reeler says peace can only be brought about by placing security structures under complete civilian control. Reconciliation can only come by creating mechanisms for healing. And healing can only come about through justice.

Scott Bobb

Iran Police Crack Down As Thousands Protest

0

His backers were demonstrating over the re-election of hardline President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who won by a landslide despite opposition claims the result was rigged.

The protesters defied a call from the country’s supreme leader for the demonstrations to end.

Eyewitnesses said around 3,000 people chanted “Death to the dictator!” and “Death to dictatorship!” near Revolution Square in the city centre.

Police beat protesters and fired tear gas and water cannon at them. At least one person is thought to have been injured by gunfire.

Witnesses said Mr Mousavi’s supporters lit a fire at the headquarters of the president’s backers in the capital.

Supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei had issued a strong warning on Friday to the leaders of the street protests that they would be responsible for any bloodshed.

Mr Khamenei claimed the June 12 vote was won fairly by Mr Ahmadinejad.

But in a letter to the country’s top legislative body, Mr Mousavi claimed poll rigging had been planned months ago and insisted the election must be annulled.

The runner-up in the election said if he was arrested, he urged people to go on strike.

Meanwhile, a suicide bomber has blown himself up in Tehran at the shrine of Iran’s revolutionary founder Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, injuring one person, reports say.

Foreign media are banned from reporting on non-official events but reports are still reaching the outside world of violence being used by the authorities.

The election result sparked fury among supporters of the losing candidates, who accused the government of rigging the poll and took to the streets in their hundreds of thousands in the biggest public protests since the 1979 Islamic revolution.

Iran’s electoral watchdog, the Guardian Council, says it is ready to “randomly” recount up to 10% of the ballot boxes from the election, state TV said.

In his speech, Mr Khamenei also denounced Britain as the “most treacherous” of Iran’s enemies.

British Foreign Secretary David Miliband has said violence on the streets of Tehran must not be turned into a battle between Iran and the UK.

Writing in The Sun, he hit back at the Ayatollah’s claims. “Dignity has been shown by the protesters on the streets of Tehran,” Mr Miliband said.

“Ayatollah Ali Khamenei tried to blame the unrest on the West.

“But we will not allow anyone to turn scenes on the streets of Tehran into a battle between Britain and Iran. My message to the Iranian people is simple: the future of your country is for you to decide.

“But we need to know whether Iran is prepared to work with us to restore confidence in its nuclear intentions.”

The Ayatollah offered no concession to opposition supporters who are demanding the elections be cancelled and held again, sternly warning against further protests.

He blamed Great Britain and Iran’s external enemies for the unrest, vigorously defending the ruling system.

“The enemies (of Iran) are targeting the Islamic establishment’s legitimacy by questioning the election and its authenticity before and after (the vote),” the Ayatollah continued.

British Prime Minister Gordon Brown, talking to Sky’s political editor Adam Boulton, said: “What we want is to have a good relationship with Iran in the future.

“But that depends on Iran being able to show to the world that its elections have been conducted fairly and that there is no unfair suppression of rights and individuals in that country.”

Supporters of runner-up Mr Mousavi have so far ignored the Ayatollah, holding huge unauthorised rallies.

Tens of thousands of Iranians had gathered in and around Tehran University to hear Khamenei’s Friday prayer sermon.

Some in the crowd were draped in Iranian flags. Others held placards with anti-Western slogans.

As passions soared, the crowd reportedly chanted: “Death to the UK, Israel and the US.”

American President Barack Obama said he was very concerned by the “tenor and tone” of Khamenei’s comments.

In a US TV interview, Mr Obama said that Iran’s government should “recognise that the world is watching.”

He said “how they approach and deal with people who are, through peaceful means, trying to be heard” will signal “what Iran is and is not”.

Mr Khamenei’s speech followed six days of protests by Mousavi supporters.

On Thursday, tens of thousands of black-clad marchers bore candles to mourn those killed in earlier rallies.

Iranian state media has reported seven or eight people killed in protests since the election results were published on June 13.

Scores of reformists have been arrested and authorities have cracked down on both foreign and domestic media.

Iranians Use Internet, Phones to Share Protest News

1

With independent media coverage of Iranian protests restricted by authorities, witnesses are reaching out online and by telephone to report what they see on the streets of Tehran.

Opposition Web sites said protesters had planned to gather Saturday in Revolution (Enghelab) and Freedom (Azadi) Squares, two of Tehran’s main areas.

But witnesses told VOA Persian News Network and other news agencies they saw large numbers of police gathered in the streets, blocking the demonstrators.

Near Freedom Square, the witnesses say police clashed with thousands of protesters, arresting some and using tear gas, batons and water cannons on others.

Some witnesses also said they heard gunshots, but it is unclear who fired the shots. At least three helicopters were hovering over the area.

At other places in the capital, witnesses say protesters attacked authorities, setting some of their motorcycles on fire.

News agencies are relying heavily on information published by Iranian citizens through social media services, such as Twitter, Facebook and YouTube.

On Friday, Facebook announced it is making its Web site available in Farsi, so Iranians can use the service in their native language.

Google also introduced a new Farsi translating tool.

Delay in Releasing CIA Report Is Sought

0

Justice Dept. Wants More Time to Review IG’s Findings on Detainee Treatment

by Carrie Johnson

The Justice Department needs a week to complete its review of a 2004 CIA inspector general’s report before releasing it in redacted form to civil liberties advocates, officials said yesterday.

Government lawyers notified the American Civil Liberties Union of the delay yesterday afternoon, citing a longer-than-expected review process at the CIA. Activists requested the report as part of a longstanding Freedom of Information Act lawsuit focusing on the U.S. government’s detention and treatment of terrorism suspects after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks.

CIA officials sought to redact many sensitive and classified elements of the lengthy report, including details about the use of waterboarding, sleep deprivation and other harsh measures against detainees. The report by the agency’s internal watchdog raised questions about the legality of the CIA’s strategy and ignited a fierce debate within the agency and the Bush administration after it was completed five years ago.

Tension over how much to disclose in the fight against terrorism continues to roil the highest levels of the Obama administration. After a behind-the-scenes fight, authorities released earlier this year four memos by the Bush Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel that paved the way for information-gathering techniques that critics assert are torture. But at the urging of Defense Department officials, the White House has sought to bar the release of photos depicting detainee abuse on the ground that they could incite violence against U.S. forces.

The report is the most definitive official account to date of the CIA’s interrogation system. A heavily redacted version, consisting of a dozen or so paragraphs separated by heavy black boxes and lists of missing pages, was released in May 2008 in response to the ACLU lawsuit. The broad conclusions of the report, as well as its specific assertion that some interrogators exceeded limits approved by the Justice Department, have been disclosed.

Administration officials have been cool to the idea of a congressionally chartered “truth commission” that would explore the origins and effects of the interrogation program. But they have repeatedly been forced to respond to lawsuits they inherited, filed by interest groups that seek sensitive government documents from the Bush era.

New leaders at the Justice Department generally lean toward disclosure, but they are playing a secondary role in the case of the CIA inspector general’s report because they did not have a hand in investigating or preparing the report.

Amrit Singh, an ACLU lawyer, said the group is disappointed by the delay. “We can only hope that this delay is a sign that the forces of transparency within the Obama administration are winning over the forces of secrecy and that the report will ultimately be released with minimal redactions,” she said. “The CIA should not be permitted to use national security as a pretext for suppressing evidence of its own unlawful conduct.”

CIA spokesman George Little said the process “is working just as it should.” He rejected the ACLU’s allegations of suppressed evidence as “wrong and offensive.”

Joby Warrick contributed to this report.

US spy aircraft patrolling northern border

0

U.S. border officials are testing an unmanned surveillance aircraft to judge whether the drones can be used more widely along the U.S.-Canadian border, including at a crossing where cigarette and drug smuggling are a continuing problem.

The U.S. Customs and Border Protection has used the remote-controlled Predator B on the Mexican border for several years. The agency began flying the first Predator on the northern border out of Grand Forks Air Force Base in North Dakota in February and now is testing the aircraft along Lake Ontario and the St. Lawrence River.

“Lessons learned during this deployment will be a foundation for our future basing and deployment strategies for our unmanned aircraft system,” said Michael Kostelnik, the agency’s assistant commissioner for air and marine operations.

The unmanned aircraft has been temporarily based at the U.S. Army’s Wheeler-Sack Airfield since June 8 and will fly patrols from Fort Drum until the end of the month, said John Stanton, executive director of the CBP’s National Air Security Operations.

The Predator flies at about 19,000 feet and can stay aloft for up to 18 hours. It can take high definition and infrared video of anything within a 25-mile radius and has extra-sensitive radar.

Stanton said the drone has been carrying out surveillance missions for American and Canadian law enforcement agencies during its test run in upstate New York.

In assessing whether it could be deployed more widely along the 4,000-mile northern border, officials will look at how many days it could fly in the Northeast’s weather, how many hours it logged and how many mission requests it fulfilled.

The CBP owns seven Predators. Three are based in Arizona and patrol the U.S.-Mexican border. Two others are in California and being converted for marine surveillance. The CBP estimates 18 unmanned aircraft could adequately cover the nation’s southern and northern borders, Stanton said.

The plan to use the drones is a holdover from the 9/11 Commission Report, which recommended tighter security along borders with Mexico and Canada. The agency is using other high-tech equipment, including a network of video cameras and camouflaged ground sensors that detect heat, motion and metal.

The area the Predator has been watching includes the St. Regis Mohawk Reservation, which straddles the U.S.-Canadian border near Massena and is sliced in two by the St. Lawrence River. Its location has made the reservation a gateway for smugglers at least since Prohibition.

Last fall, federal authorities carried out two large-scale busts of drug smugglers operating through St. Regis, arresting 63 people in the sweeps. Investigators said one ring made as much as $45 million smuggling 11 tons of marijuana into the eastern U.S. between 2005 and 2008.

While arrests and drug seizures last year totaled less than 1 percent of those down south, a U.S. Customs and Border Protection report to Congress last year noted a “significant concern” that extremists could slip across the northern border.

WILLIAM KATES

Blackwash outrage as MPs ‘publish’ their expenses

1
THE House of Commons last night stood accused of spending more than £2 million on a bungled cover-up, after publishing details of MPs’ expenses with huge swathes blacked out.
Critics said the heavily-edited disclosure showed the worst abuses at Westminster would never have come to light without a complete version being leaked.

Records of 1.2 million claims were finally put on the parliament website at 6am yesterday, after a four-year Freedom of Information battle. They included a wealth of detail about the ways MPs spend public money — including on odd items such as matches, a milk frother, assertiveness training and issues of the Racing Post. However, the material bore little resemblance to that obtained by the Daily Telegraph, publication of which has led more than 20 MPs to resign over the past month.

As part of a rearguard action against publication, the Commons passed a measure exempting addresses and other “security-sensitive” information. Huge areas of paper were simply blacked out as a result, meaning many of the dubious tactics exposed by the Telegraph — such as “flipping” second home designation to maximise expenses claims — would have been virtually impossible to detect.

This partial disclosure could also have saved many MPs from being forced to quit at the next general election after having questionable claims exposed.

Freedom of information campaigner Heather Brooke, who won a High Court case forcing MPs to publish their expenses, said the security argument had now been “totally discredited”. She added: “I have seen some original documents, and avoiding embarrassment has been the key motivating factor.”

Last night the fall-out continued as it was revealed MPs have repaid nearly £500,000 amid public fury over abuses of the Westminster system.

Former Labour minister Elliot Morley yesterday said he had repaid a further £20,000 as his claim for £16,888 of “phantom” mortgage payments continued to be investigated.

Tory MP David Davies was also forced to defend paying a family firm from his parliamentary allowances. The Monmouth MP claimed £1,933.83 he paid his father’s haulage firm for stamps, producing leaflets and a screen for an exhibition stand. He said the work was done at cost price and at short notice.

However, former minister Hazel Blears last night survived a vote of no confidence to deselect her at a meeting of her Salford constituency Labour Party.

Liberal Democrat Norman Baker, who has long called for greater transparency, condemned the editing of claims as “censorship”.

The redacted claims threw up bizarre anomalies, with Gordon Brown’s subscription to Sky TV — which he reclaims from the taxpayer — being partly concealed to hide the name of the TV firm, even though the Prime Minister published the details in full a year ago.

Mr Brown said: “I didn’t choose to redact that and I don’t quite understand all the rules applied by the House of Commons.

“My principle in this is the maximum transparency — it’s got to be consistent of course with security, but I think people have got to be as transparent as possible.”

The claims of Sir Menzies Campbell, the former Lib Dem leader and MP for North East Fife, were typical of many MPs. A multitude of entries were blacked out, revealing only his fondness for taking taxis, a bill for £500 for party “away-days” and claims of up to £400 a month for food.

Tory leader David Cameron announced he was repaying £947 after calculating he had overclaimed for mortgage interest and other items.

The sum includes £647 he claimed for the removal of wisteria plants at his constituency home, which he had already promised to repay. He said he was “very sorry” to have made excessive claims and he admitted that taxpayers would be “disappointed” to discover how much information about MPs’ claims had been withheld.

Claims made by First Minister Alex Salmond, in his role as an MP, showed the taxpayer footed a £14,000 legal bill for advice on how to force Tony Blair from office over the Iraq war.

In 2004, the SNP and Welsh nationalist party Plaid Cymru jointly attempted to impeach Mr Blair — and then split the bill and reclaimed it on their expenses.

Chancellor Alistair Darling and his Tory shadow, George Osborne, were last night both the subject of complaints to the anti-sleaze watchdog.

Mr Darling is accused of “flipping” his home four times in four years — a practice now banned. Mr Osborne, who was revealed to have charged the taxpayer £47 for two DVDs of himself in a debate on “value for taxpayers’ money”, was accused of overclaiming for mortgage interest payments.

New laws are expected to be passed before Westminster breaks for the summer recess next month, establishing a Parliamentary Standards Authority, an independent body that will take responsibility for paying expenses.

The committee on standards in public life is due to report this autumn on tighter rules on expenses. Many of the claims exposed in the recent revelations have already been banned — such as the ability to claim £400 a month for food and £250 a month in petty cash without receipts.

WHAT THEY DON’T WANT YOU TO KNOW

HERE is a list of the information MPs were allowed to remove from the expenses disclosure:

– Any residential address of a Member of either House of Parliament

– Travel arrangements of a Member where the arrangements are regular

– The identity of any person who delivers or has delivered goods, or provides or has provided services, to a Member at any residence of the Member (this does not apply to Members’ offices)

– Expenditure by a Member on security arrangements

– All names of hotels/guest houses used

– Correspondence or advice letters to or from Department of Resources/ DFA

– All manuscript additions to forms, receipts etc where these have been made by HoC staff

– Dates and times on till receipts where the name of the supplier is included

– Bank and credit card statements (but mortgage or rental agreements or statements will be published to the following extent: names of mortgagee/landlord/chargee, amount of interest and rent and information contained on statements of account such as value of mortgage)

– Itemised parts of telephone bills listing calls to individual numbers

– Personal items on till receipts and invoices for which no claim has been made

– Misfiled pages relating to another Member

– Names and addresses and other details of members of staff on claims for staff expenses

– Other information that is not central to the purpose of the claim or which could aid identity fraud including:

– Personal telephone numbers and other contact details

– Barcodes

– Cost centres and departmental identification numbers

– Personal data of third parties (excluding the name of mortgagees, chargees or landlords)

– Bank/Giro details

– Photocopies of cheques

– Account, invoice, delivery, order, NI or reference numbers

– Signatures

ROSS LYDALL

Why Obama’s CIO Wants to Put All Gov’t Info Online

0

The Obama administration’s most radical idea may also be its geekiest: Make nearly every hidden government spreadsheet and buried statistic available online, all in one place. For anyone to see. Are you searching for a Food and Drug Administration report that used to be obtainable only through the Freedom of Information Act? Just a mouseclick away. Need National Institutes of Health studies and school testing scores? Click. Census data, nonclassified Defense Department specs, obscure Securities and Exchange Commission files, prison statistics? Click click. Click. Click.

The man in charge is the US government’s first-ever chief information officer, Vivek Kundra. Previously CTO of the District of Columbia, Kundra, 34, knows that the move from airtight opacity to radical transparency won’t be a cakewalk. Until now, the US government’s default position has been: If you can’t keep data secret, at least hide it on one of 24,000 federal Web sites, preferably in an incompatible or obsolete format.

The goal of Kundra’s new Web site, Data.gov, is to create a place where all the information is easy to find, sort, download, and manipulate. He wants to put as much data out there as possible, then sit back and let the private sector come up with great ways to use it. He envisions a future in which well-designed spreadsheets, charts, and graphs are embedded in applications for phones, Facebook, and blogs. In DC, someone combined several of the data sets released by local government–maps, liquor license info, crime statistics–into an app called Stumble Safely, which shows users the safest way to walk home when drunk. He doesn’t know what people will build with all the federal data, but he’s confident it will be cool.

Since Barack Obama took office, Wired has been running its own public wiki, on which scores of people have posted suggestions for how Kundra should proceed–which data sets to open first, what mashups might yield interesting results, and what existing Web sites to use as models. The response suggests a real appetite for what Kundra is proposing, so we paid a visit to the White House just prior to Data.gov’s launch to see how his plans are developing.

Wired: Where do you start?

Vivek Kundra: One, we’re going to look at which feeds are most popular and which the public are demanding. Two, we want to advance the president’s agenda around health care, around energy, around education.

Wired: But won’t people say you’re releasing one feed because it makes Obama look good but not another that includes something embarrassing to the administration?

Kundra: Well, look at health care. As the president said, it’s one of the most urgent problems affecting our economic future. So it makes sense to get the most innovation in that space.

Wired: Give me an example.

Kundra: There’s a lot of data out there–from the National Institutes of Health, the CDC, the FDA–concerning outbreaks and pandemics. And there’s lots of Census Bureau data right now. For the first time, the bureau is going to be noting GPS coordinates for addresses across the country. There are privacy issues, obviously. But if you release that data at a national level, all of a sudden you’ve got a new layer of information that has never existed before. Imagine if you could build an iPhone app that combined the GPS info with addresses and then combined that with data about outbreaks.

Wired: You’d know precisely where outbreaks were occurring? Sort of like Google flu trends except better, because instead of search data you’re using real medical data?

Kundra: Exactly. And the government doesn’t even have to create the applications.

Wired: What do you mean? You’ll release the data and just hope people do interesting things with it?

Kundra: Yes. Think about the Department of Defense. When satellite data was made available, you had this explosion in the private GPS market. Now GPS is available on your iPhone, so if you’re lost you can navigate. The car rental industry uses it. Google and Facebook use it to help you get real-time information on where friends are and where the closest restaurant is. The key is recognizing that we don’t have a monopoly on good ideas and that the federal government doesn’t have infinite resources. We’re even thinking about running competitions for people making applications. What wired was able to do with that Data.gov wiki, frankly, would have cost the government a fortune and taken much longer.

Wired: Given how complicated this effort will be, are there some simple rules you’re going to follow?

Kundra: The core principles are using open standards, presenting raw data, and distributing it in as many formats as possible. Public policy decisions are made using the data anyway, but the raw data is important because if it is massaged too much, you can lose the big issues.

Wired: Sometimes more data confuses rather than clarifies, especially if it’s raw or presented in some clumsy spreadsheet, which is typically how government data has been released in the past, if at all.

Kundra: But we now have the ability to use data in ways we couldn’t before, and to do it in a machine-readable way where we can not only spot trends and make intelligent decisions but make applications that create value and economic opportunities. The perfect example at a local level is in DC, where you can download an application that lets you know–based on where you’re standing–what the closest Metro station is, when the next train is coming, and, if you like Mexican food, where the closest Mexican restaurant is. That’s built on one subset of data feeds, and there are hundreds of others.

Slavery apology has disclaimer

0

The Senate passed a resolution Thursday calling on the U.S. to apologize officially for the enslavement and segregation of millions of African-Americans and to acknowledge “the fundamental injustice, brutality, and inhumanity of slavery and Jim Crow laws.”

The resolution, sponsored with little fanfare by Sen. Tom Harkin, D-Iowa, passed on a voice vote. It now moves to the House of Representatives, where it may meet an unlikely foe: members of the Congressional Black Caucus.

Several CBC members expressed concerns Thursday about a disclaimer that states that “nothing in this resolution authorizes or supports any claim against the United States; or serves as a settlement of any claim against the United States.”

The CBC members think that the disclaimer is an attempt to stave off reparations claims from the descendants of slaves. Congressional Black Caucus chair Barbara Lee, D-Calif., said her organization is studying the language of Harkin’s resolution.

Other CBC members said they’ve read it and don’t like it.

“Putting in a disclaimer takes away from the meaning of an apology,” said Rep. Bennie Thompson, D-Miss. “A number of us are prepared to vote against it in its present form. There are several members of the Progressive Caucus who feel the same way.”

Thompson and other CBC members noted that a 1988 apology the government issued to Japanese-Americans held in U.S. camps during World War II had no disclaimer and didn’t prevent them from receiving compensation.

William Douglas

Is the writing on the wall for the Government’s ID card scheme?

0

 

Why are we asking this now?

The Government had been due to award a key contract as part of its grand biometric ID card scheme this autumn. Three companies – Thales, Fujitsu and IBM – were bidding for the right to develop the cards’ design and handle their production. But this week the Home Office admitted a decision might not be made until the second half of 2010. This is the second delay to have hit the Government’s ID card scheme. Under the original plans, the widespread roll-out of the cards would have taken place next year. Now it is not due until 2012.

Why the latest delay?

The Home Office argues that commercial and technical considerations are responsible. But it has been noted that the decision comes at a time when the future of the scheme has never looked more precarious. This week the shadow Home Secretary, Chris Grayling wrote to companies who might be involved in producing the cards to warn them that the scheme would be cancelled if the Conservatives win power at the next election; something the opinion polls suggest is increasingly likely.

Why are the Tories opposed to the scheme?

The Tories and the Liberal Democrats have long maintained that the introduction of ID cards would undermine traditional civil liberties. The Tory leader, David Cameron attacked the scheme as “unBritish” this week. The Liberal Democrat home affairs spokesman, Chris Huhne, has called the cards a “laminated poll tax”.

The smaller parties, from the SNP and Plaid Cymru, to the Green Party and UKIP, are also opposed. The Government claims the scheme would be useful in curbing illegal immigration, thwarting organised crime, and would make it easier for people to access public services. Opponents argue that it would be ineffective, intrusive and create new opportunities for fraudsters.

Are those the only objections?

Far from it. The cost of the scheme is another major reason why the scheme attracts opposition. The Government says the cost of producing biometric ID cards and passports over the next 10 years will be £4.8bn. At a time when all parties are looking for ways to reduce public spending, cancelling the scheme is seen as a relatively pain-free way of saving money.

The Home Office argues that 70 per cent of the £4.8bn would be spent on biometric passports, limiting the saving from scrapping the cards to around £1.2bn. But this ignores the fact that this Government has an unfortunate habit of underestimating the cost of large projects, particularly those involving computer databases. Dr Edgar Whitley of the London School of Economics estimates that the true cost of the scheme will end up between £10bn and £20bn. If that is closer to the truth, the potential savings begin to look rather more substantial.

Haven’t some contracts already been signed?

Yes. Four contracts have been concluded. Thales is running a pilot scheme. CSC is developing a passport and ID card application system. IBM has a contract to build a database to store fingerprint and facial biometrics. And De La Rue has a contract to produce biometric passports. The former Home Secretary, Jacqui Smith, revealed in March that it would cost £40m for the Government to extricate itself from these contracts.

But much of the technology being developed under these agreements would be needed to develop biometric passports, which the Conservatives support. The key contract with the private sector would be the one to develop and produce the new cards themselves. That is why this latest delay is significant.

Is it wise for the Tories to write to companies threatening to overturn signed contracts?

The Tories say such drastic measures are needed to prevent the Government locking a future government into the scheme. But not everyone is impressed by this argument. Some point out that companies such as Thales are already fully aware that public procurement contracts, especially ones as controversial as ID cards, are at risk of being revisited and that they insert compensation clauses with this risk in mind. This makes the Conservative warnings unnecessary. It is suggested that the opposition would be better off concentrating its criticism on the Government, rather than seeking to put pressure on private firms.

What is the timetable for introducing ID cards?

Some 30,000 cards have already been issued to non-EU nationals living in Britain. Later this year, they will be given to workers at London City and Manchester airports. And this autumn British citizens living in Manchester will be given the chance to participate in a trial scheme.

From 2011/2012 the Identity and Passport Service plans to issue “significant volumes” of ID cards to people when they apply for a British passport, although they will be able to opt out of having a card.

This staged approach is deliberate. The Government hopes that support for the cards will grow when people witness how they can make their life easier. The Government says that if it wins the next general election it will give MPs a free vote on whether to make the cards compulsory for all UK citizens over the age of 16.

What is the view of the public at the moment on ID cards?

Despite the deep concerns of civil libertarians, most people have, in the past, been reasonably well-disposed to the idea of a national ID card scheme. But that has begun to change as the costs have come into focus, particularly the fact that everyone will be required to pay a £30 fee to obtain one.

Over the past five years the NoID pressure group has commissioned regular polls to gauge public support for the Government’s proposals. Normally a poll from a pressure group would need to be treated with scepticism. But NoID has asked the same unloaded question on each occasion. It has found that support for the cards has fallen from 55 per cent in June 2005 to 48 per cent in December 2009.

Interestingly, the plans to issue ID cards to pilots and other airport workers – the first British citizens to be forced to hold the cards – are meeting growing resistance.

Is the Government about to perform a U-turn?

There are rumours in Westminster that support in the Cabinet for ID cards is receding. And there were reports at the weekend that the new Home Secretary, Alan Johnson, has ordered a review of the policy.

But Mr Johnson also described ID cards this week as a “manifesto commitment”. And while there might be grumblings about the wisdom of ploughing on with the scheme in the Cabinet, it would be a considerable humiliation for the Government to scrap a policy that it has doggedly clung to for some four years.

So ID cards might not be officially binned, but do not be surprised if ministers decide to kick the scheme still further into the long grass before the next general election.

Will ID cards ever see the light of day?

Yes…

* The new Home Secretary, Alan Johnson, has reaffirmed the scheme as a “manifesto commitment”

* It would be expensive to break the contracts that have already been signed

* ID cards are already a reality and they will become increasingly accepted in the years ahead

No…

* The Tories have promised to scrap the scheme and they are likely to win the next general election

* ID cards are an expensive scheme that the country simply cannot afford with the public finances in their present state

* The public mood is shifting against the scheme

Ben Chu

All in a day’s work for the Israeli army: beating and torturing children

0

Jonathan Cook reports on how Israeli soldiers routinely, and as a matter of policy, practise torture against Palestinian children, hundreds of whom are “convicted in Israel’s military courts each year, with children older than 12 denied access to lawyers in interrogation”.

“He broke his hand here at the wrist. Broke his hand at the wrist, broke his leg here. And started to stomp on his stomach, three times, and left… The next day I go out with him on another patrol, and the soldiers are already starting to do the same thing.” — Israeli soldier describing assault by his commander on four-year-old Palestinian boy, 2007

The rights of Palestinian children are routinely violated by Israel’s security forces, according to a new report that says beatings and torture are common. In addition, hundreds of Palestinian minors are prosecuted by Israel each year without a proper trial and are denied family visits.
 
The findings by Defence for Children International (DCI) come in the wake of revelations from Israeli soldiers and senior commanders that it is “normal procedure” in the West Bank to terrorize Palestinian civilians, including children.
 
Col Itai Virob, commander of the Kfir Brigade, disclosed last month that to accomplish a mission, “aggressiveness towards every one of the residents in the village is common”. Questioning included slaps, beatings and kickings, he said.
 
As a result, Gabi Ashkenazi, the head of the armed services, was forced to appear before the Israeli parliament to disavow the behaviour of his soldiers. Beatings were “absolutely prohibited”, he told legislators.
 
Col Virob made his remarks during court testimony in defence of two soldiers, including his deputy commander, who are accused of beating Palestinians in the village of Qaddum, close to Nablus. One told the court that “soldiers are educated towards aggression in the IDF [army]”.
 
Col Virob appeared to confirm his observation, saying it was policy to “disturb the balance” of village life during missions and that the vast majority of assaults were “against uninvolved people”.
 
Last week, further disclosures of ill-treatment of Palestinians, some as young as 14, were aired on Israeli TV, using material collected by dissident soldiers as part of the “Breaking the silence” project, which highlights army brutality.
 
Two soldiers serving in the Harub battalion said they had witnessed beatings at a school in the West Bank village of Hares, southwest of Nablus, in an operation in March to stop stone-throwing. Many of those held were not involved, the soldiers said.
 
During a 12-hour operation that began at 3 a.m., 150 detainees were blindfolded and handcuffed from behind, with the nylon restraints so tight their hands turned blue. The worst beatings, the soldiers said, occurred in the school toilets.
 
According to one soldier’s testimony, a boy of about 15 was given “a slap that brought him to the ground”. He added that many of his comrades “just knee [Palestinians] because it’s boring, because you stand there 10 hours, you’re not doing anything, so they beat people up”.
 
The picture from serving soldiers confirms the findings of DCI, which noted that many children were picked up in general sweeps after disturbances or during late-night raids of their homes.
 
Its report includes a selection of testimonies from children it represented in 2008 in which they describe Israeli soldiers beating them or being tortured by interrogators.
 
One 10-year-old boy, identified as Ezzat H, described an army search of his family home for a gun. He said a soldier slapped and punched him repeatedly during two hours of questioning, before another soldier pointed a rifle at him: “The rifle barrel was a few centimetres away from my face. I was so terrified that I started to shiver. He made fun of me.”
 
Another boy, Shadi H, aged 15, said he and his friend were forced to undress by soldiers in an orange grove near Tulkarm while the soldiers threw stones at them. They were then beaten with rifle butts.
 
Jameel K, aged 14, described being taken to a military camp where he was assaulted and then had a rope tightened around his neck in a mock execution.
 
Yehuda Shaul, of “Breaking the silence”, said soldiers treated any Palestinian older than 12 or 13 as an adult.
 
“For the first time a high-ranking soldier [Col Virob] has joined us in raising the issue — even if not intentionally — that the use of physical violence against Palestinians is not exceptional but policy. A few years ago no senior officer would have had the guts to say this,” he said.
 
The DCI report also highlights the systematic use of torture by interrogators from the army and the secret police, the Shin Bet, in an attempt to extract confessions from children, often in cases involving stone-throwing.
 
Islam M, aged 12, said he was threatened with having boiling water poured on his face if he did not admit throwing stones and was then pushed into a thorn bush. Another boy, Abed S, aged 16, said his hands and feet were tied to the wall of an interrogation room in the shape of a cross for a day and then put in solitary confinement for 15 days.
 
Last month, the United Nations Committee Against Torture, a panel of independent experts, expressed “deep concern” at Israel’s treatment of Palestinian minors.
 
According to the DCI report, some 700 children are convicted in Israel’s military courts each year, with children older than 12 denied access to lawyers in interrogation.
 
It adds that interrogators routinely blindfold and handcuff child detainees during questioning and use techniques including slaps and kicks, sleep deprivation, solitary confinement, threats to the child and his family, and tying the child up for long periods.
 
Such practices were banned by Israel’s Supreme Court in 1999 but are still widely documented by Israeli human rights groups.
 
DCI says it has been disturbed by reports from several children of a special tiny cell, referred to as No.36, at a detention centre near Haifa. The cell has no windows or ventilation, its walls are dark and a dim light is kept on 24 hours a day.
 
In 95 per cent of cases, children are convicted on the basis of signed confessions written in Hebrew, a language few of them understand.
 
Once sentenced, the children are held in violation of international law in prisons in Israel where most are denied visits from family and receive little or no education.
 
DCI also criticizes “a culture of impunity” among the Shin Bet, noting that not one of 600 complaints of torture filed against its interrogators during the second intifada has led to a criminal investigation.
 
Yesh Din, an Israeli human rights group, reported in November that soldiers too rarely face disciplinary action over illegal behaviour.
 
Army data from 2000 to the end of 2007 revealed that the military police had indicted soldiers in only 78 of 1,268 investigations. Most soldiers received minor sentences.
 
Academic studies suggest that Israeli soldiers have been routinely using violence against Palestinian civilians, including children, for many years.
 
In late 2007 Israelis were shocked by the testimonies collected by clinical psychologist Nufar Yishai-Karin from 21 soldiers with whom she shared her military service during the early 1990s.
 
The soldiers told her of incidents in which bystanders were shot or assaulted. In one of the most disturbing testimonies, a soldier said he had witnessed his commander attacking a four-year-old boy playing in the sand in Gaza.
 
“He broke his hand here at the wrist. Broke his hand at the wrist, broke his leg here. And started to stomp on his stomach, three times, and left… The next day I go out with him on another patrol, and the soldiers are already starting to do the same thing.”
 
Such revelations have grown in number since the “Breaking the silence” began drawing attention to the army’s mistreatment of Palestinians in 2004.

Letter reveals Tony Blair knew of secret policy on terror interrogations

0

Tony Blair was aware of the ­existence of a secret interrogation policy which ­effectively led to British citizens, and others, being ­tortured during ­counter-terrorism investigations, the Guardian can reveal.

The policy, devised in the aftermath of the September 11 attacks, offered ­guidance to MI5 and MI6 officers ­questioning detainees in Afghanistan who they knew were being mistreated by the US military.

British intelligence officers were given written instructions that they could not “be seen to condone” torture and that they must not “engage in any activity yourself that involves inhumane or degrading treatment of prisoners”.

But they were also told they were not under any obligation to intervene to prevent detainees from being mistreated.

“Given that they are not within our ­custody or control, the law does not require you to intervene to prevent this,” the policy said.

The policy almost certainly breaches international human rights law, according to Philippe Sands QC, one of the world’s leading experts in the field, because it takes no account of Britain’s obligations to avoid complicity in torture under the UN convention against torture. Despite this, the secret policy went on to underpin British intelligence’s ­relationships with a number of foreign intelligence agencies which had become the UK’s allies in the “war against terror”.

The policy was set out in written instructions sent to MI5 and MI6 officers in January 2002, which told them they might consider complaining to US officials about the mistreatment of detainees “if circumstances allow”.

Blair indicated his awareness of the existence of the policy in the middle of 2004, a few weeks after publication of photographs depicting the abuse of detainees at Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq.

It was around this time, David ­Miliband, the foreign secretary, told MPs on ­Tuesday, that the policy was changed, becoming more “comprehensive and formal”.

In a letter to the intelligence and ­security committee (ISC), the group of MPs and peers that provides political ­oversight of the UK’s security and ­intelligence ­services, on May 24 2004, Blair said that rather than considering making a ­complaint, “UK intelligence personnel interviewing or witnessing the interviews of detainees are instructed to report if they believe detainees are being treated in an inhumane or degrading way”.

The Guardian has learned from a ­reliable source that MI5 officers are now instructed that if a detainee tells them that he or she is being tortured they should never return to question that person.

It remains unclear what Blair knew of the policy’s consequences. The Guardian has repeatedly asked him what role he played in approving the policy, whether he was aware that it had led to people being tortured, and whether he made any attempt to change it.

His spokesman said: “It is completely untrue that Mr Blair has ever authorised the use of torture. He is opposed to it in all circumstances. Neither has he ever been complicit in the use of torture.

“For the record, also, Mr Blair believes that our security services do a superb job of protecting our country in difficult ­circumstances and that it is not surprising following the attacks of September 11 2001 that there was a heightened sense of the dangers the country faced from terrorism. None of this amounts to condoning the use of torture.”

When the Guardian pointed out to Blair that it had not suggested he had authorised the use of torture, but had asked whether he had played any role in the approval of a policy that led to people being tortured, his spokesman replied: “Tony Blair does not condone torture, has never authorised it nor colluded in it at any time.” But there is growing evidence of MI5’s ­collusion in the torture of British ­terrorism suspects in Pakistan, where officers of the Inter-Services Intelligence ­directorate (ISI), an agency whose routine use of ­torture has been widely documented, were asked by MI5 to detain British ­citizens and put questions to them prior to an ­interrogation by MI5 officers.

Two high court judges say they have seen “powerful evidence” of the torture of Binyam Mohamed, the British ­resident who returned from Guantánamo Bay in February, before he was questioned by an MI5 officer in May 2002.

In a separate case, a court has heard that MI5 and Greater Manchester police drew up a list of questions to be put to another man, Rangzieb Ahmed, who was detained by the ISI in August 2006, despite having reason to believe that he was in danger of being tortured.

By the time Ahmed was deported to the UK after a lengthy period of unlawful detention three of his ­fingernails were missing.

Several other men have come forward to say they were questioned by British intelligence officers after suffering brutal torture at the hands of Pakistani agents, and there have been similar allegations of British collusion in the torture of ­British citizens in Egypt, Bangladesh and the United Arab Emirates.

While a small number of the victims were subsequently tried and convicted in the UK, most were released without charge.

International concern about ­Britain’s involvement in torture has been ­mounting for some time. In February Martin Scheinin, a UN special rapporteur on human rights, reported that British intelligence ­personnel had “interviewed detainees who were held incommunicado by the Pakistani ISI in so-called safe houses, where they were being tortured”.

Scheinin added that this “can be ­reasonably understood as implicitly condoning torture.”

In March, after the Guardian disclosed the existence of the interrogation policy, and reported on the growing number of allegations of British collusion in torture, Gordon Brown announced that the policy was to be rewritten by the ISC.

In what was seen at Westminster as an acknowledgement that the secret policy had been open to abuse, Brown also pledged that the rewritten policy would be made public and that a former appeal court judge would monitor the ­intelligence agencies’ compliance with it, and report to the prime minister each year.

On Tuesday Miliband said the existing policy, as amended in 2004, would not be published.

But the discovery that Blair was aware of the secret interrogation policy appears certain to fuel the growing demand for an independent inquiry into aspects of the UK’s role in torture and rendition.

So far, those who have called for such an inquiry include the Conservative and Liberal ­Democrat leaders David ­Cameron and Nick Clegg; Ken Macdonald, a former director of public prosecutions; Lord ­Carlile of Berriew, the government’s ­independent reviewer of counter-­terrorism ­legislation; Lord Howe, who was foreign secretary between 1983 and 1989 in the Thatcher government; and Lord Guthrie, a former chief of defence staff.

Bush Tries To Defend Guantanamo

0

RINF NEWS

Speaking for over an hour at a business meeting in Pennsylvania, Former President George W. Bush attacked plans to close the Guantanamo Bay prison.

“The way I decided to address the problem was twofold: One, use every technique and tool within the law to bring terrorists to justice before they strike again,” Said Mr. Bush

Bush asserted he would not directly criticize President Obama.

“I told you I’m not going to criticize my successor. I’ll just tell you that there are people at Gitmo that will kill American people at a drop of a hat and I don’t believe that — persuasion isn’t going to work. Therapy isn’t going to cause terrorists to change their mind,” he continued.

Mr. Bush also spoke out against Obama’s health care and economic agenda.

“There are a lot of ways to remedy the situation without nationalizing health care. I worry about encouraging the government to replace the private sector when it comes to providing insurance for health care.”

“I worry about encouraging the government to replace the private sector when it comes to providing insurance for health care,” he added.

Iraq inquiry a ‘whitewash’

0

RINF NEWS

Former Prime Minister Sir John Major has labeled the Governments decision to hold a private inquiry into the Iraq as a ‘whitewash’.

In a statement, Sir John Major said: “The Government’s decision to hold the inquiry into the Iraq war in private is inexplicable – not least in its own interests.

“Any material which puts our national security at risk must, of course, be withheld but if, as the Government proclaims, its position will be wholly vindicated, then it should welcome maximum publicity on all other disclosures.

“It should also engender confidence in its findings by taking evidence under oath. Only then can witnesses be bound to offer full and frank responses.

“The arrangements currently proposed run the risk of being viewed sceptically by some, and denounced as a whitewash by others. I am astonished the Government cannot understand this.”

Also Lord Robin Butler, who led a previous inquiry in 2004 into intelligence failings over whether Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, said: “There is no prospect that an inquiry conducted entirely in private can purge the national feeling of mistrust.

The form of the inquiry proposed by the government has been dictated more by the government’s political interest than the national interest.”

A blackout and a whitewash: MP’s expenses

1

Another huge own goal by Britain’s parliamentarians. Everybody knew that they were taking a rather generous view on their expenses, and when a request under the Freedom of Information Act threatened to expose it all, the Speaker, the hapless Michael Martin, took it right up to the High Court. The argument was that the expense chits would show where MPs lived, which would be a security threat. Eventually a compromise was reached — that the information would be published, but with the addresses blacked out.

It is only thanks to the Daily Telegraph that we discovered what such censorship would have concealed. MPs ‘flipping’ their second homes to maximize their allowances, using public money to do up their houses before selling them at a profit, even maintaining a ‘second home’ that is neither in London nor in their constituency. Because the Telegraph saw the uncensored originals.

The receipts published online by Parliament today, however, have all the address information blacked out. So you can see if they’ve been charging the taxpayer 89p for a bathplug — but not whether they told Parliament that one address was their second home, and Revenue & Customs that it was their main residence (and therefore not liable to capital gains tax).

What makes it an own goal, though, is that the story has shifted: it is no longer about expenses, but about the cover-up. The censorship does far more than protect MPs from security threats. It protects them from embarrassment. One MP put in a grocery bill, but we’re not even allowed to see what supermarket it was from, never mind what town it was in. That’s above and beyond the call of security.

Thanks to the Telegraph, we know what has been going on. So the censorship now doesn’t look like a prudent measure to protect MPs’ safety — it looks like a blatant cover-up to save their skins. This will run and run.

Dr Eamonn Butler

Internet privacy: Where everybody knows your name

0

Nightjack’s blog is, as its author put it rather beautifully yesterday, “slowly melting away as it drops off the edge of the Google cache”. Nightjack has gone, too, exposed by the Times as Detective Constable Richard Horton from the Lancashire Constabulary, a once-anonymous blogger brought down by his quality writing.

If his accounts of frontline police life had been less brilliant, Mr Horton would not have found a readership among people curious to learn what it is like to enforce the law on a public that resents enforcement, or won an Orwell prize for political writing, or had his identity pieced together by a curious journalist. He would have been like every other blogger who starts typing thinking that a false name offers privacy. Instead he found himself in the high court yesterday, fighting and losing a battle that has alarmed bloggers everywhere. Justice Eady, who heard the case, agreed that many of them would be horrified to learn that the law did not protect their anonymity. But, he said, “blogging is essentially a public not a private activity”. The Times was entitled to publish Nightjack’s real name if it wanted to.

This ruling was as inevitable as it was unwelcome. The fact that Mr Horton wrote on the internet cannot be a reason in itself to expect special protection. He chose to put the facts that led to his exposure into the public domain. But the outcome marks a painful coming of age for the web. Bloggers have prided themselves on breaking convention – standing outside the world of traditional media and the rules applied to it by the courts. Now that illusory sense of freedom has gone.

With it will vanish some of the more fascinating and useful online writing. Mr Horton’s blog expanded the public’s understanding of policing, as he could not if he had told his employers what he was up to and published a sanitised account of life on the beat. At their best, blogs such as Nightjack, or the Civil Serf who revealed life in a Whitehall office before also being exposed, made the public services more open, and improved debate about how they should run. Anonymity was essential to their ability to do this.

Nightjack’s case was complicated by the fact that he had described aspects of investigations, in breach of his terms of employment. But the Times could not show that harm had been caused by this. All sorts of journalism relies on information provided anonymously by sources whose employers would rather they said nothing. If Mr Horton had whispered news of a scandal to a paper, it would have printed it. Because he communicated directly, he was exposed. It was a blow to new media, on behalf of the old.

The Guardian

Orson Welles, the blacklist and Hollywood filmmaking

0

This is the first part of an interview with Joseph McBride, author of What Ever Happened to Orson Welles? A Portrait of an Independent Career(2006). The second part was posted June 17.

While in the Bay Area for the recent San Francisco Film Festival, David Walsh and Joanne Laurier had a lengthy conversation with Joseph McBride, author of What Ever Happened to Orson Welles? A Portrait of an Independent Career (University Press of Kentucky, 2006), an unusual and valuable book.

McBride, an associate professor at San Francisco State University, is a former screenwriter, a former critic and reporter for Daily Variety in Hollywood, and one of the foremost experts on American filmmaker Orson Welles. He has also written or edited works on John Ford, Howard Hawks, Frank Capra, Steven Spielberg and Kirk Douglas.

What Ever Happened to Orson Welles? is significant for a number of reasons. The title refers sardonically to the attitude of numerous critics toward Welles’s last years, the two decades, more or less, before his death in 1985 at the age of 70. In their complacency and indifference, such commentators choose to view Welles as a victim of his own unfortunate career choices or a supposed inability to finish projects, or, worse still, they paint him as a lazy, overweight “has-been” who had tragically squandered his undeniable talent.

According to this theory. Welles’s career following the making of Citizen Kane when he was 25, in 1941, consisted of a series of self-inflicted disasters that resulted in his becoming, more or less deservedly, something of a pariah.

McBride works diligently to dispel such myths. He knew Welles during the last 15 years of the latter’s life and participated in one of the filmmaker’s major unfinished projects, The Other Side of the Wind, about an aging Hollywood director, with John Huston in the lead role.

The author makes clear that Welles was willing and eager to work, virtually to the last day of his life. The fundamental sources of his difficulties remained what they had been throughout his career: the financial and artistic constraints bound up with working in the American film industry

McBride writes: “The story of the last fifteen years of his life is a saga of untiring work, dedication, creativity, and indomitable courage in the face of overwhelming obstacles placed before him by a society that tragically undervalues its great artists.” (p. 26)

In addition to The Other Side of the Wind, McBride discusses a number of the projects that Welles worked on and was unable to complete in the last several decades of his life, including his nearly 30-year, legendary effort to adapt Cervantes’ Don Quixote for the screen; various planned series for US television, including a documentary “essay” show called “Orson Welles and People”; a thriller, The Deep, with Jeanne Moreau; a version of The Merchant of Venice, whose negative was stolen from Welles’s Rome office; The Dreamers, an adaptation of two stories by Isak Dinesen; scripts adapted from works by Joseph Conrad and Graham Greene: “a cheerily autobiographical account of his early days in the theater”; and many others.

What Ever Happened to Orson Welles? sets the record straight in another important regard. It emphasizes Welles’s artistic and political radicalism, which has been downplayed by numerous biographers, in some cases with Welles’s own help. As McBride notes, “Despite Welles’s later defensiveness about his political evolution and his general aversion to polemics on stage or screen, his artistic career…was always profoundly radical.” (pp. 46-47)

The book argues convincingly that Welles was blacklisted by the Hollywood studios in the late 1940s. McBride points to “unmistakable evidence, hidden in plain sight, that Welles’s political and cultural activities had caused him to be blacklisted during the postwar era. His decision to leave the country in 1947, just as the Hollywood blacklist was being imposed, and his reinvention of himself as a wandering European filmmaker, largely out of necessity, hastened his already strong bent toward independence from the commercial system.” (p. xvii)

Welles was a man of the left, who associated with socialist-minded intellectuals in the New York theater world before his move to Hollywood in 1939. His direction of a version of Macbeth set in Haiti in 1936 for the Federal Theatre Project’s Negro Theater Unit, and Marc Blitzstein’s left-wing musical work, The Cradle Will Rock, and an adaptation of Julius Caesar laid in fascist Italy, both in 1937, consolidated his reputation as a remarkable dramatic innovator and a fierce critic of contemporary society.

William Randolph HearstWilliam Randolph Hearst

Welles had already incurred the wrath of right-wing publisher William Randolph Hearst for his theater and radio work, but his audacity in choosing to direct a film for RKO that drew its inspiration at least in part from the media mogul’s life and career, Citizen Kane, made him, in the words of an artistic associate, “a marked man.”

Attacking Hearst and all that he represented within the American ruling elite, in McBride’s words, brought down “the wrath of a whole powerful network of right-wing red-baiters, including the FBI, the Dies committee, and the American Legion, all of which were allied with and supported by the vociferously anti-Communist publisher.” (p. 45)

The FBI opened a file on Welles in April 1941, shortly before Citizen Kane’s release, and kept it active until 1956, when the filmmaker was safely semi-exiled in Europe. Hearst had been an ally and collaborator of J. Edgar Hoover since the early 1930s, supplying him with information on suspected Communists and fellow travelers in Hollywood.

McBride cites an FBI report’s conclusion about Welles’s extraordinary first film: “The evidence before us leads inevitably to the conclusion that the film Citizen Kane is nothing more than an extension of the Communist Party’s campaign to smear one of its most effective and consistent opponents in the United States [i.e., Hearst].” (p. 45)

The hostility of Hoover and the FBI toward Welles was so great, that although the bureau’s agents could find no proof of his membership in the Communist Party (and it appears he never was a member), “Los Angeles special agent in charge R. B. Wood took the drastic step of recommending to Hoover in November 1944 that Welles be listed as a Communist on the FBI’s Security Index. That little-known roster gathered the names of people who supposedly represented threats to national security. Originally the Custodial Detention Index, it was designed by Hoover to facilitate the rounding up and detention of alleged subversives during a national emergency. Welles’s name was on the Security Index from 1945 to 1949.” (p. 50)

As we note in our interview with McBride, it has some significance that an individual often credited with directing the greatest film made in the US was placed on a list of those to be rounded up and interned when the powers that be felt threatened!

McBride’s book has many fascinating aspects to it. We spoke to him at his home where we discovered him surrounded by piles of books, videos and DVDs.

* * * * *

WSWS: We found your book while searching for material on Orson Welles’s Citizen Kane [1941]. We thought it was especially significant that you emphasized Welles’s political radicalism, and also challenged the conventional wisdom that his career was a downward spiral from Citizen Kane. It’s a valuable book with some remarkable insights. There are big questions bound up with his career, which are not just film questions, but bound up with the character of American society in the middle and late 20th century. They continue to vibrate.

Joseph McBride: Welles may be a beneficiary of the changing times. In the 1970s, when the blacklisted people started getting a lot of attention, they were now seen as heroes. The whole thing reversed itself. With Welles, people have mistakenly rejected the idea that he was blacklisted.

Have you seen his FBI file? The main file is 222 pages long. You can get it online.

One of the problems with the history of the blacklist is that there’s sort of an official list that everybody knows. These are people who were unfriendly witnesses before HUAC [House Committee on Un-American Activities], basically. People are familiar with them. Dalton Trumbo, John Howard Lawson and the others.

But there were so many people who were “greylisted” and blacklisted who you don’t really know about. And that’s part of the Kafkaesque nature of the blacklist. Sometimes people could not even tell what happened to their careers because suddenly they just couldn’t get work.

James F. Byrnes, the former secretary of state [1945-47] under Harry Truman and chief legal counsel for the studios, advised the film industry to deny there was a blacklist because blacklisting was illegal.

There’s a documentary called Hollywood on Trial, made in 1976, and Ronald Reagan is in it, sitting in front of an American flag and a California flag and wearing makeup. On camera Reagan says there was no blacklist. It’s sort of like Holocaust denial. It’s terrible to go through it, and then another blow is to be told it didn’t exist.

There are a lot of people like African-American actress Hattie McDaniel [who won the award for Best Supporting Actress for Gone With the Wind in 1939], for example, somebody who I admire a lot, who were greylisted. But she suffered after the war because she was progressive. And she was also suffering because people in the NAACP and other liberals were criticizing her for the kind of roles she played. She was kind of unemployable for a while because she was getting it from both sides. But very few people know that she was blacklisted or greylisted. So when you do the research, you start finding out that people had these degrees of problems. Some were totally blacklisted and some simply didn’t find much work.

So with Welles, I realized that this was the elephant in the room that nobody ever really talked about. The clearest evidence that he was blacklisted is that he was named in Red Channels, that terrible book put out in 1950. I’ve read the book, and it lists a lot of people in the business, and if your name was in Red Channels, you had to write a letter clearing yourself or do some other form of clearing yourself to work again. That’s the way it worked.

I’ve seen the types of letters that people wrote, for example, screenwriter Philip Dunne. He was a liberal and an anti-communist, and one of the founders of the ADA [Americans for Democratic Action], and he was also a founder of the Committee for the First Amendment. They fought the blacklist and then they sort of caved in–it was short-lived. He showed me a letter he had to write, even though he was not a Communist. He had to state that and disown some of his associations. He felt bad about it, but he showed it to me. Dunne was working for Twentieth Century-Fox, but for most of the studios you had to do something like that.

And John Houseman mentions in his memoirs that he had to write a letter like that. He was Welles’s partner in the Mercury Theatre. So the things they held against Houseman were some of the same things they held against Welles. Associating with left-wingers, putting on certain plays–The Cradle Will Rock [1937]–and things like that.

So I would assume that Welles, in order to do even the limited work he did for American television and for Hollywood studios during the 1950s, would have had to write a letter of that sort, short of informing on people. If you were not a Communist you might not have to inform on people to go back to work, if you were abject enough in your letter and you had people in the studios supporting you. I could not imagine that Welles would ever have informed on people.

When I was researching my recent book on Welles, I began thinking about when he left Hollywood. Most of the books say that he left in 1948 and did not come back until the mid-1950s, and that’s pretty much the heyday of the blacklist.

In his FBI file, they reported he left Hollywood in late November 1947.

WSWS: A significant month. The “Hollywood Ten” were cited for contempt, and the studios launched the blacklist in November 1947.

JM: Yes. The original Hollywood Nineteen were subpoenaed in October 1947 for the November HUAC hearings involving those who became known as the Hollywood Ten.

WSWS: The significance of Welles’s departure in November had never occurred to us till we read your book.

JM: It’s a revelation, thanks to the FBI files. Whatever he had to say publicly about the blacklist I have in my book. He gives a limited mea culpa to blacklist ringleader Hedda Hopper that is fascinating and painful to read. There is an interview with British talk show host Michael Parkinson, from the 1970s, in which he was asked directly whether he went to Europe because he was being investigated. Welles denies it and sort of dances around the subject. But I don’t believe that. He says the reason he went to Europe was not political, it was because he was not getting work in America.

Now it was true that he had just made Macbeth [1948], which was considered a monumental flop. It’s a fine film, but people were dumping on it. The Lady from Shanghai, which actually did not come out until 1948, was also a commercial failure. So he was getting to the point where it was hard to find a job as a director. But, theoretically, he could have worked as an actor.

There’s a book on Carol Reed’s The Third Man–which came out in 1949–that mentions David O. Selznick, one of the producers, and his resistance to hiring Orson Welles as Harry Lime. Selznick made a comment to the effect that Welles’s politics were a problem in America. To have him in a film would turn people off, etc. The British producer and director went ahead and put him in the film anyway. And it didn’t seem to hamper the film’s release.

The argument against his being on a blacklist was that he did appear in films that were shown in American theaters. So he may not have been totally blacklisted. The American Legion in those days used to threaten to picket theaters. It scared the studios. It’s one of the reasons that they instituted the blacklist. The fact that the Legion didn’t picket Welles’s films does not necessarily indicate that he was not blacklisted.

The other thing you could say is that he did work for some American studios in Europe. Twentieth Century-Fox made some films in Europe in which Welles acted. And Darryl F. Zanuck was his friend and actually put some money into Othello [1952]. So, again, the blacklist may not have been total in that sense.

Welles stayed away until 1953, and what happened then was interesting. He went to work for CBS doing the television version of King Lear, with Peter Brook directing. There was a pattern: Welles appeared on a number of American television shows over the next three years–all for CBS. Sometimes you would have one network that would hire you, and you somehow worked it out with that network and they would support you. You did whatever you have to do to work for them.

WSWS: You suggest he might have had to write a letter to do that?

JM: I think it is almost certain that he would have had to do that, but I haven’t found such a letter. When you take account of other people’s histories, it would have been difficult for him to work under that cloud without it. Now, in his FBI file there is a document that specifically says, “No record of Communist Party membership but Subject has consistently followed Communist Party line.” There’s a lot of innuendo in there and people say, “we think he’s a Communist,” but we, the FBI, really looked for the proof and didn’t find it. And they admit that in the file. So there’s no doubt. Even they knew he was not a Communist. He was very anti-Stalinist.

Welles claims over the years and in various interviews that the Hollywood Communists didn’t like him. I guess because he wasn’t controllable. They felt he was too much of a maverick for them. At least that’s his version.

This next story is a bit off the track, but it’s strange. I interviewed the actor Eddie Albert, whose actress wife, Margo, was blacklisted. So they were leftists. He told me an amazing thing that I don’t think has ever been printed. Albert said that in the latter part of World War II, Ronald Reagan approached the Hollywood Communist party and tried to join.

WSWS: In Paul Buhle’s and Dave Wagner’s Radical Hollywood, they mention that the FBI considered Reagan to be in or around the CP periphery.

JM: Reagan was considered a liberal, and in his testimony before HUAC he says being a Communist was not illegal, and publicly at that time he opposed the blacklist. However, privately, he was informing to the FBI. So he was playing a double game by that time. Eddie Albert said that Reagan tried to sign up with the CP, but they wouldn’t have him, because they thought he was an infiltrator. How history would have been different had Reagan been a Communist!

Welles had never been a Communist, and as one of the blacklisted people told me about Frank Capra, he could not have informed with much specificity on people because he wasn’t a Communist. So Welles probably wasn’t the kind of guy that they would haul before HUAC. Welles was never a Communist, and that was frustrating for J. Edgar Hoover, because he couldn’t pin that on him.

I did a book on Frank Capra [Frank Capra: The Catastrophe of Success, 1992/2000] that deals extensively with the blacklist. The major revelation of that book was that Capra was an informer during the blacklist era, which was quite stunning. He named names in private.

The Army-Navy-Air Force Personnel Security Board was investigating Capra because he was a member of a think tank for the Defense Department, planning strategy for war in Europe if there were a Third World War. Capra was involved in that, so his security clearance was denied, and a number of things were held against him. He had worked with a lot of left-wing writers, for example. So he panicked and turned in several of his writers, including Sidney Buchman, who wrote Mr. Smith Goes to Washington [1939], and who was a Communist when he wrote that film.

Capra, I also found out, was an FBI informer and a State Department informer. They called him to clear or not clear people in Hollywood. The book took a lot of research, and I came up with the whole story. So I did a lot of investigation of the blacklist and interviewed people who were affected. Ian McLellan Hunter was a blacklisted writer informed on by Capra. I told him that Capra had informed on him, and he was stunned to find that out.

WSWS: Is a 222-page file, as the FBI had on Welles, particularly thick or thin?

JM: It is substantial, but not as huge as some. Charlie Chaplin’s is more than two thousand pages long. Welles’s file indicated serious interest in him. The FBI pursued him and spied on him from 1941 to 1956, when they closed the file.

The file was opened in 1941 around the time of the release of Citizen Kane, and it’s clear that [William Randolph] Hearst, who was a close ally of Hoover’s, had sicced the FBI on him.

Welles was involved in a group for radio called the Free Company, made up of progressives who were doing programs about civil liberties and similar issues. And Welles did a radio show that he wrote and directed called His Honor the Mayor, which is quite sophisticated because it’s about a town in which there is a fascist organization, kind of like the Ku Klux Klan, and the mayor defends their right to freedom of speech and freedom of assembly.

Welles is saying in America we can’t deny anyone the freedom of speech whether we like their politics or not. It was a clever of way of defending basic rights even for our enemies. But Hearst saw through this and didn’t like it–also in the play, they criticize a powerful publisher, it’s implied that he’s a fascist. And it’s clearly Hearst they’re talking about, even though the character has a different name. So Hearst went bananas and attacked Welles over that and, of course, Citizen Kane, so this led to the FBI starting their investigation of Welles.

WSWS: What does it say about American society that the man who directed what is often called the greatest American film [Citizen Kane] was put on the Custodial Detention Index, an FBI list of people to be interned in case of a national emergency?

JM: Having read these files I knew he was on the list. And a story came out after my book was published that Hoover wanted to round up the people on the Security Index, as it was then called, at the time of the Korean War.

WSWS: Yes, we wrote about that in 2007 [FBI’s Hoover proposed internment of 12,000 “disloyal” Americans in 1950].

JM: [President Harry] Truman said no. Because Welles had left the country, the FBI removed him from the Security Index in 1949. But if he had been in the country when the Korean War began in 1950, he probably would have been vulnerable to being rounded up. And winding up in a camp.

WSWS: In the recent review of Hollywood’s Blacklists [The anti-communist purge of the American film industry], we argued that Welles, through no fault of his own, was not prepared for the counter-offensive against him and the left in general.

JM: By 1941 he was prepared, because he was getting the full heat. I think he was a little naïve when he made Kane. It was not a mistake to do it. Some people said he should not have made Kane because it ruined his career

WSWS: Of course, that’s a coward’s argument. That’s the theme of that documentary, The Battle over Citizen Kane [1999] [PBS documentary: “The Battle Over Citizen Kane”–A revealing look at an old controversy]

JM: That was ridiculous, because it equated Welles and Hearst–a progressive and a quasi-fascist–as if they were similar creatures. I think Welles did not realize how much trouble he’d get into by attacking Hearst. That’s one of the reasons Citizen Kane is a wonderful film, it’s very brazen and audacious. But it certainly caused him immense trouble. By the time the film was under attack in 1941, he certainly was aware of the magnitude of the problem, because they were threatening to burn the film.

WSWS: It was a remarkable moment, when Welles persuaded the film studio executives and their lawyers, in a projection room at Radio City Music Hall in New York, not to destroy the film.

JM: [Welles’s editor at the time and future director] Robert Wise, who was there, gave me a first-hand account. He said it was the greatest performance Welles ever gave, when he gave this wonderful speech about defending freedom of speech against fascism and how we have to defend it here at home. It is under attack around the world, he said…. It’s very moving–and the people he addressed his speech to were the heads of the New York corporations that ran the studios and their top lawyers. RKO was threatened by Louis B. Mayer, who ran MGM. He was heading an informal group from the studios and saying we’ll go to RKO and buy Citizen Kane for $800,000 and burn it.

All the studios, who got their lawyers involved, were all feeling vulnerable because Hearst was threatening to go to town against them. He was threatening to bring up the fact that many Hollywood executives were Jews. In Hearst Over Hollywood, Louis Pizzitola [An interview with Louis Pizzitola, author of Hearst Over Hollywood] goes into detail about the anti-Semitic crusade Hearst was going to mount, and he was also going to reveal a lot of scandals about studio bosses and stars. Screenwriter Herman Mankiewicz was quoted about that–Hearst had all the goods on people throughout the years that he had suppressed, various “dirty secrets,” and he was going to publish that material. So the fact that Welles could persuade them is pretty extraordinary.

The fictional version of the struggle over Citizen Kane, RKO 281 [1999] [How today’s film industry views Orson Welles] has that scene, but they ruined it for me. In their version Welles gives that speech and it’s pretty stirring, then he walks out with George Schaefer, the head of RKO. It leaves some ambiguity as to whether Welles meant what he said, or he was just putting on an act, which I thought was a gratuitous pulling the rug out from under this wonderful moment. It’s absurd, because, first of all, Welles was trying to save his film, and, second, he cared deeply about fascism and freedom of speech.

WSWS: Your book points out, without covering over his weaknesses and failings, the ongoing effort to portray Welles as crazy, maniacally egotistical, reckless, wasteful, opportunist, etc. There’s the Tim Robbins version of this in Cradle Will Rock [1999], and, more recently, Richard Linklater’s Me and Orson Welles [2008]. It’s unfortunate. He represents something people still find threatening in some way.

JM: In Discovering Orson Welles, Jonathan Rosenbaum argues that Welles represents the artist, and artists threaten the status quo. Welles is the archetypal troublesome artist. Rosenbaum thinks this is the root of all this. In a puritanical culture the artists are considered amoral and reckless. They waste money, chase women and they do all these terrible things, and Welles seems to fit all those characteristics.

In my book, I point out that Welles went over budget a few times, not a great deal and not as much as others have done. The Lady from Shanghai went way over budget.

Let’s put it in perspective: In regard to his Brazilian film, It’s All True [shot in 1942], which was never completed, there were rumors that Welles went down there and went way over budget. They fired him. They lied about it.

In my book I reproduce the transcript of the phone conversation between two RKO executives, Reg Armour and Phil Reisman. This is a smoking gun. It shows the character assassination that was going on. Armour said, “We don’t want him to know” what the real budget is, because Welles was well under budget. They also said things like, well, he didn’t have a story. They sent him down there without a script because that was the project–he had to discover what the film was about when he was down there. He did do some carousing, there is no doubt, but that’s been kind of exaggerated.

He dated Brazilian women, and you still find the suggestion in some of the books on him that there’s something wrong with that. There’s a kind of racist tinge to this, that he’s reveling with “native women”–they use phrases of that type.

Rosenbaum and Robert Stam argue that Welles’s problems were partly racial or political, because he was taking the side of the poor blacks in Brazil living in the favelas. They were persecuted and economically deprived, and he was centering a lot of the film on their problems and how the government was oppressing them. So he was threatening to the Brazilian and American governments who didn’t want a film of that kind but an innocuous travelogue.

The studio also worried that if the film had a lot of black people in it they couldn’t show it in the South. When MGM used to make movies with Lena Horne they used to design her scenes so they could be cut out when the films were shown in the South. But Welles had whites and blacks freely mixing in the cast. He was under attack for the political content and also because he was associating with black people. He had black members of his creative team whom he would meet with. Granted, they often met in nightclubs. The fact that they were working was ignored. So it’s a lot of picking and distorting of facts, and when you analyze these myths most of them collapse. Or all of them collapse, actually.

WSWS: There’s that aspect of it. But it was not simply the artist as artist in Welles who was threatening. He thought about and deeply criticized American life.

JM: The Magnificent Ambersons [1942] was quite radical when you consider that it’s a film directed against the automobile. Against capitalism to a certain extent. The industrial age that ruined America. Although you could find something quite conservative in that film because it is also a lament for a vanished time in American history.

WSWS: It was directed against Henry Fordism perhaps.

JM: Ambersons was made at the worst possible time because the whole country was gearing up for the war effort. Everybody was supposed to be working 24-hour shifts at the factories and everything else. He comes along and says the automobile, or the automobile industry, is the enemy.

To be continued

Torture Photos “Will Not See The Light Of Day”

2

RINF NEWS

Republican Senator, Lindsey Graham, today revealed that a top ranking White House official has stated photographs showing US troops torturing and abusing detainees in Iraq and Afghanistan will “not see the light of day.”

Rahm Emanuel, Barack Obama’s chief of staff, plans to block the release of the pictures. 

“He assured me these photos would not see the light of day,” said Senator Graham.

“I have been personally assured by Rahm Emanuel, the White House Chief of Staff, that if Congress fails to do its part in protecting these photos from being released, President Obama will sign an executive order classifying the photos,” he continued.

“The people involved in Abu Ghraib and other detainee abuse allegations have been dealt with. These photos bring nothing new, but the effect of releasing these photos would be to empower our enemies,” said Graham.

“Every photo would become a bullet or IED used by terrorists against our troops,” he added.

Beijing To Use 10,000 Internet Spies

1

RINF NEWS

Beijing authorities are set to ramp up monitoring of Internet usage as the city plans to hire at least 10,000 censors to keep an eye out for “harmful” websites and content.

The Chinese Government are also attempting to ensure that every new PC sold contains web filtering software that can block political websites and blogs. From 1st July 2009 all computer manufacturiers will have to include a programme called Green Dam/Youth Escort, that was developed under commission by the government.

A Californian software company, Solid Oak, claims the software infringes its intellectual property rights.

Solid Oak chief executive, Brian Milburn, said: “If our code is being used to censor a country, we stand up to things like that,” he said. His company was considering whether such action was feasible.

“If we can’t stop HP and Dell from shipping, I guess the only way to resolve this would be an interim licensing agreement,” he said.

Chinese groups opposed to Beijing’s move had offered assistance in taking legal action in the country.

The Chinese media are refusing to give the issue the coverage it deserves, instead following instructions by officials to concentrate on “positive reporting”.

Obama Given $100 Billion For Illegal Wars

0
RINF NEWS
President Obama has been granted over $100 billion dollars to fund the illegal wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
US Congress gave approval at a vote of 226 to 202, lawmakers in the US House of Representatives approved a compromise version of legislation, to reconcile differing House and Senate versions of the Bill.

Al Qaeda leader arrested over Sunni MP’s killing

0

Iraqi police arrested a top Al-Qaeda operative on Wednesday over the killing of a senior Sunni Muslim MP and human rights advocate who was shot dead in a Baghdad mosque last week.

 

The arrest came after intelligence efforts led police to a house in the western Baghdad neighbourhood of Ghazaliyah, not far from Al-Yarmuk where Harith al-Obaidi was assassinated on Friday.

“We received information from one of our sources in Ghazaliyah that the group involved in the assassination were in one house,” Brigadier General Noaman Dakhil Jawad, the commander of the police’s rapid intervention forces in Baghdad, told AFP.

“We prepared our forces, we raided the house, and we arrested the criminal Ahmed Abed Oweiyed.”

Jawad said Oweiyed was the deputy commander of Al-Qaeda’s military wing in Iraq.

“Through intelligence efforts, we tracked down the criminal who masterminded the killing,” he said.

A teenage gunman shot dead Obaidi and his bodyguard in Al-Shawaf mosque in the predominantly Sunni neighbourhood of Al-Yarmuk after Obaidi led worship on the weekly Muslim day of prayer.

The gunman then killed three others and wounded 12 by throwing a grenade into a crowd, before killing himself.

Obaidi, born in 1966, was deputy chairman of parliament’s human rights committee and head of the biggest Sunni bloc in parliament, the National Concord Front.

The day before he was killed, he called for an independent inquiry into torture and abuse of detainees in Iraq’s prisons.

Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki led mourners at Obaidi’s funeral on Saturday, while Vice President Adel Abdel Mahdi, a Shiite Muslim like Maliki, described the murder as a “brutal crime.”

Iraq has seen several political assassinations since the US-led invasion of March 2003.

In February, Islamic Party official Samir Safwat was killed outside his Baghdad home by gunmen in a car. A month earlier, two candidates standing in provincial elections held on January 31 were killed in Baghdad and Mosul.

Wednesday’s arrest comes less than two weeks ahead of a deadline by which US troops must withdraw from Iraq’s urban centres, as part of a landmark security accord between Washington and Baghdad under which all US troops will leave Iraq by the end of 2011.

Maliki has warned that insurgents and militias would likely step up their attacks in the coming weeks in a bid to undermine confidence in Iraq’s own security forces.

Violence has dropped markedly in Iraq in recent months, with May seeing the lowest Iraqi death toll since the 2003 invasion. But attacks remain common, particularly in Baghdad and the northern city of Mosul.

Al-Qaeda in Iraq was also blamed for a car bombing last week in a market in Batha, in the largely peaceful Dhi Qar province, that killed 19 people and wounded 56, the bloodiest attack in Iraq since May 20.

The True Story Behind Pyschology’s Role in Torture?

1

A seventeen-year-old boy is locked in an interrogation cell in Guantanamo.

 He breaks down crying and says he wants his family. The interrogator senses the boy is psychologically vulnerable and consults with a psychologist. The psychologist has evaluated the boy prior to the questioning and says, “Tell him his family has forgotten him.” The psychologist also prescribes “linguistic isolation” (not letting him have contact with anyone who speaks his language.) The boy attempts suicide a few weeks later. On the eve of the boy’s trial, the psychologist apparently fearing her testimony will only further implicate her, indicates she will plead the Fifth Amendment if she is called to the stand. The trial is postponed, leaving the boy in further limbo.

The military psychologist is merely a foot soldier in psychology’s participation in torture. It goes much deeper. We now know that psychologists helped design and implement significant segments of George Bush’s torture program. Despite their credo, “Above all, do no harm,” two psychologists developed instruments of psychological torture. They “reversed engineered” psychological principles. They used the very therapeutic interventions psychologists use to ameliorate psychological suffering, but “reversed” their direction to create psychological distress and instability. If one’s reality sense is threatened, a good therapist validates and supports it as appropriate. In reverse engineering, the environment is deliberately made more confusing and the victim’s trust in his own perceptions is intentionally undermined. In extreme form, this can ultimately drive a person to insanity from which some never come back. These were the types of techniques that were used on the seventeen-year-old detainee and others.

Military psychologists also colluded with the Justice Department to help CIA operatives circumvent the legal prohibitions against torture. Under the Justice Department definition of torture, if a detainee was sent to a psychologist for a mental health evaluation prior to interrogation it was per se evidence that the interrogator had no legal intent to torture the detainee because the referral “demonstrated concern” for the welfare of the detainee.

Most remarkably of all, this whole process occurred under a protective “ethical” seal from the American Psychological Association (APA), psychologists’ largest national organization. The APA governance repeatedly rejected calls from its membership for APA to join other health organizations in declaring participation in Bush detention center interrogations unethical.

Most psychologists are appalled at what the APA has done, and many, like me, have resigned from the APA. But the true story behind APA’s involvement with torture has not been fully told.

I have had ample opportunity to observe both the inner workings of the APA and the personalities and organizational vicissitudes that have affected it over the last two decades. For most of the twenty-year period from 1983 to 2003, I either worked inside the APA central office as the first Executive Director of the APA Practice Directorate, or I served in various governance positions, including Chair of the APA Board of Professional Affairs and member of the APA Council of Representatives. Since leaving APA I have maintained a keen interest in the organization.

The transformation of APA, in the past decade, from a historically liberal organization to an authoritarian one that actively assists in torture has been an astonishing process. As with many usurpations of democratic liberal values, the transformation was accomplished by a surprisingly small number of people. APA is an invaluable case study in the psychological manipulations that influence our governmental and non-governmental institutions.

To explain APA’s behavior two questions have to be answered. First, how did the APA develop the connections with the military that fostered the shameful role it has played in torture? Second, why did the APA governance not join other health professions in prohibiting participation in the Bush Administration’s “enhanced interrogations,” as APA’s rank and file members were demanding?

The APA-military connection  

One source of APA’s military connections is obvious to anyone who has worked at APA over the last twenty-five years. Strangely, it has been overlooked by the media. Since the early 1980’s, APA has had a unique relationship with Hawaii Senator Daniel Inouye’s office. Inouye was an honored WWII veteran, a Japanese American who himself was a medical volunteer in the midst of the bombing of Pearl Harbor. He entered office in 1962. For much of the ‘70s, he was Chair of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence. Later he became, and is currently, the chair of the U.S. Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on Defense, which, of course, makes up the largest chunk of federal discretionary spending and is why economists often split discretionary government funding into defense spending versus “everything else.” This appropriations committee covers not only all of the armed forces but the CIA as well. Put succinctly, Inouye controls the military purse strings, and is very influential with military brass.

One of Inouye’s administrative assistants, psychologist Patrick Deleon, has long been active in the APA and served a term in 2000 as APA president. For significant periods of time DeLeon has literally directed APA staff on federal policy matters and has dominated the APA governance on political matters. For over twenty-five years, relationships between the APA and the Department of Defense (DOD) have been strongly encouraged and closely coordinated by DeLeon.

Inouye himself has served as an apologist for the Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp (“Gitmo”) since the inception of the War on Terror. In a press briefing at the U.S. State Department, held shortly after his trip to Gitmo in February of 2002, Inouye affirmed Rumsfeld’s propagandist vision of the site, and then remarked: “Watching our men and women treat these detainees was rather impressive. They would go out of their way to be considerate. …”

From what we know now, that is true, but not in the benevolent way Inouye implied. Inouye’s comments bore a chilling similarity to Barbara Bush’s famous comments about the alleged good fortune of Katrina victims, in the Houston Astrodome. The detainees, he said, are being treated “in some ways better than we treat our people.” (R. Burns, Associated Press, 2002). And he compared the Guantanamo climate to Hawaii’s. (It is “somewhat warmer.”)

More significantly, it was Inouye who recently stripped the funding needed for closing Gitmo from a supplemental appropriations bill. This “Inouye Amendment,” threw a stick in the spokes of any U.S. movement away from the worst of global war on terror policies. In announcing the funding cut, Inouye’s press release was a remarkable illustration of Orwellian “newspeak,” ostensibly supporting the very opposite of what he was doing

But let me be clear. We need to close the Guantanamo prison. Yes, it is a fine facility. I, too, have visited the site. Yes, the detainees are being well cared for. Our servicemen and servicewomen are doing great work. But the fact of the matter is Guantanamo is a symbol of the wrongdoings which have occurred, and we must eliminate that connection. (Inouye, Press Release May 20, 2009).

DeLeon’s connection with Inouye is not by any means the only APA connection with defense interests. In 1951 the military established The Human Resource Research Organization (HumRRO) to develop techniques for “psychological warfare.” HumRRO was run by psychologist Dr. Meredith Crawford who spent ten years as APA treasurer and was deeply involved in APA activities for three decades. Crawford’s former student, Raymond Fowler, became Chief Executive Officer of APA in 1989 and stayed in that position until 2003. Today, fifty-five percent of HumRRO’s budget comes from the military.

As CEO, Fowler hired his two most important lieutenants from HumRRO, Chief Financial Officer, Charles “Jack” McKay, and in-house attorney, James McHugh. Both men have now, after lengthy APA tenures, left the APA and returned to HumRRO in  very senior roles. McHugh is Chairman of the HumRRO Board of Trustees and McKay is Vice-Chairman and Treasurer. The current President of HumRRO, psychologist William Strickland, has been an outspoken supporter of APA’s policies on the torture issue. He served on the APA Council of Representatives throughout the APA deliberations on torture.

Whether and how the longstanding relationships and frequent circulation of key personnel between APA and HumRRO positions have shaped APA’s involvement with the military is unclear, but given recent events, it certainly warrants more careful scrutiny than it has received from psychologists. In fact, I do not believe many psychologists are even aware of these relationships.

Regardless of HumRRO’s role, however, as psychologists, most APA governance members have little Washington political experience. For them, Patrick DeLeon, because of his connection with Inouye, is perceived as a canny psychology politician and political force on Capitol Hill. Regardless of the accuracy of that perception, I have no reason to think DeLeon is a corrupt or evil person. Instead, from my perspective, the most interesting aspect of DeLeon has always been his apparent preoccupation with issues of status for psychologists, irrespective of the issues’ actual significance either for psychologists or the public.

DeLeon wanted to make sure a psychologist, not just physicians, for example, would be eligible to fill this or that position in the Veteran’s Administration, and he campaigned for years for VA psychologists to receive a minuscule pay increase when they became board certified. On the whole, I found these matters harmless and of at least some marginal benefit to people. Using funding from the Department of Defense he has also launched a campaign for psychologists to be given legal rights to prescribe psychiatric medications.

The torture issue is, of course, quite different. Viewed through the eyes of DeLeon’s adherents, psychology’s new found role as architects of a central component of the war on terror was a tremendous “victory” for the field of psychology. That it involved torture was peripheral, obscured by the headiness of being involved in high-level, important, clandestine government affairs. In discussions about APA’s role in the interrogations, a senior member of the APA governance described himself as “addicted” to the television show 24. Now he had his own reality TV show.

DeLeon’s influence in the APA and with many individual psychologists, especially those from Hawaii, came in very handy for Inouye in his efforts to support the Department of Defense. When the military needed a mental health professional to help implement its interrogation procedures, and the other professions subsequently refused to comply, the military had a friend in Senator Inouye’s office, one that could reap the political dividends of seeds sown by DeLeon over many years.

While we are only now uncovering the names of the individuals who participated most directly in the interrogations, I think a surprising number of them will turn out to be people brought into the military through Inouye’s office, many by DeLeon himself.

APA’s Organizational Decline

But this leads to the second and more complex question. Why did the governance of the APA let this happen under the apparent imprimatur of the world’s largest organization of psychologists? Some people assume APA’s horrifying recent behavior involved large sums of money changing hands. I could certainly be wrong, but I think the more likely (and more remarkable and pressing) mechanism has little to do with money. For reasons described below, the APA leaders who were making these decisions simply exercised judgment that was both bad and insensitive to the realities of human suffering. In my opinion, schooled by 25 years of experience with the APA, it was neither greed nor financial corruption that brought the APA governance into alliance with the Bush Administration. Instead, it was a malignant organizational grandiosity that first weakened the APA and then, ultimately, allowed military and intelligence agencies to have their way with the APA throughout the Bush Administration.

But how did the APA, of all organizations, get this way? What led to this grandiose culture? An organization does not rise or fall with a single event any more than the fall of Rome truly occurred in 476 AD. The culture of grandiosity was carefully cultivated for more than a decade by a few self-interested individuals.

What has been observable and unarguable about the APA of recent years is that the pluralistic and multi-faceted governance process I witnessed when first entering the APA in the early 1980’s was sharply curtailed during the 1990’s. Differences of opinion disappeared, and the APA suffered a terrible organizational decline. Increasingly inbred and infantilized under the tightly controlled administration of Raymond Fowler, the association agenda was primarily and at times exclusively financial, focused on making money either through real estate ventures or through what I and others felt was the unnecessarily harsh financial treatment of lower level APA employees.

Whatever one’s view of APA, few can dispute that Fowler, more than any other individual, made APA what it is today. The CEO of APA for almost fifteen years, Fowler served in one capacity or another on the APA Board of Directors for twenty-five consecutive years. While his supporters would characterize him as “astute” and his critics as “devious,” few could reasonably disagree that Fowler was the main mover in the APA for the fifteen years leading up to the torture debacle.

Most peculiarly, Fowler’s “agenda” for APA was encapsulated in the phrase “Working Together,” a noble idea that to the best of my knowledge was never attached to any actual substantive agenda. Instead, it served as a means of social control, a subtle injunction against raising any of the conflict-laden issues, challenges, or ideas that need to be addressed in any vital and accountable organization. The governance of the APA became either conformist or placid and increasingly detached from the real world.

The result was that much of the activity of the APA Council of Representatives, the legislative group with ultimate authority in the APA governance, turned away from substantive matters into an odd system of fawning over one another. Many members appeared to simply bathe in the good feeling that came from “working together.” The bath was characterized by grandiose self-referents and shared lofty opinions of one another. As it became more and more detached from reality, the organizational dysfunction became more pronounced, but this was ignored and obscured by the self-congratulatory organizational style. During this period, isolated dissent from rank-and-file members was stifled with a heavy-handed letter from the APA attorney threatening legal action or by communications from prominent members of the APA governance threatening “ethics” charges if policy protests were not discontinued. (It is unethical for psychologists to lie, and I can attest that one former APA president concluded that disagreeing with him was per se “lying.”) 

Deliberations on Torture

This same grandiosity was ubiquitous in the governance’s rhetoric at the heart of the Association’s discussions on torture. Banning psychologists’ participation in reputed torture mills was clearly unnecessary, proponents of the APA policy argued. To do so would be an “insult” to military psychologists everywhere. No psychologist would ever engage in torture. Insisting on a change in APA policy reflected a mean-spirited attitude toward the military psychologists. The supporters of the APA policy managed to transform the military into the victims in the interrogation issue.

In the end, however, it was psychologists’ self-assumed importance that carried the day on the torture issue. Psychologists’ participation in these detention centers, it was asserted, was an antidote to torture, since psychologists’ very presence could protect the potential torture victims (presumably from Rumsfeld and Cheney, no less!). The debates on the APA Council floor, year after year, concluded with the general consensus that, indeed, psychology was very, very important to our nation’s security.

We psychologists were both too good and too important to join our professional colleagues in other professions who were taking an absolutist moral position against one of the most shameful eras in our country’s history. While the matter was clearly orchestrated by others, it was this self-reinforcing grandiosity that led the traditionally liberal APA governance down the slippery slope to the Bush Administration’s torture program.

During this period I had numerous personal communications with members of the APA governance structure in an attempt to dissuade them from ignoring the rank-and-file psychologists who abhorred the APA’s position. I have been involved in many policy disagreements over the course of my career, but the smugness and illogic that characterized the response to these efforts were astonishing and went far beyond normal, even heated, give and take. Most dramatically, the intelligence that I have always found to characterize the profession of psychology was sorely lacking.

Outside the self-absorbed culture of the current APA governance, to the rest of the world, the APA arguments simply do not pass the red-face test for credibility. Instead, their transparent disingenuousness only made the APA sound embarrassingly like apologists for the Bush Administration. 

The Conclusion

The inability to deliberate rationally on the torture issue was but the tragic denouement of an organizational process that was actually set in motion in the early 1990’s, largely to serve the convenience of a very small number of individuals. As a result of the management style of the 90’s, the governance of APA was ill prepared for thoughtful deliberation on a matter as important as the torture issue. The governance was simply over its head in trying to effectively address such a socially and ethically consequential issue. This was especially true in a debate in which one side had organized support from powerful military interests, then-current APA presidents like Gerald Koocher and Ronald Levant, and Senator Inouye’s office all pushing for APA involvement in the interrogations. Few people stood up to them, and those who did were people who were inexperienced in the duplicity and manipulative style of politics that characterized APA.

With the increasing uproar from the membership and the media, APA’s more recently elected leaders and the current CEO, Norman Anderson, have been extraordinarily quiet on the subject of psychologist and APA involvement in the torture issue. Instead, second level APA employees have been put out front to defend the APA position to the membership and to the public. These are almost exclusively people hired by Fowler to fit into his carefully designed model of an organization that would be controllable, if somewhat non-dynamic and uncreative. Thus, the public relations staff Fowler hired, the staff legal and psychological expertise he hired, and most remarkably his ethics director have all served as the “face of APA” on the torture issue in recent years. Not surprisingly, forced to function under the watchful eye of the public they have not acquitted themselves in credible fashion.

In a recent book, I used several organizational examples to illustrate that many of the same techniques of political manipulation used in the Bush Administration were used in other organizational settings. Many of those examples were drawn from the APA. At the time of writing I never dreamed the techniques would lead to APA’s complicity in torture.

But such is the fate of a regressed and chronically manipulated organization. Despite being an organization of psychologists, APA has been subjected to considerable manipulation but to very little analysis. The people who run APA have “reverse engineered” the very field of psychology itself and used it against its own membership.

Psychologists are amongst the most moral and ethical people I know. They deserved better from their national organization, just as Americans throughout that same era deserved better from their government.

Bryant Welch is a clinical psychologist and attorney living in Hilton Head, SC. He is the author of State of Confusion: Political Manipulation and the Assault on the American Mind, St. Martins Press, 2008.)

Police Abusing Anti-Terror Laws

0

RINF NEWS

Today it has been reported that British police have been abusing anti-terror laws on members of the public in order to provide “racial balance” in stop and search statistics under Section 44 of the Terrorism Act 2000, which  allows police to stop and search anyone without suspicion that a crime or offence has been commited.

Liberal Democrat peer and QC, Lord Carlile, condemned the abuse of powers in his annual report on anti-terror laws.

Lor Carlile said: “I have evidence of cases where the person stopped is so obviously far from any known terrorism profile that, realistically, there is not the slightest possibility of him/her being a terrorist, and no other feature to justify the stop.

“In one situation the basis of the stops was numerical only, which is almost certainly unlawful and in no way an intelligent use of the procedure.

“I believe it is totally wrong for any person to be stopped in order to produce a racial balance in the Section 44 statistics. There is ample anecdotal evidence this is happening.

“I can well understand the concerns of the police that they should be free from allegations of prejudice, but it is not a good use of precious resources if they waste them on self-evidently unmerited searches.

“It is also an invasion of the civil liberties of the person who has been stopped, simply to ‘balance’ the statistics.

“The criteria for section 44 stops should be objectively based, irrespective of racial considerations: if an objective basis happens to produce an ethnic imbalance, that may have to be regarded as a proportional consequence of operational policing.”

He continued: “I cannot see a justification for the whole of the Greater London area being covered permanently, and the intention of the section was not to place London under permanent special search powers.

“The figures, and a little analysis of them, show that section 44 is being used as an instrument to aid non-terrorism policing on some occasions, and this is unacceptable. I repeat my mantra that terrorism-related powers should be used only for terrorism-related purposes; otherwise their credibility is severely damaged.” “I am sure it could safely be used far less. There is little or no evidence that the use of Section 44 has the potential to prevent an act of terrorism as compared with other statutory powers of stop and search.”

Use of Section 44 by officers in London is up by 266% and is used between 8,000 and 10,000 times a month.

Report Finds Government Big Brother Plans Overly Intrusive

0

RINF NEWS

A new study from experts at the London School of Economics (LSE) has found that government plans to monitor our Internet communications could cause a massive burden on networks and has been called overly intrusive.

ISPs and phone companies already have to store our communications data for 12 months.

The new plan will allow the government to access third party overseas providers such as Hotmail, Yahoo and Gmail which means authorities can examine our entire Internet activity and phone calls.

“We are concerned that the Home Office is contemplating a dramatic enhancement in surveillance powers and increase in regulatory burdens placed upon communications service providers,” says the report.

“What is being proposed under these modernisation powers is that every communication transaction, and all forms of future transactions, is now suspicious, worthy of later consideration by the police.”

It adds: “This is a phase change not only in communications surveillance, but in the power of surveillance by government itself.”

The report exploses a brief history the interception of communications dating back to 1660.

The report continues: “Although there is a case for the new powers, a thorough analysis of all citizensʼ communication traffic data would radically transform British society. Private meetings would be a thing of the past. This would be akin to having to notify the government of all the people you met with last night, in order to give them the opportunity to choose whether they want to retrospectively read any conversation transcripts that may be available. This has profound implications for the ability to associate free from surveillance.

“Political campaigning and political organising would be radically transformed. Political actors would be under constant scrutiny, regardless of whether their communications data is actually being physically read by an individual.

“As the general public becomes aware of the practice of collecting and collating all this personal information, the risk is that it will generate a chilling effect on the individual’s right to free expression, association and might dissuade people from participating in communications transactions. Already, following from the media coverage of the Government ‘wanting to get access to social networking profiles’ there has been a rising concern about what people do or say on social networking sites.”

EU needs to tell the truth about renditions

0

It is welcome that EU governments have at last agreed to heed the call issued by the European parliament five months ago to take in some released Guantánamo prisoners, even if it took them an extraordinarily long time (EU and US draw up plans for new counter-terrorism regime, 16 June). I join Jonathan Faull of the European commission in hoping that this heralds a new chapter in EU-US relations, namely “a resounding commitment to the rule of law in the fight against terrorism”. But this needs more than assertion to make it credible.

It is hard to be convinced that a commitment to the rule of law truly exists until we learn the full truth about post-2001 collusion with torture flights and secret prisons by EU countries, including the UK, Germany, Poland, Portugal and Spain. José Manuel Barroso seems set to be endorsed as European commission president again, but we have not had a full account of his role of Portugal’s complicity with Guantánamo and illegal rendition when he was that country’s prime minister from 2002 to 2004.

It is not acceptable to have EU-US deals on extradition, information collection and exchange, and border controls which are cooked up in secret and outwith the democratic control of the European and national parliaments. The so-called data protection arrangement is vague and quite inadequate to safeguard the privacy of individuals. We do need transatlantic cooperation to tackle terrorism and serious crime, since staying in our bunkers undermines our shared security. But there is a long way to go before the framework can be regarded as both democratic and human rights-compliant.
Sarah Ludford MEP
Lib Dem, London

Scientology Broadcasts TV Ad

2

RINF NEWS

The Church of Scientology is broadcasting a TV advert aimed at re-branding the group, who are often accused of human rights violations including child abuse and conspiracy to murder.

The Church of Scientology are buying spots on CNN’s Anderson Cooper 360, and the 30 second ad appears to be aimed at people who feel unfulfilled and depressed.

“Some of us have been looking their whole lives. Most don’t even know what they are looking for, but we all feel it … that unexplainable emptiness that can only be filled by one thing … the truth,” states the ad.

It’s unclear how long the ad has been running but the Alexa Internet traffic monitoring site notes an increase of hits to the Scientology web site since May from a 0.001% share of all Internet traffic to 0.02%.

Reports suggest that Peaches Geldof, a British socialite and daughter of Bob Geldof, is set to join the Church after she was spotted leaving the Scientology Celebrity Centre in Hollywood.

One of Scientology’s beliefs is that each human being is full of “Thetans”, the dead souls of an alien race.

Beam me up Scotty.

Companies Warned Not To Sign ID Card Contracts

0

RINF NEWS

The controversial and unpopular ID card scheme, due to be implimented by 2012, might never see the light of day according to the Shadow Home Secretary, Chris Grayling.

Mr Grayling has contacted five companies chosen to bid for Identity Cards contracts warning them to not sign any further contracts with the government as he fears the possibility of  “quite big penalty costs” being written in to prevent the cancellation of the scheme, which leaves a “substantial bill” for the taxpayer.

The Tory party have promised to scrap ID cards if elected in the next general election.

Mr Grayling said: “We intend to scrap the ID Card project as one of our first acts if we are successful at the election.

“I am increasingly concerned that the Government is putting in place contractual arrangements that are designed to tie the hands of a future Government, and I want to make the contractors absolutely aware that we do not intend to complete this work.”

He also added: “I want companies to be cautious and recognise that if they invest large amounts of money preparing for this business, it may not happen.”

ID cards, biometric passports and the national identity register is expected to cost more than £5 billion. Ministers estimate that scrapping the cards would cost £40 million.

The government insists the project is still on track.

A Home Office spokesman said: “It is a decision for the government of the day to determine whether to invoke such clauses but equally it would be wholly inappropriate to do so on the basis of opposition policy.

“The Home Secretary has made clear the Government remains fully committed to bringing forward measures to protect people’s identity that have widespread public support.”

The project has attracted attention from human rights campaigners who have organised nationwide protests since the idea was introduced several years ago.

Empty Evidence: The Stories Of The Saudis Released From Guantanamo

1

At the end of a hectic week at Guantánamo, which saw the Obama administration overcome its previous inability to release prisoners (just two were released from January to May), it was announced that, following the release of four Uighurs to Bermuda, the return of Guantánamo’s youngest prisoner, Mohammed El-Gharani, to Chad, and the repatriation of the last Iraqi in Guantánamo, three Saudi prisoners had also been repatriated, leaving 230 men at the prison.

As I explained in March, the release of the Saudis was long overdue, because military review boards, convened on an annual basis under the Bush administration, had approved their release from Guantánamo, having concluded that they were no longer a threat to the U.S. (although it is also worth noting that they did not necessarily pose a threat in the first place). As a result, there appeared to be no excuse for the men not to be returned to the custody of the Saudi government, which has been running a well-respected rehabilitation program for former prisoners for several years.

In the case of one of these men, Khalid Saad Mohammed (who was 28 years old when seized), the decision to approve his transfer from Guantánamo had taken place in 2006, but no explanation was provided as to why he was not released when 63 other Saudis were repatriated in 2007, especially as he had so clearly been seized by mistake.

In the publicly available documents from Guantánamo, he explained that he had traveled to Pakistan to provide humanitarian aid to Afghan refugees fleeing the chaos of Afghanistan, following the U.S.-led invasion and the fall of the Taliban, and was injured while buying food and supplies for the refugees in a market at Spin Boldak, on the Pakistani border, when U.S. forces began bombing the area.

He was then seized from a hospital in Quetta, Pakistan, by Pakistani forces, and sold, with a number of other wounded men, to the U.S. military, but the authorities in Guantánamo had never managed to build up anything resembling a credible case against him, resorting instead to claims that he “was identified” by another, unnamed prisoner as having stayed at a guest house in Afghanistan, and that an unidentified “senior al-Qaeda member” had identified him as “possibly having clerical status amongst Saudi fighters.”

The first allegation is worrying, because, as recent court cases dealing with the prisoners’ habeas corpus petitions have demonstrated (see the stories of the Uighurs, the Bosnian Algerians, Mohammed El-Gharani and the recent case of a Yemeni, Alla Ali Bin Ali Ahmed, discussed below), the authorities have frequently resorted to relying on claims made by other prisoners whose reliability has been called into question by military personnel and agents from the intelligence services.

The second allegation is just as troubling, because the unidentified “senior al-Qaeda member” could have been one of the supposed “high-value detainees” — including Abu Zubaydah and Khalid Sheikh Mohammed — who were held for many years in secret CIA prisons, where they were subjected to torture, and who, as documents released to the ACLU have just demonstrated, both stated in Guantánamo that they made false confessions as a result.

The second prisoner released is Abdul Aziz al-Noofayee, whose case I wrote about just a month ago, in an article entitled, “Guantánamo: A Prison Built On Lies.” He was one of 17 men seized in a guest house in Faisalabad, Pakistan on March 28, 2002, ostensibly because the house had some tangential connection to Abu Zubaydah, although, as I discussed in my book The Guantánamo Files, there appeared to be little or no evidence connecting the men seized in the house — mostly Yemenis, and mostly aged between 18 and 24 — to Zubaydah or to any kind of terrorist activity.

Most of the men stated that they were students, and that the house functioned as a university dorm for the nearby Salafia University. Al-Noofayee, who was 25 years old at the time of his capture, had a slightly different story, as he explained in Guantánamo, but this too had no connection whatsoever with terrorism or militancy. Like another house guest (Mohammed Salam, a Yemeni), he said that he had traveled to Pakistan to receive medical treatment — specifically, for a back problem — and had never set foot in Afghanistan.

As with most of the prisoners seized in the guest house, the U.S. authorities had struggled, in the years following his capture, to come up with anything resembling evidence to justify his detention, and, in fact, had managed to produce only two pieces of information, neither of which appeared to be remotely reliable. The first was that an unidentified “senior al-Qaeda operative” — under the same unknown circumstances as Khalid Saad Mohammed’s accuser — had stated that al-Noofayee had attended the Khaldan training camp in Afghanistan “in approximately 1997,” and the second was that he “was captured with a Casio F-91W watch,” allegedly “used in bombings that have been linked to al-Qaeda and radical Islamic groups with improvised explosive devices,” a ludicrous allegation which, nevertheless, has been leveled at dozens of prisoners over the years.

As with the majority of the Guantánamo cases, it was, until last year, impossible for al-Noofayee’s lawyers to challenge the basis of his detention, but last June, after the Supreme Court ruled in a historic case, Boumediene v. Bush, that the prisoners had habeas corpus rights (in other words, the right to ask a judge why they were being held), his case — like those of the majority of the Guantánamo prisoners (except a handful who, either by accident or design, had not secured a habeas lawyer) — was assigned to a District Court judge, whose intention, under the directions provided by the Supreme Court, was to ensure that, after six and a half years of detention without adequate review, “The costs of delay are no longer borne by those who are held in custody.”

It was a worthy aim, but on the first anniversary of Boumediene (last Friday), only 29 cases had been decided. In 25 of these, judges had ruled that the government had failed to establish a case against the prisoners concerned. This is an 86 percent success rate, which is a vindication for those, like myself, who have maintained for years that the cases against the majority of the prisoners would not stand up to any kind of independent scrutiny, but it is disappointing that so few cases have been heard, and more disappointing still to realize that the main reason for the delay is obstruction by the Justice Department.

When a schedule for hearing the cases was first established last July, the Justice Department resorted to delaying tactics almost immediately, first by complaining that it was understaffed to deal with the task, and that it needed more time to compile allegations against the prisoners (despite having already had six and a half years to do so). The DoJ followed up with what appears to be a systemic failure to provide the prisoners’ defense attorneys with exculpatory material — in other words, material that tended to disprove the government’s claims — or, in fact, any of the material they required to mount a successful defense. More disturbing still is the realization that this policy of obstruction did not change at all when Barack Obama and Eric Holder took over from George W. Bush and Michael Mukasey.

Abdul Aziz al-Noofayee, like Khalid Saad Mohammed, left Guantánamo a year after Boumediene without having had the opportunity to have his case heard in a U.S. court, but he at least had the opportunity to hear about the success in court of one of the other men seized with him, Alla Ali Bin Ali Ahmed, a Yemeni student whose habeas case was heard last month by Judge Gladys Kessler. I described this ruling in an article at the time, entitled “Judge Condemns ‘Mosaic’ Of Guantánamo Intelligence, And Unreliable Witnesses,” and summarized it as follows in “Guantánamo: A Prison Built On Lies”:

Authorizing Ali Ahmed’s habeas claim, Judge Kessler demolished the government’s case against him, painting a disturbing picture of unreliable allegations made by other prisoners who were tortured, coerced, bribed or suffering from mental health issues, and a “mosaic” of intelligence, purporting to rise to the level of evidence, which actually relied, to an intolerable degree, on second- or third-hand hearsay, guilt by association and unsupportable suppositions.

Moreover, although Judge Kessler was ruling only on Ali Ahmed’s habeas case, she made it clear that, in her review of the government’s supposed evidence, she had also concluded that identical problems plagued the cases of the majority of the other men seized in the guest house. “It is likely, based on evidence in the record,” she wrote, “that at least a majority of the [redacted] guests were indeed students, living at a guest house that was located close to a university.”

For Abdul Aziz al-Noofayee, Judge Kessler’s conclusion no longer addresses the question of whether he will ever be released, but it’s noticeable, as the Obama administration finally begins to free prisoners from Guantánamo, that the rest of the men seized in the Faisalabad guest house, who are still held, have not yet received any confirmation that senior officials have taken Judge Kessler’s criticisms on board.

There is, moreover, no word from the administration about its plans for three other Saudi prisoners who were also cleared for release after military review boards at Guantánamo, but in the end what is revealed most of all through the story of Khalid Saad Mohammed, Abdul Aziz al-Noofayee and the third released prisoner, Ahmed Zuhair (who will be discussed in an article to follow) is that the Obama administration not only dawdled on taking office when it should have acted swiftly to release prisoners whose repatriation posed no difficulties, but also that these delays prevented President Obama from seizing a priceless opportunity to refute the damaging propaganda of former Vice President Dick Cheney and the many politicians who have jumped on his fearmongering bandwagon, and who, as a result, have not only derailed the President’s plan to raise funds to close Guantánamo, but have also succeeded in putting their distortions back in the headlines, where they most emphatically do not belong.

The irony is that, while Obama did little to counter this unprincipled attack on his promise to close Guantánamo, he could have fought back by simply stating that he did not have time to address Cheney’s lies and distortions about the “hardcore terrorists” still in Guantánamo, because he was too busy ensuring that prisoners who did not pose a threat to the United States, and never had, were being released after their long, cruel and pointless ordeal at the hands of his predecessors.

Obama’s failure to do so has made his mission far more complicated than was necessary, and he is still playing from a defensive position, by refusing to state categorically why nine prisoners were released in the last week (because the courts found that the Bush administration had failed to provide evidence to justify the men’s detention, or because his own inter-departmental review reached the same conclusion), but at least while prisoners are being released the public has some opportunity to understand the lies peddled by Dick Cheney, nearly eight years after he embarked on his aberrant assault on America’s core values.

Andy Worthington is the author of The Guantánamo Files: The Stories of the 774 Detainees in America’s Illegal Prison (published by Pluto Press), and maintains one of the most important blogs of our time.

Iraq Death Toll Over 100,000

1

RINF NEWS

The civilian death toll in Iraq is now over 100,000 as the US military confirm that at least 4,313 servicemen and women have been killed since 2003.

The British military has reported 179 deaths.

As of today the global figures for military deaths in Iraq look like this:

Italy, 33
Ukraine, 18
Poland, 21
Bulgaria, 13
Spain, 11
Denmark, 7
El Salvador, five
Slovakia, four
Latvia, 3 
Georgia, 3
Estonia, Netherlands, Thailand and Romania, 2 each
Australia,
Hungary, Kazakhstan and South Korea, 1 death each

What is often less reported are the civilian deaths which include many families and children. A high civilian death rate comes as a result of aerial bombs and mortar fire.

Dr Madelyn Hicks of King’s College London said: “It seems clear … to protect civilians from indiscriminate harm, as required by international humanitarian law (including the Geneva Conventions), military and civilian policies should prohibit aerial bombing in civilian areas unless it can be demonstrated – by monitoring of civilian casualties, for example – that civilians are being protected.

“Policymakers, war strategists of all persuasions, and the groups and societies that support them bear moral and legal responsibility for the effects that particular combat tactics have on civilians – including the weapons used near and among them.”

MPs exploited expenses “for personal gain”

0

RINF NEWS

MPs are again under fire, this time from Sir Christopher Kelly, the head of an inquiry into Commons expenses.

Opening the Committee on Standards in Public Life’s first evidence session, Sir Christopher Kelly stated: “These values are timeless. If they had been followed more by more MPs over the past few years we would not be in the situation that we are.”

He also said the expenses system had been “exploited for personal gain”.

More revelations came today as the Esher and Walton MP, Ian Taylor, is the latest politician to step down following heavy criticism.

Taylor insists the recent scandal is not the sole reason for his resignation.

“There has been some criticism of me recently for my failure to ‘commute’ rather than on the substance of whether I hold views or take actions on key matters on behalf of constituents”, he said. 

“We need to be more open and transparent to rebuild trust, as well as explaining better the duties of Parliamentarians.”

He continued: “I fear that the rise of the professional MP will further undermine the quality of parliamentary debate and certainly be counter-productive if we are looking for free-thinking candidates.”

Another MP, communities minister Shahid Malik, is undergoing futher investigation  following a complaint about the use of his expenses allowances, according to the commissioner’s office.

Shahid Malik had stepped down while Sir Philip Mawer, Gordon Brown’s adviser on the ministerial code, examined his housing arrangements.

The report stated that Mr Malik was unable to provide rental agreements or receipts to support his claims.

Iran Protesters Start Hacking

0

RINF NEWS

As protesters take to the streets, both sides of the debate have taken to the the Internet.

Twitter and other blogs are being used to direct users to a number of sites and tools that encourage people to target government web sites.

“Democracy needs you, Twitter!” wrote a user named temp09. “Twitter, do not condemn the people of Iran to silence,” another named tinyi added. “Upgrades can wait. The people dying in Iran cannot,” pleaded a twitterer going by the name hoopiest_frood, when a Twitter network upgrade was announced in the midst of the action.

The attacks are mainly aimed at damaging infrastructure to prevent comminucations. News sites are also on the hit list.

One activist Tweets: “NOTE to HACKERS – attack www.farhang.gov.ir – pls try to hack all iran gov wesites [sic]. very difficult for us.”

However the Iranian government are involved with the web site hacking, Andrew Sullivan of The Atlantic Magazine,  is said to be the target of denial-of-service attacks.

One programmer, Robert Synott, warns that Iran “will simply pull the plug to protect the rest of their network”, if too much DDOS traffic hits the county’s servers.

In 2007, all Internet access was cut in Burma by the government to prevent people sharing reports, photos and videos of protests.

Craig Murry on Iran

0

For me, any sensible discussion of Iran must accept a number of facts. I will set these out as Set A and Set B. Both sets are true. But ideologues of the right routinely discount Set A, while ideologues of the left routinely discount Set B. That is why most debate on Iran is inane.

Set A

Iranian Islamic fundamentalism allied to fierce anti-Americanism was born from CIA intervention to topple democracy and keep in power a ruthless murdering despot for decades, in the interests of US oil and gas companies

Iranian anti-Americanism was fuelled further by US support for US friend and ally Saddam Hussein who was armed to wage a murderous war against Iran, again in the hope of US access to Iran’s oil and gas

The US committed a terrible atrocity against civilians by shooting down an Iranian passenger jet

Iran is surrounded by US military forces and has been repeatedly threatened to the extent that the desire to develop a nuclear weapon is a reflex

There is monumental hypocrisy in condemning Iran’s nuclear programme while overlooking Israel’s nuclear weapons

Set B

Iran is governed by an appalling set of vicious theocratic nutters

Iran is not any kind of democracy. It fails the first hurdle of candidates being allowed to put forward meaningful alternatives

Hanging of gays, stoning of adulterers, floggings, censorship and pervasive control are not fine because of cultural relativism. Iran’s whole legislative basis is inimical to universal ideals of human rights.

Iran really is trying to develop a nuclear weapons programme, though with some years still to go.

There are two very good articles on the current situation in Iran. One from the ever excellent Juan Cole. I would accept his judgement on the elections being rigged.
http://www.juancole.com/2009/06/class-v-culture-wars-in-iranian.html#comments

The other from Yasamine Mather, which puts it in another perspective.
http://www.hopoi.org/articles/elections%20June%202009.html

I am not optimistic about the outcome of the popular protest.

Iranian protesters chase police away from BBC crew

0

Brave protesters protect journalists so that the world can see what’s really happening inside Iran (incident begins about 2 minutes in):

Interestingly, conservatives Richard Perle, Frank Gaffney, and Mitt Romney are saying that Ahmadinejad won the election through fraud, and that he won the election because of Obama’s new policy of engagement and diplomacy with hostile regimes.

So which is it? Did Ahmadinejad win because Iranians concluded that his confrontational foreign policy is effective, or did he have to rig the vote?

It would appear that Obama’s overtures helped swing the vote against Ahmadinejad, which is why his supporters had to engage in election fraud. In the days after Obama’s speech in Cairo, Ahmadinejad fell behind in national polling.

UPDATE: Ahmadinejad (in white) was surrounded by students at Sharrif University in Tehran and had to climb on top of his car to escape:

Apparently, the crowd is yelling Mousavi, Mousavi, Mousavi. At the end, they begin yelling ‘doorogh gou!’, which means, “liar”.

http://rickwrites.blogspot.com/

Transferring money – The next cellphone trick

0

In an unprecedented show of collaboration, Canada’s three main wireless companies will unveil a service Monday that will let people exchange money through their cellphones.

The move is the first step in creating electronic wallets that contain not only cash but also other essentials such as credit cards and personal identification. Although mobile payment services exist in other countries, the Canadian phone companies say their offering is the first built through full industry collaboration.

Rogers Communications Inc (RCI.A-T33.070.070.21%) ., Bell Canada and Telus Corp. (T-T32.00-0.55-1.69%) quietly came together four years ago — even as they continued to wage fierce battles against each other for customers — to form a jointly owned company called EnStream LP.

The Toronto-based firm’s mission has been to build a mobile platform that will ultimately change the way people conduct commerce.

“The end vision is you can take your billfold or purse and stick it into your phone,” said David Robinson, vice-president of new business planning at Rogers Wireless.

The first step involves software called Zoompass, which customers can download from EnStream to their phones beginning Monday. It will let them draw up to $1,000 a day from their bank accounts and credit cards and send it to other individuals using the same software. Recipients will have instant access to the money, which will be held in trust by HSBC Bank Canada. Recipients will access funds by moving them to their own bank accounts or using a special MasterCard that will be credited instantaneously.

Zoompass doesn’t let customers use their phones to pay merchants, however.

That next step hinges on greater deployment of equipment for “contactless” payments being pushed by credit card companies.

MasterCard’s PayPass and Visa’s payWave use a technology that embeds financial information on a chip that can be accessed when swiped in front a reader.

Over the next year, the telecom industry expects handset makers to put similar kinds of chips in cellphones. As more merchants begin adopting contactless readers, banks will be able to issue credit cards directly to people’s phones, Mr. Robinson said.

Almis Ledas, vice-president of corporate development at Bell Mobility, equates moving financial information off magnetic striped cards and putting it into wireless devices to buying a CD over the Web rather than at a physical store. It’s a more efficient transaction, he said.

“I don’t think this is going to happen overnight,” Mr. Ledas said. “But eventually, people will realize that all they have to carry with them is a cell phone, not a wallet.”

Mr. Ledas described the three carriers’ investments to date as relatively small, but said bigger investments could lie ahead. “It’s an embryonic new business that may or may not take off,” he said. “We may have it right, but I think this is still a risky activity that hasn’t been done anywhere else before.”

Despite success collaborating among themselves, Rogers, Bell and Telus have yet to bring Canada’s top banks on side, even after lengthy discussions.

The two industries have different ideas about the best way of doing mobile commerce, but the stakes are huge, with billions of dollars of transaction fees potentially on the table.

EnStream will charge everyone using Zoompass 50 cents to send money, regardless of the amount of the transaction. The maximum allowable size of each transaction is $250.

“We’re not trying to replace the banks’ payment systems,” Mr. Robinson said. “I don’t see a conflict.”

Based in Toronto, EnStream employs about 30 staff. In addition, it outsources customer service and some developer work.

The company says its Zoompass has several features that separate it from other payment services, such as EBay Inc.’s PayPal and Obopay Inc., a California-based startup. Zoompass is built specifically for mobile devices, provides instant assurances that a transaction is completed and can synchronize with a phone’s contact file, says president Robin Dua.

Simon Avery

Concern that Obama might endorse warrantless wiretapping

0

Dear Mr. President,

I am writing to reiterate my request for you to formally and promptly renounce the assertions of executive authority made by the Bush Administration with regard to warrantless wiretapping. As a United States Senator, you stated clearly and correctly that the warrantless wiretapping program was illegal. Your Attorney General expressed the same view, both as a private citizen and at his confirmation hearing.

It is my hope that you will formally confirm this position as president, which is why I sent you a letter on April 29, 2009, urging your administration to withdraw the unclassified and highly flawed January 19, 2006, Department of Justice Legal Authorities Supporting the Activities of the National Security Agency Described by the President (“NSA Legal Authorities White Paper”), as well as to withdraw and declassify any other memoranda providing legal justifications for the program. Particularly in light of two recent events, I am concerned that failure to take these steps may be construed by those who work for you as an indication that these justifications were and remain valid.

On June 8, Director of National Intelligence Blair asserted in a speech and in response to a question from a reporter that the warrantless wiretapping program “wasn’t illegal.” His office subsequently clarified that he did not intend to make a legal judgment and that he had meant to convey only that the program was authorized by the president and the Department of Justice. Nonetheless, Director Blair’s remarks — which directly contravene your earlier position, as well as the position of Attorney General Holder — risk conveying to the Intelligence Community, whose job it is to explore legally available surveillance options, that not complying with the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act may be such an option. Moreover, his “clarification” highlights the need to formally renounce the legal justification that the “White Paper” provides.

In addition, I asked your nominee to be General Counsel for the Director of National Intelligence, whether, based on the “White Paper” and other public sources, he believed that the warrantless wiretapping program was legal. His written response to my question, which was presumably vetted by your administration, indicated that, because the program was classified, he could not offer an opinion. Should he be confirmed, this position, too, risks conveying to the Intelligence Community that there may be classified justifications for not complying with FISA. As a member of the Senate Intelligence Committee who has seen all of the legal justifications, classified and unclassified, that were offered in defense of the warrantless wiretapping program, I strongly disagree with this implication.

As president, you have spoken clearly on the importance of the rule of law and have taken action in a number of areas, such as torture, that have reassured the American people and provided much-needed clarity to the Intelligence Community and the rest of the executive branch. For these reasons, I strongly urge you to formally renounce the legal arguments behind the previous administration’s warrantless wiretapping and to demonstrate again your clear commitment to the rule of law in this area.

Thank you for considering my views on this important matter.

Sincerely,

Russell D. Feingold
UNITED STATES SENATOR

CC: The Honorable Dennis C. Blair
Director of National Intelligence

The Honorable Eric Holder
Attorney General

Anti-arms trade protester acquitted

0

It was smashing news this week for one anti-arms trade protester. Chris Bluemel, a music teacher from Southampton, was acquitted last Friday of assaulting Police – despite admitting to punching a cop in the face!

The case arose out events at last year’s Carnival against the Arms Trade in Brighton which saw a mass car-park invasion of EDO/ITT by protesters. Chris was charged with both Assaulting Police and Common Assault. His defence rested on the excessive force used by police in clearing the car-park and the beating he himself received. He showed the court photos of bruising on his arms and back — bizarrely taken on a Naked Bike Ride three days later (with the naughty bits covered by post-its!). 

In their verdict three magistrates said that the evidence of PC Dugan, who received a punch in the face after beating Chris to the ground, had been ‘vague and contradictory’ in his description of the timing of events, while in contrast Chris was clearly a man of good character who had been ‘credible and consistent’ about what had happened.

Commenting on the policing of events, magistrates said that although the actions of police had been lawful at first, they descended into unlawful and excessive force in the last moments when protesters were being driven from the car park with batons and police dogs. There was no evidence of any violence used against the police by the protesters. In the circumstances Chris had been reasonable in fighting back against the police who were clearly ‘not acting in the execution of their duty’.

Chris told SchNEWS “This marks the end of an extremely difficult year, which began with a police raid on my house, in which a huge amount of computer equipment and campaign materials was seized, and ended with a trial on ludicrous charges. The police have so far refused to apologise for the disruption and stress they have caused to my life, including the fear of losing my job had I been convicted.”

Also See: www.smashedo.org.uk

The Navy’s New 100 KiloWatt Laser Weapons

1

The Office of Naval Research has awarded Raytheon a year-long contract to develop the preliminary design of a 100 kilowatt experimental Free Electron Laser (FEL) for naval warships. A FEL uses superconducting electron accelerators to produce high-power laser beams that could target cruise missiles, airplanes or boats. FEL operators can adjust the laser’s wavelength by adjusting the energy of the electrons in the accelerator, something conventional lasers can’t do. This allows them to be used on ships without suffering disturbances from the water vapor-rich environment. Raytheon has 12 months to create a preliminary design, the first step in the $150 million, three-phase ONR program. –Joe Pappalardo

Navy Free Electron Laser

The American Empire Is Bankrupt

26

This week marks the end of the dollar’s reign as the world’s reserve currency. It marks the start of a terrible period of economic and political decline in the United States. And it signals the last gasp of the American imperium. That’s over. It is not coming back. And what is to come will be very, very painful.

Barack Obama, and the criminal class on Wall Street, aided by a corporate media that continues to peddle fatuous gossip and trash talk as news while we endure the greatest economic crisis in our history, may have fooled us, but the rest of the world knows we are bankrupt. And these nations are damned if they are going to continue to prop up an inflated dollar and sustain the massive federal budget deficits, swollen to over $2 trillion, which fund America’s imperial expansion in Eurasia and our system of casino capitalism. They have us by the throat. They are about to squeeze.

There are meetings being held Monday and Tuesday in Yekaterinburg, Russia, (formerly Sverdlovsk) among Chinese President Hu Jintao, Russian President Dmitry Medvedev and other top officials of the six-nation Shanghai Cooperation Organization. The United States, which asked to attend, was denied admittance. Watch what happens there carefully. The gathering is, in the words of economist Michael Hudson, “the most important meeting of the 21st century so far.”

It is the first formal step by our major trading partners to replace the dollar as the world’s reserve currency. If they succeed, the dollar will dramatically plummet in value, the cost of imports, including oil, will skyrocket, interest rates will climb and jobs will hemorrhage at a rate that will make the last few months look like boom times. State and federal services will be reduced or shut down for lack of funds. The United States will begin to resemble the Weimar Republic or Zimbabwe. Obama, endowed by many with the qualities of a savior, will suddenly look pitiful, inept and weak. And the rage that has kindled a handful of shootings and hate crimes in the past few weeks will engulf vast segments of a disenfranchised and bewildered working and middle class. The people of this class will demand vengeance, radical change, order and moral renewal, which an array of proto-fascists, from the Christian right to the goons who disseminate hate talk on Fox News, will assure the country they will impose.

I called Hudson, who has an article in Monday’s Financial Times called “The Yekaterinburg Turning Point: De-Dollarization and the Ending of America’s Financial-Military Hegemony.” “Yekaterinburg,” Hudson writes, “may become known not only as the death place of the czars but of the American empire as well.” His article is worth reading, along with John Lanchester’s disturbing exposé of the world’s banking system, titled “It’s Finished,” which appeared in the May 28 issue of the London Review of Books.

“This means the end of the dollar,” Hudson told me. “It means China, Russia, India, Pakistan, Iran are forming an official financial and military area to get America out of Eurasia. The balance-of-payments deficit is mainly military in nature. Half of America’s discretionary spending is military. The deficit ends up in the hands of foreign banks, central banks. They don’t have any choice but to recycle the money to buy U.S. government debt. The Asian countries have been financing their own military encirclement. They have been forced to accept dollars that have no chance of being repaid. They are paying for America’s military aggression against them. They want to get rid of this.”

China, as Hudson points out, has already struck bilateral trade deals with Brazil and Malaysia to denominate their trade in China’s yuan rather than the dollar, pound or euro. Russia promises to begin trading in the ruble and local currencies. The governor of China’s central bank has openly called for the abandonment of the dollar as reserve currency, suggesting in its place the use of the International Monetary Fund’s Special Drawing Rights. What the new system will be remains unclear, but the flight from the dollar has clearly begun. The goal, in the words of the Russian president, is to build a “multipolar world order” which will break the economic and, by extension, military domination by the United States. China is frantically spending its dollar reserves to buy factories and property around the globe so it can unload its U.S. currency. This is why Aluminum Corp. of China made so many major concessions in the failed attempt to salvage its $19.5 billion alliance with the Rio Tinto mining concern in Australia. It desperately needs to shed its dollars.

“China is trying to get rid of all the dollars they can in a trash-for-resource deal,” Hudson said. “They will give the dollars to countries willing to sell off their resources since America refuses to sell any of its high-tech industries, even Unocal, to the yellow peril. It realizes these dollars are going to be worthless pretty quickly.”

The architects of this new global exchange realize that if they break the dollar they also break America’s military domination. Our military spending cannot be sustained without this cycle of heavy borrowing. The official U.S. defense budget for fiscal year 2008 is $623 billion, before we add on things like nuclear research. The next closest national military budget is China’s, at $65 billion, according to the Central Intelligence Agency.

There are three categories of the balance-of-payment deficits. America imports more than it exports. This is trade. Wall Street and American corporations buy up foreign companies. This is capital movement. The third and most important balance-of-payment deficit for the past 50 years has been Pentagon spending abroad. It is primarily military spending that has been responsible for the balance-of-payments deficit for the last five decades. Look at table five in the Balance of Payments Report, published in the Survey of Current Business quarterly, and check under military spending. There you can see the deficit.

To fund our permanent war economy, we have been flooding the world with dollars. The foreign recipients turn the dollars over to their central banks for local currency. The central banks then have a problem. If a central bank does not spend the money in the United States then the exchange rate against the dollar will go up. This will penalize exporters. This has allowed America to print money without restraint to buy imports and foreign companies, fund our military expansion and ensure that foreign nations like China continue to buy our treasury bonds. This cycle appears now to be over. Once the dollar cannot flood central banks and no one buys our treasury bonds, our empire collapses. The profligate spending on the military, some $1 trillion when everything is counted, will be unsustainable.

“We will have to finance our own military spending,” Hudson warned, “and the only way to do this will be to sharply cut back wage rates. The class war is back in business. Wall Street understands that. This is why it had Bush and Obama give it $10 trillion in a huge rip-off so it can have enough money to survive.”

The desperate effort to borrow our way out of financial collapse has promoted a level of state intervention unseen since World War II. It has also led us into uncharted territory.

“We have in effect had to declare war to get us out of the hole created by our economic system,” Lanchester wrote in the London Review of Books. “There is no model or precedent for this, and no way to argue that it’s all right really, because under such-and-such a model of capitalism … there is no such model. It isn’t supposed to work like this, and there is no road-map for what’s happened.”

The cost of daily living, from buying food to getting medical care, will become difficult for all but a few as the dollar plunges. States and cities will see their pension funds drained and finally shut down. The government will be forced to sell off infrastructure, including roads and transport, to private corporations. We will be increasingly charged by privatized utilities–think Enron–for what was once regulated and subsidized. Commercial and private real estate will be worth less than half its current value. The negative equity that already plagues 25 percent of American homes will expand to include nearly all property owners. It will be difficult to borrow and impossible to sell real estate unless we accept massive losses. There will be block after block of empty stores and boarded-up houses. Foreclosures will be epidemic. There will be long lines at soup kitchens and many, many homeless. Our corporate-controlled media, already banal and trivial, will work overtime to anesthetize us with useless gossip, spectacles, sex, gratuitous violence, fear and tawdry junk politics. America will be composed of a large dispossessed underclass and a tiny empowered oligarchy that will run a ruthless and brutal system of neo-feudalism from secure compounds. Those who resist will be silenced, many by force. We will pay a terrible price, and we will pay this price soon, for the gross malfeasance of our power elite. 

Chris Hedges

Sri Lankan government threatens Tamil parliamentarians

0

The Sri Lankan government last week threatened to strip four Tamil parliamentarians of their seats by turning down their request for leave. Coming in the wake of the army’s defeat of the separatist Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), the threat is a further sign that President Mahinda Rajapakse intends to stamp out any political opposition.

 

The issue arose when the Tamil National Alliance (TNA) forwarded leave applications of four of its MPs–Selvam Adaikalanathan, Selvarajah Gajendran, S. Jeyanandamoorthy and P. Sithamparanathan–to parliament on June 10. The four MPs had been on leave for three months and wanted an extension for another three months.

 

The TNA was formed in 2001, prior to the 2002 ceasefire, from existing Tamil parliamentary parties that accepted the LTTE’s bogus claim to be the “sole representative of the Tamil people”. As a result, the TNA functioned as a proxy for the LTTE. Since the LTTE’s military defeat, the TNA has stated only that it will continue to advance self-determination for Tamils in Sri Lanka.

 

Parliamentary leave applications are usually a straightforward formal procedure. In this case, however, the Rajapakse government seized the opportunity to threaten the four TNA representatives. If leave is not granted, MPs lose their seats, according to the provisions of the Sri Lankan constitution.

 

When the leave request was made, the chief government whip, Dinesh Gunawardena, declared that the government would oppose the application. While acknowledging that granting leave was unquestionably a parliamentary tradition, he accused the four TNA MPs of “having acted against Sri Lankan constitution” and going abroad on diplomatic passports to “give false statements to the foreign media”.

 

Two government ministers Hemakumara Nanayakkara and Jagath Pushpakumara also lashed the TNA. They were joined by Wimal Weerawansa, leader of the Sinhala chauvinist National Freedom Front (NFF), a breakaway from the Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna (JVP). “These persons are carrying out false propaganda internationally using diplomatic passports and parliamentary privileges,” Weerawansa said.

 

The government is determined to stifle any criticism of the army, its atrocities against Tamil civilians or the detention camps into which nearly 300,000 people have been herded. Any opposition to these war crimes and abuses of democratic rights is regarded by the Rajapakse regime as tantamount to treason and support for “terrorism”.

 

Defence Secretary Gotabhaya Rajapakse, the president’s brother, foreshadowed the move against the TNA shortly after the LTTE’s defeat. Speaking on state-controlled ITN television on May 21, he declared: “They [the TNA MPs] have lived most of the time abroad and propagated [the claim] that a genocide of Tamils was taking place. Legal action should be taken against them. They have no right to representation in parliament.”

 

Under Gotabhaya Rajapakse, the defence ministry has been in the forefront of attacks on basic democratic rights. Pro-government death squads operating with the tacit support of the security forces have killed or abducted hundreds of people over the past three years, including politicians and journalists. Since the end of the war, the government and the army have made further threats against journalists and other “traitors” accused of being “on the LTTE’s payroll”.

 

Significantly the main opposition party, the United National Party (UNP), remained silent in response to the government’s move against the TNA MPs, indicating its support for the war and the government’s subsequent campaign of communal triumphalism. The opposition JVP also quietly supported the government benches, having previously denounced the TNA as supporters of “LTTE terrorism”.

 

The parliamentary speaker, W. J. M. Lokubanda, deferred the leave applications. Last Friday, he informed parliament that the MPs would provide medical certificates and formally granted their leave. While not carrying out its threat, the government has put the TNA on notice that it could use various pretexts to remove them from parliament.

 

More broadly the parliamentary manoeuvre was aimed at intimidating and disciplining the Tamil elites. The main component of the TNA is the bourgeois Tamil United Liberation Front (TULF), previously the Federal Party, formed shortly after independence in 1948. The LTTE and other armed separatist groups gathered support in the 1970s among layers of youth who concluded that the TULF’s parliamentary perspective had failed.

 

The government’s threat to oust the TNA parliamentarians and disenfranchise significant layers of the Tamil minority underscores the communal character of the war against the LTTE. Far from being a “war on terrorism”, the conflict erupted in 1983 in response to decades of anti-Tamil discrimination by successive Colombo governments.

 

In July 1983 Sinhala racist thugs acting with the blessing of the then UNP government carried out a vicious pogrom against Tamils in which thousands were killed and many more homes and businesses burned down. Within days, President J. R. Jayawardene rammed the Sixth Amendment to the constitution through parliament.

 

The Sixth Amendment prohibited any political campaigning for a separate Tamil state and was backed up with laws to enforce it. All parliamentarians and public servants were required to take an oath of allegiance to abide by the constitution. After the TULF refused, its 16 MPs were expelled from parliament. The amendment amounted to a virtual declaration of war, making clear that the government had no intention of compromising with the Tamil elites.

 

The government’s threat to remove the TNA MPs from parliament is aimed not only at the country’s Tamil minority, but more broadly against any political opposition from working people. Facing a deepening economic crisis, President Rajapakse has already called for workers and youth to sacrifice for “nation building”. Behind the campaign of communalism being whipped up to celebrate the LTTE’s defeat, the government is preparing a major onslaught on the working class which can only be imposed through further trampling over democratic rights.

K. Ratnayake

EU “disturbed” by Iraq executions, calls for freeze

0

The European Union protested against reported executions in Iraq on Monday and called on Baghdad to resume a moratorium on the death penalty.

“The European Union is deeply disturbed at reports that in recent days further death sentences were carried out in Iraq, probably totalling number 20,” the Czech EU presidency said.

“Moreover, the European Union is severely alarmed about indications that further mass executions might be imminent,” the EU said in a statement.

The presidency did not specify which executions it referred to. A Czech official told Reuters that EU diplomatic sources in Baghdad had information of recent executions but gave no details.

Baghdad reintroduced the death penalty in 2004 after it was suspended following the U.S.-led invasion a year earlier and has been conducting executions regardless of numerous calls from the international community to suspend them.

Rights groups have warned trials ending in death sentences are often poorly conducted.

“The EU … urges the government of Iraq to resume the de facto suspension of the execution of death penalty, which had been observed in Iraq since August 2007, pending legal abolition,” the Czech presidency statement said.

“This suspension should include all cases still on death row in Iraq.”

The United Nations urged Baghdad in May to reconsider its resumption of the death penalty, saying Iraq’s justice system was not conducting fair trials.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki said on May 31 that former members of Saddam Hussein’s government on trial for ordering poison gas attacks on Kurdish villages will be executed if found guilty. (Reporting by Jana Mlcochova; Editing by Louise Ireland)

New Evidence Of CIA Torture Program

1

NEW YORK — The CIA today released still-highly redacted documents in which Guantánamo Bay prisoners describe abuse and torture they suffered in CIA custody. The documents were released as part of an American Civil Liberties Union Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) lawsuit seeking uncensored transcripts from Combatant Status Review Tribunals (CSRTs) that determine if prisoners held by the Defense Department at Guantánamo qualify as “enemy combatants.” In previously released versions of the documents, the CIA had removed virtually all references to the abuse of prisoners in their custody; the documents released today are still heavily blacked out but include some new information.

“The documents released today provide further evidence of brutal torture and abuse in the CIA’s interrogation program and demonstrate beyond doubt that this information has been suppressed solely to avoid embarrassment and growing demands for accountability,” said Ben Wizner, a staff attorney with the ACLU National Security Project and lead attorney on the FOIA lawsuit. “There is no legitimate basis for the Obama administration’s continued refusal to disclose allegations of detainee abuse, and we will return to court to seek the full release of these documents.”

The newly unredacted information includes statements from the CSRTs of former CIA detainees, including Khalid Sheikh Muhammad, Abd Al Rahim Hussein Mohammed Al Nashiri, Abu Zubaydah and Majid Khan, including descriptions of torture and coercion. These statements include:
– Abu Zubaydah: “After months of suffering and torture, physically and mentally, they did not care about my injuries that they inflicted to my eye, to my stomach, to my bladder, and my left thigh and my reproductive organs. They didn’t care that I almost died from these injuries. Doctors told me that I nearly died four times.” “They say ‘this in your diary.’ They say ‘see you want to make operation against America.’ I say no, the idea is different. They say no, torturing, torturing. I say ‘okay, I do. I was decide to make operation.'”

– Al Nashiri: “[And, they used to] drown me in water.”

– Muhammad: “This is what I understand he [CIA interrogator] told me: you are not American and you are not on American soil. So you cannot ask about the Constitution.”

– Khan: “In the end, any classified information you have is through…agencies who physically and mentally tortured me.”

“The information released today sheds some new light on the CIA’s torture program, but there are still unanswered questions,” said Jameel Jaffer, Director of the ACLU National Security Project. “The Obama administration should make good on its commitment to transparency, stop suppressing information about torture and abuse and hold accountable the officials who put unlawful policies in place.”

Attorneys in this case are Wizner and Jaffer of the ACLU National Security Project, Judy Rabinovitz and Amrit Singh of the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project, and Arthur B. Spitzer of the ACLU of the National Capital Area.

More information about the ACLU’s CSRT FOIA, including the documents released today, is available online at: www.aclu.org/safefree/torture/csrtfoia.html

ID cards ‘will not protect UK against terrorism’

0

Lord Steyn will say the controversial scheme is “unnecessary”, un-British and should be scrapped.

It comes as a senior Tory attacks the Government for not safeguarding our right to privacy and demand a reversal of the growth of the “Big Brother” surveillance state.

Baroness Neville-Jones, the shadow security minister, will pledge the Tories will restore the public’s right to privacy over personal information.

Lord Steyn will accuse the Home Office of introducing the cards step by step as a way of “conditioning” and “softening up” public opinion.

The cards, already in use for foreign nationals coming to Britain, will be available to anyone living in Manchester from later this year as part of a national roll out.

Ministers say the scheme will help fight terrorism, crime and illegal immigration and help people easily prove their identity.

Delivering the Lord Williams of Mostyn memorial lecture this evening, Lord Steyn will say there is “absolutely no evidence” they would protect the country against terrorism.

Their introduction was an unjustified “invasion” of civil liberties, the former judge will say.

He will add: “The commitment, by and large, of the British people to European constitutional principles and ideals does not require us to adopt an ID card system.

“In my view a national identity card system is not necessary in our country. No further money should be spent on it. The idea should be abandoned.”

“The Home Office now proudly asserts that comprehensive surveillance has become routine.

“If that is true, the resemblance to the world of Kafka is no longer so very distant.”

Alan Johnson, the new Home Secretary, is said to have launched a review of the entire £5 billion scheme amid concerns over civil liberties.

In a separate speech, to the Information Assurance for the Public Sector Conference in London, Baroness Neville-Jones will say: “The individual is the rightful owner of personal information and the state is merely possessor and should behave as a responsible custodian. We need to roll back the advance of Big Brother and restore this fundamental right of our citizens.

“Restoring privacy today must mean a clear statement on the part of those who have custody of personal information of their purpose in retaining it and of their commitment to its proper management. This will involve a review of most of the Government’s centralised databases.”

Tom Whitehead

Guantánamo’s Uighurs In Bermuda: Interviews And New Photos

0

As representatives of the world’s media descended on Bermuda to meet the four Uighurs (Muslims from China’s oppressed Xinjiang province) who had just arrived in the capital, Hamilton, after being freed from Guantánamo and given a new home by Bermuda’s Premier Ewart Brown, they gave their first interview to Bermuda’s Royal Gazette, reveling in their early experience of “a small country of people with big hearts,” and explaining, as the Gazette described it, that they “had never even heard of al-Qaeda” until they arrived at Guantánamo seven years ago. They added that they “had never seen pictures of what happened on September 11, 2001, but they did not approve of the terrorist attacks that killed about 3,000 people in the US.”

An exclusive photo of the Uighurs and their lawyers, as provided by Rushan Abbas

An exclusive photo of the Uighurs, as provided by Rushan Abbas. From L to R: Salahidin Abdulahad, Ablikim Turahun, lawyers Sabin Willett and Susan Baker Manning, Khalil Manut, and Abdulla Abdulqadir.

One of the men, Salahidin Abdulahad, explained, “We had not seen anything of the 9/11 attacks, but from what we have heard, it was a terrible tragedy that happened to the American people. We are very sympathetic with the families of those who lost their lives. We’d never heard of al-Qaeda until we came to Guantánamo and heard about them from our interrogators. From what we have heard about them, they are an extremely radical group, with totally different ideals from ours. We are a peace-loving people.”

As someone who has studied the Uighurs’ stories since 2006, first in my book The Guantánamo Files and then in several dozen articles over the last few years, the men’s lack of knowledge about al-Qaeda did not surprise me, as they left their homeland before the 9/11 attacks, and ended up in a small, rundown settlement in Afghanistan’s Tora Bora mountains that was almost totally cut off from the outside world. Such is the taint of Guantánamo, however, that, despite being cleared of being “enemy combatants” by the Bush administration, the US military and the US courts, the Uighurs are still required to prove that they had no connection to terrorist activities.

In the interview, the men took issue with an allegation that has plagued them since being cleared for release: that they had attended “a terrorist training camp” in Afghanistan. Such is the nature of political maneuvering in the United States that this allegation still clings to them, because the Justice Department, first under President Bush, and then under President Obama, used it in an unprincipled attempt to find a reason to deny them entry into the United States (after a judge ordered them to be resettled in the US last October), despite the fact that it contradicts the Bush administration’s own finding that the men never had any involvement in terrorist activity.

Responding to the allegation, Salahidin Abdulahad told the Gazette, “That is a totally false accusation. We were just fleeing Chinese suppression when we went to Afghanistan. We did not go to a military or terrorist training camp. We were in a little village and stayed in some abandoned buildings there. If you saw it you would know it’s ridiculous to call this place a military training camp.”

After explaining that they “were persecuted in their homeland by the Chinese authorities and fled over the border into Afghanistan to escape,” Abdulahad added, “We wanted to go to a peaceful country in Europe, but because of the difficulties with visas and passports, we had to do the next best thing, which was to cross the border into Afghanistan, which was much easier to do.”

The Uighurs then gave the Gazette a brief history lesson, explaining that they “had their own country until it was seized by China in 1949,” and adding that they “have been an oppressed minority for decades.” Providing an example, the men explained that “a mother who had two children and who was pregnant would be subject to a forced abortion at the hands of the authorities,” even though abortion is against the Uighurs’ religion.

The men also explained that, after the US-led invasion of Afghanistan, when the settlement was bombed by US forces, they fled to Pakistan, where they were “tricked by Pakistani tribesman, who handed them over to the US military for cash.”

Another exclusive photo of the Uighurs, provided by Rushan Abbas

Another exclusive photo provided by Rushan Abbas. Kahlil Manut gets to grips with a moped.

Moving on to Guantánamo, the men said that their “worst moments” came not during their “long stretches of solitary confinement in the spartan cells,” but “when the Americans allowed a visit by Chinese military officials,” who were permitted to interrogate them for two weeks. This was indeed a cynical move on the part of the US authorities, who were currying favor with the Chinese government in the run-up to the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and was in marked contrast to the situation that prevailed in previous years, when the Uighurs’ plight was recognized in some US political circles as being akin to that of the Tibetans.

Describing the visit of the Chinese intelligence agents, Salahidin Abdulahad said, “The Chinese delegation treated us very badly. They brought me out and interrogated me for six hours straight with no food or rest. They took me back to my cell and I was extremely tired. But then they came straight back to my cell and took me out for another six hours of interrogation. It went on that way for one-and-a-half days.” Another of the men, Ablikim Turahun, added more disturbing details. “When the Chinese came they wanted to take my picture, but I didn’t want them to, because I was afraid they would harm my family.” He said. “But one of the American guards grabbed my beard and the other held my hands behind my back so they could take the picture.”

Everything the Uighurs told the Gazette – with the exception of Ablikim Turahun’s recollection of being restrained by US guards while Chinese agents took his photo – has, of course, been reported before, as the Uighurs’ explanations of how they ended up in Guantánamo were unwavering throughout their long ordeal in US custody. Nevertheless, Premier Brown has come under pressure for accepting the men, partly from the British government, which has claimed that it was not informed about the decision to accept them (although, as I reported previously, I find this claim unconvincing), and partly from opposition politicians, who appear to view the men’s arrival as an opportunity to score political points at the expense of Premier Brown, and have threatened to call for a vote of no confidence in the current administration.

On Bermuda itself, however, the men appear to have sidestepped the fallout from the political wrangling, at least in their personal dealings with the islands’ citizens. One of their lawyers, Sabin Willett, told the Gazette that when they went into a local store to buy clothes, the radio was on, and various participants in a talk show “were complaining about ‘terrorists’ not being welcome in Bermuda.” Willett explained that the storekeeper, who “looked at the men and quickly realized who they must be,” ignored the voices on the radio and said, “Well, I welcome you here.”

Abdulla Abdulqadir, photographed by Sabin Willett

Abdulla Abdulqadir, photographed by Susan Baker Manning.

A welcome – and the opportunity to work, and to prove themselves capable of contributing positively to their new home – is all the men seek. “Bermuda had the courage to step up and do this,” Salahidin Abdulahad explained. “It’s a small place but the people have extremely big hearts. We want to live a peaceful and beautiful life here and we are ready to work hard. People know we have been in Guantánamo and they have a picture of us which is very different from who we are. When people get to know us they will know what kind of people we are. We are peace-loving people.”

Other reporters who have met the men in the last few days have confirmed their joy at their new-found freedom, and their desire to integrate as swiftly as possible. Michelle Shephard of the Toronto Star noted that, in the apartment provided for them by the US government until they find work – “which likely won’t be a problem since local companies have reportedly already made six offers,” as she put it – the men have “managed to form a makeshift family,” helped by their American translator Rushan Abbas, who initially worked with US interrogators after arriving at Guantánamo in 2002, before joining the Uighurs’ defense team. As Shephard described it, Abbas, who alternated between typing emails and “kneading dough for a traditional Uighur dinner … joked that, despite only being a few years older, she considered the men her children.” Shephard also explained that the men “have the assistance of a retired Bermudian army major, Glenn Brangman, who now works with the government,” and who “has become their energetic guide.”

In the New York Times, Eric Eckholm found Maj. Gen. Brangman to be a strong advocate for the Uighurs’ acceptance in Bermuda. After speaking to the men’s lawyers, who explained that they “have been promised work visas and, in perhaps a year or so, possible citizenship,” which “would give them passports and a right to travel,” Eckholm sought the opinion of Brangman, who said, simply, “The intent is that they shall become Bermudians.” Eckholm also wrote more about the islanders’ response to the new arrivals, noting that, “As the men venture from the seaside cottage where they temporarily live until they get jobs and figure out next steps, people often come up to shake their hands and wish them well, and the men said they were deeply touched.” He added that, “While some less affluent residents said they felt it was unfair to offer jobs and citizenship to men the United States itself would not take, many others shrugged and expressed pride at Bermudan hospitality.”

As the men settle into their new lives, they are all hoping that, after seven years of wrongful imprisonment, Bermudan hospitality will prevail over the rumors and innuendo that are a peculiar side-effect of Guantánamo, in which men held outside the law, never charged or tried, and treated abominably for seven long years, are, perversely, regarded with suspicion for the rest of their lives by all manner of people who should know better, and who should realize that holding prisoners based on a presumption of guilt, and attempting to prevent them from ever having the opportunity to challenge the basis of that presumption, will remain a particularly low point in the history of the United States, until Guantánamo is finally closed, and those still held are either charged or released.

In the meantime, the men also want the world to remember that 13 of their compatriots are still in Guantánamo, although according to information leaked last week, the US government is hoping to resettle them on the Pacific island of Palau, and is, it must be noted, anxious to do this before June 25, when the US Supreme Court is scheduled to meet to discuss whether US courts have any authority to order Guantánamo prisoners to be released into the United States. Speaking to a reporter from Britain’s Daily Telegraph, Abdulla Abdulqadir made a point of saying, “Our 13 brothers still in Guantánamo are just the same as us. People need to understand that.”

Salahidin Abdulahad and Khalil Manut, photographed by Michelle Shephard for the Toronto Star, enjoy their new-found freedom by fishing in the ocean

Salahidin Abdulahad and Khalil Manut, photographed by Michelle Shephard for the Toronto Star, enjoy their new-found freedom by fishing in the ocean.

Note: There seems to be an enormous amount of confusion regarding the men’s names. Salahidin Abdulahad was previously identified as Abdul Semet and was known to the Pentagon as Emam Abdulahat, Ablikim Turahun was previously identified as Huzaifa Parhat, Khalil Manut was previously identified as Abdul Nasser and was known to the Pentagon as Abdul Helil Mamut, and Abdulla Abdulqadir was previously identified as Jalal Jalaladin and was known to the Pentagon as Abdullah Abdulquadirakhun.

Andy Worthington is the author of The Guantánamo Files: The Stories of the 774 Detainees in America’s Illegal Prison

The truth behind Depleted Uranium (DU) Contamination and its usage

There has been significant publicity about the use of Depleted Uranium (DU) munitions, its ability to travel very long distances and the consequences to our health.

So where does DU come from, why is it used in munitions, what do such weapons look like, and what is their application in today’s warfare?

Although it was widely believed that DU munitions were used extensively during the Balkans War (1991-2001) it didn’t show its true face until the occurrence of an accident at a military camp in Kuwait. in 1991. Events prior to this accident had started intense US military activity in the region as a result of Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait on the 2nd of August 1990. Iraq forces had occupied Kuwait for seven months and in February the following year saw Operation Desert Storm liberate Kuwait. At the request of the Kuwaiti Government the United States sent re enforcements to the region in order to stabilise Kuwait and secure its borders. It was obvious at the time that this build up was showing clear signs of some other hidden agenda in the build up to an attack on Iraq.

It was reported in the NY Times on the 19th of May 1991 that Dick Cheney had emphasized that the move was temporary and said: “It is our objective to get them out as quickly as possible. And the president’s made it clear we don’t want a permanent long – lasting ground presence in the gulf.” It is ironic that 18 years later US Forces are still deeply emended in Iraq with clear intentions of permanent bases within Iraq.

On the 11th of July 1991, an explosion ripped through a United States ammunition depot referred to as Camp Doha killing and injuring both US and British forces. There were many cases of shrapnel wounds that would lead to further misery of those injured. The NY Times reported that the explosion incinerated nearby vehicles and tore the roof off the British headquarters building. The walls of several warehouses used as barracks for American and British soldiers were riddled with holes.

US Forces run for their lives as weapons explode

This terrible accident revealed for the first times the horrors and usage of Depleted Uranium (DU). Panic took hold of those living in the camp as the many explosions peppered the entire area with fragments of DU munitions. Those troops unfortunate enough to be injured by shrapnel or who had inhaled the dust were about to launch themselves on a very uncertain future of pain and suffering, many of whom would die from the effects of Low Level Radiation Poisoning.

For the first time the public were able to witness the grave danger of Depleted Uranium that had now contaminated the immediate area as well as drifting on the wind to locations further afield. This accident also for the first time revealed the warheads that are so distinctive with DU munitions. Spread over the remains of these explosions were the Depleted Uranium Rods and Sabots that frequently remain at many locations around the world and have been found in the Balkans, Iraq and Afghanistan.

The DU rod (warhead) normally does not survive an impact unless the target area hit is soft. When such rods hit solid metal or concrete they turn into an aerosol of fine DU Dust particles that appears as a dark black-dark grey cloud. Once airborne it then takes its deadly course of contamination. The health problems associated with DU and the very fine particles will be covered in another article. You can clearly see in the picture below the telltale DU Rod and Sabot that survived this accident.

The evidence is revealed (DU Rods and Sabots survived the inferno)

On July 11, 1991, at about 10:20 a.m., says a Pentagon inquiry, a defective heater in an M992 ammunition carrier loaded with 155mm artillery shells caught fire and set off a sustained series of explosions and fires. The blaze and blasts sent chemicals and radiation dust from munitions and tanks into the air for miles, as the black hazardous smoke rose high into the sky.

As a result this accident the Government of Kuwait insisted that the United States Government remove the contamination and return it back to the US. A total of 6,700 tons of contaminated sand with particles of depleted uranium and lead from Kuwait was shipped in April to the Port of Longview in Washington. The barrels were then transferred to railway cars for final delivery to the American Ecology Corporation’s Idaho’s Grand View low-level radiation waste facility, 70 miles southeast of Boise in the Owyhee Desert.

During the Balkans War DU weapons were used by US and NATO forces and despite overwhelming evidence being found, those forces to this day denounce their usage.
What I have found in my research is that although this evidence was conclusive the authorities that carried out the enquiry, research and investigation covered up the true story behind this evil weaponry.

Many thousands of US, NATO troops, innocent civilians, recovery and clean up teams have had their lives changed forever by the contamination from these munitions. Many have since died from an array of radiation sicknesses and those that have survived continue to suffer indescribable pain and suffering. This has in many cases damaged their reproductive organs resulting in higher still births and badly disfigured babies. As was the case with Agent Orange (another US manufactured product) in Viet Nam the trend continues in their siblings passing this on down the line.

As we have seen in the picture above the deadly DU penetrators frequently survive impact and is subject to if the point of contact is hard or soft. If it is hard the DU Penetrators turns in DU dust but if the contact is soft i.e. soft structures or fields the penetrator remains in tact. In the case of Camp Doha they did not make contact with anything and because of the fact it is a heavy metal, like tungsten it readily reveals itself.
During the Balkans investigation these telltale signs revealed an array of munitions. Both large and small penetrators where found in areas of soft target and this is because of the size of the many munitions used such as Missiles, Bombs, Shells and Bullets. Other evidence that also reveals a connection with DU is that frequently after some time and subject to the weather conditions the fragment or item will have traces of yellow on the fragment or casing. Uranium in its raw state is called “Yellow Cake” hence the traces of yellow. Likewise with copper we see after some time that the copper colours changes to a greenish blue. The final evidence is in taking readings from the items or impact area and a soil sample. Upon return to the laboratory on can commence exhaustive tests by using modern equipment whilst at the same time other medical tests can be carried out of the victims.

It is the type of testing carried out by UN, WHO and other Government agencies that gives rise to grave concerns as to the authenticity of the resultant reports especially in regard to the medical aspects of the tests. As I have previously reports one method used is the ICRP Biokinetic Model which primarily is used in conjunction with “Heavy Dose of Radiation Contamination” It is totally Unsuitable for testing “Low Level Radiation” especially in cases of inhalation and ingestion by humans.

Major failings off all those involved in such investigations is evident as well as their use (in some cases) of totally unsuitable or obsolete apparatus. I can repeat this story time and time again, as in the case of Afghanistan and Lebanon but to no avail.

The US, NATO and IDF deny the use of DU in both countries and yet the same evidence still keeps coming to the surface.

So what now with Gaza? We have the UN War Crimes Investigation Team currently underway but what will they find? What will they choose not to find? What will be the final outcome? Could it again be a denial by the IDF that they did not use DU? Could it be a denial that the US did not export such weapons to Israel? And finally I believe that Israel itself is producing or modifying such weapons at its own nuclear facility. Is anyone brave enough to ask them to reveal their nuclear capability and exactly what is going on in such places as the Negev Desert Facility?

The UN like its predecessor, The League of Nations, is extremely weak and vulnerable to the powers that control it i.e. The Security Council. They can have vast sums of money withheld if they don’t tow the line! Their leader is also fragile and without substance so will it fail like its predecessor or can we as individuals insist that it does its job correctly?

In the case of Gaza we now see an opportunity to test the system and make sure that the final outcome proves that not only was DU used in the strip but also continues to be used. We can make sure that the War Crimes reach a successful conclusion and that Gaza and the Palestinian can at long last see true justice. It is then just a case of giving them full sovereignty rights at the UN and for Palestine to be free.

Peter Eyre

Middle East Consultant
Palestine Telegraph Special Writer

Tasers can obtain DNA samples?

0

The rationalizations for ‘pain compliance’ – that is, torture to get you to go along with police orders – will likely only ramp up from here. Need DNA for a case? How about doing some investigative police work, do y0ur job, and lifting it from a clean surface the same as one would a fingerprint. Torturing someone to get it is unconscionable. With these rules of engagement there will be no professionalism required of our ‘peace officers‘ – any thug with a TASER will be sufficiently qualified as a state enforcer.

LOCKPORT – It is legally permissible for police to zap a suspect with a Taser to obtain a DNA sample, as long as it’s not done “maliciously, or to an excessive extent, or with resulting injury,” a county judge has ruled in the first case of its kind in New York State, and possibly the nation.

Niagara County Judge Sara Sheldon Sperrazza decided that the DNA sample obtained Sept. 29 from Ryan S. Smith of Niagara Falls – which ties him to a shooting and a gas station robbery– is legally valid and can be used at his trial.

Smith was handcuffed and sitting on the floor of Niagara Falls Police Headquarters when he was zapped with the 50,000- volt electronic stun gun after he insisted he would not give a DNA sample.

He already had given a sample, a swab of the inside of his cheek, without protest the previous month. But police sent it to the wrong lab, where it was opened and spoiled. Prosecutors who had obtained a court order for the first sample went back to Sperrazza, who signed another order without consulting the defense.

Defense lawyer Patrick M. Balkin denounced the ruling in an interview with The Buffalo News.

“They have now given the Niagara Falls police discretion to Taser anybody anytime they think it’s reasonable,” he asserted. “Her decision says you can enforce a court order by force. If you extrapolate that, we no longer have to have child support hearings; you can just Taser the parent.”

A police officer said that when Smith was ordered by officers to give his DNA, he adamantly refused.

“I ain’t giving up my DNA again. I already gave it up once. I’ll sit in jail. I ain’t giving it up. You’re going to have to Tase me,” the officer’s report stated.

The officer wrote that he then applied the stun gun to Smith’s left shoulder, a “drive stun” that is regarded as less painful than shooting electric prongs into a person, which is the usual Taser approach. Smith then consented to the sample, and he was arrested on a contempt of court charge.

In her ruling, Sperrazza cited numerous legal precedents and the state’s Criminal Procedure Law, allowing the use of reasonable force to carry out a court order.

Although there are no New York cases specifically dealing with using a Taser to accomplish that, the judge did find a Wyoming case where a court ruled it was legal to use a Taser to force a suspect to open his hand for a search.

Balkin and other lawyers familiar with the case say they know of no other case in the country in which a Taser was used to gather DNA.

The decision Wednesday in Niagara County stunned Balkin, who admitted in court that he hadn’t been carrying out trial preparation, such as seeking an expert to review the DNA test results.

“It’s my fault,” Balkin told Sperrazza. “I truly thought it was going to be suppressed.”

Balkin thought a victory on the Taser issue would lead to the dismissal of the 24-count indictment against Smith, 21, of Grove Avenue.

Sperrazza granted a postponement of Smith’s trial to Aug. 10.

Smith is charged with shooting a man in the groin July 27, 2006, after allegedly invading his ex-girlfriend’s home, tying up her two children and forcing the woman to take him to the shooting victim’s home.

He is also accused of taking part in the Dec. 24, 2006, armed robbery of a Sunoco station in Niagara Falls. A codefendant in the robbery, Christopher T. Walker Jr., now 21, pleaded guilty and is serving a 10-year state prison sentence.

DNA was found on a can of pop taken from Smith’s ex-girlfriend’s refrigerator and on a glove dropped at the gas station. It matched a sample he had to give after a previous assault conviction, and prosecutors sought another sample from Smith to confirm the findings.

“Our case is mostly DNA,” Deputy District Attorney Doreen M. Hoffmann said.

She also said she didn’t agree with Balkin that suppressing the DNA sample would have led to the dismissal of the indictment.

There is a surveillance video of the gas station robbery, Hoffmann revealed in court.

Balkin said he also was most concerned about Sperrazza’s reasoning that she didn’t have to go through a courtroom procedure for the second DNA sample because Smith had not objected to the first one.

“The court waived my client’s due process,” the defense lawyer said.

Testimony at a hearing last month partially contradicted the incident report written by Officer George McDonell, who used the Taser on Smith.

Sperrazza wrote in her ruling, based on police testimony, that when Smith refused to give another sample, Detective Lt. William Thomson phoned Hoffmann about it, and Hoffmann “instructed him that they could use the minimum force necessary to obtain the sample.”

But McDonell wrote in his report, “It was relayed that officers could use any means necessary to secure the sample.”

Sperrazza said the police should have arrested Smith first and brought him to court to be warned about the penalties for noncompliance with a court order.

McDonell testified that he used the Taser for 1z to two seconds. Another officer testified that the data readout on the Taser showed it was on for as long as four seconds.

Court papers filed by Smith’s civil attorney, Christopher O’Brien, assert that Smith was zapped three times and lost consciousness. McDonell’s report says, “Suspect complained of no injury and none was observed.”

Thomas J. Prohaska, News Niagra

Obama smoothes passage of war spending bill by pledging to suppress torture photos

0

Negotiators in the US House and Senate on Friday reached a tentative agreement on a $105.9 billion “emergency” war-funding bill for US military operations in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Pakistan through September. The Obama administration paved the way for the agreement by promising Senate Democrats that it would continue to suppress dozens of photographs of US military and intelligence personnel torturing Iraqi prisoners. Full approval should come this week, bringing the total Congressional allocation for the wars to more than $900 billion since 2001.

Democratic Senators had earlier joined their Republican colleagues in adding a measure to the war bill, on Obama’s request, that would have outlawed the release of the torture photos. This rider had delayed the bill’s passage. The House Democratic leadership warned it would no longer have enough support to pass the bill, with House Republicans having already promised to vote no in protest to a separate rider that will guarantee $100 billion in loans to the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

In response, White House chief of staff Rahm Emanuel ‘rushed’ to Capitol Hill and prevailed upon Senate Democrats to remove the torture photo measure in exchange for an explicit White House promise that it would use all means at its disposal to block the photos’ release. Obama also issued a letter to Congress assuring it he would support separate legislation to suppress the photos, if necessary, and imploring it to speed passage of the war-spending bill. The rider would “unnecessarily complicate the essential objective of supporting the troops,” Obama wrote.

The administration’s position was strengthened Thursday by the US Court of Appeals in New York, which granted Obama a stay on the court’s earlier order to release the torture photos so that the White House can appeal to the US Supreme Court. Should the US Supreme Court rule in Obama’s favor, the photos may never be made public.

The episode demonstrates the Democrats’ leading role in carrying forward the wars in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, and their complicity in covering up the criminality of these operations. Obama’s intervention in removing the rider that would have suppressed the torture photos–in exchange for his promise to do so himself–was specifically aimed at providing political cover to allow 51 “anti-war” members of the Democrats’ House delegation to support the war funding bill. “Many of them are leadership loyalists who can be counted on to switch” their vote, the Associated Press notes.

Stripped from the war funding was an appropriation for the closure of the Guantánamo prison camp. A separate amendment would allow the transfer of Guantánamo Bay detainees to the US to face trial, but would ban them from being imprisoned in the US. Earlier, on May 20, the Senate voted 90-6 to block funds that could be used to transfer Guantánamo prisoners to the US. In the face of opposition from top Republicans and within the military-intelligence apparatus against his announced intention to close the Guantánamo prison camp, Obama has indicated he will resume military tribunal trials at Guantánamo and perhaps establish a special “national security court” in the US. Both courts would be allowed to review hearsay evidence, a practice forbidden in legitimate courts.

The vast majority of the supplemental spending bill–about $80 billion–has been allocated for the wars in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Pakistan. For the first time, the cost of military operations in the “Af-Pak” theater are expected to exceed those in Iraq, with Obama planning to send 20,000 more soldiers to Afghanistan in the coming months.

Billions more will be used for separate military purchases and foreign aid, including $1.4 billion for Pakistan, half of which will go to its ongoing military operations against the Taliban. The measure allocates $2.2 billion for eight Boeing C-17 military transport aircraft, in spite of the fact that the Pentagon has announced its intention to terminate purchases of the C-17.

In addition, the bill lays out $7.7 billion to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and $1 billion in incentives for motorists to exchange their old cars for newer, more fuel-efficient models, the so-called “Cash for Clunkers” measure. It also includes $108 billion in loan guarantees to the International Monetary Fund (IMF), whose reserves have been depleted by the global economic crisis. Republicans have threatened to vote against the war-funding bill over the IMF measure, which they claim could deliver taxpayer money to “enemy” states. The government outlay for the IMF is expected to cost $5 billion, but the Treasury Department would have to borrow the full price of the loan, $108 billion.

Separately, the Obama administration on Friday petitioned a federal appeals court to hear new arguments that it cannot reveal information about Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) “black site” prisons in the case of Mohamed et al. v Jeppesen Dataplan, Inc. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) filed a federal lawsuit against the air carrier Jeppesen DataPlan, a Boeing subsidiary, on behalf of five men who had been abducted on its flights as part of the “extraordinary rendition” program. The men were sent to secret CIA prisons where they were tortured. The Bush administration intervened in the case, asking it be dismissed under the “state secrets” privilege. The Obama administration has carried on this defense since assuming office, but in April, a three-judge panel for the Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit ruled that the government can only invoke state secrets in regard to specific evidence in a case; that it cannot be used to toss out a case tout court. The ruling allowed the five men’s case to go forward.

In its new filing, the Justice Departments requests that the full Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reconsider the case as one of “exceptional importance” for national security. The filing, which came from the “highest levels of the Justice Department,” claims that “allowing this suit to proceed would pose an unacceptable risk to national security and that the reasoning employed by the panel would dramatically restructure government operations by permitting any district judge to override the executive branch’s judgments in this highly sensitive realm.”

Civil liberties groups expressed dismay at the new filing. “This is a watershed moment,” said Ben Wizner, a legal representative of the ACLU’s National Security Project. “There’s no mistake any longer. The Obama administration has now fully embraced the Bush administration’s shameful effort to immunize torturers and their enablers from any legal consequences for their actions.”

In his campaign for the presidency, Barrack Obama made much of his opposition to torture and President Bush’s invocation of the state secrets privilege. Obama’s continuation of the imperialist wars in the Middle East and Central Asia, however, require that he embrace all the criminal and anti-democratic measures that inexorably arise from them.

Tom Eley
http://www.wsws.org/articles/2009/jun2009/warf-j15.shtml

New Poll Shows Human Rights Still Matter

2

Rising support for the British National party (BNP) has not dented widespread commitment among Britons to civil liberties, a poll out today shows.

According to pollsters ComRes, who conducted research for civil liberties group Liberty, the Labour government’s Human Rights Act receives backing from 97 per cent as a law ‘that protects rights and freedoms in the UK’.

Ninety-five per cent of respondents said they viewed the right to a fair trial and respect for privacy for family life and the home as either vital or important.

Eighty-nine per cent said the same about the right not to be tortured or degraded, while over three-quarters said they viewed the right not to be detained without reason as vital or important.

“This poll will be depressing reading for the cocky far right and others opposed to human rights in Britain,” Liberty director Shami Chakrabarti said.

“Despite headlines about ‘waterboarding’ and punishment without trial, our common values still run extremely deep and the contents of the Human Rights Act are valued by the overwhelming majority of people.”

Today is the anniversary of Magna Carta, a key document in Britain’s constitution.
© Adfero Ltd

Home Secretary to rethink ID cards

0

A review of the principles underpinning the government’s £6billion national identity card scheme is among the first orders of Alan Johnston, the new home secretary.

Unnamed sources close to Jacqui Smith’s successor confirmed to the Sunday Times that he was “more sympathetic” to the scheme’s potential threat to civil liberties.

Mr Johnson, widely seen as the most credible rival to Gordon Brown, will also look at the progress of the plan, which Labour is still bound by its manifesto to deliver.

Even if the identity cards and database are scrapped, biometric passports, featuring fingerprint data and iris scans, will still be introduced, officially from October 2010.

This will reassure De La Rue, the secure-document firm, which has just won the 10-year contract to create the next-generation of British passports in a deal worth £400m.

Both the opposition parties still maintain they would scrap the ID scheme, however, with the Conservatives estimating such a move would save the taxpayer about £2bn.

Any decision by Mr Johnson to abandon parts of the scheme would also endear him to Labour’s backbenches, which are widely in support of his call to rethink its principles.

Number 10 played down his review, reportedly saying: “As you would expect the new home secretary has asked for full and detailed briefing across a range of key issues”.

© Contractor UK Limited

UK Iraq inquiry ‘must not be held in secret’

0

Gordon Brown was under intense pressure last night to throw open a new inquiry into the Iraq war to the public as families of soldiers who died, and anti-war MPs, reacted with horror to suggestions it would be held largely in secret.

Cabinet sources said the prime minister would announce an inquiry early this week, probably on Tuesday. Its structure would be “similar but not identical” to the Franks inquiry into the 1982 Falklands war, which was held behind closed doors.

Last night, as families of the dead said they would march on Downing Street if any of its deliberations were kept secret, Liberal Democrat leader Nick Clegg stoked the controversy saying he would boycott the entire investigation if it was not open, wide in its remit and did not report speedily.

Clegg told the Observer that, unless those in charge were granted full access to all documents, could subpoena witnesses, had a remit to look back to events at least a year before the war began and reported within months, the inquiry would be seen as a sham.

He said: “If it does not have this kind of remit, my party will not back it or participate. We are talking about the biggest foreign policy mistake since Suez. To lock a bunch of grandees behind closed doors in secret and wait for them to come up with a puff of smoke, like the election of the pope … would be an insult.”

Clegg added that the inquiry could be held on the lines of an open Commons select committee that the public and press could attend. “This inquiry is an acid test for all of Gordon Brown’s talk of reforming British politics,” he said.

“If he holds it all or partly in secret and kicks the eventual report into the long grass, it will be a betrayal of all those families who lost children serving in Iraq. They need answers, not another Whitehall stitch-up.”

Labour MP Alan Simpson, chair of Labour Against the War, said Brown’s strategy of using the inquiry as part of a personal political fight-back and to win favour with his backbenchers was in danger of backfiring spectacularly. “If it is done secretively, it could be the final nail in his coffin,” he said.

“We need no less rigorous an examination on this than we had on the far less important issue of MPs’ expenses. A secret examination would be worthless.”

The announcement of an inquiry comes just weeks after British troops officially ended combat operations in Iraq after a six-year campaign in which 179 British servicemen and women died.

The war, which was supported by Brown and which he financed as chancellor, cost the British taxpayer approximately £6.5bn, or roughly £1bn a year, equating to about £100 from every man, woman and child in the country.

Rose Gentle, whose teenage son, Gordon, was killed in Iraq in 2004, said that families who had lost sons and daughters in the conflict would march on Downing Street to protest if the proposed Iraq inquiry was “closed”. She said it was vital that the government dispelled concerns over the reasons for invading Iraq.

“What is the point of an inquiry behind closed doors? No family would be happy with that. We already feel that we have been lied to by the government. We don’t want any more lies. We would be prepared to go to Downing Street if the inquiry is not transparent.”

Philip Cooper, whose son Jamie was the youngest soldier seriously injured in Iraq, said: “Ministers should not treat us like us mushrooms – kept in the dark and fed on shit.”

Former Labour defence minister Peter Kilfoyle, who moved a parliamentary amendment to stop the war in early 2003 that attracted support from more than 130 Labour MPs, said: “Nothing but a completely full inquiry will do.”

Those pressing for an inquiry argue that the war may have been illegal under international law and that Tony Blair made a wholly inadequate case for war by overblowing the case against Saddam Hussein, based on dubious intelligence.

Attorney general Lord Goldsmith’s advice to the government over the legality of the 2003 invasion would also be a key part of any inquiry.

The Conservatives, who supported the war but have since questioned the government’s handling of the run-up to the conflict, welcomed the inquiry and are broadly happy with a Franks-style investigation. William Hague, the shadow foreign secretary, said: “Given that many key decisions and events were in 2002 and 2003, it is vital that an inquiry starts work with all possible speed. It is crucial that it has access to all government papers, and that it is able to report on what went wrong with the planning and co-ordination of the occupation of Iraq, as well as the decisions about the war itself.”

The Observer

Soldier Refuses Deployment to Afghanistan

1

Agosto, a soldier based at Fort Hood in Texas, is publicly refusing orders to deploy to Afghanistan. He recently wrote on military forms: “There is no way I will deploy to Afghanistan. The occupation is immoral and unjust. It does not make the American people any safer. It has the opposite effect.” Agosto also stated: “I will not obey any orders I deem to be immoral or illegal.” Portions of these statements are here .

Having served in the Army since 2005, including a tour in Iraq, Agosto can no longer bear to serve and says that he is “ready for the consequences, whatever they are.” On April 30 he told his commanding officer that he would not deploy with his unit to Afghanistan, and since May 11 he has been refusing all orders directly connected to his unit’s deployment. Agosto is waiting to see what the military will do to him. A possible outcome is military court martial and years in prison.

“I came to realize that the wars really don’t do what the stated reasons are, which is to make us safer,” said Agosto. “Both occupations fuel the insurgencies in those countries. We are creating ‘terrorists’ and we are killing so many innocent people.” See article by Dahr Jamail.

US military spending hit $607 billion in 2008

The global arms madness continues.

A new report by the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (one of my favorite think tanks) confirms that worldwide military expenditure is again on the up and up, with spending having increased by 4 percent in 2008.

“All regions and subregions have seen significant increases since 1999, except for Western and Central Europe,” says the report (available at www.sipri.org).

The United States loomed large over all other countries, with a whopping $607 billion swallowed up by the military in 2008, nearly 10 percent more than the previous year. And SIPRI is being very conservative here, because the total U.S. expenditure was roughly $1 trillion when you add military-related costs that are not in the Pentagon budget. (See my column)

Sadly, the change of Administration has not reversed the trend. The Obama Administration has asked for $663 billion for the military for fiscal year 2010, including supplemental funding for the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. Although some wasteful big-ticket boondoggles have been cut and the budget is more transparently honest, the Pentagon is still being showered with money, even in our current parlous economic condition. Plus, President Obama has appealed for an additional $83.4 billion for fiscal year 2009 for operations in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Bizarrely enough, some of the U.S. media coverage of the SIPRI report has been focused on the faster increase in Chinese military spending. Duh: It’s called playing catch up. The United States accounts for nearly half of global military spending, and China’s double-digit increase was only slightly more than that of the United States. The U.S.-China rivalry is a strategic game about who can project power most forcefully. And, here, the United States has, by far, the upper hand.

The section of the SIPRI report that gave me the biggest heartburn was the one on international arms transfers. The United States, Russia, Germany, France and United Kingdom continued their gleeful dominance of the arms racket, while China and India, oblivious to the needs of their people, were the biggest importers of weapons.

“Together [the top five arms exporters] accounted for 79 per cent of the volume of exports for 2004—2008,” SIPRI states. “They have been the top five suppliers since the end of the cold war and have accounted for at least three-quarters of all exports annually.”

Boeing, BAE Systems (British), Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, General Dynamics and Raytheon were the largest producers of death, with arms profits for Boeing itself topping $4 billion. U.S. companies have almost a monopoly on the production of weapons in the big leagues, with almost two-thirds of the total arms manufactures of the top 100 companies being U.S. based.

Perhaps my all-time favorite quotation is by General Dwight David Eisenhower. (I even have a T-shirt with the first sentence printed on it.):

“Every gun that is made, every warship launched, every rocket fired signifies, in the final sense, a theft from those who hunger and are not fed, those who are cold and not clothed. This world in arms is not spending money alone. It is spending the sweat of its laborers, the genius of its scientists, the hopes of its children. This is not a way of life at all in any true sense. Under the cloud of threatening war, it is humanity hanging from a cross of iron.”

This is such a simple, graspable truth that it penetrated the consciousness of even a career military man like Ike. What will it take for the current crop of leaders around the world to comprehend it?

Amitabh Pal

The Rise of Private Armies

3

Journalist Jeremy Scahill warns against the growing power of corporate private armies and the “disintegration of the nation state apparatus.”

The following is a transcript from the Bill Moyers Journal on PBS, broadcast on June 5.

There was good news and bad news about Afghanistan this week. And it was the same news.

That’s right. The Senate held confirmation hearings for Lieutenant General Stanley McChrystal, slated to be the next commander of U.S. forces in Afghanistan. Here’s how two different news organizations reported his testimony:

The Associated Press headline read, “War in Afghanistan is ‘Winnable,'” but the “Washington Independent” reported that the general had, quote, “painted a bleak picture of the Afghanistan war” and that the United States “needed to show significant progress within ’18 to 24 months’ or risk the war spiraling out of control.”

What we know for sure is that the fighting in Afghanistan is escalating. At least 21 thousand more American troops are going in and the number of private security contractors working for the military there jumped 29 percent in the last three months alone. Get this: there are now more private security contractors in Afghanistan than there are U.S. soldiers. And as of next year, according to new Pentagon documents, the war in Afghanistan will be costing more than the war in Iraq.

It’s the job of experienced, knowledgeable investigative reporters to throw a monkey wrench into the spin machine and try to make some sense of all this. They’re an endangered species, but one of the best in the business is Jeremy Scahill, who’s been digging into Pentagon documents and thick congressional hearings for several years now. He’s twice winner of the George Polk Award for special achievement in journalism, and author of this best selling book, BLACKWATER: THE RISE OF THE WORLD’S MOST POWERFUL MERCENARY ARMY. Jeremy now runs the new Web site, RebelReports. Jeremy Scahill, welcome back to the JOURNAL…

Jeremy Scahill: It’s great to be with you Bill.

Bill Moyers: How do explain this spike in private contractors in both Iraq and Afghanistan?

Scahill: Well, I think what we’re seeing, under President Barack Obama, is sort of old wine in a new bottle. Obama is sending one message to the world, but the reality on the ground, particularly when it comes to private military contractors, is that the status quo remains from the Bush era. Right now there are 250 thousand contractors fighting the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. That’s about 50 percent of the total US fighting force. Which is very similar to what it was under Bush. In Iraq, President Obama has 130 thousand contractors. And we just saw a 23 percent increase in the number of armed contractors in Iraq. In Afghanistan there’s been a 29 percent increase in armed contractors. So the radical privatization of war continues unabated under Barack Obama.

Having said that, when Barack Obama was in the Senate he was one of the only people that was willing to take up this issue. And he put forward what became the leading legislation on the part of the Democrats to reform the contracting industry. And I give him credit for doing that. Because he saw this as an important issue before a lot of other political figures. And spoke up at a time when a lot of people were deafeningly silent on this issue. I’ve been critical of Obama’s position on this because I think that he accepts what I think is a fundamental lie. That we should have a system where corporations are allowed to benefit off of warfare. And President Obama has carried on a policy where he has tried to implement greater accountability structures. We now know, in a much clearer way than we did under Bush, how many contractors we have on the battlefield. He’s attempted to implement some form of rules governing contractors. And it has suggested that there should be greater accountability when they do commit crimes.

All of these things are a step in the right direction. But, ultimately, I think that we have to look to what Jan Schakowsky, the congresswoman from Illinois, says. We can no longer allow these individuals to perform what are inherently governmental functions. And that includes carrying a weapon on U.S. battlefields. And that’s certainly not where President Obama is right now.

Moyers: But many people will say of course, the truth, which is he inherited a quagmire from the Bush administration. What’s he to do?

Scahill: Well, there’s no question that Obama inherited an absolute mess from President Bush. But the reality is that Obama is escalating the war in Afghanistan right now. And is maintaining the occupation of Iraq. If Obama was serious about fully ending the occupation of Iraq, he wouldn’t allow the U.S. to have a colonial fortress that they’re passing off as an embassy in Baghdad. Bill, this place is the size of 80 football fields. Who do you think is going to run the security operation for this 80 football field sized embassy? Well, it’s mercenary contractors.

Moyers: So we’re supposed to be withdrawing from Iraq. But you’re suggesting, in all that you’ve written, that I’ve read lately, that we will be leaving a large mercenary force there.

Scahill: Absolutely. In fact, you’re going to have a sizable presence, not only of U.S. forces, certainly in the region, but also in Iraq. These residual forces… I mean, Bill, you remember, during Vietnam, the people who were classified as military advisors. Or analysts. And, in reality, the U.S. was fighting an undeclared war. So, in Iraq, I think that we’ve seen reports from Jim Miklaszewski, NBC News’ Pentagon correspondent. He’s quoting military sources saying that they expect to be in Iraq 15 to 20 years in sizable numbers. Afghanistan, though, really is going to become Obama’s war. And, unfortunately, many Democrats are portraying it as the good war.

Moyers: Let me show you a snippet of what he said in Cairo on Thursday. Take a look:

PRESIDENT OBAMA: Make no mistake. We do not want to keep our troops in Afghanistan. We seek no military bases there. It is agonizing for America to lose our young men and women. It is costly and politically difficult to continue this conflict. We would gladly bring every single one of our troops home if we could be confident that there were not violent extremists in Afghanistan and now Pakistan determined to kill as many Americans as they possibly can. But that is not yet the case.

Scahill: Well, I mean, we have two parallel realities here. We have the speeches of President Obama. I’m not questioning his sincerity. And then you have the sort of official punditry that’s allowed access to the corporate media. And they have one debate. On the ground though, in Afghanistan and Pakistan, you hear the stories of the people that are forced to live on the other side of the barrel of the gun that is U.S. foreign policy. And you get a very different sense. If the United States, as President Obama says, doesn’t want a permanent presence in Afghanistan, why allocate a billion dollars to build this fortress like embassy, similar to the one in Baghdad, in Islamabad, Pakistan? Another one in Peshawar. Having an increase in mercenary forces. Expanding the US military presence there.

Moyers: Walter Pincus is an old friend of mine, an investigative reporter at “The Washington Post” for, you know, 30 or more years now. A very respected man. He reported in “The Washington Post” last fall that these contracts indicate how long the United States intends to remain in Afghanistan. And he pointed, for example, to a contract given by the Corps of Engineers to a firm in Dubai to build to expand the prison, the U.S. prison at Bagram in Afghanistan. What does that say to you?

Scahill: Right. Look, we have President Obama making it a point, regularly, to say, “We’re going to have Guantánamo closed by early next year.” The fact is that, at Bagram, we see an expansion. They’re spending $60 million to expand that prison. You have hundreds of people held without charges. You have people that are being denied access to the Red Cross in violation of international law. And you have an ongoing position, by the Obama administration, formed under Bush, that these prisoners don’t have right to habeas corpus. There are very disturbing signals being sent with Afghanistan as a microcosm. Not to mention these regular attacks that we’re seeing inside of Pakistan that have killed upwards of 700 civilians using these robotic drones since 2006. Including 100 since Obama took power.

Moyers: Some people have suggested that the increasing reliance on military contractors in Afghanistan underscores the fact that the military is actually stretched very thin. General McChrystal said, this week, he admitted that he doesn’t even know if we have enough troops there to deal with the situation as it is now. Does that surprise you?

Scahill: No. It doesn’t surprise me. Because this is increasingly turning into a war of occupation. That’s why General McChrystal is making that statement. If this was about fighting terrorism, it would be viewed as a law enforcement operation where you are going to hunt down criminals responsible for these actions and bring them in front of a court of law. This is turning into a war of occupation. If I might add about General McChrystal, what message does it send to the Afghan people when President Obama chooses a man who is alleged to have been one of the key figures running secret detention facilities in Iraq, and working on these extra judicial killing squads. Hunting down, quote unquote, insurgents, and killing them on behalf of the U.S. military. This is a man who’s also alleged to have been at the center of the cover-up of Pat Tillman’s death, who was killed by U.S. Army Rangers.

Moyers: But he apologized for that this week be before Congress.

Scahill: Well, it’s easy to apologize when your new job is on the line. It’s a different thing to take responsibility for it when you realize that the mistake was made, or that you were involved with what the family of Pat Tillman says was a cover-up.

Moyers: You know, you talk about military contractors. Do you think the American people have any idea how their tax dollars are being used in Afghanistan?

Scahill: Absolutely no idea whatsoever. We’ve spent 190 million dollars. Excuse me, $190 billion on the war in Afghanistan. And some estimates say that, within a few short years, it could it could end up at a half a trillion dollars. The fact is that I think most Americans are not aware that their dollars being spent in Afghanistan are, in fact, going to for-profit corporations in both Iraq and Afghanistan. These are companies that are simultaneously working for profit and for the U.S. government. That is the intricate linking of corporate profits to an escalation of war that President Eisenhower warned against in his farewell address. We live in amidst the most radical privatization agenda in the history of our country. And it cuts across every aspect of our society.

Moyers: You recently wrote about how the Department of Defense paid the former Halliburton subsidiary KBR more than $80 million in bonuses for contracts to install what proved to be very defective electrical wiring in Iraq. Senator Byron Dorgan himself, called that wiring in hearings, shoddy and unprofessional. So my question is why did the Pentagon pay for it when it was so inferior?

Scahill: This is perhaps one of the greatest corporate scandals of the past decade. The fact that this Halliburton corporation, which was once headed by former Vice President Dick Cheney, was essentially given keys to the city of U.S. foreign policy. And allowed to do things that were dangerous for U.S. troops. Provide then with unclean drinking water. They were the premier company responsible for servicing the US military occupation of Iraq. In fact, they were deployed alongside the U.S. military in the build up to the war. This was a politically connected company that won its contracts because of its political connections. And the fact is that it was a behemoth that was there. It was it was the girl at the dance, and they danced with her.

Moyers: Yeah. The Army hired a master electrician, I read, in some congressional testimony, to review electrical work in Iraq. He’s now told congress that KBR’s work in Iraq was, quote, “The most hazardous, worst quality work he’d ever seen.” And that his own investigation, this is not a journalist, this is an employee of the Army, had found improper wiring in every building that KBR had wired in Iraq.

Scahill: Right. And we’re talking about thousands of buildings. And so we’ve had, U.S. troops that have died from electrocution in Iraq as a result of the faulty work of KBR. This should be an utter scandal that should outrage every single person in this country. And, yet, you find almost no mention of this in the corporate media.

Moyers: Do you get discouraged writing about corruption that never gets cured?

Scahill: Well, I don’t believe that it necessarily doesn’t get cured. I think that I’m very heartened by the fact that we have a very vibrant independent media landscape that’s developing right now. You know, to me, I once put on the tagline of an article that I wrote early on in the Obama administration that I pledge to be the same journalist under Barack Obama that I was under President Bush. And the reason I felt that it was necessary to say that is that I feel like we have a sort of blue-state-Fox culture in the media. Where people are willing to go above and beyond the call of partisan politics to give Obama the benefit of the doubt. This is a man- it’s time to take off the Obama t-shirts. This is a man who’s in charge of the most powerful country on earth. The media in this country, we have an obligation to treat him the way we treated Bush in terms of being critical of him. And, yet, I feel like many Democrats have had their spines surgically removed these days, as have a lot of journalists. The fact is that this man is governing over a policy that is killing a tremendous number of civilians.

Moyers: You mentioned you mentioned drones a moment ago. I was impressed to hear our new commander of our troops in Afghanistan admit this week that the United States cannot go on killing civilians. He said, in fact, this is creating a dangerous situation for our own country.

Scahill: Well, that that I mean, on the one hand, that those words are true. I think that the fact is that, when you are killing civilians, in what is perceived to be an indiscriminate way certainly by the people of Pakistan you’re going to give rise to more people that want to attack the United States. They view themselves as fighting a defensive war. But never are the statistics cited that come out of Pakistan. 687 people are documented to have been killed. That the Pakistani authorities say are civilians since 2006. In the first 99 days of this year over 100 people were killed. And the fact is…

Moyers: By American military action?

Scahill: Right. By American military action with these robotic drones.

Moyers: 60 Minutes, on CBS News, recently got some very special access to the military. And came out with a report on drones. Let me show you a few excerpts from that.

LARA LOGAN: Right now, there are dozens of them over the skies of Iraq and Afghanistan. Hunting down insurgents every minute of every day. The fight for the pilot is on the video screen. Here a truck full of insurgents in Afghanistan is being tracked by the pilot. When the ground commander gives the order-he first, hitting his target. The trigger is pulled in Nevada. Inside these cramped single white trailers of small offices.

COL. CHRIS CHAMBLISS: And that white spot that this guy is carrying is actually a hot gun. It’s been fired and already know that it’s been used. We’ve met positive identification criteria that these are bad guys. And so now we can go ahead and strike these targets.

Moyers: Now, many people are like that fellow. They say that these drones are new miracle weapons that enable the United States military to kill the bad guys, as he said, without exposing Americans to danger. There’s truth in that, right?

Scahill: Now, I have a lot of respect for Lara Logan, the CBS correspondent. She’s really put her neck on the line and been in the thick of battle, and has been injured in battle. But I think that this piece was propaganda. She allowed the military to make claims about the effectiveness of their weapons that are being contested passionately by the people on the ground in Pakistan itself. I recently did an article about “Time” magazine’s coverage of this. They said that the Taliban are using civilians as human shields. And that’s why so many civilians have been killed. Their source for that was an Air Force intelligence officer who was allowed to speak on as though it was a Pentagon press release. I think that this is sick. Where you turn war, essentially, into a videogame that can be waged by people half a world away. What this does, these drones, is they it sanitizes war. It means that we increase the number of people that don’t have to see that war is hell on the ground. And it means that wars are going to be easier in the future because it’s not as tough of a sell.

Moyers: You will find agreement on people who say war is hell. But you’ll also find a lot of people in this country, America a lot of Democrats and Republicans, who say Jeremy Scahill is wrong. That we need to be doing what we’re doing in Afghanistan because, if we don’t, there’ll be another attack like 9/11 on this country.

Scahill: I think that what we’re doing in Afghanistan increases the likelihood that there’s going to be another attack.

Moyers: Why?

Scahill: Because we’re killing innocent civilians regularly. When the United States goes in and bombs Farah province in Afghanistan, on May 4th, and kills civilians, according to the Red Cross and other sources, 13 members of one family, that has a ricochet impact. The relatives of those people are going to say maybe they did trust the United States. Maybe they viewed the United States as a beacon of freedom in the world. But you just took you just took that guy’s daughter. You just killed that guy’s wife. That’s one more person that’s going to line up and say, “We’re going to fight the United States.” We are indiscriminately killing civilians, according to the UN Human Rights Council. A report that was just released this week by the UN says that the United States is indiscriminately killing civilians in Afghanistan and elsewhere around the world. That should be a collective shame that we feel in this society. And yet we have people calling it the good war.

Moyers: So, step back to that issue of military contractors. You’ve been you’ve been writing about privatization and military contractors for a long time. In the large scheme of things what do you military contractors represent to you?

Scahill: Yeah. Well, I think that what we have seen happen, as a result of this incredible reliance on private military contractors, is that the United States has created a new system for waging war. Where you no longer have to depend exclusively on your own citizens to sign up for the military and say, “I believe in this war, so I’m willing to sign up and risk my life for it.” You turn the entire world into your recruiting ground. You intricately link corporate profits to an escalation of warfare and make it profitable for companies to participate in your wars. In the process of doing that you undermine U.S. democratic processes. And you also violate the sovereignty of other nations, ’cause you’re making their citizens in combatants in a war to which their country is not a party. I feel that the end game of all of this could well be the disintegration of the nation state apparatus in the world. And it could be replaced by a scenario where you have corporations with their own private armies. To me, that would be a devastating development. But it’s on. It’s happening on a micro level. And I fear it will start to happen on a much bigger scale.

MEP Nick Griffin – An audience with a racist

1

Nick Griffin: MEP elect, BNP mouthpiece, convicted Holocaust-denier and would-be deporter of black people invites me into the back seat of his car. He jokes that there is no egg on his jacket as I move it and climb in: last Tuesday he was pelted with eggs as he tried to give a victory press conference after Sunday’s election results.

On Thursday morning, a sunny day in Shrewsbury, Griffin makes small talk as we drive in his Mondeo estate to a garden centre: “Normally we’d do this in a pub but it’s too early for that.” From the moment we meet, there is an unspoken compact: he has never met me before but does not flinch or blanch when he does. I refuse to be shocked or angered, regardless of how sweeping or wild his claims about race.

At Dobbie’s Garden Centre, less than five minutes’ drive out of Shrewsbury, the BNP leader and I share a table. I sip black coffee, he swigs from a bottle of James White’s apple juice. We talk about the BNP’s election to two seats — North-West England for him and Yorkshire and Humberside for Andrew Brons — in the European Parliament; about being pelted with eggs; racism; whether his party deserves to be ignored because its views are abhorrent, or whether non-supporters should be told what he stands for and make up their own minds.

Is he a racist? The denial is out of his mouth before I finish the question. Does he have a problem personally with me because I am black? “None at all.” So why does he want to give me £50,000 to leave Britain? “This country is the most overcrowded in Europe.”

He argues that by paying non-whites to go away he is actually working to preserve racial diversity. So, why are people throwing eggs at him? He laughs, nervously. “Obviously it’s the immigration, race perception thereof, at one level, and also quite simply the people throwing eggs, the Union of Anti-Fascists, is based on the Communist Party, a little group of hardline Stalinists who’ve never really changed their views. So there’s an ideological opposition, and racism is merely an excuse, or alleged racism is merely an excuse.”

This is a recurrent theme. He is beset by enemies on all sides, including the hard left, smug liberal elitists and and nutty neo-Nazis. The last, he claims, have not forgiven him for distancing himself from his public statements of a decade ago, the Holocaust denial that saw him convicted in 1998. “The BNP has changed enormously, and in the course of changing enormously I’ve made myself literally the most unpopular person with Britain’s neo-Nazis in the entire world.”

Griffin grew up in Barnet, north London, where his mother walked him to school together with a West Indian neighbour and her children. At the age of eight he moved to Southwold, Suffolk. His father, Edgar, was a Conservative councillor who provided right-wing books for his son to read and took his family to National Front meetings. In 1975, the younger Griffin joined and became close to the party’s national organiser, Martin Webster. He went to Cambridge, where he gained a boxing blue. He lost an eye in 1990 when a shotgun cartridge exploded in a fire in France.

In 1995 he joined the BNP. He took over as leader in 1999, ousting its founder, John Tyndall, in a coup. A year earlier he was convicted of incitement to racial hatred after publishing material that denied the Holocaust. In 2005, he was tried, then retried and acquitted a year later, for alleged incitement to racial hatred. Recently, he has started an autobiography — “names have been changed to protect the guilty” he laughs.

He has spent the past 10 years changing the party’s image from a pack of violent thugs to something electable, softening its stance on repatriation and inter-racial marriage in an effort to make the BNP less nasty — not anti-black, but pro-English.

So, how would he feel if I moved in next door? He laughs, nervously again, and points out there is no house next door to his detached stone farmhouse home 10 miles from Welshpool. “In simple terms, if you moved in next door it wouldn’t bother me in the slightest. One family doesn’t make any difference at all but, erm, where does it stop?”

So if I moved next door and my brother the other side, then that would trouble you? “Well, then that would concern me because, historically, in the 1970s I spent a lot of time in the old East End with the old community, and it was a wonderful place: poor, rough and ready, but extraordinarily hospitable and really good people with an identity of their own.

“Some of them are still there, and there’s an enormous amount of really bitter hostility towards mass immigration in the old, white East End. They don’t even vote for us; they’re so alienated by the process they simply don’t bother. If that was done to any other ethnic group, at the very least the liberal elite would be saying this is a terrible shame. In fact they’d want to stop it.”

Sitting in his suit and tie, with neatly combed hair and trotting out psephological jargon, he comes across as a sort of racist version of Tony Blair: coolly spouting dodgy dossiers of misinformation to justify a “war” against weapons of mass immigration and miscegenation. Most people don’t believe him; we’re not sure whether he sincerely believes himself, but he’s going to keep pushing his line for as long as he can.

At the moment he is trying to soft-sell repatriation. “We’re not talking about turfing everybody out. We’re talking about encouraging some to go. It would benefit them if we did a proper, sensible deal with countries that have suffered hugely from brain-drain, with people coming here — it’s the final form of colonialism. Instead of stealing, erm, gold and old statues, we steal the people and best brains, and the countries suffer as a result.

“We would help to stabilise all sorts of countries if some of their nationals or people who originate from there returned to their homelands with some of the skills that they’ve learnt here and applied them to make those a better place instead of coming here because it’s convenient for Britain and easier than training our own people.” Xenophobia as humanitarianism is just one of his verbal gymnastics.

Why does he want me out of Britain so badly? “Large-scale multi-cultural, multi-racial societies are clearly seen to be fundamentally unstable. They only work when there’s some repressive force to keep them in place. When the force is removed you get something like the former Yugoslavia or Rwanda. All the real horrors of human society are based on two tribes going to war.

“I would say in 30 years it’s inevitable that Europe will face a decision which is absolutely unavoidable between whether Europe will continue on the lines it is, which is founded on Christianity … a choice between that and becoming an Islamic caliphate. There’s no question about it, the government figures show it.”

What would he do, then, if one of his three daughters brought home someone like me? “I would be as disappointed, as I know many Sikhs, Hindus and black people would be, and I’d talk to them both about it, try and put them off. But in the end that’s their business.

“Children grow up and do their own thing. I wouldn’t go as far as, say, someone from the orthodox Jewish community could well do, which is to hold a funeral, a symbolic funeral for them. But I would ask you again — unless you’re going to condemn the Chief Rabbi, Jonathan Sacks, for writing a book called Will We Have Jewish Grandchildren? — don’t call me a racist, or some kind of wicked bigot, for saying I would be very disappointed.”

Here lies a clue to his single-handed conversion of the BNP into electability over the past 10 years: while what he says is frequently outrageous, deeply racist and often factually dubious, the way he says it — pointing to other ethnic groups allegedly acting in the same way — is designed to appear as devoid of malice, and simply an appeal for an equal hearing.

Colour, he claims, is being replaced by culture. Muslims, he says, are a community with whom everyone has a problem. I point out I don’t have a particular problem with Muslims. But he does, and he expounds at length about it. He believes there is a fault line in British society. “The fault line isn’t colour: Enoch Powell got that wrong. The fault line is between Islam and the rest. Islam will conquer Europe. It won’t do it through guns: it will just do it through having lots of children.” He blithely claims Muslims routinely groom young, non-Muslim girls for sex, that the Koran is a manual for the overthrow of the West.

I cannot let this pass: surely he doesn’t believe any of that. It’s nonsense isn’t it? “Nope. There’s an utter gulf of comprehension between us, isn’t there?”

I point out that the vast majority of people in this country are either highly antipathetic towards him or just apathetic. A minority may support him, but they are out of touch with reality. Most sensible people ignore the BNP or think they’re a bunch of crazy folk.

“Your perception of a vast number thinking we’re a bunch of dangerous crazies is coloured by the fact that your work colleagues, the social circles you mix in and so on [are liberal] — a self-reinforcing groupthink thing.”

I suggest that he can’t stop multiculturalism, and he spirals off into fantasy. “If we’d been sat in café anywhere from East Berlin to the Urals in 1988, anyone who was of the mindset of Pravda, Izvestia and so on would have said you can’t stop Communism. Inevitability is the chief weapon of totalitarianism, and we do live in a totalitarian society.”

Can he see why some people might think he was like King Canute trying to hold back the tide of multi-culturalism? “You may well be right. I could have a more comfortable life if I went along with the flow and said ‘yes, it’s inevitable’. Do you think I should just pass by on the other side of the road and let it happen? Why should I do that?

“So yeah, we may not win. I don’t believe we have a God-given right to win or come to power. It’s not even likely. But the more successful we become, the more opponents will have to co-opt our policies.”

Why such outbursts? Did black children steal his lunch at school or beat him? “I don’t hate or have any problem with black people other than I hope very much that they remain black people. Other than I hope their children will look as black as they are, and as different and as interesting. And where it doesn’t happen: it’s not my business. No, I haven’t got a problem, so where does it come from? I don’t really know.”

Your Views, Please: The liberal’s dilemma

Should we ignore the BNP, denying it the oxygen of publicity, or engage, thereby giving it a platform?

Racist rants of elected BNP man, Andrew Brons, revealed

0

One of the British National party’s first MEPs’ attempts to play down his past links to the extreme right as “silly” teenage posturing are today exposed as a sham after it emerged that for many years he played a crucial role in shaping the National Front’s most overtly racist policies.

In 1983, when he was in his late twenties, Andrew Brons edited the National Front’s general election manifesto that called for a global apartheid to prevent the “extinction” of whites everywhere.

The Let Britain Live! manifesto was prepared by the party’s policy department, chaired by Brons. It outlined a series of hugely controversial positions, crystallised in one of its opening statements: “The National Front rejects the whole concept of multiracialism. We recognise inherent racial differences in Man. The races of Man are profoundly unequal in their characteristics, potential and abilities.”

The manifesto claimed the UK had been “swamped” by “racially incompatible Afro-Asians” and that “Black muggings of White people, especially elderly ladies, occurs regularly”.

It continued: “The eruptions in Bristol in 1980 and Brixton in 1981 were just two examples of the ‘cultural enrichment’ promised to us by the multiracialists.” And it claimed: “We believe the gradual dismantlement of the Apartheid system over the last 17 years to be retrograde … The alternative to Apartheid, multiracialism, envisages an extinction of the White man.”

Brons was also an enthusiastic contributor in the 1970s and 1980s to Spearhead, a far-right magazine considered so extreme even the BNP tried to distance itself from it. In two lengthy polemics for the magazine, Brons outlined the supposed importance of nationalism and interpreted genetic studies to suggest Europeans had a “greater cognitive ability” than non-whites. He attacked the influence of “people of Jewish ethnic origin” and peddled the myth that a number of predominantly Zionist organisations were controlling the world.

The now retired college lecturer wrote: “One ethnic, national and religious group whose power and influence has undoubtedly increased has been the Jews. It can be no mere coincidence that the number of people of Jewish ethnic origin to be found in internationalist and multiracialist schools of thought and organisations of action is out of all proportion to their numbers in the population.”

Brons, who was elected as the BNP MEP for Yorkshire and the Humber this month, has tried to distance himself from his National Front days. “People do silly things when they are 17,” he said recently. “Peter Mandelson was once a member of the Young Communist League but we don’t continue to call him a communist.”

But his critics say his relationship with the National Front was more than a youthful dalliance and question the extent to which he has left his past behind. A 1980 edition of National Front News, the party newspaper, carried an article about Brons saying he was prepared to go to jail for his beliefs. It noted that Brons refused a “Negro reporter permission to attend two National Front ticket-only meetings” and explains that Brons, then 29, has “campaigned against Coloured Immigration since he was a teenager” – suggesting his extremist views have been a feature as much of his adult as his teenage life.

Brons seized the NF chairmanship in 1980 when John Tyndall quit to form the BNP. In 1984 Brons was convicted of using insulting behaviour towards an ethnic-minority police officer and left the party, citing family problems.

At the National Front, Brons was a close ally of Richard Verrall, the author of the Holocaust-denial tract Did Six Million Really Die?, who was vice-chairman. In 1981, while Brons was chairman, the NF endorsed We are National Front, a pamphlet carrying an introduction from Verrall. It had photographs of Brons and Verrall as well as a picture of a gorilla and a black man stating: “These two creatures look the same, don’t they?”

Anti-racism and Jewish support groups yesterday described Brons’s failure to condemn his past activities as disturbing. “From a young man until well into his middle age, Andrew Brons was very much involved in a series of viciously antisemitic and racist far-right movements,” said a spokesman for the Community Security Trust, which monitors attacks on the UK’s Jewish community. “It’s hard to believe he has undergone a serious conversion since then.”

Searchlight, the anti-fascist organisation, said Brons was influential in shaping the NF and it was important that those voting for him should be aware of his past views. “The fact that Brons is an intellectual fascist and bigot rather than an ignorant fascist and bigot cuts little ice,” a spokesman said. “We are unimpressed by his claims that his prejudice was a result of youthful exuberance.”

Attempts to contact Brons through the BNP were unsuccessful.

Jamie Doward

John Yoo, Donald Rumsfeld and the Systematic Torture of Prisoners

0

On Jan. 17, 2003, Mary Walker, the Air Force general counsel, received an urgent memo from the Pentagon’s top attorney. Attached to the classified document was a set of directives drafted two days earlier by Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld.

“Establish a working group within the Department of Defense to assess the legal, policy and operational issues relating to the interrogations of detainees held by the U.S. Armed Forces in the war on terrorism,” the directives said.

Among the issues to be addressed were “policy considerations with respect to the choice of interrogation techniques, including contribution to intelligence collection, effect on treatment of captured U.S. military personnel, effect on detainee prosecutions, historical role of U.S. armed forces in conducting interrogations, recommendations for employment of particular interrogation techniques by [Defense Department] interrogators.”
John Yoo, then a deputy in the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel, drafted the document, dated March 14, 2003. It essentially provided military interrogators with legal cover if they resorted to brutal and violent methods to extract information from prisoners.

“If a government defendant were to harm an enemy combatant during an interrogation in a manner that might arguably violate a criminal prohibition, he would be doing so in order to prevent further attacks on the United States by the al Qaeda terrorist network,” Yoo wrote. “In that case, we believe that he could argue that the Executive Branch’s constitutional authority to protect the nation from attack justified his actions.”

The legal opinion for military interrogators was virtually identical to an earlier memo that Yoo had written in August 2002 for CIA interrogators. Widely called the “Torture Memo,” it provided CIA interrogators with the legal authority to use long-outlawed tactics, such as waterboarding, when interrogating so-called high-level terrorist suspects.

But Yoo did not work on the legal opinions alone.

Pentagon Frustrations

In early January 2003, commanders stationed at Guantanamo Bay prison in Cuba complained to Rumsfeld that military officials were unable to glean information from prisoners about alleged terrorist plots in the U.S. and abroad using conventional interrogation methods.

Following his conversation with military officials, on Jan. 15, 2003, Rumsfeld sent William Haynes II, the Pentagon’s general counsel, a memo requesting that he form a “working group” to determine what methods military interrogators could use to extract information from a prisoner at Guantanamo Bay.

Haynes asked the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel for guidance and selected Walker to chair a “working group” to write a report on legally permissible interrogation techniques.

The members of the group included former Undersecretary of Defense for Policy Douglas Feith, officials from the Defense Intelligence Agency, representatives of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and judge advocate generals (JAGs) from all four branches of the military.

By the time Walker’s group had settled in for its first meeting, interrogators at Guantanamo Bay had already begun to violate the Geneva Convention.

To ratchet up pressure on prisoners, U.S. military personnel were experimenting with unusual tactics, including placing women’s underwear on prisoners’ heads, a technique that later reappeared in Iraq’s Abu Ghraib prison.

A military official, who took part in discussions with Mary Walker’s group, told the Wall Street Journal in June 2004 that there was a growing frustration among interrogators.

“We’d been at this for a year-plus and got nothing out of them,” the official said, adding that threats were even made against the families of detainees.

The official said the message to a detainee would be: “I’m on the line with somebody in Yemen and he’s in a room with your family and a grenade that’s going to pop unless you talk.”

Framing the Debate

While Walker’s report was being drafted, the group discussed 35 different interrogation techniques that could be used to obtain information from prisoners.

Early drafts of the report advocated intimidating prisoners with dogs, removing prisoners’ clothing, shaving their beards, slapping prisoners in the face and waterboarding.

Though some of the more extreme techniques were dropped as the list was winnowed down to 24 from 35, the final set of methods still included tactics for isolating and demeaning a detainee, known as “pride and ego down.”

Such degrading tactics violated the Geneva Convention, which bars abusive or demeaning treatment of captives.

The more extreme interrogation methods that made it into the final draft of the report rankled some of the JAGs, who feared the methods would put U.S. soldiers in danger if they were captured — and would tarnish the reputation and image of the U.S. abroad.

“Will the American people find we have missed the forest for the trees by condoning practices that, while technically legal, are inconsistent with our most fundamental values,” wrote Rear Adm. Michael Lohr, a member of the “working group,” in a February 2003 letter to Walker.

“How would such perceptions affect our ability to prosecute the Global War on Terrorism,” asked Lohr.

The admiral was so upset with the draft report and the advice provided by the Justice Department that he requested Walker include a sentence in the final report making it clear that the legal findings were based exclusively on attorneys in the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel.

Lohr was not alone. Maj. Gen. Jack Rives, who at the time was judge advocate general of the Air Force, also wrote a letter to Walker warning that the interrogation techniques in the report would violate military law.

“Several of the exceptional techniques, on their face, amount to violations of domestic criminal law and the [Uniform Code of Military Justice],” Rives wrote. “Treating detainees inconsistently with the [Geneva] Convention arguably ‘lowers the bar’ for the treatment of U.S. POW’s in future conflicts.”

Maj. Gen. Thomas Romig, an Army JAG, and Brig. Gen. Kevin M. Sandkuhler, a Marine Corps JAG, also voiced concerns, specifically the determination that the President has the power to override the Uniform Code of Military Justice and other federal statutes and international treaties in the name of national security.

Defending Bush’s Authority

Walker’s group addressed these concerns, according to the report, by stating, in legal terms, that the President had the constitutional authority as Commander in Chief to ignore torture laws if national security were in jeopardy.

On March 6, 2003, eight days before Yoo issued his legal opinion, Walker sent Rumsfeld a draft 53-page “working group” report that said international treaties forbidding torture did not apply to prisoners held at Guantanamo Bay.

The report, which asserted that President Bush had “sweeping” powers as Commander in Chief, said Bush could suspend international laws and treaties governing torture in the name of national security.

“In order to respect the President’s inherent constitutional authority to manage a military campaign . . . (the prohibition against torture) must be construed as inapplicable to interrogations undertaken pursuant to his Commander-in-Chief authority,” the report stated.

The Justice Department could not prosecute military interrogators “who had acted pursuant to an exercise of the President’s constitutional power,” the report added. 

Further, the report said that if a prisoner died as a result of a brutal interrogation technique, the interrogator would not be subject to prosecution if he had acted in a “good faith” effort to save lives.

“Good faith may be a complete defense,” the report said. “Sometimes the greater good for society will be accomplished by violating the literal language of the criminal law.”

The report cited a legal text, “Substantive Criminal Law” by Wayne LaFave and Austin W. Scott, to support the legality of the interrogation methods: “In particular, the necessity defense can justify the intentional killing of one person . . . so long as the harm avoided is greater.”

Rumsfeld signed the final report on April 2, 2003, two weeks after Bush ordered U.S. forces to invade Iraq.

One year later, photos depicting U.S. soldiers abusing and humiliating detainees at Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq were publicly released.

Congressional Reaction

The tide began to turn against Yoo’s and Walker’s expansive attitudes toward presidential authority when Jack Goldsmith took over as chief of the Office of Legal Counsel and, by early 2004, had rescinded Yoo’s opinions.

On June 15, 2004, the Senate passed an amendment to the Defense Authorization Bill backed by Republican Sen. Lindsay Graham, to give JAGs the same legal authority as military attorneys, like Walker, who are appointed by the President.

The amendment, dubbed the “Mary Walker bill,” was spurred by complaints from JAGs who said Walker had ignored their legal concerns about the interrogation of detainees at Guantanamo Bay.

In February 2008, the Justice Department’s Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) confirmed that it had launched a formal investigation into whether Yoo and other attorneys in the Office of Legal Counsel gave the White House poor legal advice in authorizing CIA interrogators to use waterboarding to glean information about terrorist plots from prisoners.

In effect, the legal opinions from Walker and Yoo sought to provide a basis for the Bush administration to circumvent U.S. and international laws prohibiting torture of prisoners.

Immediately after the 9/11 attacks, the United Nations Committee Against Torture reaffirmed the prohibitions contained in the 1984 Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment.

The Convention — approved by 145 nations, including the United States — states that “no exceptional circumstances whatsoever, whether a state of war or a threat of war, internal political instability or any other public emergency, may be invoked as a justification of torture.”

Moreover, the convention says individuals who resort to torture cannot defend their actions by saying they were acting on orders from superiors.

The United States signed the Convention Against Torture in 1988 under President Ronald Reagan, who hailed it as “a significant step” in preventing torture, which he called “an abhorrent practice unfortunately still prevalent in the world today.”

In a May 20, 1988, message to the U.S. Senate, Reagan noted that “the core provisions of the Convention establish a regime for international cooperation in the criminal prosecution of torturers relying on so-called ‘universal jurisdiction.’

“Each state party is required either to prosecute torturers who are found in its territory or to extradite them to other countries for prosecution.”

It was this Convention, ratified by the Senate in 1994, that Walker, Yoo and other Bush administration officials sought to bypass.

Although the treaty mandates that the United States cooperate in the criminal prosecution of torturers, the administration’s post-9/11 legal opinions sought to shield American interrogators.

The Walker report, which was tailored to fit with Yoo’s legal arguments, advised military interrogators that they could defend their actions by saying Justice Department lawyers told them that their methods were legal.

Jason Leopold

FDA Approves Antidepressants for Children, Even After Revelations of Bribery

4

The FDA has approved Forest Laboratories’ antidepressant Lexapro (escitalopram) for use in children and adolescents, even as the federal government and 11 states have filed a lawsuit against the company for illegally pushing the drug on kids.

The federal government has accused Forest of bribing pediatricians to prescribe Lexapro and a related drug, Celexa (citalopram), to treat depression in children, even though such use had not been approved by the FDA at the time. The government also claims that Forest concealed the results of studies showing the drugs to be no more effective than a placebo.

“By knowingly and actively promoting these antidepressants for off-label pediatric use without disclosing the results of the negative pediatric study and by paying kickbacks, Forest caused false claims to be submitted to federal health care programs in violation of the False Claims Act,” said the federal complaint, issued on Feb. 25.

Lexapro was introduced in 2001 as a successor to Forest’s blockbuster Celexa, which lost patent protection and became available for generic replication in 2003. Both drugs are antidepressants in the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) class, and like other SSRIs have been shown to significantly increase the risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors in children, adolescents and young adults after even short-term use.

Lexapro is the 15th biggest selling drug in the United States.

On March 20, the FDA approved Lexapro for the treatment of major depressive disorder in children between the ages of 12 and 17, based on the findings of only one clinical study. Another study showed the drug to have no more effect than a placebo.

“A lot of these kinds of trials are not successful because it’s very difficult to do depression studies,” said Forest spokesman Frank Murdolo. “But we have two studies that were successful.”

The second study referenced by Murdolo was conducted on Celexa, which the FDA declined to approve for use in children. A second Celexa study found no evidence that the drug was effective.

The FDA also approved Lexapro as a way to maintain control of depression symptoms, even though Forest admits there is no clinical evidence for that benefit in children. The FDA argued that it was possible to extrapolate the effectiveness of the drug from adult studies.

Lexapro is only the second antidepressant to receive US approval for use in children.

According to a federal complaint however, Forest has been marketing Lexapro and Celexa to children illegally for at least nine years.

In 1999, the FDA asked the company to conduct two independent clinical trials into Celexa’s effectiveness in children, offering as incentive a six-month patent extension. Forest commissioned two studies — one by the Danish company Lundbeck, which initially developed the drug, and another by U.S. researcher Karen Dineen Wagner. While the Wagner study found “a statistically … significant reduction in depressive symptoms in children and adolescents” and “no serious adverse events” from the drug’s use, the Lundbeck study found that Celexa provided no benefits over the placebo. In addition, out of a total participant population of 244 in the Lundbeck study, nine more Celexa patients attempted or considered suicide compared with those taking a placebo.

For the next three years, however, Forest widely publicized the Wagner study but did not disclose the results of the Lundbeck study.

David Gutierrez

Man arrested and convicted for complaining about government

0

Marshall Pappert waged a passionate, perhaps slightly obsessive, campaign of protest letter writing to Bridgeville, Pa. politicians and city officials to express his opposition to concrete plant. The city has responded, by arresting him, for criminally harassing the government.  

ABC News Pittsburg reports: A Bridgeville man who was arrested and convicted after making repeated complaints to his local government took his appeal to one of Pennsylvania’s highest courts on Tuesday.Team 4 investigative reporter Jim Parsons, who originally broke the story, was in Superior Court for the arguments. At issue: How many letters to borough officials does it take to constitute a crime?

Marshall Pappert freely admits that when you add up all of the letters he has written to government officials — and include the copies of those letters he has sent to other public officials — the number of letters is about 350.While waiting for his case to be called, Pappert made no apologies for his letter-writing campaign to Bridgeville Borough.

“I did what any citizen should do when you see something that’s unhealthy to the community,” Pappert said.Pappert lives across Union Street from a Bridgeville concrete plant. The dust, the noise, the idling diesel trucks all combined to cause him to complain to the borough. He wrote letter after letter — hundreds of them — and he left voice mail messages for the borough manager.In one message, Pappert said, “I’m asking you as a Bridgeville resident of 56 years to resign and get off of your position. Do the right thing.”Instead, Pappert got arrested on a harassment charge and was convicted.At Tuesday’s appeal hearing, Assistant District Attorney Peggy Ivory told the court that Pappert “clearly crossed the line to a course of conduct designed to harass” the borough manager.Ivory declined an interview with Team 4 on Tuesday.”We really maintain that this is about the First Amendment and that public officials just have to tolerate it,” said Bruce Boni, an attorney from the American Civil Liberties Union who’s representing Pappert.Bridgeville Councilman Pat DeBlasio said he doesn’t just tolerate Pappert’s actions, he embraces them.”We go to Memorial Day and stand there and listen to ‘Taps’ and honor the people who died. Well, they didn’t die so we could have five different choices of breakfast cereal. They sacrificed their lives so that you have the right to complain when you see something wrong,” DeBlasio said.”If you can’t talk and do what I did to your government, what can you do? What are they going to do next to you?” Pappert said.A decision on whether to overturn Pappert’s criminal conviction is not expected until sometime in the summer.Team 4 also learned on Tuesday that Ed Bogats — who arrested Pappert — submitted his resignation as Bridgeville police chief last month.The borough council unanimously accepted Bogats’ resignation. DeBlasio said Bogats cited medical reasons.Bogats did not return Team 4’s call to his home on Tuesday.

 

Thanks to Jonathan Turley

Phil Leggiere
http://mondoglobo.wftk.org/blog/qa/

The Federal Reserve Would Be Shut Down If It Was Audited

1

The Federal Reserve’s balance sheet is so out of whack that the central bank would be shut down if subjected to a conventional audit, Jim Grant, editor of Grant’s Interest Rate Observer, told CNBC.

With $45 billion in capital and $2.1 trillion in assets, the central bank would not withstand the scrutiny normally afforded other institutions, Grant said in a live interview.

“If the Fed examiners were set upon the Fed’s own documents–unlabeled documents–to pass judgment on the Fed’s capacity to survive the difficulties it faces in credit, it would shut this institution down,” he said. “The Fed is undercapitalized in a way that Citicorp is undercapitalized.”

Grant said he would support legislation currently making its way through Congress calling for an audit of the Fed.

Moreover, he criticized the way the Fed has managed the financial crisis, saying the central bank’s target rate should not be around zero.

“I think zero is the wrong rate for almost any economy,” Grant said, adding the Fed has “embarked on a vast experiment in moral hazard. Interest rates are the traffic signals in a market economy, and everything’s green. … You have to wonder whether these interest rates are the right clearing rate or rather they are the imposition of a central bank.”

Amid a disparity between analysts predicting there will be no rate hikes soon and the fed funds futures indicating tightening by the end of the year, Grant said he thinks the Fed indeed will begin raising rates as inflation creeps into the picture.

CNBC

The Long Ordeal of Guantánamo’s Youngest Prisoner

The long ordeal of Mohammed El-Gharani, Guantánamo’s youngest prisoner, has finally come to an end. Reprieve, the legal action charity that represents him, reported yesterday that he has been sent back to Chad.

A Saudi resident and Chadian national, El-Gharani was just 14 years old when he was seized by Pakistani forces in a random raid on a mosque in Karachi, but was treated appallingly both by the Pakistanis who seized him, and by the U.S. military. I provided a detailed explanation of the abuse to which he was subjected in an article last year, “Guantánamo’s Forgotten Child,” which I condensed for an article in January, when I explained:

As with all but three of the 22 confirmed juveniles who have been held at Guantánamo, the U.S. authorities never treated him separately from the adult population, even though they are obliged, under the terms of the UN’s Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Rights of the Child (on the involvement of children in armed conflict) to promote “the physical and psychosocial rehabilitation and social reintegration of children who are victims of armed conflict.”

Instead, El-Gharani was treated with appalling brutality. After being tortured in Pakistani custody, he was sold to U.S. forces, who flew him to a prison at Kandahar airport, where, he said, one particular soldier “would hold my penis, with scissors, and say he’d cut it off.” His treatment did not improve in Guantánamo. Subjected relentlessly to racist abuse, because of the color of his skin, he was hung from his wrists on numerous occasions, and was also subjected to a regime of “enhanced” techniques to prepare him for interrogation — including prolonged sleep deprivation, prolonged isolation and the use of painful stress positions — that clearly constitute torture. As a result of this and other abuse, including regular beatings by the guard force responsible for quelling even the most minor infractions of the rules, El-Gharani has become deeply depressed, and has tried to commit suicide on several occasions.

In January, over seven years after his initial capture, El-Gharani finally had his case reviewed in a U.S. court, following the Supreme Court’s ruling, in June 2008, that the prisoners had habeas corpus rights; in other words, the right to ask a court why they were being held. Judge Richard Leon, who had granted the habeas petitions of five Algerian prisoners in November, ruling that the government had failed to establish a case against them, was, if anything, even more dismissive of the claims against El-Gharani.

In his habeas petition, El-Gharani insisted, as he had throughout his detention, that he “traveled to Pakistan from Saudi Arabia at the age of 14 to escape discrimination against Chadians in that country, acquire computer and English skills, and make a better life for himself,” and that he “remained there until his arrest,” although the government claimed that he “arrived in Afghanistan at some unspecified time in 2001,” and was “part of or supporting Taliban or al-Qaeda forces,” for a variety of reasons, including claims that he received military training at an al-Qaeda-affiliated military training camp, fought against U.S. and allied forces at the battle of Tora Bora, and was a member of an al-Qaeda cell based in London.

Noting that the government’s supposed evidence against El-Gharani consisted of statements made by two other prisoners at Guantánamo, and that, moreover, these statements were “either exclusively, or jointly, the only evidence offered by the Government to substantiate the majority of their allegations,” Judge Leon stated that “the credibility and reliability of the detainees being relied upon by the Government has either been directly called into question by Government personnel or has been characterized by Government personnel as undermined,” and dismissed all the claims, reserving particular criticism for the claim that El-Gharani had been a member of a London-based al-Qaeda cell.

As I wrote in January,

This was, indeed, the most extraordinary allegation, as El-Gharani was just 11 years old at the time, and, as his lawyer, Clive Stafford Smith, explained in his book The Eight O’Clock Ferry to the Windward Side: Seeking Justice in Guantánamo Bay, “he must have been beamed over to the al-Qaeda meetings by the Starship Enterprise, since he never left Saudi Arabia by conventional means.”

Leon’s verdict was marginally less colorful, but no less devastating. “Putting aside the obvious and unanswered questions as to how a Saudi minor from a very poor family could have even become a member of a London-based cell,” he wrote, “the Government simply advances no corroborating evidence for these statements it believes to be reliable from a fellow detainee, the basis of whose knowledge is — at best — unknown.”

Despite this long-overdue court victory, El-Gharani’s suffering in Guantánamo did not come to an end. In April, he was finally allowed to call one of his relatives in Chad, but took the opportunity to call the Arabic broadcaster al-Jazeera instead, telling them, as Reuters described it, that “he had been beaten with batons and teargassed by a group of six soldiers wearing protective gear and helmets after refusing to leave his cell.” He explained, “This treatment started about 20 days before Obama came into power, and since then I’ve been subjected to it almost every day,” and added, “Since Obama took charge he has not shown us that anything will change.”

El-Gharani’s return to Chad is not without its problems. He is currently being held by the security services, although they have stressed to his lawyers that it is just a formality and that they fully understand the horrors he has been through. More troubling is the fact that, although he has extended family in Chad who will take care of him, he cannot be reunited with his parents, because they live in Saudi Arabia. Representatives of Reprieve are expected to fly out to Chad this weekend, to help with his rehabilitation, but in the meantime El-Gharani himself has said only that he is, of course, delighted to be free, and is looking forward to undertaking an education, to make up for the lost years and lost opportunities while he was held in Guantánamo.

As Zachary Katznelson, Reprieve’s legal director, explained to me in a telephone conversation yesterday, “Reprieve is delighted that, after seven long years of unjust, illegal incarceration, Mohammed is finally out of Guantánamo Bay. A federal judge looked at his case in January, and found that there were never any valid grounds to hold him. He should have been released long ago, but we’re glad that justice has finally been served.”

Andy Worthington is a British historian, and the author of ‘The Guantánamo Files: The Stories of the 774 Detainees in America’s Illegal Prison’ (published by Pluto Press). Visit his website at: www.andyworthington.co.uk He can be reached at: andy@andyworthington.co.uk

Medical marijuana’s legal in his state, but feds sentence medical pot dispenser to jail

0

Charles Lynch, a medical marijuana provider in the state of California, which has voted consistently to allow what he does, faces a year in federal prison. This after Obama and the new “drug czar” have expressed support for state autonomy in regulating medical marijuana.

The Marijuana Policy project writes

LOS ANGELES – June 11 – The Marijuana Policy Project strongly condemned today’s federal sentencing of Charles C. Lynch, a California medical marijuana provider who worked scrupulously to follow state and local laws but now faces one year and one day in federal prison.

“Years from now, Mr. Lynch may well be remembered as the last American to go to federal prison for a mistake, the final victim of an already repudiated policy well on its way to the ash heap of history, but whose mean-spirited effects still linger,” said MPP executive director Rob Kampia. “This sentence is a cruel and pointless miscarriage of justice. Mr. Lynch and his attorneys say they plan to appeal, and we hope they succeed. With federal law enforcement at the Mexican border so overwhelmed that traffickers coming through with up to 500 pounds of marijuana are let go, even one more penny spent persecuting a man who is not a criminal in any rational sense of the word is an outrageous waste of resources.”

In February, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder announced that henceforth the Drug Enforcement Administration would only conduct enforcement actions against medical marijuana defendants who were violating both state and federal law, reversing the Bush administration’s policy of ignoring state medical marijuana laws.

Lynch’s medical marijuana collective was licensed by the city of Morro Bay, and officials routinely inspected the facility to monitor compliance with state and local laws. But because federal law makes no statutory allowance for medical marijuana, all evidence related to California’s medical marijuana law was barred from his trial.

With more than 27,000 members and 100,000 e-mail subscribers nationwide, the Marijuana Policy Project is the largest marijuana policy reform organization in the United States. MPP believes that the best way to minimize the harm associated with marijuana is to regulate marijuana in a manner similar to alcohol. For more information, please visit http://MarijuanaPolicy.org.

Phil Leggiere

Shell’s “Humanitarian” Gesture is Self-Serving

0

One of the advantages for a corporation in resolving a sensitive lawsuit out of court is that it can proclaim innocence and insist it is settling for other reasons. Royal Dutch Shell has done just that in a case brought in connection with the 1995 execution of author Ken Saro-Wiwa and eight other activists who campaigned against the oil company’s operations in the Ogoniland region of Nigeria.

Shell actually was even more brazenly self-serving than the typical company that says it is settling in order to put the case behind it. The Anglo-Dutch transnational insisted that its willingness to pay the plaintiffs US$15.5 million – $5 million of which will go into a trust fund for the Ogoni people – was a “humanitarian gesture.” It was unusual for Shell to allow the amount of the settlement to be disclosed, but it was apparently worth it to draw attention away from the lawsuit’s charges that the company collaborated with the repressive military regime that ruled Nigeria in the 1990s and that put Saro-Wiwa and the others to death after a sham trial. The suit – brought in U.S. federal court under the Alien Tort Claims Act, the Torture Victim Protection Act and racketeering statutes – also accused Shell of being complicit in crimes against humanity, torture, inhumane treatment, arbitrary arrest, wrongful death, assault and battery, and infliction of emotional distress.

It is understandable why the plaintiffs and their lawyers – led by the Center for Constitutional Rights and EarthRights International – would feel a need to settle a case that had dragged on for 13 years and provide some financial assistance to the Ogoni community. Yet it is frustrating to see Shell trying to turn an outrage into an opportunity to burnish its image, even though other Ogoni claims are still pending.

The frustration is compounded by the fact that Shell continues to engage in dubious behavior in other parts of its global operations. For example, the company has a problematic relationship with another undemocratic government as part of its deep involvement in a massive oil and gas project in the Russian Far East. That offshore project, known as Sakhalin II, has been the subject of a great deal of controversy because it threatens the survival of one of the world’s most endangered species of whales – Western Pacific Grays (photo).

Groups such as Pacific Environment, collaborating with Russian activists who formed Sakhalin Environment Watch, have pressured Shell and its partners to adopt stronger environmental protections or abandon the project. Shell’s largest partner is Gazprom, a publicly traded gas monopoly that is controlled by the Russian government, which has used the company to advance Russian foreign policy goals vis-à-vis Eastern Europe by cutting off gas supplies at various times. Shell has acknowledged that it is interested in developing a new Sakhalin III project in collaboration with Gazprom.

Last year, there were reports that Shell had sought to influence the outcome of a purportedly independent environmental audit of Sakhalin II. Previously, Shell gained notoriety for overstating its proven petroleum reserves by 20 percent. The company ended up paying about $150 million to U.S. and British authorities to settle the charges. It did not try to depict that payment as a humanitarian gesture, but it is possible that one day Shell may have to put a positive spin on millions paid to settle claims stemming from the harms caused in Sakhalin.

Note: If you want to keep track of the far-flung operations of U.S.-based transnationals, check out a new tool called Croctail, which provides an easy way to search the names of domestic and foreign subsidiaries that publicly traded companies report in their 10-K filings to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Croctail is an extension of the Crocodyl wiki of critical corporate profiles sponsored by CorpWatch and other groups (full disclosure: I am a contributor and advisor to Crocodyl).

Phil Mattera
http://dirtdiggersdigest.org/

Israeli War Crimes Against Children

Following Israel’s Operation Cast Lead, the Palestinian Centre for Human Rights (PCHR) documented the toll on Gaza’s children and published it in May. It did so “in response to the unprecedented number of children who were killed (and injured) by (the Israeli Defense Forces) during the offensive on Gaza.” According to international standards, the Convention on the Rights of the Child’s (CRC) definition was used to apply to anyone under age 18.

PCHR reviewed IDF killing of Gaza’s children since the beginning of the Second Intifada in September 2000, then focused on the 313 youth deaths during the recent conflict. Its evidence comes from eye-witness accounts of the willful targeting of civilians, including women and children. Also covered are the psychological scars and “alarming scale of physical injuries” leaving some children blind and many others (as well as adults) permanently disabled by the loss of limbs and psychological trauma.

PCHR’s report bears testimony to Israel’s contempt for international laws, its imperial agenda, culture of violence, disdain for peace, genocidal intentions, disparagement of Arabs and Islam, and its scorn for Palestinian lives and welfare.

PCHR presented 13 case studies in its report. Briefly discussed below, they represent a small fraction of the many hundreds killed and thousands more grievously harmed.

Introduction

Since the September 2000 Second Intifada, Israeli forces killed 1179 children, including 865 in Gaza as part of a decades-long policy of collectively punishing millions of Palestinians in the Occupied Territories, mostly civilian men, women, and children.

Israel calls self-defense “terrorism” and justifies its actions as responses to militant missile or other attacks. PCHR’s investigations “have consistently undermined these claims,” and condemns all killing, especially of children.

In September 2006, the London Independent’s Donald Macintyre headlined his story: “Gaza: The children killed in a war the world doesn’t want to know about.” He wrote about more than 37 children under 18 killed since June 25 during Israel’s Operation Summer Rain, according to PCHR figures, out of an overall 228 total, mostly civilians.

He highlighted a “forgotten war in the Middle East” with young boys, girls and adults blown apart by Israeli shells and missiles, but who notices. He said the IDF attacks heavily populated areas indiscriminately on the pretext of fighting a “terrorist infrastructure.” He stressed that “attention (was) diverted from Gaza as Israel launch(ed) a full military invasion of southern Lebanon” yet civilian deaths mounted in both areas. He listed by name Gazan children under 18 killed and by what means – from airstrikes, while playing football, missiles, shrapnel, tank or artillery shells, and shot in the head or chest at close range. Khitam Mohammed Rebhi Tayey was one – age 11. Aya Salmeya another – age 9.

Israel rarely responds to public outrage or investigates its crimes, including against children. The few times it does turn into whitewashes. After 11 days on March 30, 2009, military advocate general Avichai Mandelblit closed the IDF’s inquiry into Israeli soldiers’ accounts of Operation Cast Lead crimes and dismissed them as unfounded.

International Humanitarian Law (IHL) Protection for Children

Various laws apply, including the Fourth Geneva Convention and UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC). As protected persons, they’re to be safeguarded against willful killing, coercion, corporal punishments, torture, collective penalties and reprisals.

CRC was the first legally binding international instrument incorporating all human rights for children, including civil, cultural, economic, political and social. They’re now universally agreed on non-negotiable standards and obligations supporting their rights.

CRC’s Optional Protocol on the Involvement of Children in Armed Conflict took effect on February 12, 2002. Israel ratified it on July 18, 2005 and CRC in 1991. The Optional Protocol strengthens children’s rights, recognizes that they require special protection, and condemns their being targeted in armed conflicts, especially in schools, hospitals or at home. Israel is legally bound under both laws and Geneva, yet disdains them repeatedly, especially by “willful killing” through indiscriminate attacks or deliberately targeting civilian areas or structures.

Truth and Lies: Operation Cast Lead and Civilian Deaths

Besides vast destruction and mass population displacement, 313 children were killed among the 1414 who died over a 23-day period. Of the 5300 injured (many seriously), 1606 were children. In all cases, the vast majority were noncombatants.

Of the children killed:

  • most were at home or nearby;
  • around one-third were girls and the rest boys;
  • almost 15% were under age 5 and another one-fourth between 5 and 10;
  • the remainder were between 11 and 17;
  • the “overwhelming majority” were killed in densely populated residential areas;
  • 46% were killed in northern Gaza;
  • 38% in Gaza City;
  • 9% in Khan Yunis and Rafah and 7% in less densely populated areas.

Israel used conventional and illegal weapons. The former included missiles, artillery and tank shells, mortars, and automatic weapons.

Others included:

  • white phosphorous that burns flesh to the bone and can be fatal; it’s use is prohibited in civilian areas;
  • flechettes that are 4cm long darts used as anti-personnel weapons; they penetrate to the bone and can cause multiple horrific injuries; up to 8000 of them can be packed into one artillery shell; on explosion, they travel at high speed in multiple directions up to around 300 meters; and
  • various other internationally prohibited weapons that PCHR investigations uncovered and condemned.

Its case studies show a consistent failure of Israeli forces to protect civilian lives, especially those of children. They document indiscriminate attacks against densely populated neighborhoods in grave violation of international laws.

To safeguard civilians and non-military areas and structures, IHL requires that precautions be taken in any attack, and civilian protection is paramount. Israel pays no heed and attacks indiscriminately in grave violation of the law.

Case Study One: The Olaiwa Family

Gaza City’s Isma’il (age 7), Mo’men (age 13), Mo’tassem (age 14) and Lana Olaiwa, (age 9) and their mother Amal were killed when an artillery shell struck their home on January 5, 2009. Three other family members were injured, including Amal’s husband, Haider, and her eldest son, Muntasser.

Two survivors were too badly injured to be interviewed. PCHR spoke to Fadwa Olaiwa, Haider’s sister, who lived two floors below. She said that 42 extended family members lived in the four-story house. The shell killed five of them in their kitchen where Amal was cooking.

When Fadwa heard the explosion, she ran upstairs and saw what happened. She found Amal decapitated by the refrigerator and the other bodies close by. Haider, Muntasser and Ghadir were taken to Gaza City’s al-Shifa Hospital. Haider sustained permanent facial and jaw injuries. Ghadir’s right arm was seriously injured. She and her father’s hearing were badly damaged. Muntasser had serious liver and stomach shrapnel wounds requiring two operations. Metal is still embedded in his right leg, and he continues to undergo treatment.

PCHR investigations confirm that no combatants or military targets were close by at the time of the attack. Artillery shells were fired indiscriminately, have a range of up to 60 km, and were used against entire areas, including civilian ones. This attack and many others like it constitute war crimes on two counts under Articles 8(2)(b)(ii) and (iv) of the International Criminal Court Statute.

Case Study Two: the al-Dayah Family

In the Zaytoun district of eastern Gaza, 22 family members were killed when a bomb struck their home – including 12 children and a pregnant woman. The explosion destroyed the house and buried many of the family inside. Only two family members survived, 28-year old Aamer and his brother Rida. Those killed included:

  • Fayez Musbah Hasham, age 60
  • Kawkab Sa’id Hussein, age 57
  • Radwan Fayez Musbah, age 22
  • Sabrin Fayez Musbah, age 24
  • Raghda Fayez Musbah, age 34
  • Eyad Fayez Musbah, age 36
  • Rawda Hilal Hussein, age 32
  • Ali Eyad Fayez Musbah, age 10
  • Khitam Eyad Fayez Musbah, age 9
  • Alaa’ Eyad Fayez Musbah, age 7
  • Raba’a Eyad Fayez, age 6
  • Sharaf Al-Din Eyad Fayez, age 5
  • Mohammed Eyad Fayez, age 7 months
  • Ramez Fayez Musbah, age 27
  • Safaa’ Saleh Mohammed, age 20
  • Baraa’ Ramez Fayez, age 1.5
  • Salsabil Ramez Fayez, age 5 months
  • Tazal Isma’il Isma’il Mohammed, age 28 and 8 months pregnant
  • Amani Mohammed Fayez, age 6
  • Qamar Mohammed Fayez, age 5
  • Arij Mohammed Fayez, age 3, and
  • Yousef Mohammed Fayez, age two

On February 3, 2009, PCHR interviewed Aamer al-Dayah (who was home) and his brother, Rida who was outside the house when attacked. Aamer said 24 family members shared seven apartments in the building. When it was struck, the force knocked Aamer unconscious, and he awakened under rubble. Rida was at a nearby mosque at the time. He rushed home, freed Aamer and his twin brother Radwan inside, still alive but only barely until he died on January 9.

Both survivors told PCHR that the explosion flung some family members meters outside their home while others inside were burned beyond recognition. They had no advance warning of an immanent attack, but PCHR fieldworkers learned there was military activity nearby. However, all al-Dayah family members were civilians. The IDF attack gravely breached international law and constitutes two war crime counts under Articles 8(2)(b)(ii) and (iv) of the International Criminal Court Statute.

According to IHL principles, Israeli forces used excessive and disproportionate force against a known civilian target resulting in the death of 22 al-Dayah family members – a crime Palestinians will long remember.

Case Study Three: the al-Battran family

On January 16, six al-Battran family members were slaughtered in their al-Bureji refugee camp home by an Israeli aircraft fired missile. Killed were Manal and five of her children:

  • Manal, age 32
  • Islam, age 15
  • Eman, age 9
  • twin sister Ehsan, age 9
  • Bilal, age 6 and
  • Izziddin, age 3

One year old son Abdul Hadi and Amal’s husband Issa survived. On February 25, PCHR interviewed Issa’s brother, Diaa’ who was in the house next door at the time of the attack. When he heard the explosion, he ran over and discovered the bodies, burnt and shorn of some body parts.

According to al-Battran family members, Issa hadn’t seen his wife and children since Operation Cast Lead began for fear of being assassinated. The day of the attack was the first time in January he was with them, only to pack clothing before heading to a safer location. He survived three earlier attempts to kill him because of his position in the Izz ad-Din Al Qassam Brigades.

Shrapnel at the scene identified a US-made Hellfire missile providing clear evidence of US involvement. Killing noncombatants is a war crime as defined in Article 8(2)(b)(iv) of the International Criminal Court Statute.

Other Case Studies: Further Examples of War Crime Attacks on Noncombatants, Including Children

(1) On January 16, two projectiles killed four Abu Eita family members outside their home, the youngest 2.5 year old Malak Abu.

(2) On January 9, two projectiles destroyed their house and killed six Salha family members, the youngest Bahaa, age 5

(3) On January 5, a projectile killed Mohammed Hijji. Earlier their home was commandeered by Israeli forces. Family members were held prisoners inside, then forced to be human shields so they could occupy a nearby house. Afterwards the family was ordered to evacuate Zaytoun where they lived, then shot at while leaving, killing their 2.5 year old daughter Shahd. Relatives and Arafat family members told to leave were also fleeing. In progress, one woman was shot and killed. Nine others were wounded. All are civilians, including children.

(4) on January 14, a projectile killed 14 year old Izziddin al-Farra in Qarara village in eastern Gaza while he and his friend Abdul Ghani were bicycling on a rural road. Abdul sustained a serious head injury.

(5) On January 4, Israeli forces shot and killed 1.5 year old Farah al-Helu. Family members were in their home. Soldiers entered, shot and killed 62 year old Fouad, then ordered the family to evacuate. Outside they were shot at, injuring three family members and killing Farah who bled to death. One family member described their ordeal. They tried crawling to safety. Most did but three others were struck and lay in the street. Farah bled to death because emergency care was denied – further evidence of a war crime atrocity.

(6) On December 29, a bombing of an adjacent mosque destroyed the Balousha family Jabaliya refugee camp home. Five of eight daughters were killed, the youngest Jawaher age four. Five others were injured and another five homes were seriously damaged.

(7) On January 6, two projectiles struck the yard of Mo’in Deeb’s Jabaliya refugee camp home when 10 family members were there. Ten were killed instantly, the youngest Nour Mo’in age 3. Others were injured, four critically. One subsequently died. Another had both legs amputated.

(8) On December 29, a bomb struck the al-’Absi family Yibna refugee camp home in Rafah while those in it were sleeping. Three children died instantly, the youngest Sidqi age 4. Their mother sustained critical injuries. Four other children were also injured.

(9) On January 17, a white phosphorous artillery shell struck the area around a Beit Lahiya school killing Bilal al-Ashqar (age 6) and Mohammed al-Ashqar (age 4). Two other family members were seriously injured. Their mother sustained critical head injuries and loss of her right hand. Her 19 year old daughter had her leg blown off. All were sheltering there at the time.

(10) On January 5, a projectile struck a house where the Abdul-Dayem family was attending a condolence ceremony. Those inside fled across the street and were struck by two tank shells containing flechettes. Three family members, including one child, were killed instantly. Two others, including a child, subsequently died of their injuries.

PCHR summarized the 23-day toll as follows:

“Alongside the 313 children killed by Israeli forces during (Operation Cast Lead), 1606 children were injured, with some sustaining horrific disabilities, head and spinal injuries, facial disfiguration, burns and amputation.”

Most were in their homes at the time. Others in shelters for their safety. Some of the injured couldn’t access medical care resulting in their permanent disability, infection, and for some their death. Even at hospitals, doctors were overwhelmed, under-resourced, and forced to deliver care under battlefield conditions.

The toll on parents and children was horrific, and some surviving adults face a lifelong task of caring for their permanently disabled offspring. Those who lost parents require help from relatives. The stench of death, injury, vast destruction, displacement, and Gaza still under siege pervades the Territory. The conflict’s psychological impact inflicted collective trauma – unrelieved and hardly noticed by Israel, America, the West, and most Arab states.

Children more than others suffer most and now experience “anger, sleeping difficulties, nightmares, avoidance of situations that are reminders of the trauma, impairment of concentration, and guilt” because they survived while others didn’t. Post Traumatic Stress Disorders (PTSD) approach epidemic levels, but fortunately Gaza’s Community Mental Health Programme (GCMHP) provides some of the best care of its kind in the Middle East. Years of conflict honed their skills.

After hostilities ended, they assessed the psychological damage on children and learned that the overwhelming majority personally witnessed traumatic events that could seriously impair their mental health. For example:

  • 98% of children said they didn’t feel safe;
  • 96% didn’t think they could protect themselves;
  • 97% thought their families couldn’t protect them;
  • 90% heard bombing;
  • 89% saw homes destroyed from it;
  • 65% were forced to evacuate their homes;
  • 61% saw their neighbors’ homes bombed;
  • 54% were either physically detained in their homes by soldiers or were trapped inside them during bombings and/or shellings; and
  • 55% said they were told that one or more of their family members or relatives were killed.

Psychologist Hassan Ziyada said: “These children reported high levels of trauma and insecurity that will impact on the psychological and intellectual development….(They’re) suffering continual long-term trauma due to the psychological, social and economic effects of the recent offensive, the siege and closure of Gaza, and the internal political situation. This (attack) came at a very difficult time for all the people of Gaza, especially children, who were already suffering acute feelings of anxiety and powerlessness….Children in Gaza are continuing to exhibit long-term symptoms of hyperactivity, deterioration of their cognitive abilities, instrusive memories and hyper arousal and anxiety.”

Ziyada believes many children will develop long-term depression from the loss of loved ones and friends that contribute to a feeling of abandonment. He also said they’re experiencing physical body pain, headaches, stomach aches, insomnia and aggressive behavior.

In an appendix, PCHR listed all 313 children killed by name, gender, age, location, date of attack, and date of death. The youngest was one month old Al-Mu’tasim Bellah Mohammed Ibrahim al-Samouni. Also one month old Hala ‘Isam Ahmed al-Mnei’i. Israel expressed no regrets, neither did America.

Stephen Lendman

Iran polls prompt vote rigging allegations

Iran went to the polls today in presidential elections, with incumbent Mahmoud Ahmadinejad seeking a second four-year term.

Four candidates were contesting the election, although much power rests with the unelected Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei and presidential powers are limited by the ruling clergy.

Running against Mr Ahmadinejad were ex-prime minister Mir Hossein Mousavi, former parliamentary speaker Mahdi Karroubi and ex-Revolutionary Guard commander Mohsen Rezaei.

The last week of the election campaign was marked by mass protests and opposition accusations of vote-rigging amid a communications clampdown.

Iran’s text messaging system was down.

Leading opposition candidate Mr Mousavi accused Iran’s nationalised telecommunications provider of deliberately shutting down the system.

He also alleged that some of his representatives were barred from entering polling stations to monitor the vote.

Mr Mousavi criticised Mr Ahmadinejad’s handling of the struggling economy during the campaign and ridiculed the president’s hyperbolic rhetoric on international affairs.

But Mr Ahmadinejad insisted that the economy has fared better since he has been in power and accused his rivals of corruption.

The communist Tudeh Party of Iran was critical of all candidates, but called for maximum participation to vote against the reactionary Mr Ahmadinejad and and fundamentalist Mr Rezaei.

The Tudeh Party said that four years of Mr Ahmadinejad’s presidency had seen detrimental economical policies leading to bankruptcy of the manufacturing sector along with increasingly high unemployment and inflation.

It also criticised unprecedented waste and misuse of oil revenues, a heightened atmosphere of suppression and terror and ongoing attacks on the working class, women’s, youth and students’ movements, and intensified pressure on religious and national minorities.

It said that divisions among reformers before the 2005 presidential election, coupled with a mass boycott by voters, had helped Mr Ahmadinejad into power.

But the Tudeh Party said: “Existing signs indicate the general will of the people to participate in the elections and to free themselves from Ahmadinejad’s government.

“The will of the people must be converted to a broad social force going to polls.”

James Tweedie
Morning Star

British Photographers Forced To Play Roulette With Anti- Terror Law

In Britain, cops have the power to search you if you take a picture of a “sensitive” area, but they won’t tell you which areas are “sensitive,” because they’re so “sensitive.”

The British Journal of Photography is trying to use the UK Freedom of Information Act to find out which places in Britain have such precious photons that people who collect them without authorization can have their civil rights violated, but so far they’ve been unsuccessful.

There’s no evidence that terrorists use photographs to plan attacks. Indeed, if disclosing the visible features of notable, iconic buildings puts them in danger, we may as well tear them all down now and get it over with, since the whole point of a notable, iconic building is that everybody knows what they look like.

The Home Office has rejected a Freedom of Information Act request filed by the BJP regarding the disclosure of the list of all areas where police officers are authorised to stop-and-search photographers under Section 44 of the Terrorism Act 2000…While it is common knowledge that the entire City of London [ed: the City of London is a one-square-mile financial district], at the behest of the Metropolitan Police, is covered by the legislation, it remains unclear which other areas in England and Wales have requested the stop-and-search powers…

The request asked for a ‘full list of all areas – in England, Wales and Northern Ireland – subject to Section 44 Terrorism Act 2000 authorisations, which the Home Office has a statutory duty to be aware of.’

The request was rejected in late May on grounds of national security. ‘In relation to authorisations for England and Wales, I can confirm that the Home Office holds the information that you requested. I am, however, not obliged to disclose it to you,’ writes J Fanshaw of the Direct Communications Unit at the Home Office. ‘After careful consideration we have decided that this information is exempt from disclosure by virtue of Section 24(1) and Section 31(1)(a-c) of the Freedom of Information Act…’

As part of its ongoing campaign for photographers’ rights, BJP has appealed the decision, requesting an internal review of the request’s handling. It has also filed 46 additional Freedom of Information Act requests to all Chief Constables in England and Wales, asking them to disclose whether they have asked for stop-and-search powers under section 44 of the Terrorism Act 2000.

Cory Doctorow

Torture documents need to be released

0

Despite its repudiation of “enhanced interrogation techniques,” the Obama administration continues to stifle public scrutiny of how the Bush Justice Department’s strained legal rationale for torture was translated into the mistreatment of suspected terrorists. The latest attempt to deflect disclosure was a statement by CIA Director Leon Panetta on Monday that not a single paragraph of 65 documents describing the agency’s interrogations could safely be made public. Most of the documents describe the interrogation of Abu Zubaydah, who was waterboarded at least 83 times.

The federal judge to whom Panetta submitted his declaration shouldn’t take it at face value. As with the photographs of prisoner abuse that President Barack Obama wrongly declined to make public, the documents sought by the American Civil Liberties Union shouldn’t be withheld to spare the United States additional embarrassment. Nor is continued secrecy justified, as Panetta maintains, by the possibility that details about abandoned techniques would help al-Qaida prepare for future interrogations. Even less convincing is Panetta’s claim that national security would be endangered by the identification of countries that allowed the CIA to interrogate suspects on their soil.

To be fair, these are only some of Panetta’s justifications for exempting so-called operational documents from the disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Information Act. He also told U.S. District Judge Alvin K. Hellerstein that their release would expose the identities of CIA employees who took part in interrogations and reveal what the CIA did and didn’t know about terrorist plots at particular points in time.

These arguments have a better claim to the exception in the FOIA for matters “specifically authorized under criteria established by an executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy.” But the documents may contain information that doesn’t meet that test. For example, they might establish whether interrogators circumvented even the inadequate constraints imposed by the Bush administration. They also could shed light on a matter under criminal investigation: the destruction of 92 videotapes of CIA interrogations.

Even the harshest critics of the Bush-era interrogation program recognize that the government can’t divulge to the public the identities of covert operatives or important sources and methods. But with all due respect to Panetta, he shouldn’t have the final say on that question. The solution seems obvious: Judge Hellerstein should examine the contested documents – not just summaries – and decide for himself which of the CIA’s objections are valid.

– Los Angeles Times editorial

The great big DNA database fishing expedition

2

In London the Met police have been rounding up and arresting children as young as ten who have committed no crime, for the purpose of getting their DNA on record. A FOI request has revealed that in 2008, police in the Camden area arrested and took DNA samples from 386 under-eighteens in a practice they describe as a “long-term crime prevention strategy”. This big fishing expedition will furnish the UK database on children with DNA records which will be held for six years or until the kid turns eighteen.

The European Court Of Human Rights has come into conflict with the Home Office over the extent of British plans for a National ID Database, which stores DNA data amongst other biometric details. In December 2008 at the ECHR in Strasbourg a panel of seventeen judges unanimously condemned British powers to hold DNA data of all arrestees indefinitely – and regardless of the seriousness of the alleged crime – as ‘blanket and indiscriminate’. The judges ruled that some 857,000 innocent people should have their DNA data deleted. The Home Office is fobbing the ECHR off by only slightly watering down their plans and will still store samples of those arrested (but not convicted) for serious crimes for twelve years, and keep DNA data six years for those arrested (but not convicted) of minor offences. Those who are convicted will have their DNA information held indefinitely.

The National Identity Register (See SchNEWS 466) and the Children’s Act 2004 — which saw the creation of a database for every child in the country (See SchNEWS 452) are just two components of the grand Neo-Labour vision for an Orwellian British state, and no doubt the Tories will be happy to carry on the good work if they get in.

* www.no2id.net www.privacyinternational.org

Ex-Bush lawyer can be sued over torture according to Judge

0

A prisoner who says he was tortured while being held for nearly four years as a suspected terrorist can sue former Bush administration lawyer John Yoo for coming up with the legal theories that justified his alleged treatment, a federal judge in San Francisco ruled Friday.

U.S. District Judge Jeffrey White’s decision marks the first time a government lawyer has been held potentially responsible for the abuse of detainees.

“Like any other government official, government lawyers are responsible for the foreseeable consequences of their conduct,” White said in refusing to dismiss Jose Padilla’s lawsuit against Yoo.

If Padilla, now serving a 17-year prison sentence on terrorism charges, can prove his allegations, he can show that Yoo “set in motion a series of events that resulted in the deprivation of Padilla’s constitutional rights,” White said.

White, an appointee of former President George W. Bush, noted that Padilla’s lawsuit accuses Yoo of helping to design administration policy on detention and torture, and then crafting legal opinions to justify it – stepping outside the usual role of a lawyer.

Yoo, a UC Berkeley law professor, was an attorney in the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel from 2001 to 2003 and wrote a series of memos on interrogation, detention and presidential powers.

The best-known memo, written to then-White House Counsel Alberto Gonzales in 2002, said rough treatment of captives amounted to torture only if it caused the same level of pain as “organ failure, impairment of bodily function or even death.” The memo also said the president may have the constitutional power to authorize torture of enemy combatants.
‘Any means necessary’

A 2001 Yoo memo, made public by the Obama administration, said U.S. military forces could use “any means necessary” to seize and hold terror suspects in the United States.

Yoo could not be reached at his Berkeley office Friday. A spokesman for the Justice Department, which is representing him and has argued for dismissal of the suit, was unavailable for comment.

Padilla’s lawyers issued a statement saying they are “pleased that our client will get his day in court and the right to challenge the unconstitutional conduct to which he was subjected.”
Unique ruling

John Eastman, law school dean at Chapman University in Orange County, where Yoo taught for the past year, said the ruling is unique – the first to hold any administration official potentially liable for alleged mistreatment of terrorist suspects.

Eastman predicted that the Justice Department will file an immediate appeal, going to the Supreme Court if necessary. Padilla, a U.S. citizen, was arrested in Chicago in 2002 and accused by the Bush administration of plotting with al Qaeda to detonate a radioactive “dirty bomb.”

Declared an enemy combatant, Padilla was held in a Navy brig for three years and eight months and was denied all contact with the outside world for the first half of that period, his suit said. He was then taken out of the brig and charged with taking part in an unrelated conspiracy to provide money and supplies to Islamic extremist groups. He was convicted and has appealed.

His suit against Yoo covers his time in the brig. He says he was detained illegally, held for lengthy periods in darkness and blinding light, subjected to temperature extremes and sleep deprivation, confined in painful stress positions, and threatened with death to himself, harm to his family and transfer to a nation where he would be tortured.
Claims of mistreatment

The suit said Yoo – who has acknowledged being a member of an administration planning group known as the “war council” – personally reviewed and approved Padilla’s detention in the brig and provided the legal cover for his treatment.

At a hearing in March, Justice Department lawyer Mary Mason told White that courts had no power to scrutinize high-level government decision-making, especially in wartime.

But White said Friday that Padilla had a right to sue “the alleged architect of the government policy” on enemy combatants. He said an examination of Yoo’s publicly disclosed writings would not damage national security, and an inquiry into “allegations of unconstitutional treatment of an American citizen on American soil” would not affect foreign relations.

Bob Egelko

Iran election may decide war or peace for Middle East

1

More than 42 million Iranians are eligible to vote Friday in the presidential election, and long lines were reported around the country’s polling places. Voting has already been extended at least two hours because of heavy turnout.

 

Incumbent hard-line President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, who has denied the Holocaust and vowed bloodcurdling threats against the United States and to wipe Israel off the map, is being challenged by former Prime Minister Mir-Hossein Mousavi, who was an extremist prime minister through most of the 1980s but now appears a relative moderate compared with Ahmadinejad. There are two other candidates, but the race is seen as between Ahmadinejad, whose reputation precedes him, and Mousavi. If no candidate wins more than 50 percent of the vote, a runoff is scheduled for June 19.

Most opinion polls heavily favor the incumbent Ahmadinejad, but some have given widely varying results — Ahmadinejad’s support swings from 22 percent to 62 percent. On the other hand, Ahmadinejad and his supporters control the state functions of government, which puts them at a huge advantage.

The campaign has been very spirited. The central issues — echoing last November’s presidential election in the United States — are the economy and international relations. The British Broadcasting Corporation reported that, after voting, Ahmadinejad thanked his fellow Iranians for “their goodness, for the greatness, for their selflessness, their sacrifice and for their forgiveness.” What was meant by that last comment is unclear.

Mousavi said, “God willing, with the nationwide participation of the public we will see better and more beautiful days.”

A quarter-century ago Mousavi was determined to export the Iranian Islamic Revolution throughout the Middle East, and he vigorously prosecuted Iran’s bloody, eight-year war with Iraq not just to drive the Iraqi invaders out of Iran, but also to carry the flag of the revolution across the entire region, fulfilling the implacable vision of the Islamic Republic’s founding father, Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini.

But Mousavi sounds very different today. Al-Jazeera television network quoted him as saying in the closing stages of his electronic campaign, “The conditions in this country have changed. The revolution has changed. There were specific conditions at the beginning of the revolution, particular motives and the motivation.”

According to al-Jazeera, Mousavi now wants to ensure that Iran functions as part of the international system as a major and respected power, and even as a partner to other nations.

The position of president is no figurehead in Iran. Ahmadinejad re-radicalized the country’s foreign and national security policies and pushed ahead more energetically than ever with its nuclear development programs after he succeeded President Mohammed Khatami in the 2005 presidential election. Khatami had offered two U.S. presidents, Democrat President Bill Clinton and Republican George W. Bush, to negotiate an end to Iran’s programs that could develop nuclear weapons, but neither followed up on it.

Iran’s current Supreme Leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, backs Ahmadinejad.

If Ahmadinejad wins, global oil prices, which climbed back to $70 a barrel this week, are likely to rise again, as fears will increase that Israel may order a pre-emptive air attack on Iran’s far-flung web of thousands of gas centrifuges that are working day and night to produce highly enriched uranium for nuclear weapons.

That could also happen if Mousavi wins, but the Israelis might then be more willing to sit back and let U.S. President Barack Obama try till the end of this year his policy of reining in the Iranian nuclear program by negotiations alone.

This year’s election therefore may be the most significant in the history of the Islamic Republic, and its outcome will be closely scrutinized not just in the Middle East but around the world for its pointers to war and peace in the coming years.

Pentagon Cyber Command threat to civil liberties

0

The Obama administration’s plan to create a Pentagon Cyber Command to conduct both defensive and offensive cyberwarfare is arousing concern about potential threats to privacy and civil liberties.

A new report in the New York Times warns that even though President Obama has promised that protections will be built into the cyberdefense strategy, such protections will be difficult to implement in practice.

“Much of the new military command’s work is expected to be carried out by the National Security Agency, whose role in intercepting the domestic end of international calls and e-mail messages after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, under secret orders issued by the Bush administration, has already generated intense controversy,” the Times explains. “There is simply no way, the officials say, to effectively conduct computer operations without entering networks inside the United States, where the military is prohibited from operating, or traveling electronic paths through countries that are not themselves American targets.”

The establishment of a Cyber Command first became a source of controversy when it was announced in April. One of the most chilling assessments was in an article at GlobalResearch, which spoke of “billions of dollars already spent on a score of top secret initiatives, included those hidden within Pentagon Special Access (SAP) or black programs” and warned direly that “NSA has positioned itself to seize near total control over the country’s electronic infrastructure, thereby exerting an intolerable influence—and chilling effect—over the nation’s political life.”

Although the article’s conclusion that cybersecurity is nothing more than a “euphemism for keeping the rabble in line” is not widely shared, even the experts interviewed by the Times expressed unusually strong fears of a threat to civil liberties.

Peace activist Frida Berrigan – the daughter of renowned Vietnam War protester Philip Berrigan – told the Times of her concern that “if the Pentagon and the military services see cyberspace as a battlefield domain, then the lines protecting privacy and our civil liberties get blurred very, very quickly.”

Even defense expert Maren Leed – a former assistant to the vice chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff – suggested that a broad national debate should be undertaken to define the line between acceptable and unacceptable intrusions into email and other private information. Leed emphasized that although the military and intelligence agencies may be best equipped to detect and ward off cyberattacks, “they are not the best suited, from a civil liberties perspective, to take on that responsibility.”

Sri Lankan government interrogate doctors who witnessed war crimes

0

The Sri Lankan government is continuing to detain and interrogate three doctors–Dr Thurairajah Varatharajah, Dr Thangamuttu Sathyamurthi and Dr V. Shanmugarajah–who risked their lives to provide medical care to thousands of Tamil civilians caught in fighting between the army and the separatist Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE).

 

With journalists and most aid workers barred from the war zone, the government-appointed medical officers provided a glimpse into the horrific conditions facing over a quarter of a million civilians in the small LTTE-held enclave. Their testimony provided first-hand evidence of the war crimes being carried out by the Sri Lankan military in shelling civilian areas. Their makeshift clinic was hit several times in the last weeks of fighting.

 

The three doctors fled along with thousands of civilians just days before the army overran the last LTTE territory. They were detained by soldiers and handed over to police. To deflect attention from its own crimes, the government accused the doctors of aiding the LTTE and denounced their accounts as propaganda. Only the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) has had access to the men.

 

Human Rights Minister Mahinda Samarasinghe told the BBC last week that the doctors were being held “on the reasonable suspicion of collaboration with the LTTE”. He added: “I don’t know what the investigations may reveal, but maybe they were even part of that whole conspiracy to put forward the notion that government forces were shelling and targeting hospitals and indiscriminately targeting civilians as a result of the shelling.”

 

What Samarasinghe refers to as “a conspiracy” is the mounting evidence of the atrocities for which the Sri Lankan government and military are responsible. The Colombo government backed by China, Russia and India blocked a motion in the UN Human Rights Council this month calling for an independent inquiry into war crimes by both the army and LTTE.

 

Leaked UN reports estimate that at least 7,000 civilians were killed since late January in the army’s final offensive on the LTTE. While President Mahinda Rajapakse and his ministers blame all civilian deaths on the LTTE, satellite imagery and the comments of survivors have exposed the government lie that the military did not use heavy weapons on an area packed with civilians. Other estimates based on UN sources and aerial photos put the death toll at more than 20,000.

 

Comments to the media by the three doctors gave a graphic account of the desperate plight of hundreds of thousands of Tamil civilians inside the LTTE enclave–much of which the military had cynically proclaimed to be a “no-fire zone”. Food and water were extremely limited. The doctors struggled to cope each day with hundreds of injured in appalling conditions and without adequate medical supplies.

 

On May 13, Agence France Presse reported Dr Varatharajah had told them that the makeshift hospital had been hit for the second time in two days. At least 50 people had been killed, including a health aide, and another 60 injured. Dr V. Shanmugarajah told Associated Press by telephone that the strike was the third in the month.

 

Ultimately, the doctors were forced to leave. Associated Press reported on May 14 that the hospital had been abandoned because it was too dangerous to work there. About 400 badly injured patients remained inside, in desperate need of medical attention. A medical staff member said: “Looking at the hospice and hearing the civilians cry, you feel only disaster.” The military overran the last LTTE positions on May 18.

 

Amnesty International reported seeing the doctors on May 15 at a screening point for the internally displaced people (IDPs) near Omanthai. To quash mounting questions about their fate, the army commander denied any knowledge of their whereabouts. On May 20, however, an ICRC team had spotted them at the same site. The military later handed the men over to the police and placed in the custody of the Terrorist Investigation Division (TID).

 

ICRC spokeswoman Sarasi Wijeratne told the WSWS on June 3 that lawyers, journalists and relatives had all been barred from seeing the three doctors. Asked about their health and their whereabouts, she said that the ICRC was constrained to maintain silence as per an agreement with the Sri Lankan authorities.

 

In comments to the British-based Independent, Satish Kumar, the brother-in-law of Dr Shanmugarajah, said he had been told by ICRC officials that they had been able to leave the doctor some clothes and that “he had not been tortured”. The concern about torture is very real as the TID is notorious for using physical coercion against “terrorist suspects” to obtain confessions that are then used in court. In the case of the three doctors, much more is at stake for the government in getting them to recant their previous comments.

 

Kumar told the newspaper: “If the government charges them, then we can approach a lawyer. Everybody knows they’ve not done anything other than help civilians and try to save lives. They may have given some casualty figures, but is that an offence? It’s obvious how many people were injured–they are now all in the camps.”

 

Human Rights Minister Samarasinghe, however, said that the investigation into the doctors could last for a year or more before charges are finally laid. Under the country’s draconian emergency powers and Prevention of Terrorism Act (PTA), suspects can be held virtually indefinitely without charge.

 

Samarasinghe declared that the comments of the doctors to the international media had been made with the LTTE holding “pistols at their heads”. He continued: “There was a lot of publicity that we launched an attack on a hospital. That publicity was given due to the three doctors. Now they are in the custody of the TID, under detention orders. Soon they will be produced in court. You will hear what really happened.”

 

Samarasinghe’s comments only begs the question: if their previous comments were coerced, why detain the doctors and prevent the journalists, lawyers and relatives from speaking to them? The very fact that the three men could be held incommunicado for a year or more signifies that the government has a great deal to hide.

 

The BBC reported yesterday that Dr Sathyamurthi had been produced in a magistrate’s court in Colombo as formally required under the PTA. He said nothing during his brief appearance and was returned to police custody.

Nanda Wickramesinghe

Feds ask court to reconsider CIA renditions suit

0

The U.S. Department of Justice is asking a federal appeals court to reconsider its decision to allow a Boeing Co. subsidiary to be sued for allegedly flying terrorism suspects to secret prisons overseas to be tortured.

In April, a panel of judges from the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in San Francisco ruled that the lawsuit dealing with the CIA’s “extraordinary rendition” program could proceed.

The government earlier had successfully invoked the “state secrets” law that blocks the release of evidence it deems potentially harmful to national security. But the appeals court said the prisoners can try to prove their case without top-secret information.

Federal prosecutors filed court documents Friday asking that a full panel of judges rehear the case.

Thousands of postal workers to strike

0

Thousands of postal workers in London are set to embark on a 24-hour strike next Friday over an “arbitrary” culling of the workforce by Royal Mail.

The Communications Workers Union (CWU) has accused Royal Mail of reneging on their 2007 agreement to consult on modernisation.

While the initial action only involves workers in the capital, the CWU confirmed that similar ballots were planned for other areas and that industrial action was likely to spread in the face of management intransigence.

A CWU spokesman explained: “Following the 2007 postal dispute, an agreement was struck that ensured both the company and the union worked together to improve efficiency. This agreement has ensured that the company has built steady profits.

“The last part of that agreement is to agree modernisation of the business. Royal Mail are now ignoring that element of the agreement and implementing arbitrary cuts in costs without modernising.”

Announcing the strike, CWU deputy general secretary Dave Ward said: “Royal Mail is blocking modernisation by refusing to negotiate change with the CWU.

“We have offered a moratorium on all strike action if Royal Mail will suspend executive action and enter into meaningful negotiations. We want to bring forward the successful transformation of the business by working together.”

He added: “There is growing unrest across the country as Royal Mail tries to impose damaging cuts and changes without the input of union reps. The future of the business must be safeguarded through careful planning, not shooting from the hip.”

Royal Mail issued a statement yesterday claiming: “The proposed revisions in London ask no more of employees than in the rest of the UK and we are only putting in place changes that result directly from the changes to the amount and type of mail we are now carrying and which are already agreed with the CWU as part of the 2007 deal.”

Business Secretary Lord Mandelson also gave further evidence of his antipathy towards the trade union movement, claiming that lack of CWU co-operation was the root of the problem.

“This action is highly regrettable and typical of the problems Royal Mail is facing,” he said.

“Striking is not the solution. The Royal Mail needs urgent reform and this will only happen if the CWU co-operates in making it happen,” he said.

Up to 10,000 CWU members are set to engage in the 24-hour strike on June 19 from all sections of Royal Mail.

Meanwhile, the government is determined to continue with its plans to part-privatise the postal service in the face of strong opposition from its own back benches.

There has been speculation that the government would back down on the deeply unpopular proposal, particularly in light of its recent catastrophic election results.

A predicted back-bench rebellion would mean that Labour will require Tory support to pass the Bill, further weakening its tenuous position.

But Business Minister Pat McFadden insisted that the government remained “committed” to its proposal to privatise. Despite this, no firm date has been set for a second reading of the Bill.

Paddy McGuffin
Morning Star

CIA Secrecy on Drone Attacks Data Hides Abuses

0

The U.S. Central Intelligence Agency’s refusal to share with other agencies even the most basic data on the bombing attacks by remote-controlled unmanned predator drones in Pakistan’s northwestern tribal region, combined with recent revelations that CIA operatives have been paying Pakistanis to identify the targets, suggests that managers of the drone attacks programmes have been using the total secrecy surrounding the programme to hide abuses and high civilian casualties.

By Gareth Porter |

Intelligence analysts have been unable to obtain either the list of military targets of the drone strikes or the actual results in terms of al Qaeda or civilians killed, according to a Washington source familiar with internal discussion of the drone strike programme. The source insisted on not being identified because of the extreme sensitivity of the issue.

“They can’t find out anything about the programme,” the source told IPS. That has made it impossible for other government agencies to judge its real consequences, according to the source.

Since early 2009, Barack Obama administration officials have been claiming that the predator attacks in Pakistan have killed nine of 20 top al Qaeda officials, but they have refused to disclose how many civilians have been killed in the strikes.

In April, The News, a newspaper in Lahore, Pakistan, published figures provided by Pakistani officials indicating that 687 civilians have been killed along with 14 al Qaeda leaders in some 60 drone strikes since January 2008 — just over 50 civilians killed for every al Qaeda leader.

A paper published this week by the influential pro-military Centre for a New American Security (CNAS) criticising the Obama administration’s use of drone attacks in Pakistan says U.S. officials “vehemently dispute” the Pakistani figures but offers no further data on the programme.

In an interview with IPS, Nathaniel C. Fick, the chief operating officer of CNAS, who coauthored the paper, said Pentagon officials claim privately that 300 al Qaeda fighters have been killed in the drone attacks. However, those officials refuse to stipulate further just who they have included under that rubric, according to Fick, and have not offered any figure on civilian deaths.

What is needed is “a strict definition of the target set — a definition of who is al Qaeda,” said Fick.

Press reports that the CIA is paying Pakistani agents for identifying al Qaeda targets by placing electronic chips at farmhouses supposedly inhabited by al Qaeda officials, so they can be bombed by predator planes, has raised new questions about whether the CIA and the Obama administration have simply redefined al Qaeda in order to cover up an abusive system and justify the programme.

The initial story on the CIA payments for placing the chips by Carol Grisanti and Mushtaq Yusufzai of NBC News Apr. 17 was based on a confession by a 19-year-old in North Waziristan on a video released by the Taliban. In his confession, the young man says, “I was given 122 dollars to drop chips wrapped in a cigarette paper at al Qaida and Taliban houses. If I was successful, I was told, I would be given thousands of dollars.”

He goes on to say, “I thought this was a very easy job. The money was so good so I started throwing the chips all over. I knew people were dying because of what I was doing, but I needed the money.”

The video shows the man being shot as a spy for the United States.

A U.S. official told NBC news that the video was “extremist propaganda,” but a story in The Guardian May 31 said residents of Waziristan, including one student identified as Taj Muhammad Wazir, had confirmed that tribesman have been paid to lay the electronic devices to target drone strikes.

The knowledgeable Washington source told IPS the Guardian article is consistent with past CIA intelligence-gathering methods in Afghanistan and elsewhere. “We buy data,” he said. “Everything is paid for.”

The implication of the system of purchasing targeting information for drone strikes is that there is “no guarantee” that the people being targeted are officials of al Qaeda or allied organisations, he said.

Fick, who is a veteran of the post-9/11 military operations in Afghanistan and the early phase of the Iraq war, said that kind of intelligence for targeting is “intrinsically problematic”.

Although the CNAS paper by Fick, Andrew Exum and David Kilcullen does not explicitly call for ending drone attacks, it is highly critical of the programme, charging that the use of drones represents a “tactic… substituting for a strategy”.

It concedes that, by “killing key leaders and hampering operations”, the drone attacks against al Qaeda and some other militants in Pakistan’s Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) “create a sense of insecurity among militants and constrain their interactions with suspected informers”.

But it argues that the drone attacks have also “created a siege mentality among the Pashtun population in northwest Pakistan”, and likened them to similar strikes against Islamic militants in Somalia in 2005-2006. The net result of those earlier strikes, the authors assert, was to anger the population and make the Islamic insurgents more popular.

The drone strikes in Pakistan are having a similar impact, not only in the tribal areas but in other provinces as well, the paper said. In a panel discussing the paper at the think tank’s annual meeting Thursday, Exum, a former officer in Afghanistan, said, “We are not saying that the drone strikes are not part of a solution, but right now they are part of the problem.”

The new CNAS criticism of drone strikes is of particular interest because of the close relationship between the think tank and CENTCOM commander Gen. David Petraeus, who was the keynote speaker at Thursday’s conference. The new president of CNAS, John Nagl, is a former adviser to Petraeus and co-author of the Army’s counterinsurgency manual. CNAS is widely regarded as reflecting the perspective of the Petraeus wing of the U.S. military.

Another co-author and former Petraeus aide, Australian David Kilcullen, who was also a senior fellow at CNAS last year, had already come out strongly against drone strikes as politically self-defeating.

However, Nagl himself told IPS that he disagrees with the CNAS paper’s position on drone strikes. He said he believes the benefits of the strikes are greater than have been publicly communicated by the administration, and suggested the failure to release any more figures on the results could be attributed to a “culture of secrecy”.

Petraeus made no mention of the issue in his presentation to the CNAS conference on Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan. The Washington Post reported Jun. 1 that Petraeus wrote in a secret May 27 assessment, “Anti-U.S. sentiment has already been increasing in Pakistan… especially in regard to cross-border and reported drone strikes, which Pakistanis perceive to cause unacceptable civilian casualties.”

*Gareth Porter is an investigative historian and journalist specialising in U.S. national security policy. The paperback edition of his latest book, “Perils of Dominance: Imbalance of Power and the Road to War in Vietnam”, was published in 2006.

Gitmo suicide had been prisoners’ representative

0

Almost five months before he was found dead at Guantanamo Bay, a detainee volunteered to represent prisoners in talks with the military and left his jailhouse for a meeting with the detention camp’s most senior commanders. But he never returned – from then on, he was held in the prison’s psychiatric ward, a former detainee recalled.

Mohammad Ahmed Abdullah Saleh Al Hanashi died in the ward this month in what the military has called an apparent suicide – the fifth since the prison opened and the first on President Barack Obama’s watch.

The U.S. military has refused to say how Saleh allegedly killed himself in the closely watched psychiatric ward. But the former detainee, Binyam Mohamed, said it wasn’t like him to commit suicide.

“He was patient and encouraged others to be the same,” Mohamed said. “He never viewed suicide as a means to end his despair.”

Even if it was suicide, Mohamed still classifies the death as “murder, or unlawful killing, whichever way you look at it,” saying that the U.S. had caused Saleh to lose hope by locking him up indefinitely without charges.

Mohamed was transferred in February to Britain, which released him. His account, sent to The Associated Press Wednesday by one of his lawyers, provides some details about the dead man’s detention for the first time.

Mohamed said Saleh left their high-security Camp 5 jailhouse for a meeting on Jan. 17 with Rear Adm. David Thomas and Army Col. Bruce Vargo. Thomas is the top commander of the military’s joint task force that runs the prison and related operations in Cuba. Vargo commands the joint detention group.

It is unclear what happened at the meeting, or if it came off at all. But Mohamed, who himself was asked by the military to be a prisoners’ representative but declined, said Saleh never returned to Camp 5 and was instead put into Guantanamo’s Behavioral Health Unit, where detainees with mental problems are held and closely monitored.

Asked about the meeting, Guantanamo’s spokesman said it is not unusual for detainees to speak with the commanders of the task force and the detention group. Navy Lt. Cmdr. Brook DeWalt declined to give details.

“Specific issues related to this detainee will be looked at as part of the ongoing investigation,” the spokesman said in an e-mail to AP, adding that the Naval Criminal Investigative Service is investigating the death.

When he died on June 1, Saleh was one of seven inmates being held in the psychiatric ward, and all had been force-fed, attorney David Remes, whose client was one of the seven, said last week.

DeWalt said it would be inappropriate during the NCIS investigation to comment.

Saleh, a Yemeni, allegedly had fought alongside the Taliban and had been held without charge at Guantanamo since February 2002. While he opposed what he considered abusive treatment of detainees, he “was always very sociable and tried to help resolve issues between the guards and prisoners,” said Mohamed.

Attorney Elizabeth Gilson, who represents another detainee at the psychiatric ward, said she heard details about the suicide from her client but cannot divulge them because the information is classified. She described the force-feeding as “abusive and inhumane.”

Mohamed, himself force-fed while at Guantanamo, described the experience of being strapped into a “restraint chair” and being fed liquid nutrients through a tube. He remembers one of the nurses as sympathetic.

“While the … hard tube is forced through your nostril down to your stomach your eyes swell with tears and run down your cheeks,” Mohamed wrote. “It’s always comforting to hear the nurse say ‘Oh don’t worry. it’s okay that happens to everyone’ and wipe off your tears for you. And as the tube goes through the throat, you get the sensation of choking.”

Saleh was a long-term hunger striker, but the military said he resumed eating in May.

AP writer Mike Melia contributed to this report.

New US commander in Afghanistan assembles team of assassins

3

By Bill Van Auken |

Confirmed Wednesday as President Barack Obama’s new commander for the widening war in Afghanistan and Pakistan, General Stanley McChrystal has been given extraordinary powers to assemble his own staff.

According to press reports published Thursday, in forming a permanent war council-dubbed the Afghanistan-Pakistan Coordination Cell-McChrystal is drawing heavily from a super-secret assassination squad that he commanded under the Bush administration.

That unit, the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC), was formed in December 1980 in the wake of the military’s abortive operation to free US hostages in Iran. Comprised of the Army’s Delta Force and Navy SEALs, the command directs Special Mission Units that carry out classified operations, often in collaboration with CIA squads.

Commanded by McChrystal between 2003 and 2008, JSOC has been linked to assassinations in over a dozen countries as well as abduction and torture. Under the Bush administration, it was reportedly used to carry out covert operations inside Iran, which included the abduction and assassination of officials suspected of aiding Iraqi militia groups.

Earlier this year, veteran investigative journalist Seymour Hersh, who is writing a book on the subject, termed the command “an executive assassination wing.” He said that it was tasked with “going into countries…finding people on a list and executing them and leaving.” Hersh added that, under the Bush administration, the unit reported to Vice President Dick Cheney’s office.

According to the New York Times, McChrystal “has been given carte blanche to handpick a dream team of subordinates, including many Special Operations veterans.” The newspaper attributed the “extraordinary leeway” granted to the general to the Obama administration’s concern over the war, which over the past year has registered the highest levels of violence since the US invasion of the country in October 2001 and has seen the Taliban and other insurgent elements gain control over much of the country.

Citing Pentagon figures, McClatchy News reported, “The first five months of this year have seen a 59 percent increase in insurgent attacks in Afghanistan, a 62 percent increase in coalition deaths and a 64 percent increase in the use of improvised explosives compared to the same period last year.”

Last month, Defense Secretary Robert Gates announced the sudden ouster of Gen. David McKiernan and his replacement by McChrystal, a move that reflected increasing desperation in Washington. The shakeup followed the findings of a Pentagon task force headed by McChrystal in May that reported in relation to Afghanistan that the “security situation in key areas is poor, stalemated or deteriorating.”

Tapped to serve as McChrystal’s deputy and assigned to oversee day-to-day operations in Afghanistan is Lt. Gen. David Rodriguez, the former commander of the 82nd Airborne Division, who was chosen last year by Defense Secretary Gates as his personal military assistant. Rodriguez is reportedly a longtime friend and protégé of McChrystal.

McChrystal has selected Maj. Gen. Michael T. Flynn as his intelligence advisor for Afghanistan, the Times reported. Flynn, who is currently director of intelligence for the Joint Chiefs of Staff in Washington, had previously served as McChrystal’s intelligence chief in the shadowy operations of JSOC.

Chosen as commander of the Afghanistan-Pakistan Coordination Cell is the longtime special operations officer Gen. Scott Miller, who as a captain commanded Delta Force troops in the US military’s “Blackhawk Down” debacle in Mogadishu, Somalia.

According to the Wall Street Journal, the so-called coordination cell is “modeled on a system Gen. McChrystal put in place in Iraq, when he commanded the Navy Seals and other Special Operations personnel.”

The units that he commanded in Iraq are reported to have carried out an assassination program in that country aimed at eliminating suspected leaders of Iraqi insurgent groups hostile to the US occupation. Personnel under his command also ran a detention and interrogation center near the Baghdad airport known as Camp Nama, where prisoners were subjected to systematic abuse amounting to torture. The motto of the unit running the camp was “No Blood, No Foul,” meaning that any form of abuse that did not draw blood was acceptable and would not result in investigations or prosecution. Soldiers assigned to the facility have reported that McChrystal was a regular visitor.

Given this background, it is noteworthy that the Democratic-led Senate Armed Services Committee subjected McChrystal to no serious or sustained questioning during his confirmation hearing last week. The committee’s chairman, Senator Carl Levin of Michigan, disposed of the torture issue at the outset by helping McChrystal to lay the blame on then-Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and on orders from Washington.

The right-wing editorial page of the Wall Street Journal gloated over the Democrats’ failure to make an issue out of torture, writing on June 4 that it assumed this was the case “because General McChrystal happens to have been nominated by President Obama, not President Bush.”

In the end, the only obstacle placed in the way of McChrystal’s nomination was general procedural foot-dragging by the Republicans.

To break the logjam, Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid went to the Senate floor Wednesday and made a dramatic announcement that he had received a telephone call from Adm. Mike Mullen. The Joint Chiefs of Staff chairman had told him, Reid said, that McChrystal had to fly to Afghanistan that very night and was “literally waiting by an airplane,” because there was no commander on the ground in Afghanistan.

“Let’s get the man approved tonight so he can go,” Reid said. Senate Republicans responded by moving to confirm McChrystal and two other military nominees.

Media coverage of McChrystal’s confirmation and the changes in war strategy surrounding the creation of the Afghanistan-Pakistan Coordination Cell has centered on innocuous suggestions that the planned rotation of this core group of 400 between the war in Afghanistan and Afghanistan-related planning in Washington would allow these personnel to “accumulate expertise.”

McChrystal’s military career and those of the chief officers he is selecting as his aides, however, suggest that what is being prepared is a dramatic escalation of the killing in Afghanistan, through the utilization of the type of methods employed during Operation Phoenix in Vietnam or the death squad killings during the US intervention in El Salvador.

Speaking to reporters during a flight to a NATO meeting in Brussels, Defense Secretary Gates reiterated the repeated warnings from senior military officials that, as the US continues to build up its forces in Afghanistan to a target of nearly 70,000 troops by the end of the year, the bloodshed will grow accordingly.

“We’ve been very upfront about the fact that as we send in more troops, and go into areas that have not had an Afghan government or ISAF [International Security Assistance Force] presence yet, that there will be more combat and the result of that will be more casualties,” Gates said.

In its escalation of the US war in Afghanistan, and its increasing extension across the border into Pakistan, the Obama administration has chosen as its senior commander an officer who is among those most deeply implicated in the criminal operations carried out under Bush and Cheney. This appointment, and its confirmation by the Democratic-controlled Senate, is a clear warning that the ruling establishment in Washington is pursuing a consensus policy that will involve even greater war crimes against the Afghan people, as Washington continues its attempt to assert hegemony in Central Asia by military means.

http://www.wsws.org/articles/2009/jun2009/mcch-j12.shtml

Human Rights Expert Condemns Child ‘Slavery’ In Haiti

0

Thousands of Haitian unpaid child labourers are trapped in a “modern form of slavery,” an independent United Nations human rights expert said today.

According to a press release by the Office for the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), Gulnara Shahinian, the Special Rapporteur on Contemporary Forms of Slavery, voiced her deep concern over the highly exploitative nature of the ‘restavek’ system in Haiti, which she said is tantamount to slavery.

At the end of her 2-10 June visit to the impoverished nation, she said the system of unpaid child labour “deprives children of their family environment and violates their most basic rights such as the rights to education, health, and food as well as subjecting them to multiple forms of abuse including economic exploitation, sexual violence and corporal punishment, violating their fundamental right to protection from all forms of violence.”

Ms. Shahinian, who carries out her duties in an independent and unpaid capacity, commended the authorities for its efforts to tackle the issue and protect the rights of restavek children.

But she condemned what she said was a new development: professional recruiters “who for financial gain recruit children from rural areas to work in urban families as child slaves in domestic work and outside the home in markets.”

Further, demand for child slaves has shifted from wealthy families to poorer ones, resulting in an “alarming” situation for hundreds of thousands of children in Haiti.

The Rapporteur recommended that the Government establish a National Commission on children, paying special attention to the most vulnerable among them and monitoring and protecting children’s rights.

Additionally, she said, authorities should take steps to completely eliminate the system through such means as a sensitization campaign on the dangers and impact of the practice of restavek on children and child labour in general, by registering children throughout the country, and by providing alternative income generating programs for poor families in rural communities.

She also recommended compulsory and free primary education for children and training of government officials dealing with vulnerable children.

Ms. Shahinian was appointed to her position by the Geneva-based Human Rights Council in May 2008 and is the first-ever Special Rapporteur in this field.

Spying Teachers – MI5 Wants Recruits

Now pay attention school teachers: your country needs you.

The British Security Service MI5 is seeking to recruit teachers to serve as intelligence officers in the fight against terrorism, espionage and the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction.

Where once the Service recruited Oxbridge graduates via a meticulously planned tap on the shoulder and ex-SAS men via shady meetings on shady park benches, MI5’s HR department has lately looked elsewhere for its operatives.

Lawyers and former City workers have been screened and assimilated into the Service. It now appears to believe that anyone who can survive double Geography on a Friday afternoon will prove useful in the fight to uphold national security.

It has placed an advert in the Times Educational Supplement in an attempt to lure the finest men and women from British common rooms to serve Queen and country.

“You may not realise it but life has given you the skills you need to be an MI5 Operational Officer,” says the advertisement.

It is vague about what other qualifications teachers possess for infiltrating terrorist networks and counter-espionage, though the work is thought to be similar in many respects to maintaining discipline in a year ten maths class.

Most teachers are used to identifying potential trouble-makers through a discreet system of profiling and breaking up potentially dangerous “cells” by getting them to sit on different sides of the classroom.

When the threat to destabilise the established order is serious, they are known to resort to detention of suspects without trial for a period of time after school.

Many are also thought to be deadly with a piece of chalk from twenty yards.

The MI5 advert does not mention these skills, perhaps for fear of alerting enemy combatants to the full capabilities of its new cadre of recruits. Instead it stresses the formidable people skills that British teachers develop at comprehensives and academies across the country.

“Your experience of dealing with people means you can build trust and relationships with all sorts of individuals, which makes you the ideal candidate for developing a career securing the information we need to protect national security,” the advert says.

Teachers are quite used to moving into new environments, quickly establishing the rules of engagement, the number of people who should be allowed to visit the lavatory and what constitutes the correct PE Kit.

Responding to the advertisement, the TES observed that: “Jet-setting, espionage and national security are not usually associated with a career in the classroom.”

It notes that: “Those at the chalkface might not be overly tempted by the money. The salary is £35,425 depending on skills and experience, about the same as a secondary teacher who has been in the job for some time.”

The Service appears to hope that teachers will be drawn to apply to the agency by the promise of serving Queen and country. Or the gadgets. Or the women, who are widely imagined to emerge from the sea in bikinis holding large shells.

Many teachers are thought to be sympathetic to the idea that it is only a few people who are spoiling it for the rest of us. They are expected to take the fight to the terrorists, making it clear to Al-Qaeda that they will be there all day and it is, after all, their own time they are wasting.

Abuse at British embassy investigation “fundamentally flawed”

An investigation into abuse by private staff at the British embassy in Baghdad was “fundamentally flawed”, according to Human Rights Watch.

The London director of the group, Tom Porteous, told the House of Commons foreign affairs committee that there needed to be a “proper investigation” into the allegations, and that if found guilty those responsible should face sanction.

The initial investigation was conducted by the company, Kellogg Brown and Root, itself, rather than by the UK government.

But Porteous said the Foreign Office has responsibility for the behaviour of its contractors, and should conduct its own inquiry.

He said the investigation also had procedural shortcomings, such as the failure to interview key personnel.

He also accused KBR of allowing those under investigation free access to the complainants.

Porteous added that whilst no disciplinary measures were taken against KBR staff, those that complained were dismissed.

He said that there had since been further allegations of sexual harassment made against the same individuals, “no doubt a consequence of the impunity that stemmed from this investigation”.

“Those staff who have been the victim of this abuse and those who have been dismissed need to be compensated,” he said.

Kate Allen, the director of Amnesty International UK also slammed the government for its attitude towards private military contractors.

Allen said proposals to allow companies to sign codes of conduct voluntarily was “absolutely insufficient”, as well as being “extraordinarily weak”.

“When you understand how much of what is happening in parts of the world has been contracted out, it is untenable that they not be accountable,” she said.

©2009 Dod’s Parliamentary Communications Ltd

CIA Director’s claims reinforce torture reality

0

It’s no secret that during the Bush administration, the Central Intelligence Agency “rendered” suspected terrorists to overseas facilities where they were subjected to “enhanced interrogation techniques.” Some sessions were recorded on videotape.

Using the Freedom of Information Act, the American Civil Liberties Union has relentlessly been trying to find out how these detainees were treated. The ACLU filed suit in federal court in 2004. As part of the case, the CIA revealed that it destroyed 92 of the interrogation videotapes.

The circumstances surrounding the destroyed tapes have become the subject of a criminal investigation. The federal judge in the ACLU case, in the meantime, ordered the CIA to compile a list of documents related to contents of the destroyed videotapes and is considering whether to release some of those documents.

CIA Director Leon Panetta this week filed a personal statement with the district court _ a “declaration” in the parlance of the proceedings _ strenuously arguing against the release of any such documents.

Panetta hardly could be expected to do otherwise. A former Democratic House member from California who later served as President Bill Clinton’s chief of staff, Panetta realizes that as the CIA chief, he must be steadfast in his defense of the agency’s reputation and prerogatives.

Political judgments on dealing with torture evidence during the Bush presidency are better left to others less directly responsible for the morale of the nation’s intelligence officers.

Still, Panetta’s declarations seem self defeating.

Much of what he proposes to the court is uncontroversial. He says intelligence officers’ identities should not be made public, that locations of covert facilities be kept secret and that evidence of actionable intelligence also should remain confidential. No problem, so far.

But what about those parts of records that reveal how detainees were treated, or more specifically, whether they were tortured? Panetta offers this blunt defense: “Explicit details of specific interrogations where (enhanced interrogation techniques) were applied would provide al-Qaeda with propaganda it could use to recruit and raise funds.” The details are so bad that Panetta compares them to “the abuse of Iraqi detainees at the Abu Ghraib prison.” He reveals specifics only in a separate statement filed under seal.

Panetta says his objections are “in no way driven by a desire to prevent embarrassment for the U.S. government or the CIA or to suppress evidence of unlawful conduct,” and that his “sole purpose is to prevent the exceptionally grave damage to the national security reasonably likely to occur from public disclosure.” The director, in other words, confirms that with “enhanced interrogation techniques” we got a three-for-one deal: They did no good. We shamed ourselves. And in the process, we created a grave risk to national security.

How tragic that the evidence of mistreatment is so damning that the best way to protect our nation is to suppress it.

(c) 2009, St. Louis Post-Dispatch.

New Phone Directory Invades Privacy

1

Pay a pound for faceless corporation to have your phone number

Technology but used for evil? In a potential step towards a bleak Big Brother future, this week sees the launch of the UK’s first mobile phone directory.

Starting on Tuesday June 16, any Briton willing to pay a pound will be given the number of, and connected to, one of the 16 million phone users in the database. But while that figure represents just 40 percent of the handsets currently being used in the UK, the directory’s launch has created concerns on how the numbers were collected and more importantly, the invasion of mobile users’ privacy.

When the plan was first publicized, Connectivity, the company that created the directory, proudly announced that each and every potential subscriber would be contacted for their approval-that didn’t happen, and many critics are now claiming the entire directory was collected from market research data.

To add insult to injury, those who are currently in the directory must pay an opt-out fee and will have to wait around a month to be removed. As a mobile phone magazine, we respect the confidentiality of a user’s phone number and feel that trading it for profit is an obvious invasion of privacy. If you are part of the directory and want to opt out, head to 118800.uk or text the letter “E” to 118800.

A New Spy in the Sky

0

At first glance, there was nothing special about the blimp floating high above the cars and crowd at this year’s Indy 500 on Memorial Day weekend. Like most airships, it acted as an advertising vehicle; this time for the Fisher House, a charity focused on helping injured veterans and their families. But the real promo should have been for the blimp’s creator, Raytheon, the security company best known for its weapons systems. Hidden inside the 55-foot-long white balloon was a powerful surveillance camera adapted from the technology Raytheon provides the U.S. military. Essentially an unmanned drone, the blimp transmitted detailed images to the race’s security officers and to Indiana police. “The airship is great because it doesn’t have that Big Brother feel, or create feelings of invasiveness,” says Lee Silvestre, vice president of mission innovation in Raytheon’s Integrated Defense division. “But it’s still a really powerful security tool.”

Until recently, Raytheon’s eye-in-the-sky technology was used in Afghanistan and Iraq to guard American military bases, working as airborne guards against any oncoming desert threat. Using infrared sensors and a map overlay not unlike Google Earth, the technology scans a large area, setting important landmarks (say, the perimeter of a military base), and constantly relays video clips back to a command center. If a gun fires or a bomb is detonated, the airships can detect the noise and focus the camera–all from a mighty-high 500 feet.

After the success of the Indy 500 trial, the company is targeting police departments and sporting facilities that want to keep an eye on crowds that might easily morph into an unruly mob. “Large municipalities could find many uses for this [technology] once we figure out how to get it in their hands,” says Nathan Kennedy, the blimp’s project manager.

For now, cost might be the only thing preventing a blimp from appearing over your head. Raytheon won’t disclose how much the system may eventually cost, but chances are it won’t be cheap. For municipalities without a Pentagon-size police budget, the blimps’ potential to display ads may assist with financing. Raytheon says local authorities could install a built-in LED screen to attract sponsors, generate revenue and defer operating costs.

But what about privacy and civil-rights concerns? Raytheon argues that its technology is no different than what’s already watching us on a daily basis: street cameras, cop cars, helicopters and foot patrols. “No new information is being picked up by the airships, necessarily,” Silvestre says. “We’re just incorporating lots of different feeds to provide a quick, complete picture; integration is the key here.”

Not everyone is buying that argument. “Our legal system, not to mention our culture, has not had time to digest this new technology, or preserve the privacy we’re used to having,” says Jay Stanley, of ACLU’s Technology and Liberty program. Though a 1986 Supreme Court case (California v. Ciraolo) set a precedent for the police using aerial surveillance, Stanley and his ACLU colleagues are waiting for the court to address modern technology. “In America, we have this principle that the government doesn’t look over your shoulder unless you’re suspected of wrongdoing.” In other words, start eyeing the skies.

Newsweek

£400m biometric-passport contract awarded

0

The UK government has awarded the contract for creating the next generation of British passports to secure-document specialist De La Rue.

The Identity and Passport Service on Thursday announced the £400m contract for the passports, which will be available to UK citizens from October 2010. The passports will feature new designs and improved security, including the ability to carry fingerprint biometrics.

“The British passport is recognised as one of the best in the world, and we want to keep it that way. Today we are affirming our commitment to making this travel document more secure than ever by using fingerprint biometrics,” James Hall, chief executive of the Identity and Passport Service (IPS), said in a statement.

The contract will last for 10 years. According to the IPS, the procurement process for the contract started with 20 prospective bidders in June 2008, before De La Rue was eventually awarded the project.

British company De La Rue has developed passports and identity documents for over 50 governments, according to the company’s chief executive, James Hussey.

IPS issued two contracts in April worth around £650m. The Application and Enrolment (A&E) contract to replace the UK’s current passport-application processing system, which is about to come to the end of its life, was awarded to CSC. The other deal, a contract to provide the National Biometric Identity Service (NBIS) with a database to support the introduction of biometric passports and ID cards, was awarded to IBM.

The biometric passports are part of a wider government strategy which also encompasses an ID card scheme. The government’s scheme to introduce ID cards has faced criticism from oppostion parties, claiming it is a waste of money at a time when government spending is under increasing scrutiny.

The Liberal Democrats recently said the present government is not capable of managing a project such as the ID card scheme. “Recent catastrophes involving personal data clearly demonstrate the inability of the government to handle sensitive information,” Liberal Democrat shadow home secretary, Chris Huhne, said recently.

GOP’s Civil Liberties Hypocrisy

0

Just as Republicans have refashioned themselves as fiscal conservatives in the age of Obama, apparently forgetting that they allowed a budget surplus to be transformed into a record deficit while George W. Bush was President, they now seem to be taking up the cause of civil liberties — at least as far as right-wing groups are concerned.

What has piqued their interest is a recent Department of Homeland Security assessment, sent to all local, state and tribal law enforcement agencies, detailing the potential terrorist threat posed by right-wing extremists.

Significantly, the assessment concludes that “lone wolves and small terrorist cells embracing violent right-wing extremist ideology are the most dangerous domestic terrorism threat in the United States.”

By citing right-wing extremists as the most significant domestic security threat, the report marks a radical departure from the Bush administration, which placed greater emphasis on the supposed threat posed by “homegrown” Islamic extremists, and often targeted liberal and left-wing activists for surveillance and harassment, under the vague umbrella of “counter-terrorism.”

Although the new DHS assessment does not contain any specific information on impending terrorist attacks, or single out any specific organizations, it generally warns that many current political and economic conditions parallel those of the 1990s, which saw a rise in right-wing extremism culminating in the Oklahoma City bombing that killed 168 people on April 19, 1995. 

But because the report argues that some on the Right may be motivated to join extremist organizations, conservatives are complaining that the DHS has unfairly singled out citizens concerned about gun rights, taxes and immigration control.

Conservatives also claim to be outraged over speculation in the report that disgruntled Iraq and Afghanistan veterans could be recruited by right-wing extremist groups.

“To characterize men and women returning home after defending our country as potential terrorists is offensive and unacceptable,” said House Republican leader John Boehner of Ohio.

Others are more generally decrying the report as an unwarranted political attack on the conservative movement.

“The recent DHS report … has nothing to do with protecting our country from the current threat of terrorism,” wrote conservative commentator JR Dieckmann. “It has everything to do with gathering information on people and groups who oppose the Obama regime in Washington.”

Jim Clymer, chairman of the right-wing Constitution Party, called the report “an egregious case of political profiling,” adding: “It’s indeed a frightening reality when those who subscribe to a constitutionally based political view are characterized as potentially violent.”

Selective Outrage

To some, however, the conservative outrage over the DHS report may smack of hypocrisy. There were few complaints from the Right, it has been pointed out, when the DHS in January 2009 issued an assessment on the threat that left-wing extremists pose, particularly when it comes to committing cyber attacks.

And of course, there was no comparable outrage over political and religious profiling during the Bush years. The outrage may seem all the more selective considering that the Bush administration often went beyond mere “profiling” to active surveillance, harassment and even prosecutions of non-violent political organizations that opposed the Bush agenda.

Under Bush’s Justice Department, the FBI and other law enforcement agencies often seemed more interested in containing the dissent inspired by policies such as the Iraq War than they were in thwarting actual terrorist activities.

Following a move in 2002 by Attorney General John Ashcroft to loosen restrictions that had been placed on the FBI after the COINTELPRO political-spying scandal of the 1970s, the FBI soon began collecting information on and targeting all sorts of progressive organizations.

In 2003, the FBI sent a memorandum to local law enforcement agencies before planned demonstrations against the war in Iraq. The memo instructed local law enforcement agencies to be on the lookout for “possible indicators of protest activity and report any potentially illegal acts to the nearest FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force.”

Then, prior to the 2004 Democratic and Republican national conventions, the JTTF raided the homes of activists who were organizing demonstrations, while FBI agents in Missouri, Kansas and Colorado spied on and interrogated activists. [NYT, Aug. 16, 2004]

The FBI also began collecting thousands of pages of internal documents on civil rights and antiwar groups including the American Civil Liberties Union, Greenpeace and United for Peace and Justice.

Leslie Cagan, the national coordinator for UFPJ, said that she was particularly concerned that the FBI’s counterterrorism division was discussing the coalition’s operations.

“We always assumed the FBI was monitoring us, but to see the counterterrorism people looking at us like this is pretty jarring,” Cagan said.

Further revelations of the government improperly classifying antiwar groups as terrorist threats continued to surface.

In December 2005, for example, NBC News revealed the existence of a secret 400-page Pentagon document listing 1,500 “suspicious incidents” over a 10-month period, including dozens of antiwar demonstrations that were classified as a “threat.”

More recently, the state of Maryland notified dozens of nonviolent activists that they were wrongfully labeled as terrorists in the federal terrorism database. Among those notified were Ardeth Platte and Carol Gilbert, two nuns who have spent their lives protesting nuclear weapons and war through nonviolent acts of civil disobedience.

“To be labeled a terrorist is really very hard to hear and to accept when your whole life has been one of loving nonviolence,” Platte said. “Does civil dissent and civil unrest mean that people are going to be labeled as terrorists?” [For more on this, see Consortiumnews.com’s “Are You Palling Around With Terrorists?”]

Yet, with a few notable exceptions, Republicans in Congress largely remained silent every time a new abuse of power was revealed. In some cases, Republicans even seemed to endorse the targeting of Bush-era dissenters.

“The administration has not only the right, but the duty, in my opinion, to pursue Fifth Column movements,” Sen. Lindsay Graham, R-South Carolina, once told Attorney General Alberto Gonzales during a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing.

Who’s a Threat?

Beyond the seeming hypocrisy of the GOP’s selective outrage over political profiling and civil liberties, there is also the larger question of whether the DHS report accurately assesses the nation’s most pressing internal security concerns.

Underlining the Republican critiques of the report is their annoyance that the focus of the campaign against terrorism has shifted away from leftists and Muslims and towards constituencies that currently make up the base of the Republican Party.

After years of the U.S. government targeting groups and individuals that are out of step with what Republicans consider the “American mainstream,” suddenly, the Department of Homeland Security is highlighting individuals on the Right as potential threats.

Although Republicans may not welcome this new emphasis, there is ample reason to believe that right-wing extremists pose at least as great a threat to domestic security as Islamic extremists, and certainly a greater threat than antiwar and environmental activists on the Left.

While some left-wing organizations, such as the Weather Underground in the 1970s and the Earth Liberation Front in the 1990s, have undoubtedly carried out bombings and arson attacks, these acts have been carried out largely against empty buildings, including both government and corporate targets. Human casualties have been a rare and mostly unintended result.

Right-wing and white supremacist organizations, on the other hand, have consistently targeted human life, from the Southern lynchings and church bombings of the Ku Klux Klan to the abortion clinic bombings and right-wing militia violence of the 1990s.

And as the DHS report points out, there are many parallels between the current era and the 1990s.

Then, just as now, the country was experiencing an economic downturn, with factories being closed down and jobs being shipped overseas. There was a backlash against immigration policies and federal efforts at gun control, and some disgruntled Gulf War veterans, including Oklahoma City bomber Timothy McVeigh, were attracted to the right-wing militia movement.

A similar dynamic is taking place today. Not only is the country experiencing a severe economic crisis, but there are also the same concerns regarding gun control, immigration and other hot-button issues.

Recent attacks on a Unitarian Church and on three Pittsburgh police officers indicate that there is abundant reason to worry about a rise in right-wing violence that is motivated by perceived political grievances.

In the July 2008 shooting at the Unitarian Church in Knoxville, Tennessee, gunman Jim David Adkisson opened fire on people attending a youth performance, killing two and wounding seven. He later told police that he was motivated by “his belief that all liberals should be killed because they were ruining the country,” according to the sworn affidavit of a police officer who questioned the confessed killer.

The attack on the Pittsburgh police earlier this month also seemed to have a right-wing extremist motivation. The shooter, Richard Poplawski, had been stockpiling guns and ammunition, fearing that the Obama administration was poised to ban guns, and that the police would be unable to deal with the ensuing chaos brought about by the economic downturn. He was also upset about recently losing his job, according to friends.

History of Violence

There is also reason to believe that some returning military veterans are increasingly attracted to right-wing extremism. The DHS assessment cites a report issued by the FBI in 2008 — during the Bush administration — that some returning military veterans from the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan have joined extremist groups with violent tendencies.

“Although individuals with military backgrounds constitute a small percentage of white supremacist extremists,” the FBI concluded, “they frequently occupy leadership roles within extremist groups and their involvement has the potential to reinvigorate an extremist movement suffering from loss of leadership and in-fighting during the post-9/11 period.”

The FBI noted that the military training that veterans bring to the right-wing extremist movement may increase the ability of lone offenders to carry out violence from the movement’s fringes.

Also, as the DHS notes, there is evidence that right-wing extremists have already begun to infiltrate the armed forces, both for the training that the military provides, and to recruit other service members to their cause.

The DHS cites a Southern Poverty Law Center study, which documented in 2006 that “large numbers of potentially violent neo-Nazis, skinheads, and other white supremacists are now learning the art of warfare in the armed forces.”

Relying on interviews with Defense Department investigators, the SPLC determined that thousands of soldiers in the Army alone are involved in extremist activity.

“We’ve got Aryan Nations graffiti in Baghdad,” Defense Department detective Scott Barfield told the civil rights organization.

Neo-Nazis “stretch across all branches of service,” Barfield elaborated. “They are linking up across the branches once they’re inside, and they are hard-core.”

Although the references in the DHS report to military veterans have generated the fiercest criticism from Republicans, there is actually much evidence that some returning veterans have violent tendencies and may pose a threat to public safety.

While Gulf War veteran McVeigh is the most often cited example of a disgruntled veteran using his military experience to wage war against the United States, he is not the only example.

John Allen Muhammad, the so-called “Beltway Sniper” who terrorized the Washington, DC area for three weeks in the fall of 2002, was also a veteran of the Gulf War. He qualified as an “expert” with the M16, which is the highest rating the Army grants in three levels of marksmanship.

He was also attached to a West Coast army base famous for its sniper training program, which used the motto “One shot, one kill.”

Prior to his service in the military, Muhammad was considered friendly and non-violent. By the time he divorced his second wife in 1999, however, there were indications of increasingly violent tendencies. His spouse sought a court protection order against him and court records show that she twice accused him of domestic violence.

“I am afraid of John,” Mildred Green Muhammad wrote in a complaint on March 3, 2000. “He was a demolition expert in the military. He’s behaving very, very irrational. Whenever he does talk with me, he always says that he’s going to destroy my life and I hang up the phone.”

VA Cost-Cutting

While few would argue that the military is to blame for the murderous choices made by McVeigh and Muhammad, there does seem to be a well-established correlation between military service and violent tendencies, especially when vets don’t get the support they need upon returning home.

With increasing numbers of veterans experiencing post-traumatic stress disorder, there has been a sharp rise in the incidence of domestic violence, which has reached “historic frequency,” according to a new book by Helen Benedict called The Lonely Soldier.

Benedict notes that post-traumatic stress disorder rates appear to be higher among Iraq veterans than among those who have served in Afghanistan or even in Vietnam. “One of the symptoms of this disorder,” she notes, “is uncontrollable violence.”

“Domestic violence rates among veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are higher than those of the general population,” further notes an October 2006 article in the Journal of Marital and Family Therapy.

And yet, even as the link between PTSD and domestic violence became increasingly clear, the cash-strapped Department of Veterans Affairs moved to cut benefits to veterans suffering from the disorder.

As the Iraq War lasted longer and required more troops than the Bush administration had anticipated, evidence emerged that the military was working to ensure that Iraq veterans not be diagnosed with PTSD, a condition that obligates the military to provide intensive long-term care, including the possibility of lifetime disability payments.

In June 2008, an e-mail surfaced written by Norma Perez, Ph.D., a VA psychologist who coordinates PTSD cases.

She wrote, “Given that we are having more and more compensation-seeking veterans, I’d like to suggest that you refrain from giving a diagnosis of PTSD straight out. Consider a diagnosis of adjustment disorder.”

So, instead of decrying the DHS report for “singling out” military veterans for terrorism-related concerns, perhaps Republicans in Congress would do better to ensure that the VA receives the funding it needs to properly address the emotional problems that returning veterans may have.

There also might be some self-criticism from Republicans and conservative commentators for their failure to speak out when the Bush administration was using the broad brush of “terrorism” to paint anti-war, environmental and various leftist groups as potential threats to the nation’s security.

Nat Parry is co-author of Neck Deep: The Disastrous Presidency of George W. Bush.

Freedom of information? It’s a state secret

2

When it comes to politicians advocating open government the best advice is to ignore what they say and focus on what they do.

Yesterday, Gordon Brown used the dreaded word “transparency”. I have been campaigning for five years on freedom of information and had to go to the High Court to force the disclosure of MPs’ expenses, so it is with some satisfaction that I now hear the Prime Minister issuing statements about the need for open government that I couldn’t have written better myself.

Mr Brown proposed extending the scope of freedom of information. The funny thing is that he suggested this once before, in October 2007. It must have slipped his mind.

Back then, in the first flush of office, he gave a rousing speech on civil liberties. He announced a public consultation about extending coverage of the Freedom of Information Act to institutions that received huge whacks of taxpayers’ cash but had no obligation to be publicly accountable, such as city academies, Network Rail, and private companies providing public services.

The consultation closed in February 2008 and the results were supposed to be implemented no later than November 2008. Need I say that nothing happened? In January I inquired about this phantom consultation. I asked the Ministry of Justice for a copy of the submissions and timelines of progress on implementation. Not getting a straight answer, I filed an FoI request (as I do).

You can guess what happened next. My FoI request about the progress of freedom of information was rejected. The ministry claimed that all the information was exempt as it involved the “formulation of government policy”. So much for Mr Brown’s airy claim that “this is the public’s money. They should know how it is spent.”

Now Mr Brown has put in charge of the FoI reforms one Jack Straw, of the Ministry of Justice, (a department with one of the shoddiest records in answering FoI requests). He is to head a public debate on this secret public consultation. When it comes to making bureaucracies accountable this is the snail’s pace of progress.

How unlike the lightning speed with which new bureaucracies are created. Two were magicked into life just this week: A shiny new department for Peter Mandelson and the ironically-titled Government Democratic Council. I say ironic because in the true spirit of Yes, Minister its creation is shrouded in secrecy. It appears the members will be ministers appointed by the Prime Minister in secret and it’s unclear how transparently they will formulate reforms for a more transparent democracy. Here’s betting it will be behind closed doors.

Phorm raises £15m for web monitoring

0

The company said on Wednesday that it raised £15m through a placing of 3.3m shares at £4.50 each, a discount of 85p on Tuesday’s closing price. The placing represents 19.4pc of Phorm’s enlarged share capital.

It comes just a week after Kent Ertugrul, Phorm’s chief executive, said the company was in a “good” financial position and did not need to raise fresh cash.

Michael Armitage, analyst at Blue Oar, said: “A cash-call was inevitable. I estimate Phorm has about £8m of cash. If they continue burning through cash [at the current rate] they would have run out by the end of the year.”

The roll-out of Phorm’s Webwise technology has been dogged by controversy following news that BT ran two trials using the software without seeking its customers’ permission in 2006 and 2007.

BT apologised and said no customers’ IP [internet computer] addresses were divulged and it had no way of knowing who was taking part in the trials. The UK government ruled it had not breached privacy laws.

The Home Office and Information Commissioner ruled Phorm’s technology does not breach users’ privacy, as long as they are asked for consent.

Several British internet service providers (ISPs) have expressed interest in the technology, but none has yet announced deals with Phorm.

Mr Etrugul said: “I am pleased that the financial community has demonstrated its support for Phorm, with a substantially over-subscribed offering.”

By Rupert Neate

SHOULD ISRAEL TALK TO HAMAS?

0

SHOULD ISRAEL TALK TO HAMAS?

John Chuckman

It is so elemental a question, yet one rarely mentioned in the mainline press. Hamas has been demonized so thoroughly and with so little genuine reason that its situation provides prima facie evidence for the immense reach of the Israel lobby.

The world is horrified by Israel’s bombing of Gaza’s densely populated area, and rightly so, but the bombing is only a more intense horror than the blockade.

The word “blockade” comes so easily, so cleanly, without any feeling for what it reality means. It is one of that class of terms you find dissected in Orwell’s great essay, “Politics and the English Language.” It truly means here an entire population is abused and tortured for months because it voted the wrong way.

I do think most of us, if treated in this fashion in our homes by a foreign power, would use any means at hand of protesting and fighting back, even if that fighting is hopeless, as it is. It was, I believe, a former Israeli Prime Minister who said that if he were a Palestinian, he would be a terrorist.

The blockade and the bombing and the invasion have little to do with homemade rockets. Those rockets long predate the Hamas government.

Defenders of Israel’s bloody excesses insist on muddying the water by saying that the rockets are the reason for the current mass murder in Gaza, for that is just what it is, mass murder.

Israel’s secret service, Shin Bet, quietly subsidized Hamas for years, deliberately creating a future competitor for Fatah.

It clearly never feared Hamas. And why should it?

If Israel were to stand back, even today, and say to Hamas, “Okay, give me your best punch,” the results would be small and ineffectual. On the other hand, we all know Israel possesses the capacity to virtually annihilate all Palestinians.

Hamas prospered after Israel’s secret subsidy. Why? Partly because it served many humanitarian needs in Palestine with perhaps ninety percent of its work being humanitarian, but also, of course, because of the endless, grinding oppression of Israel’s Apartheid system. People need hope.

When Hamas finally was elected in a cleaner election than that of George Bush, it was also in large part because the poor people of Palestine had become exhausted by the corruption of Fatah. Just as Americans with Obama, Palestinians wanted a fresh start with some people that seemed to be doing something right.

Yes, Hamas mouths anti-Israel stuff, but so what? Israel is full of people saying ugly anti-Arab stuff. It is not hard to find a number of disturbing quotes by fairly prominent Israelis calling Palestinians “roaches” and “vermin.” There are also prominent advocates of simply driving all the Palestinians under an artillery barrage across the Jordan River. Others are on record as saying the Palestinians should be “eliminated,” whatever was meant by that chilling word.

As in international affairs generally — what someone like Nixon or Bush has said of Russia or Cuba — I do not focus on such statements, they are for domestic consumption, and they also represent an unpleasant release of stress. But when a government does focus on them, as Israel’s government does, you know it is being dishonest. Governments and politicians everywhere make statements that do not reflect their actual behavior. And just so, Hamas.

It is always actions that count. So what have Israel’s actions been?

Israel immediately said an elected government was a bunch of terrorists.

Israel refused even to talk to the government although that government indicated on more than one occasion it was willing to talk to Israel and to work towards some kind of modus vivendi.

You really do not have to like your neighbor to get along with him or her. Peace requires that, often. It is the common experience across much of humanity. And with so much at stake, you might expect Israel to show some slight flexibility and even generosity. Look at the immense sacrifice of Anwar El Sadat for peace.

And it was not Arabs who gave the world the Holocaust, the event that gave the final impetus to the foundation of a state that had been talked and written about for a century previously. Yet it was Arabs who were made to pay the price with land and homes and olive groves that go back countless centuries. Now they continue to pay with abuse and severely oppressive conditions. They can’t even vote for governing their own
internal affairs without horrible consequences.

After all, events around Israel’s creation as a state — especially including the bloody terror of gangs like the Stern, Irgun, and Lehi – did create the circumstances of these unfortunate people, as every honest Israeli knows. So why not some flexibility and generosity towards future peace? But we never see that from Israel. We only see one-sided conditions set even for talks decade after decade, the one-sided conditions today including the arbitrary removal of an elected government.

But Israel wasn’t satisfied with just ignoring and calling an elected government names: it arrested illegally a major part of that government, literally kidnapping them. Likely, they have been tortured for information, as Israel has practiced torture on prisoners from its founding. And it boldly assassinated many other members of Hamas using Hellfire missiles from its jets, killing scores civilian bystanders in the process.

These arrests are of course on top of something like 9,000 illegally-held Palestinians in Israeli prisons, Israel releasing a token couple of hundred every once in a great while, with great fanfare and publicity, to bolster the public image of Abbas and a party which was rejected in free elections.

Hamas, of course, achieved precisely the early promise of Israel’s secret service by ending up fighting Fatah. The events weakened the voice of Palestinians and gave Israel fresh themes in its ceaseless efforts against Palestinian nationalism.

Once Hamas was left with only Gaza — a weak and vulnerable place, effectively the world’s largest outdoor prison camp, surrounded by fence, and with no ability to receive anything by land, air, or sea except with Israel’s permission — the stage was set for today’s events. Hamas in Gaza was ready to be strangled.

The leader of Fatah, Abbas – a weak and ineffectual man whose party, in fact, lost an election but “leads” and is the only figure Israel even pretends to talk to — was left in the West Bank with Israeli and American protection and help, Israel actually supplying guns to Fatah during the struggle.

Abbas appears to be a man with whom Israel can work, but that means a man with no democratic position, a weak voice, and a somewhat step-and-fetch-it public posture. What does this say of Israel’s genuine respect for democracy and human rights?

The day Israel completely gives up on the idea of Greater Israel and the day it begins treating its neighbors with respect as human beings is the day we will see the foundations of peace. It truly is that simple.

For sixty years Israel has maintained what an early Zionist advocated, an “iron wall” towards its neighbors. And it has manipulated events time and again with black ops — as Shin Bet’s subsidizing Hamas or the horrific attack on an American spy ship during the 1967 war in an effort to draw the U.S. in, or the assistance towards Apartheid South Africa’s becoming a nuclear power in exchange for strategic materials.

Well, you cannot make peace with an iron wall.

RE-BRANDING OPPRESSION

0

RE-BRANDING OPPRESSION

John Chuckman

There has been an ad on television recently, one featuring a young couple walking or drifting into a place of enchantment, a warm and colourful fantasy world, a kind of biblical Disneyland. Every step of their brief journey is met by people smiling warmly, moving slowly, even bowing, greeting them at each turn with Shalom!

It is interesting that all the faces in the ad are the same kind of faces we might see in New York or London, except that here they are all bathed in glowing antique light. We see no harsh fundamentalist types cutting down someone else’s olive groves and cursing anyone, even other Jews, as interlopers. We certainly see no arrogant settlers, strutting around with machine guns, sneering at the camera.

The couple quick-cuts their way through pleasant scene after scene — images of ancient middle-eastern streets and buildings and finally a man watering a garden, back-lighted by sun so that each drop he sprays is seen like blessing making the desert bloom.

We see no check-points bristling with guns, no razor-wire, no concrete wall dwarfing Berlin’s fabled one. We see no Palestinians, indeed, no one resembling an Arab. We see no endless line-ups at check points with poor people waiting around for hours just to do the business of their lives or go to hospital. We hear no soldiers cursing and abusing them.

We see no images of the giant open-air prison that is Gaza nor the slow, inhumane siege that grips the place night and day, making it close to impossible for a million and a half souls to cloth themselves and eat and enjoy basic amenities. We certainly see no Hellfire missiles incinerating people as one did just the other day, murdering six without a hint of legality.

No, there’s the handsome young couple briefly, dreamily drifting through sunny fantasy, the woman with lovely, frizzled long red hair glowing in the sun.

That last image of the smiling man sprinkling a sun-filled patch of garden reminded me of another piece of film, an historical oddity recently brought to light.

The other film was similar in many respects despite being 70 years old and in black and white. It was done for similar purposes. It was made on the occasion of Germany’s upcoming Olympic Games in 1936, and the satanic genius of marketing, Joseph Goebbels, saw the need to reassure visitors about Germany’s treatment of the Jews.

You see, while the Holocaust was years away in 1936, and even the murders and burning and pillaging of Kristallnacht were yet two years away, there still had been a lot of ugly and brutal behavior towards Germany’s Jews, generating nasty press coverage abroad. The Nazis were concerned lest the “bad press” keep tourists away from what was planned as the most grandiose Olympics to date.

The old film offers a fantasy version of the Nazis’ treatment of German Jews. It shows a happy village of re-located Jews with people walking about and looking pleasant and doing pleasant things. In particular, there is a scene of Jews carrying huge watering cans, happily sprinkling large, lush gardens. Well, the film is inferior in quality to the 2008 film from Israel, three-quarters of a century later, but one could be excused for thinking that someone in Israel got his or her inspiration from Dr. Goebbels’ film.

But maybe not: like conditions tend to breed like ideas and actions, over and over again across nations and eras. History is regularly forgotten, its main stories re-staged with new directors and lists of characters, and rarely have I seen a more striking example than Israel’s current re-branding effort.

Now, a new ad has appeared, this one with visiting children going through a different sequence of glowing images. Gone is the woman with the red hair. A series of ads may always have been intended, but I couldn’t help thinking perhaps the ad with the beautiful red hair had been pulled because it reminded too many viewers of Rachel Corrie. She was a real visitor to Israel, a sweet-tempered, innocent young woman, and she had strawberry-blond hair, at least before she was rendered into pulp by an Israeli D-9 armored bulldozer, diverted momentarily in its work of smashing Arab homes.

That’s not the kind of image you want in your re-branding effort for sure.

WE HAVE HOPE, BUT REAL CHANGE IN AMERICA REPRESENTS AN IMMENSE TASK

0

WE HAVE HOPE, BUT REAL CHANGE IN AMERICA REPRESENTS AN IMMENSE TASK

John Chuckman

Already in the press there have been stories of plans to dampen the public’s expectations of Obama. The expectations are undoubtedly beyond being satisfied by any human being.

Obama’s bright face, a keen intelligence at work in every expression, represents the greatest hope for change in America since Franklin Roosevelt. Even Kennedy, with all his gifts, did not come close. After all, Kennedy was a harsh Cold Warrior, a wild risk-taker, and he was connected to some of the most unsavory subcultures in America.

But Obama is the inheritor of one of the bleakest legacies ever in a modern state: the meltdown of Wall Street and its severe international consequences, two costly unresolved wars, war crimes against other countries, and waves of ill-will towards America for its international torture gulag.

All these, plus the problems that have bedevilled the United States for decades, matters like poor health care, the dismal state of public schools, or the immense and pervading corruption of America’s politics, something to which the Bush people made their own contributions, including vote fraud and severe abuse of power, especially by the Vice President.

Bush gave Americans oppressive laws, unprecedented war profiteering, and a tax system now twisted and warped by giveaways to the wealthy. That is not a left-wing view: going back to Jefferson, it was understood that excessive accumulation and inheritance of wealth were dangerous to a republic. The United States has moved towards a society of inherited influence and entitlement, its establishment coming to resemble increasingly the ancien régime of 18th century France.

The Bush excesses largely do not upset the establishment since they were aimed at protecting that very establishment. John McCain, establishment by blood and marriage, dropped his boyish outsider stage act during the campaign, revealing himself unimaginative and unresponsive – indeed a tired, unappetizing serving of Bush leftovers.

And that was deadly to McCain’s hopes. Despite the establishment’s influence, ordinary Americans do once in a while manage to vote against it. Without eight years of Bush incompetence and abuse pushing ordinary Americans to anger and embarrassment, Obama’s victory would not have been possible.

Any effort to correct these problems is against the great weight of America’s establishment, further strengthened by eight years of abusive benefits, always the beneficiaries and keepers of America’s unacknowledged imperialism. Winning a national election is one thing, but turning that victory into a long series of Congressional votes is quite another. All those Congressmen and Senators, in both parties, need constant injections of cash to operate, and they do not get it through the populist mechanisms of Obama’s election campaign. The Congressmen will all face re-election in just two years.

And then there is a political party, Obama’s own, that has almost no genuine purpose left other than opposing Republicans for power, prestige, and patronage. It stands for nothing anymore, and some of its members could easily be interchanged with Republicans. Its voice was not heard against illegal war, against torture, against abuse, or indeed anything important in the last eight years.

Many, perhaps most, modern American presidents achieve little in altering American society, although they may do considerable damage abroad. Bush was an exception in that he did serious damage both at home and abroad, but the circumstances permitting him were unique: blind, insane fear over 9/11. The entire period since that event represents nightmarish over-reaction to a relatively minor threat.

Presidents generally achieve little domestic change because America’s Constitution was deliberately designed to make the office of the president a weak one. An American president with an opposition-filled Congress is a political eunuch, getting neither his appointments nor legislation nor treaties approved. Only in matters concerning disturbances in the empire will he invariably enjoy Congressional support.

Obama’s party will have a majority in the House and the Senate, but he will not have an overwhelming majority. Progress in the Senate can always be stopped by filibuster, and you can only stop filabusters with 60 of the 100 seats, something Obama will not have. Also some of his party’s senators, Lieberman for example, might as well be Republicans, and they will not support a truly progressive agenda.

Modern presidents are able to do damage abroad because the Founding Fathers made the president commander-in-chief of the armed forces. They thought they had effectively divided power and weakened the possibilities for adventures abroad by giving Congress the sole power to declare war, but we’ve seen over the last sixty years America’s wars are no longer declared.

The Founders also never expected the Frankenstein-monster military America maintains today because they did not expect America to become a global imperial power. But most of what the more thoughtful Founders said and wrote has been vitiated by the actual history of the United States, and today we even find a Vice President accepting the view that the President’s powers in such matters are unlimited.

I believe that a man of Obama’s particular intelligence and sensibilities deeply understands the nature of America’s great problems. They are just not subjects you can discuss in an election campaign, especially in the near-imbecile campaigns America seems cursed to fall into, with candidates barking about flag pins or accusations of “buddying up to terrorists” or suitability for military command or, indeed, “the Reds are coming.”

America’s great underlying problem is an overwhelming case of living beyond its means. It reflects the deliberate, corrupting praise of greed (in a grotesque American parody of Adam Smith) coupled with the fantasy that you can have it all and have it now plus the establishment’s arrogance that it is entitled to order the affairs of the planet for its benefit. This is all jumbled together in the advertising slogan, “the American dream.”

The slogan is rooted in America’s unique post-World War II position when no other great industrial power was left standing. America’s comparatively light damage (e.g., suffering roughly ½ of one percent of the world’s deaths and no civilian damage) and its being geared-up for immense arms manufacture allowed it to become the supplier of everything to a war-crippled world, providing economic opportunity to ordinary Americans as no country had done before.

An unskilled American worker could, for a few decades, earn a house, a car, perhaps a boat, and generous vacations. When I worked one summer in the early 1960s as a student in the Chicago steel mills, earning what seemed fabulous amounts, it was because employees with twenty years’ service received thirteen-week vacations. Those days are gone, and things have moved from bad to worse. Real wages have dropped for decades, and competition from abroad defeats industry after industry.

At the same time, American politics avoids the harsh truths of the world’s historic transition towards a place with many competitors, other centers of power, and with reduced opportunity for what Benjamin Franklin called the middling people in America. Talk about re-negotiating NAFTA is as close as we get, but much of that talk is little more than coded language for anti-Mexican racism.

America has been living in recent decades as though its dream slogan were as meaningful as it was in 1955, but much of the prosperity in the last couple of decades was purchased by borrowing to consume beyond the nation’s ability to pay.

Administration after administration has kept the economy “pumped” with borrowing, with easy credit, with unwarranted deregulation, and with doing everything possible to encourage mindless consumption. America’s balance of payments deficit just swells, decade after decade, generating massive total debt that erodes the real economy, a disease generated solely by an insatiable demand for things America cannot afford.

Wars of the kind America has generated for half a century may be seen as just another form of consumption, the most wasteful conceivable, running assembly lines flat out and printing money and enlisting young people to destroy things on a gigantic scale, generally making little meaningful change in world affairs.

So, imagine being the first black man elected president, a young man without family wealth and influence, but a man who understands problems of which a Bush is not even aware. You are faced with needed fundamental change in America, being elected out of years of sheer despair over Bush, enjoying the rare blessing of a Congress not controlled by opposition. You nevertheless are opposed by an extremely powerful establishment, hostile to most change. You are also opposed by the limited understanding of many ordinary Americans. Do you really try to do what you may have a unique opportunity to attempt?

If you do try, can you survive the assaults of America’s establishment, as dark and ruthless as the fabled Borgias of Renaissance Italy? They can make you look terrible, as they did Clinton, and they can even make you disappear, as they did Kennedy. Change is dangerous stuff in a country like America.

AS ROME BURNS, HOPES FOR A WEDDING IN WHITE

0

AS ROME BURNS, HOPES FOR A WEDDING IN WHITE

John Chuckman

It is reliably reported (The Times, London) that the McCain camp is expecting a miracle, its expectations rather resembling those of a millenarianist group camping on a hillside awaiting The Second Coming.

The anticipated miracle is the shotgun marriage of Sarah Palin’s pregnant seventeen-year old and her eighteen-year old redneck (his description, not mine) boyfriend (aka, in polite Republican circles, as her “fiancé”) coming just in time to save a faltering political campaign.

For those who don’t know America well, big white weddings with all the trimmings remain – despite the social and sexual upheavals of the last half century, despite wars and threats of wars – an important part of popular culture.

A couple may have been living together for years, may even have had kids, but when “the guy” finally gets around to “popping the question,” the world suddenly reverts to 1953, Ike and Mamie are in the White House, and Spot the dog is every child’s favorite literary character.

The couple may not have a dime to spare after trips to Disneyland and a second air-conditioned SUV, but the parents are paying (an obligation often requiring a second mortgage), so who cares? Planning begins immediately on throwing away $20,000 or more in one afternoon. After all, marriage is once-in-a-lifetime, even though at least half of all American marriages end in divorce.

Well, it is by appealing to such boiled-frosting, satin-ribbon fantasies that Republicans hope to push John McCain over the campaign finish line and into the White House.

The last week or two of the campaign would be ideal timing, surrounding John McCain and Sarah Palin in a fluffy, sugar-sprinkled haze. Imagine voting against the distinguished-looking old man in a tuxedo on the front pew with the beneficent countenance of a proud grandfather? Or the mother, gowned rather than in mukluks and hunting gear, eyes moist, watching “her baby” march to the alter?

Clearly, this is not matter on which an election anywhere should rest, much less in the world’s most powerful country, one staggering through war and financial crisis. Indeed, the Republican campaign, as it well deserves, has faltered on the merits. McCain is a tired old man with a sour temperament and a narcissistic personality who picked as his sidekick a person who would have reached the limits of her talent as captain of a cheerleading squad. Although certainly not the limits of her ambitions, but isn’t that what America is about, your reach exceeding your talent?

The hope may not be without some basis. The event, if it happens and happens in time, will of course be exploited to the limits of broadcasting and publishing and advertising. Money will flow from the same immensely rich sources that accomplished such past miracles as a nose-job for a witness against Bill Clinton. Theirs will undoubtedly be the most publicized and costly wedding in Alaska’s history.

Imagine the glamor with heads of state attending, all those with whom Sarah Palin has recently had five-minute appointments? Perhaps we’ll see Henry Kissinger himself, hobbling to his seat, resembling nothing so much as Doctor Strangelove taking faltering steps from his wheelchair, declaring to his Fuehrer that he can walk.

Perhaps there’ll be the president of that wealthy narco-state, Columbia, surrounded by bodyguards and arriving in an armored limousine.

Perhaps, too, the Mayor of Kabul, better known in America as the President of Afghanistan, will be there, exotic in his flowing robes.

And I’m sure there will be a large delegation from across the Bering Sea, Russian officials familiar with Sarah Palin, her just-over-the-backyard-fence neighbors as it were.

The sight of the nervous young woman marching up the aisle will remind many of the young Princess Diana. The swollen tummy might detract from the fantasy, but that can be artfully disguised by a good dressmaker. In the haze of dewy-eyed sentimentality, few will ask about the judgment of a mother who pushes a seventeen-year old girl into marriage and motherhood, or of just how the sweet young Diana turned out.

And the same with the spiffed-up boyfriend who only wanted to play hockey and “hang-out” and find more girls like Sarah’s daughter at parties. He will look handsome and almost iconic, shaved and showered in his tuxedo. Few will reflect on the inappropriate pressure brought to bear on this young man by the governor of his state, or, indeed, what kind of a husband someone with his attitudes might be.

But if Sarah and her daughter cannot set this event before the election date, its importance will decline considerably, the free nose-job donors fading away, the publicity evaporating, the international guests sending regrets, and the Palins in need of a second mortgage.

Shame For Britain As BNP Win European Parliament Seats

10

Former chairman of the Neo-Nazi National Front group and current member of the fascist political party the  BNP, Andrew Brons, has been elected as a member of the European Parliament for Yorkshire and the Humber.

Brons won the seat with 120,139 votes (10%).

In 1982, Brons led a National Front march through Northfield on which marchers chanted: “We’ve got to get rid of the blacks”.

Brons is documented as saying to PC John Raj: “Inferior beings like yourself probably do not understand the principle of free speech”.

Brons started his political career in the National Socialist Movement, a group that that was deliberately founded on Hitler’s birthday.

It is BNP policy that members of ethnic minorities are banned from meetings and not are not allowed to join the political party — but are happy to accept their votes.

Leader Nick Griffen won a second seat in the North West of England.

A year before becoming chairman of the BNP he was convicted for inciting race hate in 1998.

In 2001 he is quoted as saying: “So, what are we now doing with the British National Party? Well we tried to simplify its message in some ways and to make it a saleable message. So it’s not white supremacy or racial civil war or anything like that, which is what we know in fact is going on, and we’re not supremacists, we’re white survivalists, even that frightens people. Four apple pie words, freedom, security, identity and democracy.”

And in 1998 he once stated: “I am well aware that the orthodox opinion is that 6 million Jews were gassed and cremated and turned into lampshades. Orthodox opinion also also once held that the Earth was flat… I have reached the conclusion that the “extermination” tale is a mixture of Allied wartime propaganda, extremely profitable lie, and latter witch-hysteria.”

Health Secretary Andy Burnham, a North West MP, said the result was a “sad moment for British politics”. He said: “It is deeply uncomfortable to see the BNP polling in the numbers they have. Whatever the country’s problems the BNP are never the answer.”

Today marks great shame and embarrassment for Britain as the most disgraceful political party in UK history gains entry to the European Parliament.

At least 30 reported killed as Indians protest oil and gas exploration in Peru

0

Indians protesting oil and gas exploration on their lands battled police in Peru’s remote Amazon yesterday, with authorities and Indian leaders reporting at least 30 deaths.

The violence broke out before dawn as officers tried to end a road blockade by some 5,000 Indians in an area called Curva del Diablo – or “Devil’s Curve” – in the northern province of Utcubamba.

Protest leaders said police opened fire from helicopters with bullets and tear gas, while national police director Jose Sanchez Farfan said Indians attacked officers with firearms. He said they also set fire to government buildings.

Eight police officers were killed by gunfire and five wounded, said Interior Minister Mercedes Cabanillas.

Indian leader Alberto Pizango said 22 Indians were killed in the clash and he accused the government of “genocide” in attacking what he called a peaceful protest. Another 50 Indians were injured, 14 of them seriously, said Servando Puerta, president of a second indigenous umbrella group for the region.

Indians have been blocking roads, waterways, and a state oil pipeline intermittently since April, demanding Peru’s government repeal laws they say make it easier for foreign companies to exploit their lands.

The laws, backed by President Alan Garcia as he implemented the Peru-US free trade pact, open communal jungle lands and water resources to oil drilling, logging, mining, and large-scale farming, Indians say.

Garcia, who wants to ramp up foreign oil investment in the Amazon, accused Pizango of “falling to a criminal level.”

Pizango denied that protesters killed police.

Homeland Security report shows need to save civil liberties for all

0

Government officials seek to control whatever it is they don’t understand.

In my experience, they don’t understand much, so they try to regulate, tax, monitor and control everything. And now we learn that the Obama administration, clueless about the nature of conservative activism in this country, wants to monitor it very carefully.

According to a Department of Homeland Security report released in April, Americans who are active in fighting abortion, same-sex marriage, illegal immigration and gun control, and who prefer state or local authority to federal authority, are potential right-wing extremists who demand closer attention from law enforcement.

“The possible passage of new restrictions on firearms and the return of military veterans facing significant challenges reintegrating into their communities could lead to the potential emergence of terrorist groups or lone-wolf extremists capable of carrying out violent attacks,” the federal report stated. Although it admits that there are no particular incidents of such extremism, the agency warns that the bad economy and the election of the first black president have created a “fertile recruiting environment for right-wing extremists.”

The administration backed away from such hysteria in reaction to the backlash over the report, but the report gives insight into the thinking at the highest levels of government. Such government overreach has consequences. I got to know one family that collected military surplus items on its property in the high desert. After the Oklahoma City bombing in 1995, heightened concern about militias gave the authorities the pretext to use eminent domain to take their land. It’s a long and convoluted story, but these folks had to spend years fighting to save their home and family after the authorities got an unsubstantiated and wrong notion about them.

My point: When powerful agencies get paranoid, individual Americans suffer losses of life and liberty.

At this point, right-wingers are no doubt applauding my words. But I wonder where they were during the Bush administration, as it used the terrorism threat to expand federal powers and undermine civil liberties. Actually, I don’t wonder where they were. They were right there, cheering and defending the administration, just as the left-wingers are reliably defending the Obama administration as it seeks to depict decent people as threats to society.

Regarding Obama’s outrageous report, conservative columnist Michele Malkin wrote: “(T)he piece of crap report issued on April 7 is a sweeping indictment of conservatives. And the intent is clear … In Obama land, there are no coincidences. It is no coincidence that this report echoes Tea Party-bashing left-wing blogs … and demonizes the very Americans” who protested last month during the nationwide Tax Day Tea Party.

She’s right, but Malkin is known in part for her book defending the U.S. government’s internment of innocent Japanese nationals and Japanese-Americans during World War II, and she has been quite vocal in her defense of federal policies targeting Muslim-Americans.

In Orange County, Calif., the FBI used a convicted con artist as an informant who inserted himself into local mosques and recorded conversations with mosque-goers about potentially blowing up buildings.

Although the agency wouldn’t confirm the man’s identity, it did acknowledge that he was recording people within mosques. A man named Craig Monteilh says he was the informant, and he says he went by the name Farouk al-Aziz. As the Orange County Register reported, Monteilh is accused of going from one young Muslim to another, trying to engage them in radical talk. Some mosque-goers contacted the FBI to report on this seeming radical in their midst, but according to the local Council of American-Islamic Relations, these men who made complaints then became the subject of FBI scrutiny.

It’s one thing for the FBI to infiltrate a mosque after getting a solid tip that someone there is involved in terrorist activities, and quite another for the agency to go on a fishing expedition. A Register editorial made this point: “Everyone understands the need for legitimate undercover activities in response to credible evidence. But we cannot fathom the justification for fishing expeditions and entrapment. Nationwide, some of the supposed terrorist ‘plots’ the FBI has claimed to have foiled have simply been cases of entrapment involving Muslims without the intent or wherewithal to pull off any attacks.”

Even if the FBI’s claims are right that it doesn’t bait people into violent discussions, this infiltration business poses enormous privacy problems. A person goes to worship at his mosque and has to worry that the people he talks to are actually recording conversations on behalf of powerful federal law enforcement agencies. No wonder many local Muslims avoided attendance there. Others have correctly argued that it would be a mistake for Muslims to cooperate with an FBI that assumes they are terrorists and secretly records their conversations. This strikes me as an authoritarian and counterproductive policy. Yet after the Register editorial, I received e-mails from conservatives blasting us for undermining the government’s “war on terror” and siding with an organization (CAIR) these conservatives don’t like.

So now let’s turn things around. Let’s say conservatives find that the Obama FBI is taping them at their churches and infiltrating pro-life, gun-rights and anti-illegal-immigration groups. We know the feds now believe that members of these groups are likely to be right-wing extremists, so the next step to “protect” the homeland from Oklahoma City-style violence is to do to these conservatives what the FBI has been doing to Muslims. Obviously, such a thing would be an outrage.

How would a conservative feel if his Bible-study friend, who once tried to goad him into violent talk about the end times, was actually a plant from the FBI? How would any of us feel if the FBI were scrutinizing sermons, recording speakers at political events and casting a wide net to “take down” the local gun club or pro-life group? Not too good, right?

Not surprisingly, the Muslim groups haven’t uttered a peep about the “right-wing extremism” report, and liberal groups were busy defending the Obama administration and cheering its assault on legitimate conservative activism. No one complains when it’s the other guy’s ox being gored.

Isn’t it time Americans defend everyone’s civil liberties, not just the liberties of those on our side of the political spectrum? Can’t we all realize that an excessively large and powerful federal government is a threat to everyone’s liberties? Can’t we unite at least in keeping a check on all federal law enforcement abuses, whether by Republican or Democratic administrations? Isn’t it time for a broader alliance to protect civil liberties rather than the same tired partisanship?

Of course, my cynicism toward the feds and distrust of government authority no doubt makes me an extremist in the Obama administration’s worldview.

Maybe I better watch whom I talk to.

By Steven Greenhut
The Orange County Register

Chip and pin ID cards?

3

ID cards could be fitted with chip and pin technology to help combat identity fraud.

The head of the Government agency tasked with producing the cards said there were no “technical obstacles” to adding chips to the cards and handing out pin numbers.

James Hall, chief executive of the Identity and Passport Service said adding chips might allow the cards to be used in ATM machines in the future.

Officials are also looking at chip and pin as a possible way to help combat online fraud and help protect internet shoppers.

It also emerged the Home Office has issued half as many ID cards for foreign nationals in the first four months than expected.

When the card was launched in late November ministers predicted that between 40,000 and 50,000 non-EU nationals would have cards by the end of last month. But by the end of last week 22,500 cards had been issued. Mr Hall said they had encountered “the odd wrinkle” in the system but overall it had worked “pretty well”.

A spokesman for the UK Border Agency (UKBA) said 42,000 foreign nationals had been through the enrolment process and had their biometric details taken.

Mr Hall said he was looking at how ID card holders could “assert their identities” online when the card is rolled out.

He said: “One of the reasons for the format of the card is we have the opportunity to put it in to card readers and potentially use it in existing networks such as the ATM network. One of the issues on the table is whether we should introduce chip and pin technology in to the card. There are no technical reasons why we couldn’t do that.”

Meanwhile, Home Secretary Jacqui Smith announced which companies would be given contracts worth £650 million for cards and biometric passports. IT firm CSC was given the £385 million contract to provide the application systems for passports and ID cards. And IBM won a £265 million contract to build the database that will store fingerprint and facial image data for cards and passports.

PA News

Web Bugs & Your Privacy

0

Web bugs are small bits of code embedded in Websites that add functionality and share information. They’re almost impossible to ignore, but Jim Rapoza has some advice for keeping your privacy healthy nonetheless.

Achooo! Sorry, there are these bugs going around that are really bringing me down. I thought I had protected myself, but I was focused on this other thing and didn’t even know about the threat of these bugs, which it turns out are very common.

Sick? No, I’m not sick (that sneeze was just allergies). The bugs I’m talking about aren’t bringing my health down; they are bringing my privacy down.

The bugs I’m talking about are Web bugs, and they are as common on the Web as links. How do they get on the Web? Are they put up by nefarious criminals?

Well, while criminals do use them, these bugs are put on the Web by pretty much everyone. I myself have put a large number of Web bugs on the sites I have built and managed.

Why did I do this? Same reason most people do–for analytics, to mash data from other sites, to participate in social networks and to add content to sites.

But I’m participating in practices that potentially dwarf the threat of cookies when it comes to invading the privacy of Web users. And, unlike cookies, as a user there is very little one can do to protect your privacy from this threat.

So what are Web bugs? Simply put, they are small bits of code embedded in Websites that add functionality and share information. They are used by everything from Google Analytics, to ad networks, to popular blogging platforms, to social networks, to affiliate shopping programs.

A recent study done by the University of California at Berkeley took an in-depth look at the privacy problems caused by Web bugs. The results were so worrisome that the organization launched a Website, knowprivacy.org, to help educate users about the threat to their privacy.

When a Web bug is on a site, it communicates back to its parent site to carry out its functionality. So, when you open my Website, you are also sending information to my analytics provider, my ad network and any other sites I may be partnering with. And your data can be tracked across every site that uses the bug, even if you block cookies and do everything else possible to protect your privacy.

The other scary thing is that Web bugs are rarely mentioned in Website privacy policies, and they seem exist as a loophole in most sites policies. A common statement in most site policies is that they will not share data with third parties. But, in the case of a Web bug, the site isn’t actually sharing data; your browser is sending the data directly to the third party outside of any action by the main site.

And, given how widespread many of these networks are, the illusion of Web privacy may be just that–an illusion.

Take, for example, Google, which says it won’t be evil. But, if it wanted to, it could be very evil indeed. Between its multiple networks and affiliates–such as Google Analytics, Doubleclick and Google AdSense–it has Web bugs on a great many Websites.

Conceivably, even if you block cookies and constantly flush your cache, Google could, through its Web bugs, identify your IP address, operating system and browser, and track your movements and activities across every site that uses its Web bugs.

Now, I’m not saying that Google is doing this, but there are companies and networks that probably aren’t hesitant to get the most value that they can out of this data–no matter what it means to your privacy.

What can you do to protect yourself? Outside of not using the Web, constantly changing your IP address or using an anonymous network such as Tor, there isn’t much you can do.

That’s why–just as with cookies–users need to become aware and vigilant about Web bugs, and make sure that sites explain how they are using this data.

Otherwise, Web privacy could get a lot sicker.

Jim Rapoza

UK on target to tackle global warming, apparently

0

The UK is on target to exceed its Kyoto commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 12.5 per cent, according to a report.

The Department of Energy and Climate Change has indicated that UK greenhouse gas emissions are expected to be around 23 per cent below 1990 levels by 2010, exceeding the Kyoto target of 12.5 per cent.

In a report to the United Nations, the department outlined its policies to help the UK almost double its emissions reductions targets.

It also highlighted long term measures to reduce climate change including the Climate Change Act, which requires the UK to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 80 per cent by 2050.

The department stressed the importance of international agreements in reducing carbon emissions in its report.

It comes as officials prepare for a meeting on the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change in Bonn, with discussions focusing on a successor for the existing Kyoto agreement.

Climate change minister Joan Ruddock said: “Our latest report to the UN shows what can be achieved when government, communities and business work together to reduce emissions.

“We already have significant achievements under our belt, but we know there is more to be done – we must continue to work urgently to reduce our emissions further and faster.”

She continued: “But our progress report tells those who claim there is no alternative to a high-carbon society: there is an alternative. We’re creating an alternative.

“We know that individual actions account for more than 40 per cent of emissions, so I would urge people around the country to use ‘world environment day’ as a chance to assess their own impact on the environment, and take steps to reduce their individual carbon footprint.”

Sir Alan Sugar ‘to receive peerage’

0

Sir Alan Sugar will receive a peerage as part of a new enterprise role in the Government, a source said today.

The businessman, who has been in talks with the Prime Minister, is expected to be given a seat in the House of Lords as part of Gordon Brown’s reshuffle.

 

A spokesman for the multi-millionaire businessman would not comment on the move but details of the appointment were believed to have been ironed out yesterday in Downing Street.

 

 

 

 

Sir Alan, famous for his catchphrase “you’re fired” on television show The Apprentice, was seen slipping into Number 10 yesterday morning.

A long-standing friend and supporter of Mr Brown, he is also a member of the Premier’s Business Council for Britain, which advises him on issues affecting enterprise and the economy.

 

Sir Alan gave no hint of his pending appointment during TV interviews today but offered his full support for the Prime Minister.

 

He insisted the Premier would not stand down: “I am pretty sure that if it was as dire as you are making out he would have done the right thing.

 

“He is not going to step down and the reason for that is that he must have the support of the good people and of the right people.”

 

Asked about the resignation of former Work and Pensions Secretary James Purnell he said: “You will always have some people who will jump ship, there is no question of that. There are always people, not only in politics but in business that don’t agree with certain things.

 

“One person writing a letter doesn’t mean that everyone is collapsing like a pack of cards.”

By Ben Padley, Press Association

The Ugly Side of Globalization: Slavery

0

The offer came to families on the edge of desperation, living and working around the clock on garbage dumps whose sickening stench seeps into their clothes.

A motherly woman accompanied by a kindly gentleman arrived one day in early December, shortly before the New Year’s Tet celebration when the poorest of the poor hope for a little extra cash for modest festivities. The two said they were looking for attractive young women to work in a Ho Chi Minh City cafe, and they were ready to give each family a $60 advance – a small fortune for people barely scraping by on a couple of dollars a day – or less.

Though at least two fathers objected, they were overruled by their wives and daughters, who were willing to take any risk to help their struggling clans. After examining each girl like livestock, the man chose five of the prettiest teenagers, and picked two more from a neighboring area. The teens quickly packed a few belongings and left.

Seventeen-year-old Truong Thi Nhi Linh was one of those chosen. It was, she says, the best chance to help her family – a chance to make considerably more money than she earns working 4 p.m. to 4 a.m. in the dump, sloshing around on rainy nights in knee-high sludge among swarms of other workers looking for bits of junk.

She reassured her parents, who opposed her leaving. “I said, ‘It’s OK. I’m just going to work.” She added, “I want to help my family.”

later, one of the few parents with a cell phone received a panicked call from their daughter – they were not headed north to Ho Chi Minh City but to Cambodia, where the girls would be forced into the sex trade.

It is a misfortune that falls on many young women in Southeast Asia with the twin vulnerabilities of being pretty and poor. Like their parents, they often are illiterate and profoundly uninformed about the dangers of international sex trafficking and how strangers drug or lure unsuspecting teens into a life of satisfying the cravings of foreign men. Their innocence is prized: Some Asian men are willing to pay as much as $600 to have sex with a virgin because they believe it will restore their youth, give them good fortune or even cure them of AIDS.

Vietnam, with an abundance of beautiful young women living in desperate straits, is a magnet for human brokers – some of whom pay families to marry off their daughters to men in Korea, Taiwan and China; others are linked directly to human trafficking. Parents often ignore the dangers to their daughters in pursuit of a better life.

“The families are so poor,” said Quach Thi Phan, chairwoman of the Women’s Union of Rach Gia City in Kien Giang Province, which organizes anti-trafficking educational campaigns. “They just think about how to get money, how to find a job.”

In the case of the Rach Gia girls, the police conducted a last-minute raid near the Cambodian border to rescue them after receiving calls from a community member and, eventually, at least one worried parent. The almost routine incident received no local news coverage, underscoring the virtual daily threat to the world’s underclass.

“It’s globalization in its ugliest form,” said Diep Vuong, president of Pacific Links Foundation, a Milpitas-based non-profit started by Vietnamese-Americans. The organization works to prevent human trafficking by providing educational opportunities to at-risk Vietnamese girls and those who escape the sex trade.

“If you don’t know how to read the public announcements or have enough money for newspapers and you barely have enough to eat, how can you understand there are risks?” she said. “It’s so easy to look the other way. I meet many young women who say, ‘I know it’s risky, but I must try because we are so poor.’ I tell them, ‘Do you think you’ll be able to sleep with 15 guys a day?’ They are mostly terrified and surprised; ‘What are you talking about?’ they ask.”

A half-million young women are trafficked each year around the world, according to the U.S. State Department. In Vietnam, the government recently reported that last year there were 6,684 victims of trafficking, with 2,579 returned to their homes. It also said there were 21,038 people reported missing who could have been sold into prostitution.

Vietnamese authorities in recent years have moved aggressively to stop sex trafficking. Police in the home province of the seven teens, for instance, have officers dedicated to cracking down on traffickers. Overall, though, neither the national nor local governments has enough resources to adequately fight the problem, experts say.

In 2004, NBC’s “Dateline” news show broadcast a report about Cambodia’s sex trade. To the horror of the Vietnamese-American community, the young prostitutes spoke Vietnamese. As a result of the broadcast, a number of Vietnamese in the Bay Area and elsewhere began creating programs to prevent such sexual exploitation, said Benjamin Lee, chairman of San Jose-based Aid to Children Without Parents.

They set up organizations to provide opportunities and hope for those at the bottom of the economic ladder and assistance to those who escape forced prostitution.

But they face a culture that makes their task difficult; in some cases, parents willingly sell their daughters to traffickers for thousands of dollars. “In the Eastern way of thinking, the children have to obey their parents: ‘I have my body. I will do this for my family,'” said Nguyen Kim Thien, director of Ho Chi Minh City’s Little Rose Warm Shelter for sexually abused girls.

This modern-day slavery takes root in regions isolated by abject poverty and proximity to Cambodia’s thriving sex trade, such as parts of the Mekong Delta. One such place is on the outskirts of the bustling port city of Rach Gia in a majority ethnic Khmer community.

Though Vietnam boasts a literacy rate of more than 90 percent, many of the residents in this community have little or no education. They spend their days and nights picking through heaps of garbage for recyclable materials, such as plastic and metal. Children, barefoot and barely clothed, play amid the foul-smelling waste.

“This is a community in which we had to teach them how to use soap, how to use a bathroom – the basics of the basics,” said Caroline Nguyen Ticarro-Parker, co-founder and executive director of the U.S.-based Catalyst Foundation, which has set up a school in the area and is working with Habitat for Humanity to construct homes for people in the community.

“Their day-to-day life is, ‘How do I get food on the table today? Who is going to take care of my child today?'” she said. “Life has been so hard for them. They can’t think of the future.”

They live in huts with thatch roofs on or near a garbage dump swarming with flies and mosquitos. On a recent morning, 23-year-old Kim Thi Mau sorted dirty plastic bags. Last year, her 4-year-old son Lam drowned when he fell in a ditch filled with water while she and her husband worked nearby. She has two other sons, 20 months and 4 months.

“I hope there is a school that can take care of my children – some place not like this, dirty,” said Kim who, like her 28-year-old husband, is illiterate.

So it can be difficult to resist strangers who arrive in a village promising good-paying jobs. Many of these families survive on $1 or $2 a day. In the case of the seven teens, the traffickers said they could pay each one about $120 a month working in a city cafe.

On that December morning, a respected family in Rach Gia’s Vinh Quang ward sent out word about the employment offer. More than a dozen girls and their families gathered at a house.

“The man looked at our faces and said, ‘This girl is OK. This one is OK,'” said Danh Thi Anh, a shy and soft-spoken 20-year-old, who was one of those picked and 19 at the time.

The selection process began at 11 a.m. By 1 p.m. the teens were on the road. Soon after they left, a Catalyst employee who tried to dissuade the teens from going told one member of the community to call the police.

Most of the young women had never been far from home by themselves. Within a few hours, one figured out they were not heading to Ho Chi Minh City, Truong and two other teens recalled.

The girls, using a cell phone of them had, began calling home, and eventually one of their mothers called the police.

Some of the teens began to cry. They had arrived in An Bien City, south of Rach Gia, and were to travel to the coast and board a fishing boat to Cambodia.

“We were very afraid,” Truong said. “We did not know where we were.”

But police, who had tracked other human traffickers taking the same route, found them at 10 p.m. They arrested the woman who was escorting them. The man got away.

Around 4 a.m. the next day, the teens were back in Rach Gia.

It is unclear what the community learned from the narrow escape. Catalyst Foundation representatives held community meetings afterwards. “We said, ‘This is what will happen: Your child will be raped, and not by one person, but by many people,'” said the organization’s co-founder Nguyen. But she can’t be sure it won’t happen again.

For those living in brutal conditions, Nguyen said, “It is a lot of money.”

Seventeen-year-old Truong, who lives in a cramped thatched home elevated over water with nine family members, said she has not thought much about what would have happened to her had she ended up in Cambodia.

“I don’t think about that,” she said passively. “If it had happened, it would have been because it was my destiny. That’s the life.”

TO HELP

Bay Area groups working to prevent human trafficking among Vietnam”s poor:

Aid to Children Without Parents
Has provided assistance to refugee and other poor children since 1988. In recent years, the organization began focusing on preventing young people from being drawn into the sex trade. It has funded the renovation of schools and completed a community center. Created a culinary school in the Central Vietnam city of Hue to give at-risk young women skills. Has also built schools in Cambodia for poor Vietnamese communities in that country.
U.S. address: 134 Martinvale Lane, San Jose, 95119. Phone: 408-225-0405; 408-225-8302.
Vietnam address: 14 Nguyen Cong Tru, Hue.
Web site: www.acwp.org

The Asia Foundation
Sponsors discussions between Vietnam and its neighbors, Cambodia and China, on preventing human trafficking. Also works with partners to create a number of programs to provide economic opportunities for poor women, access to credit and vocational training. Works with National Legal Aid Agency to offer victims of trafficking legal services.
U.S. address: 465 California St., 9th Floor, San Francisco, 94104. Phone: 415-982-4640
Vietnam address: 10-03 Prime Centre, 53 Quang Trung St., Hanoi. Phone: 84 43 9433263.
Web site: asiafoundation.org/

Catalyst Foundation
Provides an array of educational programs, from vocational training to a primary school, to poor residents of the South Vietnam city of Rach Gia. It also works to raise awareness about the dangers of sex traffickers. The non-profit assists the poor in Dong Thap Province along the Cambodian border with scholarships and life-skills training.
U.S. address: 710 St. Olaf Ave., Ste. 100 Northfield, Minn., 55057
Phone: 507-664-9558
Vietnam address: 231/10 Bui Thi Xuan St, Ward 1, Tan Binh District, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. Phone: 84 83 8476293
Web site: www.catalystfoundation.org

Pacific Links Foundation (An giang/Dong thap Alliance for the Prevention of Trafficking ADAPT)
It works in partnership with two other Bay Area-based non-profits, Oakland-based East Meets West Foundation and International Children Assistance Network in San Jose. The alliance provides an array of programs “” from scholarships to vocational training to job placement to grassroots advocacy “” along the Vietnamese-Cambodian border to prevent young women from becoming entangled in human trafficking. It operates a reintegration shelter for women who have been victims of human trafficking.
U.S. address: 534 Valley Way, Milpitas, 95035. Phone: 510-435-3035
Vietnam address: 163/A9 Huynh Thuc Khang, TP Long Xuyen, An Giang. Phone 84 76 3853888
Web site: pacificlinks.org

By John Boudreau

Speed cameras on U.S. highways?

3

You may already have seen an ominous looking radar and camera perched atop a traffic light in your neighborhood. And almost all drivers have seen a patrol car cruising a freeway looking for speeders, or a law-enforcement officer standing at the side of a road wielding a radar gun.

But most have yet to see a freeway speed camera, which are common in Europe but currently are operated in just two U.S. states.

Opponents and backers of speed cameras both suggest that eventually speed cameras will become the norm on U.S. freeways. But just how likely is a nationwide roll-out? And what factors stand in the way? We take a look.

Sponsoring legislation in Maryland

Maryland Gov. Martin O’Malley signed into law on May 19 Senate Bill 277, allowing the use of speed cameras in highway work zones and within a half-mile radius of schools, which means that they can be placed on freeways under these conditions.

Maryland is only the second state behind Arizona to codify the use of freeway speed cameras into law. Hawaii piloted a program but dropped it, and similar programs near San Jose, California, and in southern Florida were dismantled after they were found to be operating outside of state law. Maryland’s law takes effect on October 1.

“Maryland is in a unique position,” said Sean Adamec, the governor’s spokesman said.

“A pilot program in Montgomery shows it worked; it lowered incidences of fatalities, crashing and speeding and made neighborhoods safer. It’s safer for kids, road workers and it’s been shown to work based on evidence. The point of them isn’t to raise money but to catch speeders and that in turn makes neighborhoods safer. AOL Autos: Learn how Police catch you speeding

“We wouldn’t propose any tax on motorists traveling at safe speeds. If it was revenue rising we would’ve done it years ago, [but cameras] slow people down so they don’t need to levy so many fines. Of course there is a financial impact to make roads safer with less fatalities, but in the end you can’t put a price on the life of a child,” said Adamec.

Fighting legislation in Arizona

Sam Crump, an Arizona assemblyman who is opposed to the speed cameras and has backed legislation to have them removed from the state’s freeways in 2010, says the main backing for speed cameras within Arizona has come from “senior citizens groups,” but there has been a surprising agreement between his core conservative followers and college students over privacy concerns.

“It’s been the subject of some debate since we introduced it and some legislators have been surprised by the controversy,” Crump said. “We expect it to come up for a vote in the next couple weeks. If it fails, we’ll say more power to the people. But every time [a freeway speed-camera initiative] has been up for a vote in any place it has failed.”

Arizona’s former governor, Janet Napolitano, predicted Arizona’s freeway camera system would generate $90 million in profit for the state in 2009, and $34 million for the private company that runs it. Crump, however says the system’s total profit has been in the range of “$20 to $25 million a year,” which leads him to suggest that speed camera detractors who say it’s only a device to make money could be wrong.

“I caution people that it really is technology in the hands of Big Brother,” Crump said. “We’ve got 70 or so [freeway speed cameras] right now, and they’re looking at [a total of] 200.”

Safety at issue

Russ Rader, at the Insurance Institute of Highway Safety, says that, outside of freeways, speed cameras are used in 48 communities nationwide, including in Arizona, Colorado, Illinois, Iowa, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Mexico, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Washington, and Washington DC. The group’s research shows that photo enforcement “works to slow drivers down. Cameras do what police officers can’t — enforce speed limit laws 24/7. Speeding is a major safety problem on our roads. It contributes to one-third of all crash deaths.” AOL Autos: Caught at 100 mph: Now what?

The IIHS found that speed cameras “can substantially reduce speeding on a wide range of roadway types. Six months after implementation of speed cameras on residential streets and school zones in Montgomery County, Maryland, in 2007, the proportion of drivers exceeding speed limits by more than 10 mph declined by about 70 percent. Implementation of a 9-month pilot program using fixed speed cameras on a busy urban freeway in Scottsdale, Arizona, in 2006 was associated with up to a 95 percent decrease in the odds that drivers would travel more than 10 mph above the posted 65 mph speed limit.”

“The main argument opponents use against camera enforcement is that it can be a cash cow for local governments,” Rader said.

“If you don’t like the idea of sending revenue to your local government, don’t break the law. It’s hardly unreasonable to expect drivers to stay within 10 mph of the speed limit. I have an elementary school in my neighborhood, which is bisected by a major commuter road where drivers regularly speed like banshees. I want those drivers ticketed. Period. There aren’t enough police officers to do that everywhere.”

Nationwide rollout?

Newspaper.com’s Richard Diamond, an opponent of speed cameras, says it’s hard at times to weigh which “side” — opponents of the cameras, or their detractors — is “winning.”

“There are places where cameras are advancing, and places where they’re retreating,” said Diamond. “For politicians, the desire is on increase, but whether they can get away with it, that level has gone down.”

He says lawmakers in Wisconsin, Ohio, Montana and Mississippi failed to get a freeway speed camera measure onto a ballot, but points to Maryland as an example of lawmakers’ success. He says 13 states have specific laws banning freeway cameras, but he sees a natural progression from states using red-light cameras to using freeway speed cameras.

“The biggest issue opponents have is it creates a legal system where you’re presumed guilty without a trial,” Diamond said. “If a database says you’re a criminal, you are. Once you let in the cameras it opens the door that this is OK.”

He says protesting freeway speed cameras can be an arduous task.

“Somebody willing to go to the effort for 30 days and grab 20,000 signatures takes dedication.”

Grassroots activism

Todd Kandaris, at Camerafraud.com says his Arizona-based group’s campaign against freeway cameras started late in 2008 and his group’s member numbers have swelled from 100 to about 1500. He says the group works to bring attention to the issue through protests and publicity stunts.

“Early on we concentrated on raising awareness and getting attention, [with] groups of people getting out there and protesting,” said Kandaris. “We find that highway overpasses work well. Thousands [of motorists] go by in a given hour, and [it gets] lots of media attention. We demo’d in front of the manufacturer’s headquarters. Earlier this year we introduced a citizen’s initiative with the secretary of state, attempting to put the issue on the ballot, to let citizens vote on it in 2010.”

He says the group must collect more than 150,000 signatures by July 2010 to place the issue on the statewide ballot, and is working with groups in Virginia, Louisiana, D.C., Texas and Ohio. “Cameras have never withstood a vote of the public, which tells you this is a device used by politicians and corporations to make money. It’s not like we’re a bunch of evil speeding people, we want traffic control as much as everyone else. We just think this is just a device to bilk money out of the public.”

Legal standpoint

Sherman Ellison, a California lawyer who fights regular speeding and traffic tickets, says that a key legal issue is the data-gathering system by which driver information is collected by companies and then distributed to law-enforcement agencies, who then issue the citation to the car’s driver, or owner (which varies by state). AOL Autos: Learn what cops are thinking when they pull you over

“If you were driving down the street and ran a red light and an officer pulled you over he’d write a ticket for failing to stop,” Ellison said. “He would have visually observed [the offense] and you’d either plead or go to trial, where you’d be able to ask him for proof of that. In the photo context there is no officer, it’s just a camera connected to a laptop, and that system sends that information to a company, whether that’s Redflex or another, that sends data digitally to the contractor. AOL Autos: What to do when you get pulled over

“The difficulty in this process is they will crop or enhance these photos or whatever they feel they have to do, for the determination of whether they broke the law. I demand that they prove this is a true and correct photograph and rarely they’ll go through that process.”

Redflex responds

Cristine Weeks, a spokeswoman for Redflex, an Australian company headquartered near Phoenix that works in tandem with seven other vendors enforcing speed limits nationwide and operates Arizona’s freeway speed-camera system, says several studies — including those of the IIHS, Arizona State University and the Arizona Department of Transportation — have demonstrated camera “efficacy and accident reductions.”

She says the Redflex infrastructure was set up without any additional taxpayer funds and that the company contracts with various state and city departments in the same way as a waste-management company would. The company reported $88.2 million in revenue for its global operations in 2008 — and an annual increase of 43 percent in U.S. traffic revenues from $44.3 million to $63.3 million — and an operating profit of $10.6 million.

She says the company’s data-gathering process involves analyzing digital still images as well as streaming video, and that the company performs a quality check of any images before sending them to law-enforcement officers, who review all of the evidence before authorizing any citation.

“Nothing is changed on the image. They are not ‘Photoshopped,'” Weeks said. “It is impossible to ‘shop in a light system. In the early days it was a question many wanted to know. [But] the agencies are walked through to see how the process works, and a violator can view their own video.”

She says radars similar to mobile-police devices measure a motorist’s time over distance and any breach of the speed limit results in a camera image of the front of the car –including the driver, and the car’s rear license plate. She says although Arizona freeway drivers are not levied points on their license for any breach of the law, that as drivers are forced to pay more fines, they become “more aware” of their driving patterns, and modify their driving accordingly. AOL Auto: 10 ways to avoid a speeding ticket

When asked if she thinks a nationwide system of freeway speed cameras is likely, Weeks offers a cryptic response: “I think, you know, take a look at western Europe, which is 10 to 15 years ahead of U.S. applications.”

Taser Torture as Summary Punishment for “Non-Compliance”

6

The official rationale for issuing Tasers to police officers is that the electro-shock devices represent a “non-lethal” alternative to the use of a firearm in dealing with situations that threaten the life or safety of an officer or innocent bystanders.

In practical terms, however, the Taser — which is proving to be a reliably lethal weapon — has become an instrument of “pain compliance.” In unadorned terms, this is summary punishment through torture for those who pose no threat to anyone, but who refuse to cooperate instantly with orders issued to them by police officers.

The recent arrest of 72-year-old Austin grandmother Kathryn Winkfein, who was assaulted with a Taser during a traffic stop, illustrates this perfectly.

After a police officer stopped Mrs. Winkfein for allegedly driving 60 in a 45 MPH zone, the grandmother refused to sign the ticket stub. Under Texas “law,” motorists are required to sign traffic tickets under threat of arrest.

According to the police officer, Mrs. Winkfein not only refused to comply, but she “swore” and became “violent” with him. Palsied with terror over the threat posed by a frail septuagenarian woman, the officer hit her with a blast from his Taser. Mrs. Winkfein disputes every element of the official account, and intends to file a lawsuit.

 

Mrs. Winkfein might be encouraged by the $40,000 settlement reached between the State of Utah and Jared Massey, who suffered a Taser assault at the hands of Utah Highway Patrolman Jon Gardner during a 2007 traffic stop.

Massey refused to accept the traffic ticket. Under Utah law, he didn’t have to; Trooper Gardner could simply have shrugged his shoulders and mailed it to Massey. But following that approach would mean that Gardner had failed to compel a “mundane” to submit to his Authoritah:

 

In this dashcam recording taken from Gardner’s cruiser, it’s important to note how — beginning at roughly 11 seconds into the video — we see Gardner pull over to the side of the road, thereby obstructing Massey’s view of the sign announcing the speed limit of 40 MPH. After Massey passed, Gardner pulls him over almost instantaneously.

At that time Gardner pulled over, Massey was not speeding, and Gardner had no reason to pull over — unless he wanted to manufacture a traffic stop by preventing the motorist from seeing the speed limit sign.

Massey, who didn’t see the sign, was understandably outraged by Gardner’s asinine stunt, and his mood didn’t improve when the tax-feeder threatened his pregnant wife.

Predictably enough, the UHP ruled that Gardner’s unnecessary use of the reliably lethal Taser against Massey was “justified” — despite the fact that Massey was merely uncooperative, not “threatening,” and despite the fact that Massey had no legal obligation to accept the ticket from Gardner.

In a tacit admission that Gardner acted improperly by needlessly escalating the confrontation, the Utah state police did place him on administrative leave and ordered him to undergo anger management training.

Of particular interest in the Massey case was the reaction of the Provo Daily Herald newspaper, for which I wrote a weekly (then bi-weekly) column a couple of decades ago, long before its descent into unalloyed statism.

“Here’s a tip: when a uniformed man with a badge and a gun tells you to do something, shut up and do exactly what he says,” opined the Herald, which serves the reddest community in “Red-State” America. A more suitable example of the martial law mind-set would be difficult to find.

Cheney personally oversaw briefings on torture

0

Former Vice President Dick Cheney “personally” oversaw at least four briefings with members of Congress about the Bush administration’s interrogation program in an effort to maintain support for the torture of detainees in U.S. custody.

The briefings, part of a “secret” defense of the program Cheney began in 2005, were held as congressional oversight committees were threatening to investigate, or end the use of the interrogation methods, lawmakers and officials told The Washington Post.

Cheney’s advocacy of the use of waterboarding and warrantless wiretapping are certainly no secret, but his role in defending the program to lawmakers was undisclosed to the public until this time.

Documents delivered to Capitol Hill last month by the CIA listed every lawmaker briefed on the interrogation program since 2002, but made no mention of Cheney’s involvement in the meetings. For the briefings led by Cheney, intelligence committee members were told that information pertaining to the person who oversaw the meetings was “not available.”

During the briefings, Cheney “was adamant that the enhanced interrogations were needed to preserve national security,” two participants in the briefings told the paper, and when lawmakers questioned the legality of the program, “CIA briefers said that half of the agency’s knowledge about al-Qaeda’s plans and structure had been obtained through the interrogations.”

The report offers nothing to confirm or deny that top Democrats were aware that waterboarding was being used on detainees as early on as 2002, but does state that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi “was not present at any of the briefings that included Cheney.” Pelosi has been under fire since she accused the CIA of intentionally misleading her during a 2002 briefing on the use of waterboarding.

One of Pelosi’s most vocal critics, Rep. Peter Hoekstra (R-Mich.), was in attendance during a very private meeting with the former vice president in 2005, reports the paper:

“On March 8, 2005 – two days after a detailed report in the New York Times about interrogations – Cheney gathered Rockefeller, Harman and the chairmen of the intelligence panels, Sen. Pat Roberts (R-Kan.) and Rep. Peter Hoekstra (R-Mich.), according to current and former intelligence officials. Weeks earlier, Roberts had given public statements suggesting possible support for the investigation sought by Rockefeller. But by early March 2005, Roberts announced that he opposed a separate probe, and the matter soon died.

Beyond the secret briefings with lawmakers, Cheney also reportedly sent five senators to Guantanamo Bay, Cuba with his chief counsel, David Addington. Senator Graham, who was along for the trip, voiced concern about the legality of the interrogation program, and “urged Addington to put the interrogations at secret prisons and the use of military tribunals into a stronger constitutional position by pushing legislation through Congress, rather than relying on executive orders and secret rulings from Justice Department lawyers.”

Addington pulled a pocket-sized copy of the Constitution from his coat, according to Graham, and replied “I’ve got all the authority I need right here.”

Anti-abortion activist charged in killing of doctor

0

An anti-abortion activist was charged yesterday with first-degree murder in the death of late-term abortion provider Dr. George Tiller, and the prosecutor said evidence in the case ruled out the death penalty.

 

Scott Roeder, 51, was shown via a video link from the Sedgwick County jail as Judge Ben Burgess read the charges.

Burgess ordered Roeder held without bond and said he was not allowed to communicate with Tiller’s family or two witnesses Roeder is accused of assaulting. The judge told him that he would be assigned a public defender.

A preliminary hearing is set for June 16.

If convicted of the murder charge, Roeder would face a mandatory life sentence and would not be eligible for parole for at least 25 years.

Kansas law requires that special circumstances exist before the death penalty can be considered: killing a law officer, killing more than one person or a victim kidnapped for ransom or rape, or a murder for hire.

Troy Newman, president of Operation Rescue, an anti-abortion group, said Roeder attended at least one day of a March trial in which Tiller was acquitted on 19 counts of failing to obtain a second, independent opinion before performing late-term abortions. Roeder wore an anti-abortion T-shirt, which a court officer had him cover up, Newman said.

Roeder is accused of fatally shooting Tiller on Sunday at the doctor’s Lutheran church in Wichita as he was serving as an usher. Roeder also was charged with aggravated assault for allegedly threatening two people who tried to stop him.

Roeder was arrested hours after the shooting near Gardner, about 170 miles northeast of Wichita.

Study Finds Google is Top Tracker of Web Users

0

When asked about online privacy, most people say they want more information about how they are being tracked and more control over how their personal information is used. Those consumer expectations are rarely in line with the data collection practices of Internet companies, which often collect information about their users not only on their own sites, but also when those users visit other sites across the Web.

Those are some of the central findings of a new privacy study conducted by a group of graduate students at the University of California, Berkeley, which was released late Monday. The students at the School of Information – Joshua Gomez, Travis Pinnick and Ashkan Soltani – studied consumer expectations by looking at sources like complaints filed with the Federal Trade Commission and data collected by the state of California and a privacy group. They analyzed company practices using Ghostery, a browser plug-in that detects cookies, Web beacons and other types of trackers that allow third parties to gather information about Web site visitors, often without their knowledge.

Google showed up as the most conspicuous tracker on third-party sites. Google Analytics, a free product that allows online publishers to gather statistics about visitors to their sites, was used on 81 of the top 100 sites. Cookies from the advertising company DoubleClick, which is owned by Google, were present on 70 of those sites. When combining trackers from those two services, Google had a presence on 92 of the top 100 sites. Others weren’t far behind. Cookies from Atlas, Microsoft’s DoubleClick rival, appeared on 60 sites, and trackers from two other analytics companies, Quantcast and Omniture, showed up on 54 sites.

The findings roughly line up with those in other studies of third-party tracking on the Web. Researchers from AT&T Labs and Worcester Polytechnic Institute, for instance, looked at a much larger sample of 1,200 popular Web sites and found Google trackers on 61 percent of them. Omniture’s tracker was on 34 percent and Microsoft’s on 24 percent.

What is striking in the Berkeley students’ report is that in a sample of nearly 400,000 Web domains, Google’s presence remained high, at 88 percent, while those of other companies declined sharply. The second most frequent tracker in that sample was from an analytics company called StatCounter, which appeared on only 7 percent of domains. Assuming the data is accurate, it is a testimony to the widespread popularity of Google’s services like Analytics, DoubleClick and AdSense, the company’s contextual advertising network, which is used by a large percentage of Web sites small and large.

“I don’t know that anyone has identified the scope and depth of the coverage that Google has across the Web in terms of tracking,” Mr. Soltani said. “Our data shows that even if you are not going to Google, if you are browsing the Web they are collecting data about you.”

The implications of the study, however, are not exactly clear. “We are not claiming that Google aggregates information from each of these trackers into a central database, though it does possess the capability to do so,” the researchers wrote.

But Google disputes even that. For instance, it said that the cookies used by its analytics service are different on each Web site, so they do not allow the company to track a user from site to site. “It doesn’t enable any cross-site tracking,” said Mike Yang, managing counsel at Google. Mr. Yang also said Google’s contracts with customers do not allow it to merge data from various services like DoubleClick and AdSense, or to link that data to personal information that Google collects when users sign up for its other services.

What’s more, the data from the Berkeley study, which reports the presence of trackers by domain, can overstate the amount of tracking that is taking place. Many large domains like MySpace can include multiple sites with thousands of pages, if not tens or hundreds of thousands of pages. The presence of a tracker on one site or page doesn’t mean users are tracked across the entire domain.

Still, the numbers are eye-catching. And as important as the numbers themselves is what the study says about the disconnect between how Americans conceive of privacy, company practices and the government’s approach to regulation of those practices, said Chris Hoofnagle, director of the Berkeley Center for Law and Technology’s information privacy programs, who helped advise the students.

“Consumers were complaining to the F.T.C. about a lack of control over personal information,” Mr. Hoofnagle said. “That is very different from how the F.T.C. has framed the issue,” he said, noting that under the Bush administration, the agency frowned on privacy practices only if they caused harm to consumers.

Mr. Hoofnagle added: “We have a new F.T.C. now. They may scrap the ‘harm’ approach and look at some other method for balancing rights and responsibilities.”

Jacqui Smith departure causes speculation over ID cards

1

Westminster speculation has raised a new question mark over the future of the government’s flagship identity card scheme, following news of the forthcoming departure of home secretary Jacqui Smith.

Smith was one of the main driving forces behind the ID card policy, fighting off Treasury concerns about cost and rejecting a Treasury-led proposal for a private-sector-led ID system.

But she has been badly tarnished by the row over her husband’s claim for renting a porn video on her expenses and her designation of her main home as a room in her sister’s London house. She is expected to leave the Cabinet in Gordon Brown’s expected reshuffle next week.

One of Smith’s possible successors, Alistair Darling, whom the prime minister failed to support as his ongoing Chancellor, is not known as a strong supporter of the ID scheme .

With budgets under pressure and if he gets the post, Darling may see the switch at the top as the opportunity to change the policy.

But there was late speculation that he might refuse the job and with the government itself in disarray following a co-ordinated series of resignations, the future of ID card policy is the last of Brown’s problems.

Parliamentary reporter

British Government ‘collapsing’

0

Gordon Brown’s Government is ‘collapsing’ as Hazel Blears became the latest Cabinet minister to quit her role.

The departure of the Communities Secretary on the eve of crunch European and local elections comes hot on the heels of the resignation of Home Secretary Jacqui Smith, who revealed yesterday that she will quit in the coming reshuffle, expected within the next few days.

The move comes as a massive blow to the embattled Prime Minister Gordon Brown.

Tory leader David Cameron taunted Gordon Brown in the Commons today saying his team was now “deserting him” and the Government was “collapsing”.

Mr Cameron accused the Prime Minister of being “in denial” and said Ms Blears’ resignation was “a direct challenge to his authority”.

Mr Cameron accused the Prime Minister of being “in denial” and said Ms Blears’ resignation was “a direct challenge to his authority”.

 

I think the game is up for Gordon Brown. We are seeing a Government that is in its last dying throes

 

“If these people have done such good work, why are they walking away from their jobs?” the Tory leader asked.

“The Communities Secretary’s statement doesn’t pay tribute to him or a single one of his policies. The minister in charge of local government is resigning the day before local elections.

“Isn’t the fact that she has chosen today of all days to go a direct challenge to his authority?” Mr Brown said that recent weeks had put “enormous pressure” on MPs of all parties and their families because of the string of revelations about their expenses.

He accused Mr Cameron of trying to make party political advantage from the situation.

Liberal Democrat leader Nick Clegg said the Government was in “total meltdown” but Mr Brown insisted he was dealing with the problems facing the country.

Ms Blears has come under pressure after it was revealed that she did not pay capital gains tax when selling a property on which she had claimed the parliamentary second homes allowance.

She later repaid £13,000 to HM Revenue and Customs.

In a statement released today, Ms Blears urged voters to back Labour tomorrow and said she wanted to “return to the grassroots (where I began), to political activism, to the cut and thrust of political debate”.

The Salford MP is a former Labour chairman and was one of the most prominent Blairites in Gordon Brown’s Cabinet.

The timing of her departure, less than two hours before Mr Brown faced the House of Commons at Prime Minister’s Questions and 24 hours before voters go to the polls, was described by Shadow Commons Leader Theresa May as a calculated bid to destabilise the PM.

Today’s statement was notable for the absence of any expression of backing for the Prime Minister.

With rumours of a possible challenge to Mr Brown’s position gathering pace at Westminster, Ms Blears’ resignation statement will be pored over for signs that she may back his removal.

Her comment that she wants the Labour Party to “reconnect with the British people” will be seen by some MPs as suggesting she believes the party has lost touch with voters.

And her comment that “the role of a progressive Government should be to pass power to the people” and to give ordinary people “the right support and encouragement” may be interpreted as suggesting that Mr Brown’s administration has failed to do so.

Ms Smith today said she was “very sorry” at Ms Blears’ departure and said she had done “an excellent job” in Government.

And she gave her backing to Mr Brown, insisting that she believed he should remain Labour leader and Prime Minister.

7 Ways Police Monitor & Control Us

2

Whether you agree or not that Britain is fast turning into a surveillance society, it’s undoubtedly true that the police are turning to high tech solutions to help solve crime.

Here are just seven recent examples…

1. Mobile Data Systems

One of the frequent moans about policing from cops and politicians alike is that too much paperwork is keeping officers in their offices and not out on the beat.

The National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) is aiming to reduce that by providing funding, support and guidance on handheld computing solutions. This enables officers to take notes and file crime reports digitally, while also giving them direct access to databases like the Police National Computer.

QUICK LOOK: Handhelds give the police access to databases on the move

Since the NPIA doesn’t specify which devices should be used, it’s up to individual forces to pick the tools that suit them – which is why you’ll find everything from Windows-based handhelds to Blackberries and even Panasonic Toughbooks being used in squad cars and on the street.

A PC’s PC can be put to all kinds of uses – from capturing evidence using built-in cameras and electronic pocket notebooks like Airwave, to producing stop-and-search forms using mobile printers. Handhelds are also being increasingly used to capture biometric data – scanning a suspect’s fingerprints, for example.

2. Body-worn video cameras

One of the latest tools in beat officer’s armoury is a body-worn video camera that enables the police to record evidence that can be used to secure a prosecution.

Plainly visible, the cameras are often used when dealing with anti-social behaviour – enabling law enforcement to clearly identify what was said, when it was said and to whom. The cameras can also be used to capture video evidence of assaults on the police.

CAUGHT ON CAMERA: Body-worn cameras are sometimes used by the police in dealing with anti-social behaviour

Strathclyde Police, one of the latest UK forces to adopt body-worn cameras, says “As the camera records the actions of the officer, it will increase accountability and reduce the scope for false allegations.”

3. Mobile CCTV

It’s amazing what people get up into in their cars when they’re supposed to be concentrating on driving – from making and taking mobile calls or texting to doing crosswords and eating breakfast.

Aiming to stamp out this bad driver behaviour is a new pilot scheme in Manchester that uses Smart cars equipped with mobile CCTV cameras.

TINY CAM: Cameras on Smart cars could soon be a common sight

Positioned at busy junctions, the 3.6m high cameras are trained at individual drivers and capture what they’re up to – with the threat of fines and points being added on to the driver’s licence if caught. If the trial is successful, mobile capture cars like these could eventually be rolled out across the UK.

4. Breathalysers

Police have been using electronic replacements for the old blow-in-a-bag breathalysers for ages – and you or your employer can get your hands on something similar.

One of the police’s favourite is the Dräger Alcotest 6510 – a device that’s compact, easy to operate and which gives the perp’s blood alcohol level in around six seconds. It sips energy, too, enabling officers to take up to 1,500 measurements before replacement batteries are needed. Home Office approved, the Dräger Alcotest 6510 costs £746 from UK Breathalysers.

5. Average speed cameras (SPECS)

Commonly used to keep speeds down during motorway roadworks, SPECS cameras use Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) technology to capture your number plate at the first mast and then capture it again at each subsequent one.

ROAD WATCH: Average speed cameras are a common sight in motorway roadworks

Because the cameras are linked to each other, it’s easy for the authorities to calculate your average speed across the affected distance – enabling them to issue you with a fine and points on your licence, if necessary.

Speed Check Services, which introduced the cameras to the UK in 1999, says SPECS isn’t lane specific – so swapping lanes between one camera and the next won’t help you avoid prosecution.

6. Unmanned Airborne Vehicles

Frequently used by Allied forces in Iraq and Afghanistan, Unmanned Airborne Vehicles (UAVs) are now being increasingly used by UK police forces to capture video evidence.

These pilotless drones are obviously smaller, cheaper and more convenient to operate than regular helicopters – you can stick them in the back of a police van and then pilot them via remote control.

UAVs have been used everywhere from music festivals to football matches, and Strathclyde Police are currently trialling them in rural areas to help them hunt for missing persons. The model they’re using is the E-Swift Eye – a drone that can stay in the air for up to an hour, with a range of 22km.

7. Tasers

The UK is almost singular in its resistance to arming ordinary police officers, relying on specialist firearms units instead. There are signs that is beginning to change with Tasers – non-lethal weapons that immobilise perps using a 50,000 volt electrical charge.

In March controversial home secretary Jacqui Smith made funding available for 7,000 Tasers for UK police forces – the majority of which are Taser X26 and Taser M26 units. The suspicion is that ordinary officers will be increasingly armed with these devices.

SHOCKING: Tasers are in the UK but their use is controversial

While Tasers can undoubtedly help police tackle dangerous situations more effectively, their use is also controversial: in 2007, West Yorkshire Police tasered a comatose diabetic after he was found slumped on a bus holding a rucksack.

Tasers have also been implicated in several deaths in the US and Canada, when cops there got too trigger-happy. Civil liberties groups are also alarmed by the arrival of Taser’s Shockwave – a device that can be used to shock whole crowds of people.

USA Will Fingerprint Visitors On Departure And Arrival

2

 By Andrew Donoghue |

Non-US citizens will now have to give digital fingerprints on exit as well as entry

Not content with asking foreign travels to submit to digital photography and fingerprint scans every time they enter the country, the US government is now asking for biometric fingerprints at some airports on departure.

In a statement released this week, the US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) announced that it is going to begin collecting digital fingerprints from foreign travelers as part of a pilot programme at airports in Atlanta and Detroit.

Passengers leaving from Detroit will be scanned at the gate before boarding, while Atlanta will implement digital fingerprinting at security checkpoints. The pilots will begin at both airports this week and will continue till the end of July.

If the scheme proves successful, the DHS said it plans to begin to extend digital fingerprinting to all airports with the next year.

“Collecting biometrics allows us to determine faster and more accurately whether non-US citizens have departed the United States on time or remained in the country illegally,” said DHS secretary Janet Napolitano. “The pilot programs in Atlanta and Detroit will help us determine and develop standard procedures for use at airports across the country to expedite legitimate travel and enhance our nation’s security.”

However, while foreign travelers will probably continue to face lengthy queues at immigration while US citizens flit through in the flash of a passport, US authorities are investigating how to automate the exit biometrics to ensure that leaving the country is slightly more tolerable than getting into it.

“Since 2004, the US Department of State (DOS) and US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have collected biometrics from most non-US citizens between the ages of 14 and 79, with some exceptions, when they apply for visas or arrive at US ports of entry. US VISIT has simultaneously worked to create a congressionally mandated automated biometric exit capability, which these pilots will test,” the DHS said in a statement.

But the US government is not alone when it comes to collecting biometric information. In April, the UK government awarded contracts to CSC and IBM to upgrade biometric passports and other systems that will pave the way for national ID Cards. The UK Identity and Passport Service (IPS) said it is “replacing and upgrading” contracts for processing passport applications due to expire in 2009 and 2010 whilst also creating a new database for storing biometric information.

Malaysian-Indians becoming victims of slavery

0

KUALA LUMPUR: Many illiterate ethnic Indians in Malaysia are falling prey to scams by organized syndicates who lure them with well-paying jobs and later treat them like slaves, a leading daily here reported on Saturday.

Wanting a better life for their family and eager to escape the grip of poverty, many ethnic Indians fall victim to the scam which has been kept under close wraps by syndicates, the New Straits Times said in a report from Malacca.

One of the victims, M Nadarajah, 47, said the syndicate members were like “thugs, who exerted force to instil fear so that we dare not go against them.” He alleged that he and some others victims were abused verbally and physically.

Nadarajah said his captor had also threatened to sell his children, especially his two girls, if he escaped, the paper reported.

The newspaper, however, did not give any details of how many victims were lured by the syndicate. There was also no mention of any action by the police.

Amnesty requests UN to release Sri Lankan civilian death toll

0

A leading human rights group has asked the United Nations to publicize its estimate of civilian deaths in the final weeks of Sri Lanka’s civil war.

Amnesty International said in a statement late Friday that it has received “consistent testimony” that both government troops and Tamil Tiger rebels killed thousands of civilians trapped in the war zone and called for an independent international investigation.

The group did not say who had testified to the alleged abuses.

The UN said earlier that 7,000 civilians were killed and 16,700 wounded from Jan. 20 through May 7. However, these estimates circulated among diplomats were not released publicly.

Amnesty cited an investigation published Friday in a British newspaper, the Times, which said that some 20,000 civilians were killed in the final phase of the war. The report cited unnamed UN sources, but the world body did not confirm that number.

The rights group said the newspaper’s report “underscores the need for this investigation.”

The government said last week it had ended the 25-year separatist war on the island with the killing of rebel leader Velupillai Prabhakaran and his military and political leadership.

Throughout the fighting reports emerged that government soldiers fired at densely populated civilian areas with little regard for their safety and that the rebels prevented civilians from fleeing the war zone and used them as human shields.

However, independent verification of these allegations was not possible because the government had expelled the aid groups from the conflict zone and prevented journalists from reporting firsthand.

Earlier this week the UN Human Rights Council rejected calls to investigate allegations of war crimes and praised the government for crushing the rebels.

Sri Lanka’s allies on the 47-member council forced through a resolution condemning the Tamil rebels for using civilians as human shields but stressing that the war was a “domestic” matter that did not warrant outside interference.

The UN estimates that 80,000 to 100,000 people were killed in the war that began in 1983.

US cybersecurity plan poses new war threats

1

By Tom Eley |

President Barack Obama announced on Friday the creation of a new “cyber czar” position. The Cybersecurity Coordinator, who is yet to be named, would oversee billions of dollars in funding for developing and coordinating defense of the computer networks that operate the global financial system and domestic transportation and commerce, according to the administration. The position, which Obama said would report directly to him, results from a 60-day “cyberspace policy review” Obama ordered.

Obama’s announcement was overshadowed by the US military’s imminent creation of a new military “Cyber Command,” detailed in a New York Times article published Friday. Obama has not even been presented with the military’s plan, nor did he mention it directly in his press conference. However, administration sources have said he will sign a classified order or set of directives later this month authorizing the creation of the Cyber Command.

Media accounts indicate that the formation of the parallel domestic and military cyber security agencies was the source of a bitter “turf battle” between and within competing national security and federal domestic agencies.

As a compromise, Obama’s domestic Cybersecurity Coordinator would report to both the National Economic Council (NEC), a White House economic advisory group, and the National Security Council, the top-level presidential advisory group that coordinates foreign and military policy, thus ensuring “a balance between homeland security and economic concerns,” the Washington Post reports. Obama’s top economic advisor, Lawrence H. Summers, fought for a dominant role for the NEC so that “efforts to protect private networks do not unduly threaten economic growth.”

In his Friday press conference, Obama sought to present the Cybersecurity Coordinator position in the most innocuous terms, referring to the “spyware and malware and spoofing and phishing and botnets.” and “cyber thieves” that anyone with access to the Internet confronts. Obama emphasized that the measure would not include “monitoring private sector networks or Internet traffic. We will preserve and protect the personal privacy and civil liberties that we cherish as Americans,” he said. “Indeed, I remain firmly committed to net neutrality so we can keep the Internet as it should be–open and free.”

But the creation of high-level police agency tasked with overseeing the Internet raises troubling questions. As the New York Times notes, it “appears to be part of a significant expansion of the role of the national security apparatus” in the White House.

Meanwhile, legislation working its way through Congress, the so-called Cybersecurity Act of 2009, would grant the US government unprecedented control over the Internet. The bill gives the president unrestricted power to halt Internet traffic, ordering the shutdown of both government and privately owned and operated networks deemed related to “critical infrastructure information systems,” merely by declaring a “cybersecurity emergency.”

In his remarks, Obama pointed to the threat of cyber terrorism, noting that US “defense and military networks are under constant attack. Al Qaeda and other terrorist groups have spoken of their desire to unleash a cyber attack on our country.” He invoked the recent terror attacks on Mumbai, India, where “terrorists…relied not only on guns and grenades but also on GPS and phones using voice-over-the-Internet.” Obama also alluded to the possibility of cyberwarfare with a major foe, mentioning Russia by name. “Last year we had a glimpse of the future face of war,” Obama said. “As Russian tanks rolled into Georgia, cyber attacks crippled Georgian government websites.”

However, these sorts of threats would most likely not fall under the purview of the Cybersecurity Coordinator, at least based on Obama’s explanation of the position. The implication is that these “threats” would be handled by the military-intelligence Cyber Command.

Reports indicate that there is an acrimonious struggle within the national security apparatus over who should oversee the new command. Currently, the National Security Agency (NSA) controls most of the functions that would be associated with cyberwarfare. Created by Democratic President Harry S. Truman in 1952 at the height of the Cold War, the NSA is a spy agency tasked with breaking the codes and signals of foreign entities and encrypting sensitive US government communications. It is overseen by a military figure–either a lieutenant general or vice admiral–and the NSA reports to the Department of Defense.

In March, Rod Beckstrom, the Department of Homeland Security’s cyber-security head (Director, National Cybersecurity Center) resigned in protest over the NSA appearing to win out in the struggle over who should “defend” domestic computer networks. In his resignation letter, which was leaked to the press, Beckstrom implied that the Office of Management and Budget had conspired with the NSA to starve his own agency of funding, and raised the threat posed by the NSA overseeing domestic computer-spying operations. “The threat to our democratic processes are significant if all top government network security and monitoring are handled by any one organization (either directly or indirectly),” Beckstrom wrote. “During my term as director we have been unwilling to subjugate the NSCS underneath the NSA.”

A Wall Street Journal report at the end of April indicated that the head of the Cyber Command would be current NSA chief, General Keith Alexander. Other accounts indicate that the Cyber Command would more likely report at first to the military’s Strategic Command, which oversees the nation’s nuclear arsenal, according to sources cited in the New York Times. And still other sources have said NSA personnel could be moved into a new military command structure under the control of the Pentagon.

In any case, the formation of the Cyber Command raises the threat of the military or the NSA launching operations within the US. Both are currently constitutionally-prohibited from carrying on either military or spy actions within American borders. One anonymous “senior intelligence official,” cited in the Times, called this “the domestic spying problem writ large.”

“These attacks start in other countries, but they know no borders,” he said. “So how do you fight them if you can’t act both inside and outside the United States?” The answer, implied by the very formation of the Cyber Command, is that the military and spy agencies should disregard the traditional separation of foreign war and espionage, on the one hand, and domestic policing and investigation, on the other.

According to the Defense Department, in 2008 360 million attempts were made to breach its computer networks. It also reported that the Pentagon spent $100 million in the past six months to repair damage done by hackers, most of whom work from Russia and China, it is claimed. In early April the Wall Street Journal reported that hackers had penetrated the national electricity grid and even the Pentagon’s $300 billion Joint Strike Fighters program.

Yet despite the rhetoric about national defense, comments from administration sources and military figures make clear that motivating the creations of the military cyber defense is its offensive capabilities. “We are not comfortable discussing the question of offensive cyberoperations, but we consider cyberspace a war-fighting domain,” said Bryan Whitman, an Obama Pentagon spokesman. “We need to be able to operate within that domain just like on any battlefield, which includes protecting our freedom of movement and preserving our capability to perform in that environment.”

SEO Training Course Reveals New Secrets

BECOME AN SEO GURU IN HOURS!
JUST $27 PER MONTH

Since the demand in SEO (Search Engine Optimization) has increased by almost 10 fold in the past 12 months, so also has the demand for high quality SEO training courses.

All novices can pick up basic tactics like the use of title and meta data in their pages but the more advanced methods are rarely, if ever, made public.

Even intermediate knowledge such as keyword proximity and density can be easily researched via the internet, but what is never spoken about, at least freely on Internet forums and PDF sheets, is the real nuts and bolds of what makes a search engine like Google tick.

Armed with this elite knowledge, anyone, no matter what their technical ability, can engineer any website from zero to hero in a matter of minutes; dominating the search engines and pulling the traffic (and profits) that makes such valuable information pay for itself within days.

For example, little is known about the Google algorithms, there is much speculation from those who think they know these lucrative insider secrets, but even what Google releases to the public about algorithms such as QDF is extremely limited.

So how does someone wishing to expand their SEO knowledge discover the ‘magic ingredients’?

The Google Front Page Supremacy video master class explains in detail every single factor search engines use in their ranking algorithms.

From complete novice to the most advanced and highly trained of SEO gurus, every single nut and bolt is covered, from basic keyword research right through to Growth Profiles, Clustering and Independent Peers.

No stone is left unturned. To gain instant access to all this knowledge, and be kept bang up to date about every search engine development subscribe below for the insane price of just $27 a month.

BECOME AN SEO GURU IN HOURS!
JUST $27 PER MONTH

Video courses with less information are currently retailing for £400, and do not include updates to keep you ahead of all other SEO’s. See what people are saying about this offer:

“10 years of full-time internet marketing and these videos still opened my eyes to whole new worlds of traffic. Now getting 6,000 visitors per hour to a site.” – Jon MacPherson of jonmacpherson.info

“People shouldn’t be able to get this type of information for such a low price.” – Daniel Molano of danielmolano.com

Try it for yourself

Israel Won’t Work With UN Gaza ‘War Crimes’ Probe

0

Israel said Friday that it will not cooperate with a United Nations team appointed to investigate alleged war crimes committed during its 22-day offensive in Gaza. The UN announced from Geneva Friday that the four-member team, headed by South African war crimes prosecutor Richard Goldstone, will head to the region this weekend, and wants to begin work next week.

The team will remain in the region for one week and was expected to present its report next month.

“This committee has been instructed to find Israel guilty no matter what and there is no point in cooperating with such a masquerade,” Israeli Foreign Ministry Spokesman Yigal Palmor told the German Press Agency dpa.

Goldstone has previously said the investigation would go ahead with or without Israeli cooperation. Aides to the jurst say he has been attempting to contact the Israeli government and implied he has not received a response.

The team “will enter Gaza from Egypt via the Rafah crossing point,” the UN fact-finding mission said in a statement, effectively eliminating the need for Israeli approval to reach the enclave.

Both Goldstone and Martin Ihoeghian Uhomoibhi, the President of the Human Rights Council who appointed the team, have said they want the mission to include investigations into possible violations of Israeli human rights as well.

The UN would only say that besides Gaza “other field visits are being planned.”

Israel, and other nations such as Canada, have accused the UN Human Rights Council – which mandated the fact-finding mission in a January resolution passed by 33 in favour, one against and 13 abstentions – of overtly singling it out.

That resolution “is profoundly biased,” Palmor claimed, saying it ordered a probe only into alleged Israeli violations, while ignoring Hamas, the Islamist movement ruling Gaza.

In April, when the full mandate of the team was announced, Goldstone said his “mission will have regard to all human rights violations and international humanitarian law violations committed in Israel, Gaza and the occupied territories.”

This would help the mission “gain the credibility of all sides and be truly, truly independent and produce a report that is fair, balanced and impartial,” Uhomoibhi had said after extending the mandate.

Israel launched the December 27 to January 18 offensive in Gaza in response to rocket attacks by Palestinian militants from the coastal salient at its southern towns and villages.

According to the Gaza-based Palestinian Centre for Human Rights (PCHR), 1,417 Palestinians, most of them civilians, died in the war, which also caused massive destruction. Thirteen Israelis also died.

Goldstone was the Chief Prosecutor of the International Criminal Tribunals for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda and was a key legal figure in South Africa’s transition to democracy.

He said that as a Jew, it was “quite a shock” to have been appointed to head the mission.

The anti-cluster bomb campaign

1

Geneva – Human rights groups launched Friday a “week of action” to try to convince governments to sign and ratify the international treaty which bans the use, production and stockpiling of cluster munitions. The campaign was being launched one year after countries concluded negotiations on the treaty in Ireland. In December, the treaty was opened for signatures. Since then, 96 governments signed and seven have ratified the treaty.

 

Work has also commenced in several countries on eliminating their stockpiles of the weapon.

 

Spain became the first country to destroy its entire stockpile in March. Other countries were on their way, the Banning Cluster Munitions report released Friday said. These included Canada, Colombia and Britain.

 

Steve Goose, of Human Rights Watch’s arms control division, said he was “optimistic” the United States would eventually join the convention.

 

He noted that President Barack Obama, when he was in the Senate, supported some bans on cluster bombs, and also signed into law, after entering the White House, a permanent ban on exporting the weapon.

 

Cluster bombs eject sub-munitions over a wide area, making them a deadly and generally imprecise weapon. Many fail to explode and effectively turn into landmines scattered across civilian populated areas. Clearing them can also be an expensive task.

 

In Afghanistan, for example, Human Rights Watch said 232 strikes by the US army spread 1,228 cluster bombs, with 248,056 bomblets, throughout the country in 2001 and 2002. Parts of the country were also covered by the weapon during the Soviet invasion.

 

Afghanistan, like Laos and several other countries, remains heavily affected by cluster munitions.

 

“Cluster bombs have killed and injured far too many civilians at the time of attack,” said Steve Goose, of Human Rights Watch’s arms control division.

 

“Even worse, they go on killing days, weeks, months and even decades later,” he added, explaining that after they fail to explode they can remain for years in the ground or in lakes where people fish.

 

The coalition said some of the world’s biggest users and stockpilers have not yet signed up to the convention. These include the US, Russia, China, North Korea, and Israel.

 

It was Israel’s massive use of clusters in southern Lebanon in 2006 that sparked rights groups into action on getting the treaty together, the report said.

 

Russia and Georgia have both been accused of using the weapon during their conflict last summer.

 

Cluster bombs were still believed to be produced in at least 17 states. At the same time, more countries who support the treaty were also banning the transport of the weapon through their territory, effectively limiting the way to move them.

 

The treaty, beyond calling for the complete destruction of all cluster bombs within a decade, also orders states to give extensive assistance to victims of munition.

 

It does not include clauses on criminal prosecution against users, and the campaigners said that would have to be decided at the level of national legislators.

 

Six months after the 30th country signs the treaty it will enter into force. That is expected to occur next year, Goose said.

 

The progress made in ending the use of the bombs was a “remarkable story of sea change in the international perspective on the weapon,” Goose said.

Council Rejects ID Card Scheme

1
COUNCIL leaders in Sheffield said they will not allow the city to take part in trials of the Government’s identity card system after Manchester signed up for a pilot project.
Sheffield Council leaders will place a motion before the council next week proposing the city rule itself out of any future project to test the cards.

Liberal Democrat leader Coun Paul Scriven said the announcement that Manchester would take part in a trial beginning in the autumn should not prompt Sheffield to follow suit.

“”Labour’s plan to force compulsory ID Cards on us is waste of money and it won’t stop crime or terrorism. Liberal Democrats fundamentally disagree with the introduction of ID Cards and we believe that the majority of local people in Sheffield wouldn’t be interested in being volunteered as guinea pigs.”

Mr Scriven also hit out at the projected £5.2bn cost of introducing the scheme nationwide and criticised the fact that individuals would be expected to pay more than £90 for their ID card.

He added: “In this time of deep recession £5bn pounds could be better spent on supporting local businesses and low income families. I hope that all the political groups on the council will back our proposals and send a clear message to the Government that we don’t want them to waste money on expensive, intrusive and ineffective ID cards.”

The motion, which will be placed before members of the authority on June 3, also proposes that the council affiliate itself to national ID card opposition group NO2ID.

Speaking at the launch of the Manchester pilot scheme last month, Home Secretary Jacqui Smith hinted that other large cities would be expected to sign up to the scheme. “Our next steps will be for other cities to follow…before full national coverage from 2012.”

Amnesty Responds to CIA’s Denial of Former Vice President Cheney’s Request for Documents’ Release

0

In response to today’s news from the Central Intelligence Agency that it was denying former Vice President Cheney’s request for the public release of two memos–on the basis that the documents are currently the subject of pending litigation, including a suit filed jointly under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) by Amnesty International USA, the Center for Constitutional Rights, and the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice–the organizations released the following statements:

Tom Parker, counterterrorism expert with Amnesty International USA:

“The fact that Amnesty International USA, the Center for Constitutional Rights, and the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice have submitted Freedom of Information Act requests to secure the release of these documents should obviously not be used as a pretext to withhold them. It is unusual for Amnesty International to find itself on the same side of an argument as the former Vice President Dick Cheney, but we welcome his late conversion to the value of transparency in government. The CIA should comply with the suit, stop stalling and make these documents public at the earliest possible opportunity.”

Gitanjali Gutierrez, attorney for the Center for Constitutional Rights:

“A year ago under the Bush administration, the CIA argued that disclosure of this document and others would jeopardize national security. Cheney’s self-serving request now to share the information with the public makes clear that the CIA has been using pretexts to withhold information vital to the public debate about the CIA’s torture program. The agency should commit to telling the public what we demand to know.”
Margaret Satterthwaite, faculty director of the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice at NYU School of Law:

“Like Dick Cheney, we call on the CIA to immediately release these documents. Unlike him, however, we seek their disclosure to further transparency and oversight of an unlawful program. The CIA’s arguments of a year ago–that the documents could not be released because they pertained to an ongoing program–are no longer valid since the president ordered the program closed in January. The American public deserves to have the full details about this program and the CIA should not block the public’s attempt to learn the facts.”

Watchdog wants police to limit CCTV demand on pubs

0

Tough new government guidelines are to be demanded to stop police making unfair requests to pubs and clubs around the use of CCTV.

Privacy watchdog The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) is to make the plea in response to the government’s plans for a mandatory code of practice for the industry.

The ICO fears police are using licensing conditions to make pubs install CCTV or identity scanners, which can provide information on their drinkers.

Under the new mandatory code of practice consulation, the government avoided plans to make CCTV a blanket condition for all pubs, but councils will be able to force outlets in trouble-spots to operate surveillance if it feels it is needed.

Deputy information commissioner David Smith said strict new rules to reign in police demands were still required and urged clarity in the code.

 

“What we are worried about is that businesses are being forced into gathering information for police and the law enforcement agencies,” he said.

“The question is whether we are going too far and is this surveillance at a level that is unacceptable that doesn’t justify the benefits. Pubs and clubs should not become information gathering sources for police.”

Smith said the ICO wanted some “very clear guidance” on how far police can go. “We wonder how many landlords have simply gone along with police demands when there weren’t any proper grounds to do so,” he added.

An ICO spokeswoman later said: “There needs to an absolute reason why CCTV or ID scanners need to be in place. We understand that CCTV can serve an important purpose, but we don’t want licensees to feel they have to have CCTV to have a licence.”

Earlier this year, Islington licensee Nick Gibson won a battle with police not to have CCTV at his newly-opening pub on the basis it would interfere with his customer’s civil liberties.

The public consultation on the code of practice close on August 5.

Google Street View causes another stir

1

The roving eye of Google’s Street View camera has been out and about in Cheltenham, UK.

Residents spotted the van in the area this week, capturing images for the website’s extensive mapping programme.

The site features photographs of every street in towns which have been “mapped” by Google’s mysterious-looking cars with blacked-out windows.

People living in St Mark’s had mixed views on whether or not they were in favour of their homes, gardens — and even themselves — being caught on camera.

Jess Cave, who lives in Spenser Road, gave it the thumbs up.
She said: “I think it’s only a bit of fun so I don’t really mind. I don’t feel like I’m being spied on and I’m not bothered by it.

“I’m sure I’ll be checking it out when it goes online.”

Student Cindie Taylor, who is looking to move into the area, said it would help her to look at houses.

She said: “I love it and I’ll be checking it out when they put it up on the web.

“I’ll be able to see what places are like when I’m looking for somewhere to live.”

Pensioner Margaret Slack was also in favour. She said: “I’m not bothered at all by it. I’ve got nothing to hide so why not.”
However Cheralyn Rendall, who lives in Shakespeare Road, said: “It’s an invasion of privacy. It just seems pointless. I can’t really understand the reason behind it.

“I’ve got young kids and I wouldn’t want them to be looked at on the internet through this.”

Lucie Bennett, who also lives in Spenser Road, said: “If my daughter was out playing in the garden and it caught her on camera I wouldn’t like that.

“I think they should tell people beforehand what they’re going to do rather than just turn up when they choose.”

Pensioner Michael Poppleton said: “It’s an invasion of privacy and if they caught me on camera I’d be asking them to remove it.”
Beverley Fennel, who lives just off Shakespeare Road, agreed.

She said: “I’m not against CCTV for people’s safety but this seems like too much of an invasion of privacy.

“It’s not going to really benefit anyone, so what’s the point? People have a right to do what they want in their homes and gardens without a camera coming past and taking a picture.”

The system allows people to search for 360-degree pictures of “virtual” streets.

It’s not yet known when the coverage will be complete and available to view online.

Residents concerned over privacy can ask for their faces to be blurred out, via the Street View website.

Who’s Watching You?

2

By Anthony Hildebrand |

A new BBC series looks at surveillance in the UK. It’s something the industry could learn from, says I4S editor Anthony Hildebrand.

Last Monday the BBC broadcast the first in a new three-part series called ‘Who’s Watching You?’ UK readers can view the show (until next Monday) by using the BBC’s iPlayer facility.

In his BBC blog, series producer Mike Rudd says: “Cheaper and more advanced technology has prompted a massive expansion in surveillance — not just through CCTV, listening devices, tracking, but also through all the personal data that’s collected on every one of us.

“As the Information Commissioner Richard Thomas says, we leave an “electronic footprint” behind us almost wherever we go — with every click of the mouse, every phone call, every time we use a credit card. And that information just grows and grows, allowing a more and more detailed and intrusive picture to be constructed of how we each live our lives.

“The paradox is that there is a great deal of support for things like CCTV. We all benefit from better crime detection and from easier and cheaper services. But we know surprisingly little about the depth and breadth of modern surveillance, or about the potential problems when things go wrong.”
A lot to offer
The show is an ‘authored’ piece, with presenter Richard Bilton offering his views and opinions on the issues raised — which included council misuse of RIPA powers, ANPR use by police, data loss, and more.

And because it’s an authored investigation, it employs ever-present, irritating, faux-degraded imitations of CCTV footage, and annoying, constantly moving, constantly zooming and re-focusing cameras. We get it, Mike, ok? It’s about CCTV. Relax.

But despite these stylistic reservations, I think programmes such as this one have a lot to teach the security industry about the actual concerns of the public. Investigations into the ‘surveillance state’ are often dismissed by the industry as alarmist and ill-informed, but the very fact that programmes such as this one are being made — to express the concerns of a sizable proportion of the public — mean the image of the surveillance industry could do with some improving.

If the security industry is to be effective in preventing crime, terror and other incidents, and in investigating and prosecuting those that do take place, it needs the trust of the public behind it.
Confusing messages
As Bilton himself said on Monday, the British public sends out confusing messages about surveillance. “We embrace it, and want more, not less,” he said. And we allow cameras deeper into our private lives than authorities would (currently) dare go.

But there is a constant concern about the potential for a ‘police state’. And that is amplified when cameras and surveillance methods become intrusive.

This can be simply an irritation. But there’s potential for it to be much worse, unless it is regulated and controlled effectively.

We’re always told “if you’ve got nothing to hide, you’ve got nothing to worry about.” Which is fine if you know where you stand. But what if the goalposts shift? What if — perish the thought — a government which you don’t agree with, with different notions of what ‘nothing to hide’ might mean — comes to power?
Protected from protectors
There needs to be a system in place to ensure surveillance — and more specifically, surveillance databases — cannot be used against the people they are meant to protect.

Like it or not, the security industry has a responsibility to ensure that the use of its equipment and technologies are safeguarded through effective and stringent privacy and data protection legislation and enforceable standards.

And for its own good — for our own good — it needs to be seen to be advocating privacy, care with databases, and individual rights. It’s not only good PR, it’s for the greater good.

At the close of the first episode, Bilton says he seen no evidence so far to support ‘Big Brother’ theories. But, he says: “I think the march of surveillance is pretty much unstoppable. And if that’s the case, I think we need more protection, better regulations, and stronger safeguards.”

Lost Military Disks Had Personal Information

1

LONDON – AN INTERNAL military memo published on Monday confirmed that computer disks lost at a British Royal Air Force base contained sensitive files on the private lives of senior officers, including answers to vetting questions about drug abuse, extramarital affairs and the use of prostitutes.
The memo was released to Britain’s The Guardian newspaper under freedom of information laws following the loss of data disks in September.

At the time of the theft from RAF Innsworth, about 113 miles west of London, Britain’s defense ministry said only that personal data such as bank details and addresses could have been lost.

But the memo confirms that the data included details of security vetting, potentially involving information on criminal convictions, debts, medical conditions and sexual activity.

‘This data provides an excellent target list for foreign intelligence services, investigative journalists and blackmailers,’ the memo stated.

Britain’s defense ministry declined Monday to confirm the details of the lost data, but said there is no evidence it is in the hands of criminals or enemy forces.

‘All individuals identified as being at risk received personal one-on-one interviews to alert them to the loss of data, to discuss potential threats and to provide them with advice on mitigating action,’ a ministry spokeswoman said, on condition of anonymity in line with policy. — AP

Court orders activist released

0

INDIA’S Supreme Court Monday ordered the release of a leading human rights activist held on charges of colluding with outlawed Maoist insurgents.
Judges said Binayak Sen must be released on bail from the jail in Chhattisgarh state where he has been imprisoned since his arrest in May 2007.

The court’s ruling came a year after 2,000 rights activists, doctors and authors, including American writer Noam Chomsky, petitioned the Indian government for Sen’s release.

Sen, a paediatrician by profession, denies all charges that he was linked to the Maoist guerrillas who control parts of Chhattisgarh.

The state’s chief minister, Raman Singh, said he would comply with the court’s orders.

Sen, 59, is a public health expert and also a senior member of the People’s Union for Civil Liberties, a respected Indian human rights group.

He was working with poor people in Chhattisgarh when he was arrested.

India’s Maoists say they are fighting for the rights of neglected tribal people and landless farmers. — AFP

Victims Families: 7/7 investigation a “whitewash”

0

Families of victims of the July 7, 2005 bombings in London have denounced a parliamentary investigation into the events as a “whitewash”. They accuse Parliament’s Intelligence and Security Committee (ISC), which issued a report of its investigation last week, of covering up the failure of MI5 to stop the four suicide-bombers who killed 52 people and injured 700.

Sean Cassidy whose son Ciaran died on the London underground, said, “This is a complete whitewash. We now need a public inquiry. It is the only thing that will answer all the questions. It has to be independent. We are four years on and there are still no answers.”

Robert Webb, whose sister Laura died, said, “The ISC report seemed to give the benefit of the doubt to MI5 in a way the Hutton Report or the Butler Inquiry did to MI6 over Iraq… I feel I owe it to Laura to get some answers… We need a fair independent inquiry that asks robust questions of MI5 and the police into why decisions were made and looks at wider questions of why these men did what they did.”

Rachel North, who survived the July 7 bombings, accused MI5 of using “weasel words” over what they knew, adding, “It does look a lot like MI5 ran rings around the MPs” who sit on the ISC.

In the aftermath of the July 7 bombings, then Home Secretary Charles Clarke said the attacks came “out of the blue” and the four bombers–Mohammad Siddique Khan, Shehzad Tanweer, Germaine Lindsay and Hasib Hussain–were “clean skins” with no known links to terrorism. Ministers and senior security officials insisted there was no warning of an imminent attack.

The ISC report confirms that, in reality, there was a wealth of information about the bombers, particularly Khan. “As we have delved deeper,” it declares, “we have uncovered new information that even the organisations involved had not connected together.” In relation to Khan the report reveals:

* He was cautioned by West Yorkshire Police for assault in 1993, a police record created and his photograph taken.

* In 2001, several months before the September 11 bombings in New York, Khan was one of 40 men filmed by West Yorkshire Police surveillance officers at a suspected terrorist training camp in Yorkshire, although he remained unidentified.

* In late March 2003, MI5 received intelligence that Mohammed Quayam Khan, from Luton, was the leader of an “Al-Qaida facilitation network”, which provided financial and logistical support to the organisation. MI5 launched an investigation called Operation Crevice, about which it informed the ISC.

* In April 2003, Siddique Khan was seen driving a car carrying an extremist suspect connected to another investigation.

* In July 2003, Quayam Khan’s mobile phone was found to contain the number of Siddique Khan’s phone, which was registered to an Islamist bookshop in Leeds.

* In January 2004, MI5 received intelligence that another individual in the network, Omar Khyam, was involved in an active bomb plot. Khyam became MI5’s “top priority” and Operation Crevice developed into “the largest operation they had ever run”. Khyam was under “consistent” surveillance and everyone he met and spoke to was “assessed”.

* On February 2, 2004, Khan met Khyam near Crawley and was followed and photographed on his way back to Leeds.

* On February 20, 2004, the same day that 600 kilograms of fertiliser was discovered in a warehouse, electronics expert Mohammed Momin Khawaja arrived from Canada to give advice to the Crevice group on remote detonation devices. The following day Khan attended a “farewell” meal with the group and Khawaja.

* On three occasions between February 28 and March 23, 2004 Khan drove to Crawley to meet Khyam and was heard talking about financial fraud, the “success of the Madrid bombings” and returning to “jihad” in Pakistan. Despite being followed home again on one occasion to Leeds, Khan still remained unidentified and classified as a “desirable” target for MI5 investigation (Khyam was classified as “essential”). MI5 told the ISC that they could easily have identified Khan, but did not because he was considered a “small-time fraudster” who had “minor contact” with the Crevice plotters.

* At the end of March 2004, Khyam and seven others in the Crevice group were arrested on suspicion of involvement in the fertiliser plot, tried and found guilty in April 2007.

* In May 2004, a detainee revealed that a man named “Ibrahim” had travelled to Pakistan in 2003 and met the future Crevice group members there.

* In June-July 2004, ten “extremely sensitive” emails are exchanged between West Yorkshire Police and MI5 about Khan and other Crevice contacts in the Leeds area. One of the emails was nine pages long and contained Khan’s 1993 photograph.

* On July 14, 2004, a check on the Police National Computer showed that there had been 21 enquiries about Khan’s car since August 2003.

* On February 9, 2005, Khan’s car was put on the Automatic Number Plate Recognition system so that CCTV cameras around the country could track it.

* On April 12, 2005, following confirmation from another source that “Ibrahim” had been in Pakistan, MI5 launched Operation DO*** (the full name is redacted in the ISC report) to identify him. It was not until after the 7/7 bombings that Ibrahim was discovered to be Khan. Recent evidence suggests a fifth man was involved and remains at large.

Faced with these facts, the MPs on the ISC had no option but to express their astonishment. Their report declares, “even though Siddique/Sidique/Sadique Khan was not assessed to be significant it is nevertheless surprising, given the amount of information MI5 and the police had on him, that they said they had not identified Mohammed Siddique Khan prior to 7/7.”

However, the report concludes, “We cannot criticise the judgments made by MI5 and the police based on the information that they had and their priorities at the time.”

Throughout its 102 pages, the report strives to excuse the failure of the police and security services to identify the July 7 bombers by referring to “missed opportunities,” only made clear with the benefit of hindsight. It claims the different ways Siddique was spelt hampered the investigation!

The report also claims MI5 was hampered by lack of resources. MI5’s undisclosed budget has tripled since 2001 and the annual bill for all intelligence related activity stands at £2.5 billion a year.

The report brands as “astounding” the revelation that MI5 had been able to investigate only one in 20 terror suspects in 2004 and that 54 “essential” targets were not even being watched. The ISC states, “They had to prioritise even within this essential group. Therefore a “desirable” target did not even get close to attracting a share of the limited resources available.” The ISC report makes the outlandish statement that several hundred thousand MI5 officers would be needed to meet all eventualities, as opposed to the current 3,500.

The report also claims MI5 was overwhelmed by the vast amount of information it had to deal with, citing the tens of thousands of phone calls monitored between January and March 2004, of which 4,020 were connected to Operation Crevice.

Many of the key facts that would give a better assessment of Khan’s importance are redacted in the report on the grounds of national security. These include the number of networks being investigated, the number of people “housed” (followed back to their homes), or numbers travelling to Pakistan to attend terrorist training camps. More extraordinary is the revelation that the record of the targets deemed “essential” and “desirable” in 2004 is “no longer available” following update of MI5’s IT system.

Also redacted from the report are all details about specific warnings that Saudi Arabian intelligence had passed on to British and US intelligence in December 2004 about a terror plot by British-born Muslims, aimed at the London Underground or a nightclub. The ISC says it received no reply for requests for further information made to the Saudi Embassy or the French Embassy about statements made by the then French Interior Minister Nicolas Sarkozy. He said he had been told at the European Union terrorism meeting following the London bombings that some of the suspects were arrested in 2004 and then released in order to break a wider network.

The above facts are sufficient to justify a public inquiry into the UK’s worst mainland terrorist atrocity. The necessity is compounded by the recent not guilty verdict handed down to three men accused of helping to plan the July 7 bombings. After nearly four years and despite a massive police investigation costing some £100 million, they remain the only people to have faced any charges in relation to the London bombings.

Above all, the July 7 terror bombings in London were used to justify an unprecedented offensive against civil liberties, including the adoption of a shoot-to-kill policy by the police that claimed the life of innocent Brazilian Jean Charles de Menezes. Only days after the bombings, Prime Minister Tony Blair rejected calls for a public inquiry, insisting that Britain faced a continuing threat. He seized on the bombings to bring in measures to drastically curtail free speech rights and expand the powers of the state to spy on the population. Powers were enacted to hold alleged terrorists and their supporters for long periods without charges, deport immigrants, close down mosques, and cordon off entire parts of major cities. New regional MI5 offices and regional police Counter-Terrorism Units were set up.

It is not possible to determine how much was and is really known about the perpetrators of the terror attacks in London, but a full inquiry is necessary. Such an investigation has to be entirely independent of the British government and probe the underlying causes of the bombings and their foundation in the Blair government’s participation in Washington’s illegal war against Iraq.

How To Protect Your Privacy In IE8

2

There will always be times when you don’t want other people to know which sites you’ve been visiting, whatever you use the Internet for. The problem is that we all leave a trail of evidence about our whereabouts and whimsies whenever we open a browser.

To save our blushes, the brand-new version of Internet Explorer — IE8 — features a new InPrivate Browsing mode. When it’s activated, Internet Explorer won’t record any URLs, cookies or temporary Internet files, leaving all other users clueless about what you’ve been up to.

While some people are quick to dub InPrivate mode ‘porn mode’, Microsoft is keen to point out that there are plenty of legitimate reasons to browse in private. If you sit down at a computer in a hostel, hotel or Internet cafe then it’s not unusual to come across the browsing history, email addresses and sometimes passwords of the previous user.

It previously took a few minutes of opening up the Security options and unticking checkboxes to ensure that your information didn’t go the same way. InPrivate mode is a one-click method of doing the same thing.

Not every reason for covering your tracks is smutty, either: you hardly want your partner to know about that perfect present before they open it on their birthday, after all.

Undercover surfing

To start surfing covertly, you’re going to need either the RTM or full-release version of Internet Explorer 8. It will overwrite other versions of Internet Explorer installed on your PC, but even the RTM version is post-beta, so it shouldn’t pose a problem.

To enter InPrivate mode, just find the Safety dropdown menu on the toolbar and choose ‘InPrivate Browsing’ from the list. A new window that has a symbol for private browsing marked on the address bar in a blue tab will then open. You’ll need to use this window for InPrivate browsing. To go back to normal browsing, just return to the first window.

Blocking vs browsing

Many Internet users aren’t that bothered about hiding their browsing history from their family. There is another benefit of InPrivate mode that can still be handy for these users, however. The websites that you visit can use your data to target you with advertising.

For some this is an acceptable way for websites to make money, but for many others it’s an invasion of privacy. The system works like this. Many websites add advertising code to their site from a single domain, such as Google Analytics.

This script effectively maps your progress across the Internet. You can then be targeted with related advertising as you browse, which — at least in advertising theory — makes those adverts more appealing.

Microsoft has built a separate InPrivate function into IE8 for those worried about their privacy: InPrivate Filtering. InPrivate Filtering spots instances of this type of code appearing across web pages and blocks information being transferred to them.

However, the tool is far from perfect, and it’ll only start filtering code after 10 instances are detected, so you should be aware that some data will already have been collected by the time it takes effect.

To use InPrivate Filtering, go to the Safety button on the toolbar and choose ‘InPrivate Filtering’. Unlike InPrivate Browsing mode, you won’t get a notification that it’s running, but it will be ticked in the Safety menu. InPrivate Filtering mode also collects data on the types of sites that are tracking you and the main perpetrators.

It’s interesting to see which companies are the biggest offenders in terms of tracking your progress around the Internet, but if you don’t want to be bothered by this, you can turn it off in the Privacy tab in Internet Options. You can also opt to allow some sites to track your web activity if you have a penchant for a particular service, rather than blanket banning them all.

The perfect alibi

No matter how well InPrivate Browsing hides your browsing history, it’s no help if your loved one creeps up and catches you with a suspicious browser window open. For this occasion we can turn to Ghostfox, an inspired application that hides Firefox and can even disguise your browser as an entirely innocent application.

First of all, grab Firefox. Next, grab the Ghostfox plug-in and install it via the website. Once installed, you’ll notice a small ‘ghost face’ icon displayed in the status bar at the bottom of each of your Firefox windows. To activate Ghost mode, simply click on the icon on the status bar.

This will make all evidence of your browser disappear, including its position on the taskbar — meaning that anyone looking over your shoulder will have no idea what you’re really doing. When Firefox is in Ghost mode, you can bring the window back by dragging the mouse to the left side of the screen, then over to the right side and finally back again.

The browser will then return, although it will disappear if you move your mouse away from the window. Click the Ghost icon to bring it back permanently. Ghostfox will also skin your browser contents, masking the pages within. The masking will be by default set to privacy level three, turning all text grey on white (a hard-to-snoop combination) and removing all images.

You can switch levels by accessing the Ghostfox preferences, which are available via the Add-ons menu. You can also go one step further and hide Firefox within existing applications, solving the problem of the active tab on the taskbar.

If you have a window maximised and activate Firefox using the mouse gesture, it will be rendered in the viewing area of the application. So you can pretend you were drawing a portrait of your spouse, rather than buying her a secret gift.

Going public

While private browsing features can hide your information from those in your own home, they do nothing to protect your data from those outside. This is a big misconception, and one that you need to be aware of.

Your router and firewall will give your home PC adequate protection if properly set up, but if you use your laptop at public hotspots then you must have security tools set up on your system. Private browsing modes will give you no protection at all.

We recommend using the free app Hotspot Shield. It creates a virtual private network (VPN) that sits between your PC and the public connection to stop snoopers from gaining access to your data. What’s more, it encrypts all of your Internet-bound data and gives you a different IP address.

Using Hotspot Shield is easy. When you’re next using a public hotspot, simply double-click the icon on your desktop after connecting to the Wi-Fi network. This creates the VPN and loads a new browser window. You can then browse safe in the knowledge that your data is secure.

If you want to check that your VPN is working, load up the command prompt and type ‘ipconfig’. You should notice that your IP address matches that shown in your browser window. This means that Hotspot Shield is running correctly.

Hotspot Shield becomes active for all Internet applications once it’s running — to switch it off, right-click on the taskbar icon and choose the appropriate option.

10 Things You Might Not Know About ID Cards

3

 

The government issued a little-reported document this month on ID cards. It was quietly published when the home secretary Jacqui Smith announced that some volunteer members of the public in Greater Manchester would be the first to receive ID cards in November.

These are 10 things from the document, “Identity Cards Act Secondary Legislation – An Impact Assessment”, which might not be generally known:

  1. The ID Cards Act 2006 imposes on citizens a duty to update information held on them on the National Identity Register (NIR). Cardholders can receive civil penalty fines if they fail to update information held about them on the NIR or notify the Identity and Passport Service if their card is lost or stolen. Citizens may also be in breach of legislation if they fail to notify a change of address within three months. It is open to the government to charge a fee for updating the register.
  2. An individual’s entry on the NIR can be given to “government departments or other public sector organisations without the consent of the individual provided they [departments and agencies] have been approved to do so by parliament under secondary legislation”. Secondary legislation does not need any specific parliament approval. The power to enact it has already been given under primary legislation.
  3. The Home Office will allow ID cardholders to check the information held on them on the NIR. “Right from the beginning, individuals will be able to obtain a copy of what is held on their record in line with subject access rights under the Data Protection Act.” Much information about individuals will not be on the register itself but brought together from various databases when needed.
  4. The NIR will keep a record of which organisations have checked an individual’s record and when, though not the reason or the outcome. The NIR audit trail will show the “specific branch” of a bank which had made a check, for example. The Home Office says this is necessary to “help ensure that inappropriate checks are not made against the NIR”. The NIR audit may be given to HM Revenue & Customs and other government departments “only where it is necessary for the prevention or detection of serious crime”.
  5. The NIR will not hold a vast amount of “new kinds of data”, but the document does not explain what this phrase means.
  6. Private sector organisations may be given information from the NIR with the individual’s consent. Insurance companies may make a condition of taking out a policy that you give your consent.
  7. The ID cards scheme has not been subjected to a formal privacy impact assessment (PIA), as set out by the information commissioner. The PIA would have set out the scheme’s potential privacy issues and risks, as perceived by all stakeholders. The Home Office says that there has been no full PIA because the decision to roll out ID cards “was taken before these developments” – that is the introduction of the PIA. However, the information commissioner says that a PIA can be undertaken after a project has started.
  8. 8) The initial £30 fee for an ID card will be reviewed “before the high volume roll-out of identity cards begins in 2012”. The review will take into account the fact that the Identity and Passport Service must cover its costs. The costs of ID cards and passports have been combined so it is possible that fee rises for new and replacement passports will subsidise the cost of ID cards.
  9. The document says recent research “shows that 71% of those interviewed trust the Identity and Passport Service to look after their personal information”. This suggests that nearly a third do not trust the government with their ID data or do not know whether to trust it – a sizeable minority.
  10. The cost to the public sector and businesses of equipment to read ID cards, integrate systems with the NIR, or obtain information from the register is put at £7bn. The figure is not broken down and, as it is over 30 years, it is unlikely those in the current administration will be in government in 2039 to be accountable for the figure.

Court limits police surveillance powers

0

By Dominic Casciani |

The Court of Appeal has limited police powers to keep pictures of protesters in case they go on to break the law.

Judges said police had been wrong to retain pictures of a lawful arms trade activist who was not suspected of any criminal offence.

The Metropolitan Police said they acted reasonably in retaining pictures of the campaigner, Andrew Wood from Oxford.

Welcoming the judgement, Mr Wood said that the onus was now on the Met to review its retention policies.

The court has told the Met to destroy the photographs if it does not challenge the ruling in the House of Lords. The force has indicated it will not appeal.

Mr Wood argued that police had harassed him and infringed his right to privacy when he lawfully attended a company’s annual general meeting (AGM) meeting in April 2005.

Reed Elsevier, a global publisher, had become the parent company of an arms fair exhibitions organiser called Spearhead.

Mr Wood and other campaigners bought shares in Reed Elsevier so they could attend the AGM and ask directors to justify this move.

Following the meeting, Mr Wood said Metropolitan Police officers openly photographed, questioned and followed him. Police did not accuse him of breaking the law and he was not arrested.

Mr Wood said the incident had been alarming and the police quickly established he was a law-abiding member of society.

Last year the High Court agreed with the Metropolitan Police that its actions were reasonable because officers need to detect crimes that may have occurred in the past or may do so in the future.

Ruling overturned

But overturning that ruling, Lord Justice Dyson said: “The retention by the police of photographs taken of persons who have not committed an offence, and who are not even suspected of having committed an offence, is always a serious matter.

“The only justification advanced by the police for retaining the photographs for more than a few days after the meeting [attended by Mr Wood] was the possibility that the appellant might attend and commit an offence [at a later arms fair].

“Even if due allowance is made for the margin of operational discretion, that justification does not bear scrutiny …”

Lord Collins of Mapesbury added that the substantial police presence that confronted the arms campaigners had a “chilling effect” on those seeking to protest lawfully. A third dissenting judge said the Met had acted reasonably.

The judgement does not ban specialist police cameramen and photographers, known as Forward Intelligence Teams, but it does say the long-term retention of their pictures must be justified on a case-by-case basis.

Crucially, the ruling echoes a landmark privacy decision against the England and Wales DNA database at the European Court of Human Rights.

That judgement last December said police could not justify keeping forever the DNA profiles of people who were never charged with a crime.

Mr Wood welcomed the judgement saying the police would now have to review its retention policies.

“The police don’t just uphold the law – they must abide by it. They now have a duty to assess the photographs they keep,” he told the BBC.

“If there is no criminal investigation then this ruling surely means they must get rid of the image. I expect them to go through photos and test them against the law. “

Privacy: British Government Refuses To Investigate Phorm

0

By Tom Espiner |

The Prime Minister’s Office has rebuffed a public call for a government investigation into Phorm, saying that the independent Information Commissioner’s Office is responsible for ensuring that the behavioural ad-serving technology does not contravene privacy laws.

On Tuesday, Number 10 published a response to an e-petition that had called for an investigation of Phorm’s technology by the government, and a ban on its adoption by internet service providers if it was found to breach European or British privacy laws. Phorm intercepts user data traffic to anonymously profile people and serve them adverts based on their web-browsing behaviour.

In its response, Number 10 said privacy legislation was enforced by the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO), adding that the ICO “is an independent body, and it would not be appropriate for the government to second-guess [ICO] decisions”.

“ICO has been clear that it will be monitoring closely all progress on this issue, and in particular any future use of Phorm’s technology,” the Prime Minister’s Office stated. “They will ensure that any such future use is done in a lawful, appropriate and transparent manner, and that consumers’ rights are fully protected.”

However, the ICO told ZDNet UK on Tuesday that while it could enforce the Data Protection Act, it had no remit to enforce other privacy laws, such as the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act (Ripa).

“The [intercept] issues that have been raised around Phorm are not a matter for the ICO,” assistant information commissioner Jonathon Bamford told ZDNet UK. “We have no statutory role in relation to Ripa.”

Various organisations, including the Foundation for Information Policy Research, have asserted that Phorm’s interception of user traffic, prior to anonymising the data, contravenes Ripa.

The regulatory body which oversees Ripa is the Office of Surveillance Commissioners (OSC). However, that office only oversees Ripa in relation to public authorities such as the police and intelligence services, and does not look at possible Ripa contravention by private companies. However, Bamford suggested that regulators such as OSC should monitor the private sector too.

“There’s a gap there,” said Bamford. “No-one performs the same role [as the ICO does with data protection] in relation to Ripa.”

‘Passing the buck’
Jim Killock, director of digital-rights organisation the Open Rights Group, told ZDNet UK that Number 10 was dodging the issue of scrutinising the legality of Phorm. “Clearly, the ICO doesn’t have a role in intercept,” said Killock. “Number 10 is passing the buck to an organisation which doesn’t have that responsibility, which is at best obfuscation.”

Killock added that the legality of Phorm’s service under Ripa should be examined. “You shouldn’t be intercepting data traffic without the clear consent of all users involved,” said Killock. “If you intercept a communication, everyone involved should give clear, informed consent.”

Privacy legal expert Vanessa Barnett, a partner at Berwin Leighton Paisner LLP, told ZDNet UK on Tuesday that “ultimately only a judge can decide” the legality of Phorm’s service.

“Under Ripa, interceptions are lawful if the interceptor has reasonable grounds for believing that consent has been given. That consent must be freely given, specific and informed,” said Barnett. “And that’s the rub: have the individuals been made sufficiently aware of what is being intercepted, and have nonetheless decided it’s OK to be monitored and profiled in this way?”

However, Marc Burgess, senior vice president of technology at Phorm, told ZDNet UK on Tuesday that Phorm’s interception of user traffic, prior to anonymisation, was legal.

“[Phorm] is definitely legal under Ripa,” said Burgess. “Users must give their consent before they can use the service.”

Burgess added that the definition of ‘intercept’ in Ripa means making the contents of a communication available to other people or organisations, but that Phorm’s intercept devices sat on service provider networks and performed filtering before making any data available for scrutiny.

“This information is passing through [sealed] black boxes,” he said. “It’s a filtering and whitelisting process.”

An inquiry into possible regulation of the ISP industry was launched by the All Party Parliamentary Group on Communications (apComms) in April. The government committee is to examine issues including behavioural advertising and deep packet inspection.

Pointless ID Card project has no flicking point

3

By John Oates |

The Home Office has confirmed there is still no timetable for the rollout of ID card readers, without which carrying out effective ID checks is impossible.

So even though the government is continuing to foist the cards on foreigners, airside workers at City of London and Manchester airports and pilots, there is no way to check the cards are genuine. Official advice is to flick the cards with a fingernail because they make a distinctive noise.

Home Office minister Phil Woolas told the House of Commons yesterday that there was no schedule for the distribution of ID card readers to police stations, border entry points, job centres or local authorities.

He said: “In time, card readers will be made available so that the cardholder’s biometric and biographical features can be checked against the card, although a timetable for their introduction has not been established.”

The cards are already being handed to foreign nationals with leave to stay, and the lucky people of Manchester will get the chance to hand over £60 to get their hands on a card from later this year. Wacky Jacqui Smith has previously claimed that people can’t wait for ID cards.

The point of the cards was to provide biometric checks of identity. That information is held on a chip within the card – without a reader there is no way to access this information.

Anyone using the card to identify someone is advised to flick the card to check how it sounds. If they still have concerns there is a phoneline with further advice.

It emerged in February that the government was pushing ahead with issuing cards despite the lack of readers.

Tory leader David Cameron has promised to scrap the scheme if elected. ®

Obama Nominates Polluter Lawyer To Run Environment Division

0

President Barack Obama has nominated a lawyer for the nation’s largest toxic polluters to run the enforcement of the nation’s environmental laws. On Tuesday, Obama “announced his intent to nominate” Ignacia S. Moreno to be Assistant Attorney General for the Environment and Natural Resources Division in the Department of Justice. Moreno, general counsel for that department during the Clinton administration, is now the corporate environmental counsel for General Electric, “America’s #1 Superfund Polluter“:

Number five in the Fortune 500 with revenues of $89.3 billion and earnings of $8.2 billion in 1997, General Electric has been a leader in the effort to roll back the Superfund law and stave off any requirements for full cleanup and restoration of sites they helped create.

This February, General Electric lost an eight-year battle to “prove that parts of the Superfund law are unconstitutional.” One of the 600-person DOJ environmental division’s “primary responsibilities is to enforce federal civil and criminal environmental laws such as” the Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Superfund.

Before General Electric, Moreno worked as a corporate attorney at Spriggs and Hollingsworth. Moreno’s name is found in the Westlaw database as an attorney defending General Motors in another Superfund case, the GM Powertrain facility in Bedford, Indiana:

Historical uses and management of PCB containing hydraulic oils and PCB impacted materials has contaminated on-site areas as well as the sediment and floodplain soil within Bailey’s Branch and the Pleasant Run Creek watershed.

Although General Motors entered into an agreement in 2001 with the EPA to clean up the site, a number of local residents whose land has been contaminated by polychorinated biphenyls (PCBs) have sued for damages in Allgood v. GM (now Barlow v. GM), in a contentious and caustic dispute over cleanup, monitoring, and lost property values.

During the Clinton administration, Moreno was involved in another controversial case, unsuccessfully defending the Secretary of Commerce’s decision to weaken the dolphin-safe tuna standard. In Brower v. Daley, Earth Island Institute, The Humane Society of the United States, and other individuals and organizations brought suit against the United States government for actions that were “arbitrary, capricious, an abuse of discretion, and contrary to law,” winning their case in 2000.

High court rejects claims against Ashcroft

0

By Joan Biskupic |

WASHINGTON – A closely divided Supreme Court on Monday threw out a Pakistani man’s civil rights claim against former attorney general John Ashcroft and FBI Director Robert Mueller for abusive treatment he says he received when arrested with other Muslims in New York after the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.

The court voted 5-4 – with the more conservative justices in the majority – that the man failed to present enough facts early in the case that his treatment in detention arose from policies Ashcroft and Mueller created and directed that discriminated based on race or religion. The more liberal justices dissented, saying the former detainee had made concrete allegations and the majority’s standard could make it harder for victims of government wrongdoing to bring claims of constitutional violations.

Javaid Iqbal, a Pakistani Muslim working as a cable television installer on Long Island, was arrested by federal agents at his home in late 2001 and held for several months at the Metropolitan Detention Center in Brooklyn. Iqbal was among hundreds picked up and questioned in the New York area as possibly connected to the attacks.

Iqbal, charged with fraud related to his identification papers, says he was designated a person of “high interest” and transferred to a special detention unit solely because of his race and religion. He says he was subjected to harsher conditions, including abusive strip searches and beatings.

A 2003 Department of Justice inspector general report found widespread abuse of detainees at the Brooklyn center, and numerous individual lawsuits related to treatment there are pending.

Iqbal, who was deported to Pakistan, sued 34 current and former federal officials and 19 prison officers. Monday’s case involved only the claim against Ashcroft and Mueller. Iqbal says that they were the architects of policies that labeled Muslims persons “of high interest” and that they knew of abusive conditions such men faced.

The case centered on how much information Iqbal had to produce to have his case against Ashcroft and Mueller heard. Lower federal courts had ruled that his claim could go forward.

The high court disagreed, saying Iqbal failed to bring forth enough facts for a claim of purposeful and unlawful discrimination. Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote for the majority that Iqbal must show the officials targeted people solely for reasons of race and religion, rather than for neutral, investigative reasons.

Kennedy noted that the Sept. 11 attacks were committed by 19 Arab Muslim hijackers and said, “It should come as no surprise that a legitimate policy directing law enforcement to arrest and detain individuals because of their suspected link to the attacks would produce a disparate, incidental impact on Arab Muslims, even though the purpose of the policy was to target neither Arabs nor Muslims.”

The justices said a lower court could decide to allow Iqbal to try to amend his claim by producing more information that showed Muslims were unfairly targeted. Iqbal’s lawyer, Alexander Reinert, said Monday he believed he could bring a stronger case, as required by the high court.

Kennedy was joined by Chief Justice John Roberts and Justices Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas and Samuel Alito. Justice David Souter wrote for the dissenters.

On British “success” in Iraq

0

By David Morrison |

“Tony Blair, I’m afraid, would never accept that our foreign policy actually had any impact on radicalization. …That’s clearly rubbish.” (Lord West)

Lieutenant-General John Cooper used to occupy a small office in the vast new US Embassy in Baghdad, as the (British) deputy commander of the Multinational Force Iraq (MNF-I). The US had always accorded Britain this honour, as the second largest contributor to the occupation forces, though very little was seen or heard from successive holders of the office.

However, when Lieutenant-General Cooper retired from his post on 3 March 2009, he used the occasion to justify British military intervention in Iraq. No doubt, his script was supplied by 10 Downing Street.

According to the general, our intervention has been a great success. In an interview with The Guardian on 2 March 2009, he said that “the army will leave Iraq with al-Qaida largely defeated and the roots of democracy firmly planted” [1]. 179 British military personnel have been killed and 315 wounded (and around £6.5 billion spent) to achieve this great success [2].

It would be uncharitable to mention that neither of these objectives was mentioned in the motion passed by the House of Commons on 18 March 2003 supporting military action against Iraq, or in Prime Minister Blair’s speech proposing the motion [3], or in the official document Iraq: Military Campaign Objectives [4] defining our war aims. Nevertheless, according to the general, the deaths of 179 British military personnel and the wounding of 315 others was a price worth paying for this “success” [5], even though it was not the “success” we set out to achieve.

Al-Qaida “greatly reduced”
General Cooper was reluctant to go as far as the US military and say that al-Qaida had been “strategically defeated”, but he did say:

“Al-Qaida had been here in significant numbers and hopefully their aims and objectives have been denied to them. …They have suffered significant reverses and their ability to operate and target civilians has been diminished. Their organisational ability has been greatly reduced.” [1]

Before getting carried away with this “success”, the general should recall that we didn’t invade Iraq in order to suppress al-Qaida — for the very good reason that there was no al-Qaida in Iraq when we invaded. (To be more precise, there was no al-Qaida in the part of Iraq controlled by Saddam Hussein.) So the “success” he boasts about has been to reduce the al-Qaida presence in Iraq to a level somewhat higher than it was before we started.

Al-Qaida boosted globally as predicted
It is particularly absurd to boast that US/UK intervention in Iraq has been “successful” against al-Qaida, when that intervention gave al-Qaida a boost not only in Iraq but globally, as the British intelligence services said, prior to the invasion, it would do.

Most likely, the bombings in London on 7 July 2005 would not have taken place if Britain hadn’t been a party to the invasion and occupation of Iraq. Two of the London bombers, Mohammad Sidique Khan [6] and Shehzad Tanweer [7], made videos prior to their deaths and they both state clearly that it was British intervention in the Muslim world, and Iraq in particular, which motivated their action.

In February 2003, the Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC) produced an assessment called International Terrorism: War with Iraq, which was in the Government’s hands prior to the invasion. Aspects of it came into the public domain in September 2003 with the publication of the Intelligence & Security Committee’s report Iraqi Weapons of Mass Destruction — Intelligence and Assessments [8]. According to this report (paragraph 126):

“The JIC assessed that al-Qaida and associated groups continued to represent by far the greatest terrorist threat to Western interests, and that threat would be heightened by military action against Iraq.”

The latter view was advanced by most opponents of military action against Iraq. The Government chose not to divulge to Parliament that the intelligence services shared this view, lest it reduce MPs’ enthusiasm for the invasion.

Britain’s turn
When al-Qaida struck London on 7 July 2005, the political establishment in Britain was more or less unanimous that British intervention in Iraq played no part in bringing it about. Instead, we were told that Western democracies are all under threat from Muslim extremists, who want to destroy our way of life (whatever that means) and it was simply Britain’s turn on 7 July 2005.

This stance was maintained even though in July 2005 the MI5 website said in a page headed Threat to the UK from International Terrorism:

“In recent years, Iraq has become a dominant issue for a range of extremist groups and individuals in the UK and Europe.”

This straightforward message remained on the MI5 website for the next couple of years.

A few months earlier, in April 2005, a JIC report entitled International Terrorism: Impact of Iraq was even more explicit about the motivating effect of the invasion of Iraq. The following extracts from it were published in The Sunday Times on 2 April 2006 [9]:

“Iraq is likely to be an important motivating factor for some time to come in the radicalisation of British Muslims and for those extremists who view attacks against the UK as legitimate.”

“There is a clear consensus within the UK extremist community that Iraq is a legitimate jihad and should be supported. Iraq has re-energised and refocused a wide range of networks in the UK.”

“We judge that the conflict in Iraq has exacerbated the threat from international terrorism and will continue to have an impact in the long term. It has reinforced the determination of terrorists who were already committed to attacking the West and motivated others who were not.”

“Some jihadists who leave Iraq will play leading roles in recruiting and organising terrorist networks, sharing their skills and possibly conducting attacks. It is inevitable that some will come to the UK.”

This was the considered assessment of the British intelligence services a few months before al-Qaida struck in London. So, British military action in Iraq was an outstanding success in putting Britain firmly on al-Qaida’s hit list.

Wretched capitulation
However, in July 2005 and since, the Government has done its best to give the impression that the threat to Britain from al-Qaida is unconnected with the British intervention in Iraq, or any other aspect of British foreign policy towards the Muslim world.

In his final address to the Labour Party conference, the Prime Minister dismissed the notion out of hand, saying:

“This is a struggle that will last a generation and more. But this I believe passionately: we will not win until we shake ourselves free of the wretched capitulation to the propaganda of the enemy, that somehow we are the ones responsible.

“This terrorism isn’t our fault. We didn’t cause it. It’s not the consequence of foreign policy. It’s an attack on our way of life.” [10]

Lord West’s rubbish (or bollocks)
Last January, in the aftermath of Israel’s assault on Gaza, for the first time that I can recall a Government minister admitted in a straightforward fashion that this was “bollocks”. The minister in question was the former head of the navy, Lord West, who was appointed by Gordon Brown as the Home Office Minister responsible for security and counter-terrorism.

According to the Daily Telegraph on 28 January 2009, Lord West told a conference in London:

“Tony Blair, I’m afraid, would never accept that our foreign policy actually had any impact on radicalization. …That’s clearly rubbish.” [11]

(The Guardian report said he used the word “bollocks” [12]).

On Gaza, he said:

“To pretend what happens abroad has no impact is nonsense. … This business in Gaza has not helped us at all in our counter- radicalization policy. There is no doubt about that.”

Lord West is famous for opposing 42-day detention on the Today programme on BBC Radio 4 one morning in November 2007 — and recanting an hour later after he had breakfast with Gordon Brown. He has yet to recant on this issue. However, the Home Office did offer a clarification on his behalf: according to the Telegraph:

“A Home Office spokesman said that the minister had meant that foreign policy was illegitimately used as a ‘tool’ by radicals and terrorists.”

Which in no way negates West’s plain statement that British foreign policy has an impact on Muslim radicalisation — as the British intelligence services have been saying for years.

No more bollocks?
Lord West claimed that “Gordon Brown is much clearer” than Tony Blair on this issue, that is, unlike Blair, he accepts that foreign policy does have an impact on radicalisation. That isn’t obvious looking in from outside.

Today, the MI5 website page “international terrorism” no longer mentions Iraq. Now al-Qaida’s motivation is described in the following terms:

“The terrorists draw their inspiration from a global message articulated by figures such as Usama bin Laden. The message is uncompromising and asserts that the West represents a threat to Islam; that loyalty to religion and loyalty to democratic institutions and values are incompatible; and that violence is the only proper response.” [13]

There, the crucial point that the primary motivation for al-Qaida terrorism against the West is Western interference in the Muslim world has been erased.

Jacqui Smith, Lord West’s boss in the Home Office, made a major speech on “the threat of international terrorism” to Britain on 15 October 2008 [14]. In a 3,000-word speech, she provided the following penetrating analysis of what drives al-Qaida to commit terrorism:

“They want a reordering of global political structures and a separation of faith groups …. and to subvert our institutions.”

No mention there of foreign policy being a driver for Muslim radicalisation.

As for the Prime Minister, he regularly trots out the usual Blairite guff about British troops being in Afghanistan to defend “our way of life”. Here’s an extract from his remarks to troops in Helmand on 13 December 2008:

“There is a line of terror, a chain of terror that goes from the Pakistani and Afghan mountains right across and could end up in the cities and towns of Britain and indeed any other country. And we are safer in Britain, the people of Britain are safer because of what you do here, checking the Taliban, operating as the frontline against them, making sure that they cannot make advances, holding them in and holding al Qaeda in as well, and that is the important work that you do.” [15]

The truth is the other way up: the best way of making the people of Britain safer is for Britain to stop interfering in the Muslim world, for British troops to go home and stay home. 149 British troops have died in Afghanistan (and 599 have been wounded) [16] — and in the process the people of Britain have been made less safe.

Pursue Prevent Protect Prepare
The Home Secretary has just produced an enormous document entitled Pursue Prevent Protect Prepare: The United Kingdom’s Strategy for Countering International Terrorism [17].

You will search in vain in this 176-page document for any echo of the intelligence services judgement that “the conflict in Iraq has exacerbated the threat from international terrorism and will continue to have an impact in the long term”.

However, there is a peripheral acknowledgement that foreign policy, or rather a mistaken perception of foreign policy by Muslims, has some impact. For example, it says:

“Radicalisation has a range of causes (including perceptions of our foreign policy)” (p 9)

And, in the “prevent” section, which is concerned with “stopping people becoming terrorists or supporting violent extremism”, it says:

“Other grievances are based on a perception of this country and Government policy, notably foreign policy. Many of these perceptions are misinformed. We will explain and debate our policies and refute claims made about them by those who support terrorism.” (p 91)

So, once Muslims have their incorrect ideas corrected, radicalisation will subside.

Roots of democracy firmly planted?
According to General Cooper, not only have we managed to reduce the al-Qaida presence in Iraq to a level somewhat higher than it was before we started, we have also planted the roots of democracy firmly in Iraq by our intervention.

Of course, as I said earlier, bringing democracy to Iraq wasn’t an objective of our invasion either. Before the invasion, Prime Minister Blair stated categorically that he would be content to leave Saddam Hussein in his place if he got rid of his “weapons of mass destruction”, in accordance with Security Council resolutions. Blair told the House of Commons on 25 February 2003:

“I detest his regime — I hope most people do — but even now, he could save it by complying with the UN’s demand. Even now, we are prepared to go the extra step to achieve disarmament peacefully.”

That was Blair’s story at any rate — and who am I to call him a liar.

The officially stated objectives
Six years on, it is worth recalling the officially stated objectives of British military action against Iraq. The operative part of the motion supporting military action, passed by the House of Commons on 18 March 2003, was:

“That this House … believes that the United Kingdom must uphold the authority of the United Nations as set out in Resolution 1441 and many Resolutions preceding it, and therefore supports the decision of Her Majesty’s Government that the United Kingdom should use all means necessary to ensure the disarmament of Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction;” [3]

The official document specifying the military objectives of Operation Telic, the operation mounted by British forces, states:

“The prime objective remains to rid Iraq of its weapons of mass destruction and their associated programmes and means of delivery, including prohibited ballistic missiles, as set out in relevant United Nations Security Council Resolutions (UNSCRs).” [4]

This document, entitled Iraq: Military Campaign Objectives, used to be prominent on the Operation Telic website, as one would expect. Today, it’s no longer prominent there. The Operation Telic website answers the question: What are British forces doing in Iraq? in a very different manner:

“British Armed Forces have been helping the Iraqis to secure and rebuild their country after years of neglect and conflict. The mission of the MNF-I has been working in partnership with the Iraqi Government to contribute to the maintenance of security and stability in Iraq. …

“During his speech to Parliament on 22 July 2008, Prime Minister Gordon Brown underlined our mission objective in Iraq, saying that the UK seeks: ‘The creation of an independent, prosperous, democratic Iraq that is free of terrorist violence, secure within its borders and a stable presence in the region – something that is firmly in Britain’s interests and in the interests of the world as a whole.’” [18]

Needless to say, “weapons of mass destruction” aren’t mentioned.

A price worth paying?
General Cooper expressed the opinion that the 179 deaths and 315 injuries suffered by British troops was a price worth paying for the “success” we achieved in Iraq [5].

However, he didn’t address the question of whether the price paid by Iraqis was a price worth paying for this “success”. In fact, the general didn’t say one word about the death, injury and displacement of Iraqis, since British (and American) Armed Forces began “helping” them in March 2003.

At least a hundred thousand Iraqis, and perhaps many more, have been killed, as a result of the US/UK invasion and the destruction Iraqi state. Many more have been injured. About 2 million Iraqis are refugees in Syria and Jordan, and perhaps another 2 million are displaced internally. All this, thanks to our intervention.

We will ever know how many Iraqis have been killed, because, in the famous words of General Tommy Franks, the US commander of the invading forces: “We don’t do body counts”. If the bodies are Iraqi, he should have added for accuracy.

The estimates of Iraqi deaths that exist have, until recently, been put together by organisations other than the occupying powers. From the outset, the Iraq Body Count (IBC) organisation has compiled a count of Iraqi civilians killed from media reports of incidents. This count is inevitably an underestimate since not all incidents in which Iraqis die are reported in the media.

As of 22 March 2009, the IBC estimate was in the range 91,146 to 99,525 [19] (and the death toll is rising again). The IBC view is that the actual number could be double that. Other estimates have been much higher.

Had British (and American) forces stayed at home and refrained from “helping the Iraqis”, hundreds of thousands of them that are now dead would still be alive.

Operation Telic infomation
The Operation Telic website [20] provides an enormous amount of information about the British invasion and occupation of Iraq.

There, you can learn about British troop deployments — 46,000 initially, 4,100 today, all but 400 to be withdrawn by the end of July 2009, 179 killed, 315 wounded, 3,147 others admitted to hospital due to disease or non-battle injury, total cost of operation around £6.5 billion. There you can learn that today, apart from the US/UK, only Australia and Romania have troops in Iraq, compared with around 30 states a year ago. There you will about the “reconstruction” being carried out in Iraq with British money, including the extraordinary fact that “over 180 journalists have been trained in independent journalism and feature writing”.

But there’s not a single word about the deaths of hundreds of thousands of Iraqis.

KBR, Halliburton Accused in Investor Suit of ‘Reign of Terror’

3

By Cary O’Reilly |

KBR Inc. and Halliburton Co., two of the largest contractors to the U.S. military, were accused by a pension-fund shareholder of paying bribes, making false claims and operating as criminal enterprises.

Executives of both companies engaged in a “reign of terror” that involved paying bribes in Nigeria, overcharging the U.S. government for services, accepting kickbacks, engaging in human trafficking and concealing a rape of an employee, according to the complaint filed yesterday by a pension fund.

“Under defendants’ watch, and supposedly under their control and supervision, the companies were permitted to engage in conduct so notorious that the name ‘Halliburton’ has become virtually synonymous with ‘corruption,” the Policemen and Firemen Retirement System of the City of Detroit pension fund said in its complaint in state court in Houston.

The defendants include KBR Chief Executive Officer William Utt and six board members. Also named as defendants are Halliburton CEO David Lesar and 14 of that company’s current and former executives and board members, including former Chevron Corp. CEO Kenneth Derr and Robert Crandall, past chairman of American Airlines.

Heather Browne, a spokeswoman for KBR, said the company hadn’t been served with the complaint and couldn’t comment on specific accusations.

‘Unfounded Allegations’

“It appears however that the lawsuit is based on unfounded allegations,” she said.

Cathy Mann, a Halliburton spokeswoman, declined to comment on the accusations.

“The lawsuit has just been filed,” Mann said in an e- mail. “Halliburton has not yet been served and has not evaluated the contents, so it’s inappropriate to comment at this time.”

KBR, based in Houston, and former parent Halliburton agreed in February to pay $579 million to resolve U.S. criminal and regulatory charges related to accusations it bribed Nigerian officials to win more than $6 billion in contracts to build a liquefied natural-gas project.

In total, KBR, through a joint venture with four other contractors, paid more than $182 million to its agents for the purpose of bribing Nigerian officials, according to the suit.

Internal Controls

“The size of the multimillion dollar bribes and the magnitude of the cover-up evidence a total lack of internal controls at Halliburton and KBR to detect fraud and wrongdoing,” according to the complaint.

Albert “Jack” Stanley, KBR’s former chairman, pleaded guilty in September 2008 to participating in the bribery scheme. He hired consultants to bribe Nigerian officials and admitted receiving more than $10 million in kickbacks.

Halliburton fell 11 cents to $21.79 in New York Stock Exchange composite trading yesterday. The shares have risen 20 percent this year. KBR rose 60 cents, or 3.6 percent, to $17.39.

The Detroit pension fund has held Halliburton stock since 1998 and KBR since December 2006.

The case is Policemen and Firemen Retirement System of the City of Detroit v. Cornelison, 09-2998, District Court of Harris County, Texas (Houston).

BNP councillor ‘made up murders’

5

A senior BNP member on the Greater London Assembly faces possible suspension after he admitted fabricating murders in a London borough amid a media frenzy over knife crime in the capital.

Richard Barnbrook, GLA member and councillor for the London Borough of Barking and Dagenham, stated in May last year in a video posted on YouTube and the Daily Telegraph website that three people had been murdered in Barking and Dagenham in the preceding three weeks.

He said that, “three weeks ago, there was a murder of a young girl. We don’t know who’s done it, her girlfriend was attacked inside an educational institute.

“Again, two weeks ago there was another attack by knives on the streets of Barking and Dagenham where two people were murdered.”

But the Metropolitan Police have stated that no murders occurred in the area within the time frame referred to by Mr Barnbrook.

In a complaint to the GLA standards committee, Labour councillor Val Rush, who is also a councillor for Barking and Dagenham, said: “Richard Barnbrook quite clearly states that a young girl was murdered in an educational establishment in Barking and Dagenham. I know this to be an absolute lie.

“He also goes on to claim a further two murders (took place) in the borough in the last two weeks, which is also a lie.”

Ms Rush accused him of “a total lack of honesty and integrity,” saying that his actions had brought the GLA and the council into disrepute.

According to the GLA joint report with the council into the complaint, which has been seen by the Star, Mr Barnbrook admitted when interviewed by officers that he knew his statement to be false when he made it but said he would not apologise.

He is quoted as saying that he “did not believe he had misled people as murders are happening.”

The report concluded: “We find that Mr Barnbrook has failed to comply with the code of conduct of both the GLA and the LBBD by bringing his office and the respective authorities into disrepute.”

Hope Not Hate activist Nick Lowles said: “This admission by Barnbrook that he lied about violent disorder in his area to promote himself and his party tells you all you need to know about him and the BNP.

“At a time when all parties are trying to find a solution to knife crime, Barnbrook and the BNP are seeking to exploit it for their own gain.”

A spokesman for the GLA told the Star: “A complaint was made to the GLA and LBBD and a joint investigation was conducted. The investigative report decided that a breach of conduct had occurred but the standards committee has not yet formally found this.

“The report will go to a meeting, the date of which has yet to be decided.”

The maximum penalty is six months suspension without pay, he confirmed.

 

Copyright Morning Star

Human Rights Watch accuses DRC troops of war crimes

0

By Frank Nyakairu |

NAIROBI (Reuters) – Human Rights Watch (HRW) accused Democratic Republic of Congo’s army on Tuesday of widespread abuses against civilians that it said amounted to war crimes.

Congolese soldiers and the U.N. peacekeeping force MONUC have been conducting joint operations in eastern Congo targeting Democratic Forces for the Liberation of Rwanda (FDLR) rebels including leaders of neighbouring Rwanda’s 1994 genocide.

But New York-based HRW said local troops were committing atrocities in the area’s remote North Kivu province.

“The Congolese army is responsible for widespread and vicious abuses against its own people that amount to war crimes,” Anneke Van Woudenberg, senior researcher in HRW’s Africa Division, said in a statement.

“The government should take urgent action to end these abuses. A military operation that targets the very people the government claims to be protecting can only lead to disaster.”

HRW accused government soldiers of raping more than 143 women and girls since January — more than half of the total number of rape cases documented by HRW researchers.

Congolese military officials were not immediately available to comment. They have denied misconduct in the past.

U.N. Security Council envoys flew to Goma in eastern Congo on Monday to bolster a U.N. drive to help resolve years of conflict in the region and ultimately allow the 17,000-strong U.N. force there to leave.

“Security Council members should tell President Joseph Kabila that U.N. peacekeepers cannot support military operations in which war crimes are being committed,” Woudenberg said.

G20 protestors consider legal action

0

A group of G20 protestors claiming to have been the victims of overly aggressive police tactics are considering taking legal action against the Metropolitan police, reports suggest.

Legal representatives for a group of climate camp demonstrators have apparently told the Met they may launch a judicial review of the tactics used by officers last month to contain the protests in central London.

Tactics such as the controversial “kettling” could be subject to a review, experts have warned.

Demonstrators who staged the Bishopsgate climate camp on April 1st are said to want an explanation of how the Met handled the event.

Sky News reports solicitors from the law firm Bindmans have submitted a “pre-action” letter to the Commissioner Sir Paul Stephenson on their behalf.

The police have come in for fierce criticism of the handling of the London protests on the eve of the G20 summit. The Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) is currently investigating dozens of reports of police abuse as well as the ongoing inquiry into the death of Ian Tomlinson near the Bank of England last month.
© Adfero Ltd

Soldiers protected by human rights laws

0

British troops are protected by human rights laws even while fighting overseas, according to a landmark judgment Monday centred on a soldier who died of heatstroke in Iraq.

The Ministry of Defence (MoD) said it was “disappointed” by the Appeal Court ruling into the death of Private Jason Smith in 2003, and voiced concern over its impact on military decision-making in future.

The MoD can appeal against the ruling to the House of Lords, although it will have to pay costs whether it wins or loses, the Court of Appeal ruled.

Smith died in August 2003 after suffering a cardiac arrest, despite having repeatedly told medical staff that he was feeling seriously unwell in temperatures of more than 122 Fahrenheit.

His family took legal action after a 2006 inquest into his death found that it was caused “by a serious failure to recognise and take appropriate steps to address the difficulty that he had in adjusting to the climate”.

The MoD accepted that the 1998 Human Rights Act could extend to troops when they were in a military base abroad — but not to the battlefield itself.

“We are surprised and disappointed by this judgement,” said Armed Forces Minister Bob Ainsworth.

“While it does not affect the position concerning Private Smith, it potentially has very serious implications for the ability of our forces — and those of our allies — to conduct military operations overseas,” he added.

And an MoD spokesman said: “We are very concerned by the attempt to insert lawyers into the chain of command in the middle of a battle, which would only create uncertainty, hesitation and potentially greater risk to our people.”

“In the heat of battle during dynamic and fast-moving military operations on foreign territory, the UK could not secure the rights and freedoms which the Human Rights Act seeks to guarantee,” he added.

But a lawyer for Smith’s family, Jocelyn Cockburn, welcomed the ruling.

“We are absolutely delighted by the outcome which has the logical conclusion that, like all other citizens of the UK, soldiers have the protection set out under the Human Rights Act,” she said.

“The proposition of the Ministry of Defence that these rights should be removed from them when they are deployed abroad on active service doesn’t reflect well on our government.”

AFP

Street CCTV has little effect on crime

0

The Guardian |

The use of closed-circuit television in city and town centres and public housing estates does not have a significant effect on crime, according to Home Office-funded research to be distributed to all police forces in England and Wales this summer, reports The Guardian.

The review of 44 research studies on CCTV schemes by the Campbell Collaboration found that they do have a modest impact on crime overall but are at their most effective in cutting vehicle crime in car parks, especially when used alongside improved lighting and the introduction of security guards.

The authors, who include Cambridge University criminologist David Farrington, say while their results lend support for the continued use of CCTV, schemes should be far more narrowly targeted at reducing vehicle crime in car parks.

Results from a 2007 study in Cambridge which looked at the impact of 30 cameras in the city centre showed that they had no effect on crime but led to an increase in the reporting of assault, robbery and other violent crimes to the police.

Home Office ministers cited the review last week in their official response to the critical report from the House of Lords constitution committee on surveillance published earlier this year. The peers warned that the steady expansion of the “surveillance society”, including the spread of CCTV, risked undermining fundamental freedoms, including the right to privacy.

In their response the Home Office disclosed that the National Police Improvement Agency is planning new research into the effectiveness of CCTV. The Campbell Collaboration review, by Farrington and a Massachusetts University criminologist, Brandon Welsh, concludes that CCTV is more effective in reducing crime in Britain than in other countries — as the Home Office points out.

But it also makes clear that of the 44 research studies the authors reviewed, only seven covered countries outside Britain and four of those involved the United States.

The Campbell Collaboration report says that CCTV is now the single most heavily-funded crime prevention measure operating outside the criminal justice system and its rapid growth has come with a huge price tag.

It adds that £170m was spent on camera schemes in town and city centres, car parks and residential areas between 1999 and 2001 alone. “Over the last decade, CCTV accounted for more thanthree quarters of total spending on crime prevention by the British Home Office,” the report says.

The Lords report said that £500m was spent in Britain on CCTV in the decade up to 2006, money which in the past would have gone on street lighting or neighbourhood crime prevention initiatives.

Welsh and Farrington say there has been concern that all this funding has been based on a handful of apparently successful schemes that were usually less than rigorously evaluated, done with varying degrees of competence and varying degrees of independence from government.

Their research review, which was funded by the Home Office and the Swedish Council for Crime Prevention, says that future CCTV schemes need high quality, independent evaluation.

TSSI raises concern over ID card scheme

2

Identity specialist TSSI has branded the new government-led ID card scheme to launch in Manchester as premature. In a speech made today, (covered in the BBC article ‘Manchester launch for ID cards’) Home Secretary Jacqui Smith has stated that anyone over 16 in the city with a UK passport will be able to apply for a card from the Home Office from Autumn 2009. “The scheme works on the assumption that people will apply on a voluntary basis although it is not entirely clear what the immediate real benefits to members of the public are,” said John Barker, General Manager, TSSI Systems Ltd.

“It is estimated that the ID cards will cost between £30 and £60 each to produce at a time when the government is focused on curbing public spending. Advocates of the scheme point to the benefits of personalised public services, but this relies on the appropriate supporting systems being in place which could take up to five years to develop.”

“The estimated cost of the project to the Home Office is about £5 billion, but Dr Whitley of the London School of Economics estimates that the last four years has already seen astronomical costs of between £10-20 billion. With spiraling costs it seems that the government has already bitten off more than it can chew.”

“One of the arguments for the introduction of ID cards is that they can help combat impersonation, ID theft and fraud. However, the Government’s proposed ID card scheme does not go far enough to address this issue. Stronger verification technology needs to be in place. Biometric technology alone does not suffice to prevent fraud. For example, the Dutch biometric passports were cracked soon after launching, despite strong encryption. Unfortunately, there is no such thing as a 100 per cent secure solution — and saying you’ve got one is an open invitation to hackers! All you can do is minimise the risk as far as possible.”

“What’s needed if the ID card scheme is to work is a belt and braces approach. Storing the data as an algorithmic encryption makes it impossible for even the most sophisticated fraudster to read or substitute. Even authorised personnel — and therefore any successful hackers – would only be able to view binary code, and not the finger, iris or facial data itself. They would also be unable to replicate the algorithm to clone the card. However, this method of encryption goes beyond the scope of the ID cards currently proposed.”

“With the UK in the midst of a recession and projected cost of the scheme seemingly escalating as well aspotential gaps in the security of the technology, is this really the right time to be launching an ID card scheme?

How surfers can protect private info

0

Kiel, Germany – Web browsers

are not particularly loyal programs. When pushed, they reveal more about our surfing behaviour than we might prefer. A few tweaks can help protect your private sphere, but they do impact browser performance.

It’s amazing just how well online shops understand the preferences of their buyers. Simply registering with an online website reveals much to curious third parties about your PC and the user’s origins.

Want to see for yourself? One trip to http://www.anonym-surfen.com/anonym-surfen/test, a free self-diagnostic site, will show you have much of your data is there for the taking. Tracking services like Google Analytics are also dedicated to following and analyzing your behaviour.

You aren’t completely helpless, though. Your browser can make it easier or harder for companies to collect that data. The default settings on browsers tend to reveal a lot of information, says Christian Krause from the Independent State Centre for Data Protection (ULD) Schleswig-Holstein in Kiel, Germany. That information is not in and of itself personally identifiable, but combined with other information can be used to create a user profile.

This includes information sent to the page being called up about which operating system and screen resolution should be used. That can be helpful for formatting the webpage properly.

Other functions are more problematic. Yet simply shutting them off isn’t always the answer. Turning off browser functions can reduce surfing speed and convenience tremendously, explains Michael Knott from the online magazine netzwelt.de.

The ‘Referrer’ function, for example, provides the current website with information about the last one you visited. This is helpful for example when filling out a multi-page form. Anyone considering that too intrusive can circumvent the referrer: In Opera select the option ‘Tools/Preferences/Advanced/Network.’ Firefox users can install the add-ons ‘No-Referrer’ or ‘RefControl.’ Internet Explorer (IE) does not provide a deactivation function.

Cookies are files stored on a computer to establish which web page preferences the user wants. They allow a website to recognize a surfer every time he or she returns to the page. That makes it easier to work with favourite forums or other sites that are used frequently. Yet cookies are also excellent tools for websites to puzzle together a user profile.

‘Third-party cookies’ are considered especially problematic. These are the cookies typically set by advertisers using banners. Simply blocking them isn’t enough: new techniques are blurring the lines between third-party cookies and normal cookies, Krause says. The smart move is hence to allow cookies for the duration of a session and block permanent storage.

Yet not all cookies are deleted in that process, Krause notes. One example of this are ‘Flash cookies,’ used to operate clip portals. IE’s cookie management function is available under ‘Tools/Internet Options/Privacy/Advanced,’ while under Firefox 3 it is under ‘Tools/Options/Privacy.’ Under Opera it is under ‘Tools/Preferences/Advanced/Cookies.’

Website elements composed in JavaScript are also capable of snooping around. Unfortunately, Web 2.0 applications rely on JavaScript, Krause explains. He recommends separate approval and denial of access. Firefox users can also take advantage of the add-ons ‘NoScript’ and ‘AdBlock Plus.’ Opera uses a filter list to block out unwanted JavaScript. This type of targeted blocks is not available in IE.

Even those who make all of these adjustments are still personally identifiable, Knott says. The only way to prevent that is to falsify your IP address. This can be done using services like www.anonymouse.org or software like ‘JAP’ (anon.inf.tu-dresden.de). They reroute the addresses through various computers so that visited websites cannot determine the user’s actual origin. The catch: much slower surf speeds.

The Politics of Excusing Torture In The Name of National Security

1

Allow me to share some analysis about the way things work in Washington. President Obama’s flip-flop on his agreement to turn over photographs of detainees being tortured by American soldiers is a message with broad and clear implications. Those who believe that the Obama Administration should expose and prosecute persons who committed war crimes should understand that it is not going to happen the way they would like, or as quickly, because Obama is having internal battles as well. His pullback is not occurring because he fears that Republicans will attack him (he knows they will); rather it is occurring because he needs the national security community behind him, and they fear they will be further embarrassed and humiliated if more information is revealed.

According to The Washington Post, President Obama told White House lawyers he does not “feel comfortable” releasing the photos because of the reaction they could cause against U.S. troops, and because “he believes that the national security implications of such a release have not been fully presented to the court,” in responding to the ACLU’s Freedom of Information Act lawsuit. [Emphasis added.]

Even before looking closely at Obama’s change of mind, I understood immediately what had taken place, as soon as I heard the report on the radio. President Obama was, in fact, speaking for the national security bureaucracy in announcing his change of mind. I knew it would happen at some point. Although his first instinct had been to release the pictures, as he had released the new Justice Department torture memos, it was clear he had been turned around, and I was certain it was the work of the national security bureaucracy.

My hunch was confirmed by the AP report, which explained, “American commanders in the war zones expressed deep concern about fresh damage the photos might do, especially as the U.S. tries to wind down the Iraq war and step up operations against the Taliban and al-Qaida in Afghanistan.” How do the commanders know this to be the case? How do they know that it is the not the case that, to the contrary, more people around the world might admire us for openly correcting past mistakes? In fact, you can be certain “the commanders” do not truly know that the photos will harm America’s image, but they do know how to protect the national security bureaucracy, after having risen to its top ranks. This is exactly what is going on here, and the explanation was pure bureaucratic excuse-making.

The National Security Bureaucracy

On average, it takes about 100 days for the great Executive Branch bureaucracy to begin to work its way and will on the new officials, and that threshold has now been crossed. If anyone believes a rookie president and his new team can take over the executive branch, and actually run it without the cooperation of the permanent people, those who remain in place as presidents and their appointees come and go, he or she does not understand how Washington really works. Political appointees come and go, but the folks who actually run the government have an ongoing agenda of trying not to let these part-time political people screw it up too badly. Nowhere are there more of these permanent career professionals than in the departments and agencies that constitute the national security community.

Few presidents have true national security experience before arriving at the White House. For example, of the last twelve presidents — Truman, Eisenhower, JFK, LBJ, Nixon, Ford, Carter, Reagan, Bush I, Clinton, Bush II and Obama — only Eisenhower, Nixon, and Poppy Bush truly understood national security operations when they arrived in the Oval Office. President Obama, like all the others, is getting on-the-job training. Who is doing that training? While his appointees with national security experience are playing a role, they themselves were all trained by the national security bureaucracy, and since the Democrats have been out of power for eight years, Obama’s national security team is still relying heavily on the career people. It takes about 18 to 24 months for a new presidential team to get control of the national security behemoth.

I have never tried to catalogue the parts of this dominant segment of our national government, but any off-the-top-of-one’s-head list would have to include the Cabinet departments with the largest budgets, like the Department of Defense (with the Army, Navy, and Air Force), Department of State (with its Foreign Service and Embassies throughout the world), Department of Homeland Security (which united some 22 agencies including the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the U.S. Coast Guard, the U.S. Customs Service, the U.S. Secret Service, and the Transportation Security Administration.) In addition, virtually every Cabinet department has national security responsibilities — from the Department of Commerce to the Department of the Treasury to the Department of Justice, with its Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). And, of course, there are the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the National Security Agency (NSA), and the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) — all are involved in national security.

In fact, since the passage of the National Security Act of 1947, the president has had a National Security Council, which fills much of the Executive Office Building beside the White House, and sits atop this huge apparatus with its reach throughout the federal structure, and the entire world. Suffice it to say that the national security bureaucracy is massive. David Halberstam, in his classic chronicle of the Kennedy era’s national security establishment, The Best and the Brightest, viewed it as a great and powerful elephant, which meant that it is not easily troubled by others in the government jungle. Were David with us today, he might describe this Goliath as being very angry, which is a problem for President Obama. But he would also explain that the influence of the bureaucrats ebbs and flows.

Anger in the National Security Ranks, Stemming from the Bush Years

From generals and admirals at the Pentagon to Foreign Service officers in Foggy Bottom, along with untold thousands of the nameless and unknown career civil servants who soldier on to protect our national security, there is anger and resentment. Most of these people are not political in the partisan sense; rather, they work in and for our government to keep the nation safe, and take pride in their work.

For the past eight years, the Bush Administration has marginalized them, manipulated them, and beaten them down. Dick Cheney, in particular, worked to keep the national security professionals submissive, and to ignore their good advice. In a move that was unheard of for a Vice President, Cheney created his own National Security Council, which initially was better staffed and more knowledgeable than the statutory NSC. Cheney placed personal emissaries throughout the national security structure, not only to control it but to be certain that he was always aware of what it was doing, so he could operate accordingly. Dick Cheney had his own agenda, and it proved a disaster. Cheney cost the nation blood and treasure with his preemptive Iraq war. He embarrassed the United States the world over by demanding (and continuing to demand) that we use torture.

Our national security professionals have been humiliated. President Obama is a president who listens, and he has been told that airing the dirty linen that the Bush folks left behind will cause more harm than good. No doubt his top national security advisers — all products of the national security bureaucracy — started giving him serious heads-up talks when it appeared he was going to win the election, for that is when he began saying that he was more interested in looking forward than looking back, and that to investigate torture would only be looking back.

When President Obama hinted that he might prosecute those engaged in torture, he was forced to run out to the CIA for a stroking session to placate these national security professionals, assuring them that he was not going to prosecute any of them for following orders of the Bush/Cheney White House. The national security bureaucracy is testing its influence with the new president — and like all presidents, he will take some of its advice and reject other advice it gives. Right now, he is trying to figure out what to do.

Obama’s Being Tested From the Inside And Outside

It is not likely that Barack Obama had widespread political support in the national security community, which would have had a natural affinity for one of their own like John McCain. But Obama needs to win their hearts and minds. He cannot effectively lead and protect the country without their support, and since so many are recovering from battered-by-the-White-House syndrome stemming from the Bush/Cheney years, he is dealing with their very bad mood. Rather than risk alienation, Obama has given in to them, at the expense of his natural constituency, the political progressives who find it appalling that the Bush/Cheney torture is not being fully exposed (and prosecuted) to prevent it from happening again — and sooner, rather than later.

I would encourage those who are demanding exposure and prosecution to keep pounding their drums. Clearly, they are on the right side of this issue, and Obama knows it. While he is going to placate the national security bureaucrats from time to time in order to lead them effectively, hopefully the pressure for him to deal with the atrocious behavior of Bush and Cheney is only just getting started.

By JOHN W. DEAN

Amnesty International responds to CIA’s denial of Cheney’s request for documents’ release

0

In response to today’s news from the Central Intelligence Agency that it was denying former Vice President Cheney’s request for the public release of two memos — on the basis that the documents are currently the subject of pending litigation, including a suit filed jointly under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) by Amnesty International USA, the Center for Constitutional Rights, and the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice — the organizations released the following statements:

Tom Parker, counterterrorism expert with Amnesty International USA:

“The fact that Amnesty International USA, the Center for Constitutional Rights, and the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice have submitted Freedom of Information Act requests to secure the release of these documents should obviously not be used as a pretext to withhold them. It is unusual for Amnesty International to find itself on the same side of an argument as the former Vice President Dick Cheney, but we welcome his late conversion to the value of transparency in government. The CIA should comply with the suit, stop stalling and make these documents public at the earliest possible opportunity.”

Gitanjali Gutierrez, attorney for the Center for Constitutional Rights:

“A year ago under the Bush administration, the CIA argued that disclosure of this document and others would jeopardize national security. Cheney’s self-serving request now to share the information with the public makes clear that the CIA has been using pretexts to withhold information vital to the public debate about the CIA’s torture program. The agency should commit to telling the public what we demand to know.”

Margaret Satterthwaite, faculty director of the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice at NYU School of Law:

“Like Dick Cheney, we call on the CIA to immediately release these documents. Unlike him, however, we seek their disclosure to further transparency and oversight of an unlawful program. The CIA’s arguments of a year ago — that the documents could not be released because they pertained to an ongoing program — are no longer valid since the president ordered the program closed in January. The American public deserves to have the full details about this program and the CIA should not block the public’s attempt to learn the facts.”

British Government claims it wants to extend Freedom of Information Act

0

By Warwick Ashford |

The UK’s Freedom of Information Act is to be extended beyond public sector bodies, it emerged at a conference hosted by the Information Commissioner’s Office in London yesterday.

The government plans to extend the Act to allow requests for information about private sector companies carrying out public sector duties, justice minister Michael Wills said.

“We are carrying out consultations and will announce the results soon. There is going to be an extension,” he told attendees of the Private Data, Open Government conference.

Wills was responding to a question in an open debate about data privacy and freedom of information in government.

The news of the planned extension of the Freedom of Information Act was greeted with approval from conference attendees and fellow panellist, Sir Allen Beith.

“Where private sector companies carry out public duties it is only right that the Freedom of Information Act should apply,” he said.

CIA Refuses to Turn Over Torture Tape Documents

1

The CIA claims the integrity of a special prosecutor’s criminal investigation into the destruction of 92 interrogation videotapes will be compromised if the agency is forced to turn over detailed documents to the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) describing the contents of the tapes, according to newly released court documents.

In a May 5 letter to US District Court Judge Alvin Hellerstein, Lev Dassin, the acting US attorney for the Southern District of New York, said the Justice Department recently had discussions with prosecutors working on the criminal investigation into the destruction of the interrogation tapes and was informed that “the production of documents … would conflict and substantially interfere with the [criminal] investigation” into the destruction of the interrogation tapes.

“As the court is aware, the scope of the tapes investigation includes the review of whether any person obstructed justice, knowingly made materially false statements, or acted in contempt of court or Congress in connection with the destruction of videotapes,” Dassin’s letter says. “The Government thus respectfully requests that [a previous court order demanding the CIA turn over detailed descriptions of the contents of the destroyed tapes] be withdrawn or otherwise stayed until the tapes investigation has been completed.”

Amrit Singh, an ACLU staff attorney, said the move is “a classic CIA delay tactic.”

In court papers, she said the government is using the criminal investigation “as a pretext for indefinitely postponing” its obligation to produce documents related to the destruction of the videotapes.

“The Government makes no mention of an expected timeline for completion of [Special Prosecutor John] Durham[‘s] investigation,” the ACLU said in court papers. “Nor has Mr. Durham provided a declaration in support of the Government’s position.”

Hellerstein seemed to agree. He pointed out in a two-page order that Durham had not stepped forward to state that his probe would be hindered if documents related to the destruction of the tapes were turned over to the ACLU.

In fact, in a March court filing, Dassin noted that a stay of the contempt motion filed by the ACLU seeking release of the tapes was allowed to expire on February 28 without a request for a continuation – signaling that Durham’s investigation was complete. In January, Durham had indicated in a court filing that he expected to wrap up his probe by the end of February.

Last month, however, Durham questioned the CIA’s former number three official, Kyle “Dusty” Foggo, about the destruction of the tapes. Foggo, who was sentenced to three years in prison for fraud for steering lucrative contracts to a friend, was due to report to federal prison, but Durham asked for a delay so he could question him about the tape destruction.

In December 2007, the ACLU filed a motion to hold the CIA in contempt for its destruction of the tapes in violation of a court order requiring the agency to produce or identify all records requested by the ACLU related to the CIA’s interrogation of “war on terror” detainees.

Hellerstein ordered the Justice Department, on behalf of the CIA, to file legal briefs by May 27 justifying the reasons for withholding the documents. He added that those papers should include affidavits, including a declaration from the special prosecutor investigating the tape destruction

Those documents “may include also any reasons why the identity of persons involved in the destruction should not be disclosed,” Hellerstein wrote in a two-page order.

Several weeks ago, Dassin revealed in another court filing that the CIA has about 3,000 documents related to the 92 destroyed videotapes, suggesting an extensive back-and-forth between CIA field operatives and officials of the Bush administration. The Justice Department said the documents include “cables, memoranda, notes and e-mails” related to the destroyed CIA videotapes.

In last week’s court filing, Dassin said, “those 3,000 records included ‘contemporaneous records,’ which were created at the time of the interrogation or at the time the videotapes were viewed, ‘intelligence record,’ which do not describe the interrogations but contain raw intelligence collected from the interrogations, ‘derivative records,’ which summarize information contained within the contemporaneous records, and documents related to the location of the interrogations, that upon further review by the CIA, were determined not to relate to the interrogations or to the destroyed videotapes.”

The ACLU and the government have jointly proposed that the government describe the contents of the “contemporaneous” and “derivative” records, but not the intelligence records or the “other records that ultimately proved to be unrelated to the interrogations or the videotapes.”

Dassin said the Justice Department intends to turn over additional indexes next month, and on May 18 will produce a list of “all contemporaneous records and all derivative records” related to the destruction of the interrogation tapes, but he added that quite a bit of information will be withheld.

In previous court filings, Dassin acknowledged that 12 videotapes, showed Zubaydah and Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri, the alleged mastermind of the attack on the USS Cole in 2000, being subjected to waterboarding and other harsh methods. The 80 other videotapes purportedly show Zubaydah and al-Nashiri in their prison cells. Some of the videotapes predated the Justice Department’s August 1, 2002, legal memo authorizing CIA interrogators to use ten torturous methods against “high-value” detainees.

But it’s unknown whether the interrogation tapes that predate the August 1, 2002, “torture” depict “enhanced interrogation” techniques not yet approved by the Justice Department.

Last week, the CIA turned over to the ACLU documents that showed CIA interrogators at a secret “black site” prison provided top agency officials in Langley with daily “torture” updates of Abu Zubaydah, the alleged “high-level” terrorist detainee, who was waterboarded 83 times in August 2002.

The documents included two sets of indexes (Part I) (Part II), totaling 52 pages that contained general descriptions of cables sent back to CIA headquarters describing the August 2002, videotaped interrogation sessions of Zubaydah. Those cable transmissions included a description of the techniques interrogators had used and the intelligence, if any, culled from those sessions.

The CIA and the Justice Department declined to turn over a more detailed description of the cables its field agents sent back to headquarters, citing several exemptions under the Freedom of Information Act.

In a two-page letter accompanying the indexes, CIA Associate General Counsel John McPherson wrote that a “senior government official” would submit a declaration on May 22 “that more fully explains the justifications for withholding a more detailed description of the cables.”

 

*************Jason Leopold is editor in chief of The Public Record, www.pubrecord.org

How U.S. Officials Circumvented the Bill of Rights

3

By Jacob G. Hornberger |

In another embrace of President Bush’s war-on-terrorism policies, President Obama has announced that he might retain the Pentagon’s military-commission system to try people accused of terrorism. Apparently, the president, like the U.S. military, lacks confidence in the federal judicial system established by the Framers to handle criminal cases involving terrorism.

For those who still doubt whether terrorism is a crime, their doubts have been laid to rest by several U.S. federal judges, most recently in the José Padilla case. Padilla, who is an American citizen, started his long journey as a criminal defendant in U.S. federal court. On the eve of trial, the government transferred him to the control of the Pentagon, converting his status to that of “enemy combatant” in the war on terrorism. For five years, he was tortured and denied a trial, before U.S. officials suddenly transferred him back to the status of a criminal defendant, securing a federal grand-jury indictment against him for violating federal criminal statutes relating to terrorism.

Padilla recently pled guilty to terrorism in U.S. district court. A federal judge accepted his plea of guilty to that criminal offense. Would a federal judge accept a plea of guilty to a federal crime that wasn’t really a crime? Not likely, especially when the crime is written in the federal statute books, having been duly enacted into law by the U.S. Congress.

The federal judge in the Padilla case isn’t the only one who has acknowledged that terrorism is a crime. In the case of Zacarias Moussaoui, a foreigner who was charged with conspiracy to commit terrorism, the federal judge accepted Moussaoui’s plea of guilty to a federal crime, to wit, terrorism.

Moreover, there are federal judges around the United States who have sentenced people to terms in the federal penitentiary after they have been found guilty of the federal crime of terrorism. These include Ramzi Yousef, one of the terrorists who attacked the World Trade Center in 1993.

In fact, to belabor the obvious, the U.S. Justice Department itself has implicitly acknowledged that terrorism is a crime, for it is the Justice Department that has secured grand-jury indictments and prosecuted many defendants for the criminal offense of terrorism.

I repeat: terrorism is a crime. No one can deny that, especially given the federal proceedings involving Padilla, Moussaoui, and many others who have been tried for terrorism.

So why is there a class of people who are accused of terrorism who are being treated differently than Padilla, Moussaoui, and others who have been prosecuted for terrorism in U.S. district courts? That is, under what justification are some accused terrorists provided one route — i.e., the federal court route — for determining their guilt and their punishment while others are subjected to another route — i.e., the military-commission route?

The answer to that question involves an examination of one of the cleverest and most devious processes ever devised by the lovers of power, one that has enabled U.S. officials to circumvent the procedural protections outlined in the Bill of Rights, the very thing that the Framers and our American ancestors tried to prevent.

Let’s first refresh our recollections as to the purpose of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. The Constitution called into existence the federal government. But our American ancestors understood that that federal government might well prove to be the greatest danger to their freedom and well-being. That’s in fact why so many of our American ancestors opposed even establishing a federal government.

Thus, the Framers used the Constitution to ensure that the federal government they were establishing would always remain weak and divided. That was the idea behind setting forth enumerated powers and division of powers.

That wasn’t good enough for the American people, however. They still didn’t like the idea of establishing a federal government, but they went along with the deal on one condition: that immediately after ratification, the Constitution would be amended with a Bill of Rights, which is what happened.

The Bill of Rights contains restrictions on federal power relating to the arrest, prosecution, and punishment of people accused of violating federal criminal laws. These include provisions relating to search and seizure, indictment, a person’s right to remain silent, the right to an attorney, the right to trial by jury, the right to confront witnesses, and the right to be free of cruel and unusual punishments.

Why did our American ancestors insist on the inclusion of those express guarantees in criminal cases? Because they believed that without them, the federal government would simply arrest people, especially people they didn’t like, and inflict harm on them. To ensure that that would not happen, our American ancestors declared, “We’re reluctantly going to permit a federal government to come into existence despite our misgivings. But here are the rules under which you people must operate. If you decide that you want to incarcerate and punish someone, you are required to follow these procedural principles.”

Ever since the inception of the United States, by and large the quest of people who have been attracted to federal power has been to break free of constitutional constraints, oftentimes with the best of intentions and the greatest zeal. What has prevented them from doing so has been a citizenry that has treasured its freedom and has been knowledgeable about the history and nature of the Constitution as well as a federal judiciary determined to enforce the Bill of Rights.

The terrorist attacks on 9/11, however, provided the opportunity that the lovers of power had long been waiting for — the opportunity to arrest and punish people, including Americans, without the constraints of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights.

How did they accomplish that monumental feat without even the semblance of a constitutional amendment? By simply announcing that a criminal offense — namely, terrorism — would henceforth be treated as an act of war. Since this was war, the argument went, federal officials would no longer be required to comply with procedural requirements outlined in the Bill of Rights when arresting and punishing people, including Americans.

How clever and devious is that? It will undoubtedly go down in U.S. history as the most brilliant — and perhaps the most evil — end-around of the Constitution ever. While there have been, of course, innumerable violations of constitutional provisions in U.S. history, what was revolutionary about the post—9/11 power was that it was intended to a become permanent feature of American life, given the perpetual nature of the war on terrorism.

And, again, what is amazing is how this power grab was accomplished: through the simple act of declaring that a certain federal criminal offense — terrorism — was now being considered by federal officials as an act of war.

Yet, it’s not as though they converted terrorism from a crime into an act of war. As previously noted, terrorism is a federal criminal offense. It was before 9/11 and it continued to be after 9/11. Again, that’s why both Americans and foreigners (e.g., Padilla and Moussaoui) have been prosecuted for terrorism in U.S. district court.

Therefore, after 9/11 U.S. officials did not cancel terrorism as a federal crime. Instead, they simply declared that it could also be considered as an act of war, at their option. Of course, the power associated with that option gave them almost complete control over the American people, an omnipotence that the Bill of Rights was intended to prevent.

If U.S. officials opted to treat a person as a criminal defendant, they would have to accord him the protections of the Bill of Rights. But if they opted to treat a person as a combatant, they could simply ignore the Bill of Rights. Their omnipotence lies in the power to exercise the option.

Let’s keep in mind the reason that the Pentagon established its detention facility in Cuba rather than the United States. It was not to protect the American people from possible prison escapes. After all, convicted terrorists are held in maximum-security prisons around the country and no one loses any sleep over their possible escape. Moreover, in World War II German prisoners of war were imprisoned here in the United States.

The reason that the Pentagon went to Cuba to establish its prison facility was precisely to avoid the application of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights and any federal-court interference with its operations. At Gitmo, the Pentagon was going to show America and the world what could be accomplished for law and order in a society without a Constitution and a Bill of Rights — a society in which military power is sovereign and supreme.

One of the fascinating aspects of Gitmo is that the Pentagon was determined to set up not only what it considered an ideal prison facility — one that didn’t coddle criminals — but also a model judicial system, one that would prove superior to the federal court system that is required to accord people constitutional rights.

In fact, one big difference between the Guantanamo prison and World War II prisons immediately became evident: The prisoners at Gitmo were not treated as prisoners of war but rather as criminal defendants — yes, criminal defendants, charged with the crime of terrorism! The only difference — but a big difference — was that these criminal defendants would be tried under the Pentagon’s new judicial system rather than under the judicial system the Pentagon scorned — the one established by the Framers.

So, the fact of the matter is that when it comes to terrorism cases, the United States is now operating under two competing, dual-track federal judicial systems. One system for prosecuting suspected terrorists is being run by the Pentagon at Gitmo. The other system is being run by the federal courts here in the United States under the principles of the Constitution. The government, not the defendant, gets to decide which system the defendant will be tried under.

What are the attributes of the Pentagon’s system? In the Pentagon’s system, the accused is presumed guilty (unlike the constitutional system, where the person is presumed innocent), the accused can be tortured into incriminating himself, the accused can be punished before determination of guilt, evidence acquired by torture can be used to convict the defendant, hearsay evidence can also be used, the defendant is denied the right to confront witnesses against him, there is no right of trial by jury, and kangaroo military tribunals are employed.

At Gitmo the Pentagon has established a judicial system that is the dream of those who believe that the procedural protections in the Bill of Rights are nothing more than constitutional “technicalities” that let guilty people go free. No more reading people their rights. No more Miranda warnings. No more coddling of criminals. No more exclusionary rule. Defense attorneys under tight control. Secret proceedings.

In other words, the system that law-and-order types have been dreaming of for decades — one freed of the due-process guarantees outlined in the Bill of Rights — has arrived, and it is at Gitmo.

The English jurist William Blackstone (1723—1780) enunciated the underlying principle of English and American criminal jurisprudence: “Better that ten guilty persons escape than that one innocent suffer.”

The Pentagon’s system is different. It is oriented toward one goal: the punishment of people it has determined are terrorists. The Pentagon’s system operates under the dictum “Better that ten innocent persons suffer than that one guilty person escape.”

Every American should realize what 9/11 enabled federal officials to accomplish — it gave them the ability to do things to both Americans and foreigners that our ancestors feared they would in the absence of a Constitution and a Bill of Rights, the ability to take people into custody and punish them, without having to concern themselves with procedural due process. By wielding the option to treat people accused of terrorism as either criminal defendants or as combatants — an option which, by the way, violates the principles of equal treatment under law and the rule of law — the federal government and its military have upended their relationship with the citizenry, enabling the former to gain supremacy and control over the latter.

Suspected war criminal to lead U.S. forces in Afghanistan

0

On July 22 2006, Human Rights Watch issued a report titled “No blood, no foul” about American torture practices at three facilities in Iraq. One of them was Camp Nama, which was operated by the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC), under the direction of then Major General Stanley McChrystal.

McChrystal was officially based at Fort Bragg in North Carolina, but he was a frequent visitor to Camp Nama and other Special Forces bases in Iraq and Afghanistan where forces under his command were based.

An interrogator at Camp Nama described locking prisoners in shipping containers for 24 hours at a time in extreme heat; exposing them to extreme cold with periodic soaking in cold water; bombardment with bright lights and loud music; sleep deprivation; and severe beatings. When he and other interrogators went to the colonel in charge and expressed concern that this kind of treatment was not legal, and that they might be investigated by the military’s Criminal Investigation Division or the International Committee of the Red Cross, the colonel told them he had “this directly from General McChrystal and the Pentagon that there’s no way that the Red Cross could get in.”

The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) is the international body charged under international law with monitoring compliance with the Geneva Conventions, and it, therefore, has the right to inspect all facilities where people are detained in a country that is at war or under military occupation. To hide prisoners or facilities from the ICRC or to deny access to them is a serious war crime. But many U.S. prisons in Iraq have held “ghost” prisoners whose imprisonment has not been reported to the ICRC, and these “ghosts” have usually been precisely the ones subjected to the worst torture. Camp Nama, run by McChrystal’s JSOC, was an entire “ghost” facility.

When the U.N. Assistance Mission for Iraq challenged U.S. authorities over military operations that were killing civilians in 2007, U.S. State Department officials informed them that “the U.S. government continues to regard the conflict in Iraq as an international armed conflict, with procedures currently in force consistent with provisions of the Fourth Geneva Convention.” The U.S. government can’t have it both ways. If the U.S. is at war in Iraq, the Geneva Conventions apply. If the war is over and Iraq is a sovereign, independent country, then Iraqis have even greater legal protections under human rights laws like the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, which Iraq and the U.S. have both signed and ratified.

In fact, the Geneva Conventions are the minimum standards to which U.S. actions in Iraq and Afghanistan must conform, and violations of the Geneva Conventions are war crimes punishable under the Uniform Code of Military Justice and the War Crimes Act in U.S. Federal Law. The War Crimes Act even provides for the death penalty if somebody dies as a result of a violation of the Geneva Conventions. Human Rights First’s Command’s Responsibility report documented 98 such deaths in U.S. custody in Iraq and Afghanistan. But the most serious punishment meted out for any of these crimes was a five-month prison sentence, and no officer above the rank of major was charged in relation to any of them in spite of the documented role of more senior officers and civilian officials in authorizing and then covering up these crimes.

Unfortunately, the potential charges against Lieutenant General McChrystal do not begin and end with torture. Under his command, the Joint Special Operations Command has been at the leading edge of the Pentagon’s increasing reliance on Special Forces, which operate opportunistically somewhere between regular military operations and the “covert” operations that the CIA’s Clandestine Service has conducted since 1945. Many of JSOC’s operations, like those of the CIA, involve criminal acts, including murder.

Regular military forces are clearly governed and protected by the laws of war, while clandestine CIA officers understand that their actions violate the laws of the countries where they operate and that they will be treated as criminals if they are exposed and arrested unless American diplomats can come to their rescue. But now the United States has about 40,000 Special Forces, many of whom are being trained to conduct otherwise criminal operations against civilian targets, including assassinations, while enjoying the full support, equipment and training of the U.S. military.

An added attraction of “covert” operations to American policy-makers has always been that, by the very nature of these operations, the American press could be silenced with a quiet word to editors to prevent them betraying “national security” secrets. The media could then report only the official cover story, turning them into powerful coconspirators in the propaganda component of these operations. Moving large numbers of nominally military operations into this shadowy world that is not just beyond public scrutiny but is deliberately misrepresented to the public, raises serious and disturbing questions that deserve serious scrutiny.

Military support for these operations does not make it legal to go into other countries and sneak around and kill people who may or may not be a danger to U.S. interests. U.S. military intelligence officers told the ICRC in 2004 that “between 70 percent and 90 percent of the persons deprived of their liberty in Iraq had been arrested by mistake,” but the secrecy surrounding “special operations” means that there is no similar estimate available on the proportion of innocent people killed in JSOC operations in Iraq or Afghanistan. This entire development in American strategy has no legal basis, and killing people under these conditions is simply murder under the laws of most countries. As with other war crimes, the heaviest criminal responsibility lies with those who design and order these operations rather than with their subordinates who carry them out.

Which brings us back to Lieutenant General McChrystal and Afghanistan, and also back to Iraq. Seymour Hersh described in December 2003 how JSOC’s teams in Iraq were trained in the arts of disguise and assassination by Israeli Mist’aravim assassins, who developed their expertise conducting similar operations in Palestine. President Bush publicly credited JSOC’s assassination teams in Iraq with an instrumental role in the success he claimed for his escalation of the war in 2007 and 2008.

But there were plenty of other unacknowledged reasons for the reduction in violence in Iraq in 2008, most notably that the United States and its Iraqi allies were the perpetrators or instigators of most of the violence to begin with. The land mines or “IED”s that caused so many U.S. casualties are by definition a defensive weapon. After an escalation of air strikes — 640 in three months in the summer of 2007, and 110 per month through the first half of 2008 — U.S. forces finally pulled back to their bases and left the Iraqis at peace in the ruins of their country.

Once they got their time line straight and figured out that the Iraqi resistance couldn’t have been responsible for September 11, many U.S. troops in Iraq quietly switched from “search and destroy” missions to “search and avoid,” parking their Humvees in a safe place and trying to stay out of trouble. As Phil Aliff, who was with the 10th Mountain Division in Anbar province, told Dahr Jamail of Inter Press Service, “We decided the only way we wouldn’t be blown up was to avoid driving around all the time.”

A bit higher in the chain of command, U.S. officers found bribery to be more effective than house raids and air strikes in persuading the Iraqis to leave them alone. And Iraqi politicians finally gained the first glimmer of legitimacy by standing up to their American occupiers over the Petroleum Law and the Status of Forces Agreement. Tragically, now that Obama is back loading troop withdrawals and wobbling on his commitment to end the occupation, the Iraqi resistance is renewing its operations.

The decision to put Lieutenant General McChrystal in charge of the war in Afghanistan must be seen as an endorsement of Special Forces tactics, like those that form part of the “surge” mythology on Iraq. You don’t hire a hitman to oversee a humanitarian relief project. But U.S. Special Forces have been conducting operations in Afghanistan for years, like the Specter gunship attack that killed 90 civilians in Azizabad last August, according to U.N. and local officials, and these operations have only fueled resistance. It isn’t difficult to imagine how the Afghans will respond to an expansion of JSOC raids killing local tribal leaders in Pashtun villages. They will unite as they did against the Russians to throw the invaders out of their country. The Northern Alliance, which the United States rescued from defeat in 2001, can’t run the country and most of them don’t even want to. They’re quite happy selling and taxing opium from their new mansions in Kabul, and their soldiers are no more eager to go and fight in the Hindukush than they are to try to govern it.

Pashtun territory also includes a big slice of modern Pakistan, and American policy has undermined the historically fragile accommodation between the Pashtuns and the Pakistani government and army. The international border through the heart of Pashtunistan is a line drawn on the map by an Englishman, Sir Mortimer Durand, in 1893, and it is worth remembering why he drew that line in the first place. After two failed Afghan Wars, the British understood that the key to the security of that part of British India (now Pakistan) was to leave the Pashtun in peace and to maintain live-and-let-live relations with them.

Those beyond the Durand Line and the Khyber Pass became part of officially independent Afghanistan, while those within the official borders of India, although nominally British, were still effectively independent in the absence of trouble, while tolerating the presence of British troops in garrison towns like Peshawar and Rawalpindi. Both sides had learned to fear and respect each others’ boundaries and understood that escalations of military force were in nobody’s interest and should be kept to a minimum. This was the status quo that the British transferred to Pakistan in 1947, and which the United States has now placed in jeopardy with nothing realistic to replace it.

So, an escalation by JSOC and other “special forces” in Afghanistan will only result in exacerbating this spiral of violence, especially with the political fortunes of Obama and the Democrats wedded to this strategy. The Democrats are habitually terrified of appearing weak, and the Republicans are habitually unscrupulous in exploiting the moral weakness that the Democrats’ fear of such accusations betrays. And the victims of all this weakness and unscrupulousness will be the oppressed women in their burqas; the Afghan children with their surprisingly Western features; these amazing people who have led their unique way of life in their mountain homes for hundreds of years; these people who respond to foreign invaders exactly the way that most Americans like to believe that we would if the roles were reversed.

Nicolas J S Davies is the author of “Blood on our hands – the American invasion and destruction of Iraq” (Nimble Books), to be published later this year.

Zimbabwe’s secret police arrests top human rights lawyer

0

Zimbabwe’s secret police on Thursday arrested top human rights lawyer Alec Muchadehama on as yet unspecified allegations, colleagues said.

Muchadehama was apprehended by three officers of the notorious “law and order” section of the police at the Harare magistrates’ court while processing release orders for three high-profile political prisoners granted bail on Wednesday.

The arrest is the latest in a series of arrests of court officials, lawyers, journalists and members of Parliament of the former opposition Movement for Democratic Change (MDC), now in coalition with Mugabe’s former ruling Zanu-PF party.

“They have taken him to Harare central [police station],” said Charles Kwaramba, a partner in Muchadehama’s law firm. “They have been looking for him for the last three days at court.”

No reasons for his arrest were yet available, but Kwaramba said he was “pretty certain” it was related to what law and order police have called the “improper release” last week of senior MDC officials Gandhi Mudzingwa and Chris Dhlamini, and journalist Andrison Manyere.

Mudzingwa, Dhlamini and Manyere were formally granted bail by a high court judge on Wednesday.

Police have already arrested a junior court official for passing on to the court registrar a judge’s instruction for their release.

Muchadehama is repeatedly harassed, threatened and followed by secret police because of his undaunted defence of the victims of political persecution and violence carried out under Mugabe’s watch.

Observers say that police, who are under the control of senior officers fiercely loyal to Mugabe, appear to be deliberately flaunting the rule of law to try to undermine the new power-sharing government.

The agreement that spawned the unity government, in which MDC leader Morgan Tsvangirai is prime minister under Mugabe as president, calls for an end to political repression and for human rights reforms.

Western governments have balked at unlocking much-needed development aid to Zimbabwe until the crackdown on activists and MDC members and the invasion of white-owned farms is halted.

The MDC is also protesting Mugabe’s unilateral appointment of his cronies to run the central bank and as attorney-general. — Sapa-dpa

© Mail & Guardian Online

Government may renew data sharing plans

0

Speaking at a conference in London organised by the Information Commissioner’s Office, he emphasised the need for a new consultation on the appropriate limits of data sharing.

This follows the government’s retreat from its plans, contained in clause 152 of the Coroners and Justice Bill, to make it easier for public bodies to share people’s personal data.

In response to a question on whether the government plans to revisit the proposal, Straw said: “It was not done with the wrong intent, but the way it came out was unacceptable and the powers proposed were too wide, so we withdrew it.

“We will not just slip something new in; we will have a proper process. There’s no point in a new measure without a proper consultation process.”

In his speech, Straw defended the role of data collection and sharing, citing its potential for fighting crime, supporting healthcare and making services more accessible for the public. But he said there is a need for a public debate on the limits of data sharing.

“We have to agree on whether the benefits of data sharing will be worthwhile in respect to individuals’ privacy and the cost to the taxpayer,” he said.

He also countered some of the criticisms that have been made of the government’s record on data retention and surveillance. He claimed that surveillance by the authorities was more prevalent and more lightly regulated in the 1970s than now, and that the government is seeking an appropriate balance in areas such as the use of CCTV.

There have been vociferous criticisms over the government’s use of the National DNA Database, especially following its recent response to a European Court of Human Rights ruling that it is illegal to retain the profiles of people arrested but then proved innocent. The government has declined to drop the policy but said it will dispose of the profiles after 12 years.

When challenged from the floor of the conference, Straw claimed he would have no objection if details of his DNA were kept on the database for that period.

He also said that the development of technology over the past few years has created new challenges in the areas of data protection and freedom of information.

“The whole of the Freedom of Information Act was predicated on the idea of paper files,” he said. “That technological change alone, and the frightening power of computing that everybody can now see, aligned to the greatly increased demand for information, has placed the information commissioner at the heart of public life. It has made it one of the most demanding positions in the UK.”

GC News

Street View to reshoot Japan after complaints

0

By Lester Haines |

Google’s Street View has agreed to reshoot all the images captured by its Japan-based spymobiles following mass complaints decrying the altitude of its vehicle’s cameras.

According to the Mainichi Daily News, the search monolith deployed spycams mounted at 2.45 metres, “just over the height of garden walls and so on”. A Google spokesman conceded: “Japan’s housing environment contains many narrow streets and low walls, and we didn’t take that into consideration.”

Street View vehicle showing original and lowered camera heightAccordingly, the cameras will be lowered to a privacy-respecting 2.05 metres (see pic) and the 12 cities already exposed, including Osaka and Tokyo, reprowled. Images currently on the Nipponese Street View will gradually be replaced, Google said.

In Greece, meanwhile, the Street View fleet is reportedly immobilised following a Data Protection Authority ban on further snooping. Google has been asked to provide “additional information” on just how long the snaps would stay on Google’s database and other privacy concerns.

Google, though, issued a statement earlier this week which stated: “We have already spoken with the Hellenic Data Protection Authority to ensure that they understand the importance we place on protecting user privacy.

“Street View has not been banned in Greece. We have received a request for further information and we are happy to continue discussing these issues with them. We will discuss with them whether it is appropriate for us to continue driving in the meantime.”

The statement went on to stress the “enormous benefits” of a Hellenic Street View, including would-be visitors availing themselves of “a virtual tour of some of its many tourist attractions”. ®

Digital Big Brother with IP CCTV

0

Half of city councils have moved their CCTV to IP systems, letting more real-time applications be used by police and other government agencies.

According to numbers obtained by network firm Telindus via a Freedom of Information Request, half of city councils have digitised some of their CCTV — with a third doing so over the past four years.

Telindus suggested IP-based cameras allow police to use real-time applications, such as Automatic Number Plate Recognition, and to get up-to-date photos on their mobile computers.

“With today’s technological advancements, security and peace of mind should be on the council’s terms rather than at the mercy of outdated technology,” said Mark Hutchinson, managing director of Telindus, in a statement.

“It is clear that we are on the verge of a digital switchover comparable to that in the television space,” he added.

The UK has the highest rate of CCTV cameras in the Western world, with over four million of the devices watching streets, public transport and more. Such coverage has been the subject of much privacy debate, especially as new tech — such as talking cameras or those that can ‘hear’ — have been trialled.

Senate Hears Testimony On Torture Policy

0

A key Senate subcommittee is set to hear testimony today on the torture policies of the Bush administration. The hearing, to be held by the Senate Judiciary Committee’s Subcommittee on Administrative Oversight and the Courts, will feature testimony from former FBI agent Ali Soufan and former Bush administration State Department official Philip Zelikow, both of whom have voiced serious concerns about Bush administration interrogation policies. It is the first congressional hearing focusing specifically on torture since the American Civil Liberties Union obtained four memos produced by the Justice Department’s Office of Legal Counsel (OLC) outlining the Bush administration’s legal framework for its torture policies.

“Torture is a crime and we can no longer pretend there is any doubt these crimes were committed,” said Caroline Fredrickson, Director of the ACLU Washington Legislative Office. “The policies of torture originated on Pennsylvania Avenue and were endorsed by the highest ranking government officials. We’ve known that for too long not to have held any high-level officials accountable. Attorney General Holder must appoint an independent prosecutor so our country can move towards restoring the rule of law.”

Zelikow, also the executive director of the 9/11 Commission, wrote a memo in 2005 opposing the legal reasoning behind the OLC torture memos while at the State Department. After the memo was circulated, the White House collected and destroyed most of the copies. The ACLU currently has a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request pending for that memo.

Soufan was an FBI agent who was present during interrogations of detainee Abu Zubaydah from March to June 2002, and was described by a pseudonym in a report last year by the Justice Department’s Inspector General as one of two FBI agents who reported observing interrogation tactics that were “borderline torture” and comparable to U.S. Army Survival, Evasion, Resistance, and Escape (SERE) tactics that were central to the government’s torture program.

The ACLU has been calling for years for an independent criminal investigation into the interrogation techniques used by the federal government against detainees held by the United States. Based on documents obtained through FOIA litigation brought by the ACLU, several congressional hearings and a report released last month by the Senate Armed Services Committee, it is clear that important decisions on the use of torture and abuse were made in the White House, at the Pentagon, and at the headquarters of the CIA and the Justice Department.

The Department of Defense has also committed to make public by May 28 a “substantial number” of photos depicting the abuse of prisoners by U.S. personnel. The photos, which are being released in response to the ACLU’s FOIA litigation, include images from prisons in Iraq and Afghanistan at locations other than Abu Ghraib.

“Congress needs to keep asking tough questions on torture,” said Christopher Anders, ACLU Senior Legislative Counsel. “Having the Senate hear from an eyewitness to the start of the government’s torture program and an official who objected to a torture memo is a good step towards accountability. But the only way to make clear that no one is above the law is for Congress to step up its oversight and for attorney general to appoint an independent prosecutor to investigate torture crimes.”

###

The ACLU conserves America’s original civic values working in courts, legislatures and communities to defend and preserve the individual rights and liberties guaranteed to every person in the United States by the Constitution and the Bill of Rights.

Populism is Not a Style, It’s a People’s Rebellion Against Corporate Power

0

When I lived in Washington, DC, in the 1970s, I got a call from a friend of mine who worked for the Congressional Research Service–a legislative agency that digs up facts, prepares briefing papers, and otherwise does research on any topic requested by members of Congress.

My friend could barely speak, because he was hooting, howling, and guffawing over a research question he’d just received. It was from the office of Sen. Lloyd Bentsen, the aloof and patrician Texas Democrat who was known on Capitol Hill primarily as a faithful emissary for Wall Street interests. At the time, Bentsen was contemplating a run for the presidency, and apparently he was searching for a suitable political identity. “What is a populist?” read the research query. “The senator thinks he might be one.”

Uh…no sir, you are not.

Bentsen was closer to being “The Man in the Moon” than he was to being a populist. Yet, he was hardly alone in trying to cloak himself as “The People’s Champion” while remaining faithful to the plutocratic powers. These days, there’s a whole flock of politicos and pundits doing this–from Sarah Palin to Rush Limbaugh, Newt Gingrich to Glenn Beck.

They are abetted by a media establishment that carelessly (and lazily) misapplies the populist label to anyone who claims to be a maverick and tends to bark a lot. Although the targets they’re usually barking at are poor people, teachers, minorities, unions, liberals, protestors, environmentalists, gays, immigrants, or other demonized groups that generally reside far outside the center of the power structure–the barkers are indiscriminately tagged as populist voices.

First of all, populism is not a style, nor is it a synonym for “popular outrage.” It is a historically grounded political doctrine (and movement) that supports ordinary folks in their ongoing democratic fight against the moneyed elites.

The very essence of populism is its unrelenting focus on breaking the iron grip that big corporations have on our country–including on our economy, government, media, and environment. It is unabashedly a class movement. Try to squeeze Lord Limbaugh into that philosophical suit of clothes! He’s just another right-wing, corporate-hugging, silk-tie elitist–an apologist for plutocracy, not a populist.

Fully embracing the egalitarian ideals and rebellious spirit of the American Revolution, populists have always been out to challenge the orthodoxy of the corporate order and to empower workaday Americans so they can control their own economic and political destinies. This approach distinguishes the movement from classic liberalism, which seeks to live in harmony with concentrated corporate power by trying to regulate its excesses.

We’re seeing liberalism at work today in Washington’s Wall Street bailout. Both parties tell us that AIG, Citigroup, Bank of America, and the rest are “too big to fail,” so taxpayers simply “must” rescue the management, stockholders, and bondholders of the financial giants in order to save the system. Populists, on the other hand, note that it is this very system that has caused the failure-so structural reform is required. Let’s reorganize the clumsy, inept, ungovernable, and corrupt financial system by ousting those who wrecked it, splitting up its component parts (banking, investment, and insurance), and establishing decentralized, manageable-sized financial institutions operating on the locallycontrolled models of credit unions, co-ops, and community banks.

A movement

Not only is American populism a powerful and vibrant idea, but it also has a phenomenal history that has largely been hidden from our people. The Powers That Be are not keen to promote the story of a mass movement that did–and still could–challenge the corporate structure. Thus, the rich history of this grassroots force, which first arose in the late 1870s, tends to be ignored entirely or trivialized as a quirky pitchfork rebellion by rubes and racists who had some arcane quibble involving the free coinage of silver.

The true portrait of populism is rarely on public display. History teachers usually hustle students right past this unique moment in the evolution of our democracy. You never see a movie or a television presentation about the movement’s innovative thinkers, powerful orators, and dramatic events. National museums offer no exhibits of its stunning inventions and accomplishments. And there is no “populist trail of history” winding through the various states in which farmers and workers created the People’s Party (also known as the Populist Party), reshaped the national political debate, forced progressive reforms, delivered a million votes (and four states) to the party’s 1892 presidential candidate, and elected 10 populist governors, six U.S. senators, and three dozen House members.

This was a serious, thoughtful, determined effort by hundreds of thousands of common folks to do something uncommon: organize themselves so–collectively and cooperatively–they could remake both commerce and government to serve the common good rather than the selfish interests of the barons of industry and finance.

While the big media of that day portrayed the movement as an incoherent bunch of conspiracy-minded bumpkins, the populists were in fact guided by a sophisticated network of big thinkers, organizers, and communicators who had a thorough grasp of exactly how the system worked and why. Most significantly, they were problem solvers–their aim was not protest, but to provide real mechanisms that could decentralize and democratize power in our country. The movement was able to rally a huge following of hard-scrabble farmers and put-upon workers because it did not pussyfoot around. Its leaders dared to go right at the core problem of an overreaching corporate state controlled by robber barons. Populist organizers spoke bluntly about the need to restructure the corporate system that was undermining America’s democratic promise.

“Wall Street owns the country,” declared Mary Ellen Lease at an 1890 populist convention in Topeka, Kansas. A powerhouse orator who took to the stump and wowed crowds at a time women were not even allowed to vote, Lease laid out a message her audiences knew to be true, for they were living what she was so colorfully describing. “It’s no longer a government of the people, by the people, and for the people, but a government of Wall Street, by Wall Street, and for Wall Street,” she roared. “Our laws are the output of a system which clothes rascals in robes and honesty in rags….The people are at bay, let the bloodhounds of money who have dogged us beware.”

These populist voices tapped directly into people’s anger. But, still, how could common farmers and laborers–largely impoverished and powerless folks–possibly take on Wall Street, the railroad cartels, corporate trusts, and lobbyists, as well as the politicians that these powers owned? Well, even the smallest dog can lift its leg on the tallest building, and–after all sorts of starts-and-stops–populists found five ways to organize the movement and make their mark.

ECONOMIC. In 1877, before populism even had a name, it had a mission, which was to do something–anything–about the spreading economic plight of farmers all over the country. They faced not only the usual disasters of weather and bugs, but also the unnatural disasters of rampant gouging by bankers, crop-lien merchants, commodity combines, railroad monopolies, and others. Government was worse than unresponsive; it sided with the gougers.

An economic alternative was needed, and it came out of Texas. Known as the Farmers Alliance, it created a network of cooperative enterprises that could both buy supplies for farmers in bulk and pool their crops to sell in bulk, bypassing the monopolists, getting better prices, and giving farmers a modicum of control over their destinies. It was an idea that worked.

The first Texas Alliance quickly spawned 2,000 sub-alliances around the state with a total of 100,000 members. Alliances were soon being formed throughout the South, in all of the Plains states, in the upper Midwest, and all across the West to California, bringing more than a million farmers into a common economy. This was a vast, multi-sectional structure of radical economic reform, creating a new possibility that its leaders called a “cooperative commonwealth.”

CULTURAL. The Alliance gave the movement a solid structure, as well as essential credibility, through its delivery of tangible benefits to members. But it also created something much larger and more important: the means for ordinary people to learn what a democratic culture really is and to implement a vision of an alternative way to live.

These were working-class families of very modest means. They had little formal education, lived in isolated communities, and were treated as nobodies by the influentials who ran things. But–whoa!–now these outcasts were running something, and they mattered, both individually and as a group.

It was transformative for them. Lawrence Goodwyn, author of Democratic Promise, the definitive book on the populist phenomenon, sees this cultural awakening as the key triumph of the Alliance: “[The cooperative experience] imparted a sense of self worth to individual people and provided them with the instruments of self-education about the world they lived in. The movement gave them hope–a shared hope–that they were not impersonal victims of a gigantic industrial engine ruled by others but that they were, instead, people who could perform specific political acts of self-determination.”

It was not all about business, either. Parades of farm wagons and colorful floats, day-long picnics, brass bands, song fests (Mary Ellen Lease was a renowned singer, as well as an orator), dances, poetry, and other social/cultural events enlivened and deepened the Alliance community, creating what Goodwyn calls a “mass folk movement.” In addition, the Alliance ran a massive grassroots education program throughout rural America, providing everything from literature networks to adult-ed classes.

MEDIA. To stay connected and provide a steady flow of energy, the movement relied on a concerted program of education and communication–not only to enlighten and invigorate its widely dispersed members, but also to bring in new recruits. This required the Alliance to create its own media, for the establishment outlets offered only scorn and ridicule for the populist cause.

Books, over a thousand populist magazines, newspapers, and hundreds of popular songs and poems flowed from the movement. The communication lynchpin, however, was the Alliance Lecture Bureau, a stable of trained, articulate speakers–40,000 strong!–who regularly traversed the country from New York to California, bringing information, insight, and inspiration to all corners of Populist Nation. Goodwyn notes that this amazing system of reliable messengers was “the most massive organizing drive by any citizen institution of nineteenth century America.”

COALITIONS. Though it created serious tensions in various Alliance chapters, the movement kept trying to broaden its base by joining hands with other groups that were also confronting corporate power. Early on, its leaders reached out to the emerging labor movement. While there were Alliance leaders who thought of farmers as Jeffersonian, small-scale capitalists, many others (and many more rank-and-file members) viewed farmers essentially as working stiffs battling the same robber barons that labor was confronting. In 1885, the Knights of Labor were on strike against two companies in Texas, and several county alliances in that state voted to boycott the companies. This stand was a defining moment for the Alliance, for it heralded the co-op movement’s shift into a more radical political phase.

By 1892, the Alliance’s political arm, the Populist Party, fully embraced the relationship with industrial workers. Ignatius Donnelly of Minnesota electrified the national delegates to the party convention that year with a speech pointing directly to a shared cause with the union movement: “The urban workmen are denied the right of organization for self-protection; imported pauperized labor beats down their wages; a hireling standing army, unrecognized by our laws, is established to shoot them down….The fruits of the toil of millions are boldly stolen to build up colossal fortunes….From the same prolific womb of governmental injustice we breed two great classes-paupers and millionaires.”

An even tougher match-up for the leadership was with black farmers, who had organized their own Colored Farmers National Alliance with about a million members. Aside from the obvious barrier that entrenched racism presented to this possible coalition, there was another degree of separation: white Alliance members tended to be farm owners (albeit heavily-mortgaged owners), and black Alliance members were mostly field hands, renters, or sharecroppers. Yet, there was such a strong feeling of a shared fight that real and successful efforts were made to join together.

In A People’s History of the United States, author Howard Zinn writes, “When the Texas People’s Party was founded in Dallas in the summer of 1891, it was interracial and radical.” A white leader at that meeting demanded that each district in the state include a black delegate, pointing out that, “They are in the ditch just like we are.” Two black Alliance members were then elected to the party’s executive committee. Alliances in Arkansas, Georgia, and North Carolina also made notable advances in interracial actions, and eminent historian C. Vann Woodward has said flatly that, “Never before or since have the two races in the South come so close together as they did during the Populist struggles.”

The Alliance also included what was, at the time, a remarkable number of women activists. They made up roughly one-quarter of the membership and held many key posts.

POLITICS. By the mid-1880s, the Alliance reached a point where it had to abandon its original stance of non-partisanship and start flexing its political muscle. The big commodity brokers and railroad barons were brutalizing the co-ops with predatory pricing and other monopoly tactics, and bankers were squeezing the Alliance’s marketing co-ops by refusing to provide loans. The major political parties, which were in harness to these moneyed interests, offered no relief from the corporate assault, while also refusing to advance any of the Alliance’s broader reform agenda.

For about six years, Alliance members held countless local meetings, debates, and consultations on how to proceed politically. Finally, Alliance delegates met in Omaha on July 4, 1892, for the founding convention of the People’s Party of America, proudly branding themselves “The Populists.”

Now, they could run their own people for offices up and down the ballot, campaigning on a broad platform to counter the “corporations, national banks, rings, trusts…and the oppression of usurers” in order to advance the common interests of the “plain people.” The Knights of Labor were a part of this founding, and the preamble to the party’s 1892 platform declared that “The interests of rural and civil labor are the same; their enemies are identical.”

Yes, the Populists called for the “free and unlimited coinage of silver” to provide both debt relief and economic stimulus for small enterprise, but the snickering cynics who try to marginalize populism by defining it in terms of this narrow (though important) issue ignore the party’s broader and amazingly progressive agenda, including these provisions:

  • The first party to call for women’s suffrage.
  • An eight-hour day for labor, plus wage protections.
  • The abolition of the standing army of mercenaries, known as the “Pinkerton system,” which violently suppressed union organizers.
  • The direct election by the people of U.S. senators (who were chosen by state legislatures at the time).
  • A graduated income tax.
  • Legislation by popular initiative and referendum.
  • Public ownership of railroads, telephones, and telegraphs.
  • No subsidy of private corporations for any purpose.
  • Prohibition of speculation on and foreign ownership of our public lands and natural resources.
  • A free ballot and fair count in all elections.
  • Civil-service laws to prevent the politicalization of government employees.
  • Pensions for veterans.
  • Measures to break the corrupting power of corporate lobbyists.

What happened?

Ultimately, the Populists were undone, not by their boldness, but by leaders who urged them to compromise and to merge their aspirations into the Democratic Party. In the presidential election of 1896, they nominated the Democratic candidate William Jennings Bryan, whose “cross of gold” campaign focused on the monetary issue, avoiding the much more appealing structural radicalism of Populism. Outspent five to one, Bryan lost a close race to William McKinley, the Republican who was financed and owned by Wall Street.

The People’s Party, having surrendered its independence and soul at a time the Alliance was being gutted by the money interests and the press, lost favor with its own faithful–and withered into a parody of itself.

Nonetheless, the Populists had successfully energized, organized, educated, and mobilized one of America’s few genuine mass movements, striking fear in the flinty hearts of such barons as J.P. Morgan, who railed against that “awful democracy.”

The party was killed off, but not the Populist spirit. Persevering in separate political forms, the constituent components of populism–including unionists, suffragists, anti-trusters, socialists, cooperativists, and rural organizers–continued the struggle against America’s economic and political aristocracy. Indeed, populists defined the content of national politics for the first third of the 20th century, forcing the Democratic Party to adopt populist positions, spawning the Progressive Party, elevating two Roosevelts to the presidency, and enacting major chunks of the agenda first drawn up by the People’s Party.

Though the Powers That Be don’t want us connecting with this stunning “Populist Moment” in our democratic history, a majority of folks today hold within them the live spark of populism–which is an innate distrust of corporate tycoons and Wall Street titans and an instinct to rebel against them. The moment can come again. As Goodwyn tells us, “the triumph of Populism…was the belief in possibility it injected into American political consciousness.”

How Americans Came to Support Torture, in Five Steps

0

By Roy Eidelson |

In recent weeks, new revelations about the harsh interrogation and torture of detainees during the Bush administration years have made headlines and stirred controversy. The positions of prominent advocates and opponents on each side are clear. But what do we know about how the American people in general have come to view the use of torture by the U.S. government?

The Pew Research Center for the People & the Press has been polling Americans on this key question for almost five years. Since 2004, representative samples have been asked, “Do you think the use of torture against suspected terrorists in order to gain important information can often be justified, sometimes be justified, rarely be justified, or never be justified?” The results over this time period have shown only minor fluctuations. The most recent numbers, from last month, reveal that 15% of Americans believe torture is often justified, 34% think it is sometimes justified, 22% consider it rarely justified, and 25% believe torture is never justified. So not only do 49% consider torture justified at least some of the time, fully 71% refuse to rule it out entirely.

Further insight into these numbers can be garnered from a different poll conducted a few months ago, in January 2009. Fox News/Opinion Dynamics asked a national sample of Americans, “Do you think the use of harsh interrogation techniques, including torture, has ever saved American lives since the September 11 (2001) terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon?” The results: 45% “Yes” and 41% “No” (with 14% responding ‘Don’t Know”). In other words, almost half of Americans think torture “works.”

Polling data on how Americans view specific interrogation techniques that were part of the Bush era arsenal are harder to find. But a national Gallup poll in January 2005, about eight months after the Abu Ghraib prisoner abuse scandal, sheds some light here. The following question was posed: “Here is a list of possible interrogation techniques that can be used on prisoners. Do you think it is right or wrong for the U.S. government to use them on prisoners suspected of having information about possible terrorist attacks against the United States?” In order of approval percentages, the survey found that 50% approved of depriving prisoners of sleep for several days; 36% approved of threatening to transfer prisoners to a country known for using torture; 29% approved of threatening prisoners with dogs; 18 % approved of forcing prisoners to remain naked and chained in uncomfortable positions in cold rooms for several hours; 14% approved of strapping prisoners on boards and forcing their heads underwater until they think they are drowning; and 13% approved of having female interrogators make physical contact with Muslim men during religious observances that prohibit such contact.

Based on this sampling of polling results, it is easy at first to be surprised and troubled by the degree to which Americans have expressed support for the inhumane treatment and torture of detainees. But public sentiment on such matters does not emerge in a vacuum. Rather, it often reflects the influence of carefully orchestrated marketing campaigns by powerful vested interests eager to shape opinion in support of a specific agenda or facts on the ground. Certainly it is now well known that the Bush administration embraced the use of “enhanced interrogation techniques” in national security settings. It is therefore instructive to carefully consider the five-pronged message that they and their backers promoted to create a citizenry supportive of torture.

The first component involved fostering a “war on terror” environment of pervasive fear in which the prospect of massive, catastrophic harm was repeatedly given center stage. Spurred on by improbable ticking time-bomb scenarios where every second matters, perceptions of an urgent need to protect the country from looming disaster created a “whatever it takes” mentality in which efforts to extract crucial information through harsh interrogations and torture became a “no brainer.”

The second element advanced the view that we need not be helpless against this threat because through torture-and torture alone-we can learn what we need to foil the plans of evildoers. Unsubstantiated evidentiary claims, hidden from inspection by veils of secrecy, were used to argue that specific interrogation techniques — regardless of how they might repulse us – were ultimately the only way we could protect ourselves.

Third was the frequent assurance that those we subjected to torture were themselves guilty of having participated in heinous acts of injustice that caused the loss of many innocent lives. This argument served to diminish concerns the public might have felt over the treatment these individuals received while in custody. Even in the absence of legal proceedings, the detainees could be deemed deserving of the physical and psychological pain inflicted upon them – they were responsible for their own suffering.

Fourth was the repeated assertion that the United States has a finely tuned moral compass and engages in torture only with regret and discomfort, only as a last resort, and only in the service of a far greater good. Sharp contrasts were drawn between “them” and “us”-between the detainees’ innate evilness and our inherent goodness, between their vile aims and our righteous purpose. In this context, the interrogators were presented as courageous and heroic, worthy of praise rather than criticism.

The fifth and final component was a concerted effort to stifle open debate when questions about the use of “enhanced interrogation techniques” arose. Standard strategy here involved painting skeptics and critics-including human rights leaders and organizations-as untrustworthy, irresponsible, misinformed, weak, or unpatriotic. In so doing, the public was encouraged to discount, ignore, or condemn these voices of concern, and important words of warning therefore went unheeded.

In sum, this seemingly successful campaign of mass persuasion depended upon convincing the public to believe five things: (1) our country is in great danger, (2) torture is the only thing that can keep us safe, (3) the people we torture are monstrous wrongdoers, (4) our decision to torture is moral and for the greater good, and (5) critics of our torture policy should not be trusted. And all the while, the marketers painstakingly avoided using the actual word “torture”-and contested the word’s use by anyone else. Of course, this strategy is by no means unique to the selling of torture. A similar approach, designed for hawking war, was used with devastating and tragic effect in building public support for the invasion of Iraq in 2003.

Admittedly, we cannot be sure that torture would be less popular with Americans today if the Bush administration had not worked so hard to promote it. But there is good reason to think this might be the case. After all, the combination of an outsized public relations budget, an overly accommodating mainstream media, and an unwary audience of millions is every marketer’s dream. In similar fashion, we cannot really know whether there would now be even greater public support for torture if not for the efforts of those who have steadfastly spoken out against our country’s interrogation abuses. Looking ahead, as still more information emerges through declassification of documents, high-level investigations, or congressional hearings, we should expect to hear this five-part sales pitch over and over again from Bush-era torture advocates. But hopefully this next time around, far fewer of us will still be buying.

Freedom of information not as it should be

0

THERE ARE serious problems in the law regarding the freedom to access documents at the Public Records Office (PRO), the House Human Rights Committee heard yesterday.

Speaking after the session, the Justice Ministry’s Permanent Secretary Andys Tryphonides explained that closed documents and archives belong to the PRO, while files that are still open and active are kept at the various state departments and services.

“As legislation stands today, there is access to the documents held at the Public Records Office, but there is no access to archives that are still active; meaning those that are kept in the Departments, Ministries and other Public Services,” said Tryphonides.

He added: “In contrast, public officers are prohibited from publicising documents, which they obtain while executing their duties. Therefore, there is a problem here, which has to do with the freedom of access to public records”.

The Ministry, said Tryphonides, is solely in charge of the PRO, so the matter remains open over how active records should be handled and the issue regulated.

Asked how easy it was to access active records, he said it was a “complicated matter”

“It is not simple and it will be expensive, but also hard to explain the conditions and regulations that need to be made in order for the public to have satisfactory access to the state’s records,” he said.

Tryphonides added that the issue could soon be discussed by the Cabinet and if new regulations needed to be made, the relevant ministry would be given the job.

According to the law now, a period of 30 years needs to have passed in order for the public to have free access to it.

“However, the same law includes provisions, based on which if the period of 30 years hasn’t yet elapsed, a member of the public can request access to a record or document and be given approval, provided it doesn’t raise issues of public safety or other issues, which prevent access,” said Tryphonides.

According to Committee Chairman Sophocles Fyttis of DIKO, the PRO is facing serious problems in serving members of the public who request access to public records. These difficulties are mainly due to the dire conditions of the office building, as well as lack of staff.

These problems, said Fyttis, can be overcome if the government accepts the Committee’s request to immediately release the already-approved budgetary fund of around €1 million, which will help build the new PRO next to the Attorney-general’s offices in Nicosia.

The Committee, he added, is now awaiting replies from the relevant state services before deciding whether to table the issue again in the next couple of months.

Copyright © Cyprus Mail 2009

Google’s Street View rejected in Greece over privacy

0

A privacy watchdog has banned Google Inc. from gathering detailed, street-level images in Greece for a planned expansion of its panoramic Street View mapping service until the company provides additional privacy safeguards.

In rejecting Google’s bid to roam Greek streets with cameras mounted on vehicles, Greece’s Data Protection Authority, or DPA, said it wanted clarification from the U.S. Internet company on how it will store and process the original images and safeguard them from privacy abuses.

The decision, announced Monday, comes despite Google’s assurances that it would blur faces and vehicle license plates when displaying the images online and that it would promptly respond to removal requests.

The DPA also sought clarification on how Google plans to inform the public that its vehicles with mounted cameras are being used to take photographs.

“Simply marking the car is not considered an adequate form of notification,” a DPA statement said. “The authority has reserved judgment on the legality of the service pending the submission of additional information, and until that time will not allow (Google) to start gathering photographs.”

Since launching in 2007, Street View has expanded to more than 100 cities worldwide but has faced privacy complaints from many individuals and institutions that have been photographed.

Residents of a small English village formed a human chain last month to stop one of Google’s camera vans. And last year the Pentagon barred Google from photographing U.S. military bases for Street View.

But in most cases, particularly in the United States, Google has been able to proceed on grounds that the images it takes are no different from what someone walking down a public street can see and snap.

And last month, Britain’s privacy watchdog dismissed concerns that Street View was too invasive, saying it was satisfied with such safeguards as obscuring individuals’ faces and car license plates.

The World Privacy Forum, a U.S.-based nonprofit research and advisory group, said the Greek decision could raise the standard for other countries and help challenge that argument.

“It only takes one country to express a dissenting opinion,” Pam Dixon, the group’s executive director, said in a phone interview from the United States. “If Greece gets better privacy than the rest of the world then we can demand it for ourselves. That’s why it’s very important.”

Google spokeswoman Elaine Filadelfo said the Mountain View, Calif.-based company would be happy to provide the Greek DPA with further clarifications.

“Google takes privacy very seriously, and that’s why we have put in place a number of features, including the blurring of faces and license plates, to ensure that Street View will respect local norms when it launches in Greece,” Filadelfo said Tuesday.

Filadelfo said expanding the service to Greece would help local residents and tourists alike. Those unable to visit Greece in person would be able to see the Acropolis and other ancient sites from their living rooms, similar to how the service already lets users take virtual tours of the Colosseum in Rome and the Eiffel Tour in Paris.

Greece has strict privacy laws, giving the DPA broad powers of enforcement.

The authority has repeatedly ruled against Greece’s conservative government and banned the use of street cameras for fighting crime. The cameras were set up as part of elaborate security preparations for the 2004 Olympics in Athens.

It also clashed with the Greek Orthodox Church after it ruled that recording Greek citizens’ religion on state ID cards was illegal.

The DPA on Monday also ordered a Greek mapping site, kapou.gr, to suspend a similar street-level image service until it provides further privacy clarifications and uses face-blurring on its online images. The Greek site on Tuesday said it had stopped posting photographs while it was upgrading its service.

Google has, on occasion, voluntarily limited images in response to complaints.

Before unveiling Street View, it removed images of shelters for battered women because it could show in detail who’s coming and leaving.

The company also removed detailed Israeli street images from its separate Google Earth software after the government there raised concerns that Hamas used online satellite photos to aim rockets.

___

AP Technology Writer Michael Liedtke contributed to this story from San Francisco.

National Identity Cards Scheme creep – 4 Draft Orders laid before Parliament under the Identity Cards Act 2006

1

The Labour Government seem to be intent on their freedom and civil liberties “scorched earth” policy of inflicting the controversial centralised biometric database National Identity Register on us ahead of the General Election.

Will Parliament rubber stamp these 4 new Statutory Instruments published today, and kick off the National Identity Register, even before a National Identity Scheme Commissioner is appointed ?

Will the BALPA and UNISON trades unions who represent airside workers at Manchester and London City Airport, take industrial action and finance test cases through the courts, against this discriminatory imposition of ID Cards on them ?

What they want is a single security credential, capable of opening doors and barriers to gain access “Airside”, which is valid at all UK airports. This National ID Cards is just another bit of plastic to look after, which will do nothing to provide any extra security at airports whatsoever.

Please join or support the cross party NO2ID Campaign who will be will marshalling some effective opposition to this Database State function creep.

4 Draft Orders laid before Parliament under the Identity Cards Act 2006, for approval by resolution of each House of Parliament:

The Identity Cards Act 2006 (Information and Code of Practice on Penalties) Order 2009

2. In paragraph 6 of Schedule 1 to the 2006 Act (information that may be recorded in the Register) after paragraph (g) insert–

(ga) particulars of every person who has been named as a referee by the individual on an application for an ID card or a designated document, so far as those particulars were included on the application;”.

[…]

(i) any credit reference agency which, at the time when the particular requirement is imposed under section 9 of the 2006 Act, is a party to a contract for the supply of information for the purposes of the carrying out by the Secretary of State of functions under that Act.

 

The Identity Cards Act 2006 (Fees) Regulations 2009

Prescribed fees

2.–(1) Subject to regulation 3, the fee for an application to be entered in the Register is £30.

(2) Subject to regulations 3 and 4, the fee for an application for the issue of an ID card is £30.

Exemptions for airside workers

3. No fee is payable for an application to be entered in the Register or for the issue of an ID card, if at the relevant time the applicant–

(a) holds an airside pass in respect of Manchester or London City Airport;

(b) holds employment for which such a pass is required; or

(c) has been offered employment for which such a pass is required.

General exemptions from the fee for an application for the issue of an ID card

4. No fee is payable for an application for the issue of an ID card in a case where–

(a) the application accompanies an application to be entered in the Register; or

The Identity Cards Act 2006 (Provision of Information without Consent) Regulations 2009[

Provision of information to another person

3.–(1) Subject to regulations 4 and 5, information that may be provided under any of sections 17 to 20 of the 2006 Act to–

(a) a chief officer of police;

(b) the Director-General of the Security Service;

(c) the Chief of the Secret Intelligence Service;

(d) the Director of the Government Communication Headquarters;

(e) the Director General of the Serious Organised Crime Agency; or

(f) subject to paragraph (5), the Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs,

may be provided instead to another person if the conditions set out in paragraph (2) are satisfied.

 

and

(b) make a record of–

(i) the name of the person requesting the information under any of sections 17 to 20 of the 2006 Act;

(ii) the date and time of the request;

(iii) the reason for the request, including the reason why it was considered necessary and proportionate to request all the relevant information; and

(iv) the information which was provided pursuant to the request,

and retain that record for 12 months from the date the request was made, unless the Commissioner and the Secretary of State are satisfied that the record no longer needs to be retained;

 

The Identity Cards Act 2006 (Designation) Order 2009

2) In this Order –

“airside pass” means a pass allowing the person to whom it has been issued unaccompanied access to a restricted zone or to part of a restricted zone;

“person subject to immigration control” means a person who under the Immigration Act 1971(2) requires leave to enter or remain in the United Kingdom (whether or not such leave has been given); and

“restricted zone” means an area designated by the Secretary of State under section 11A of the Aviation Security Act 1982(3) (Designation of restricted zones).

 
SpyBlog.org.uk

Google knows more about you than your mother

1

Kevin Bankston of the Electronic Frontier Foundation recently said: “Google knows more about you than your mother.” A few years ago, it might have sounded far-fetched.

But if you’re one of the growing number of people who are using more and more products in Google’s ever-expanding stable (at last count, I was using a dozen), you might wonder if he isn’t on to something.

It’s easy to understand why privacy advocates and policymakers are sounding alarms about online privacy in general – and singling out Google in particular. If you use Google’s search engine, Google knows what you searched for as well as your activity on partner websites that use its ad services. If you use the Chrome browser, it may know every website you’ve typed into the address bar or ‘Omnibox’.

Google’s 17 biggest secrets

It may have all of your email (Gmail), your appointments (Google Calendar) and even your last known location (Google Latitude). It may know what you’re watching (YouTube) and whom you are calling. It may have transcripts of your telephone messages (Google Voice).

It may hold your photos in Picasa Web Albums, which includes face-recognition technology that can automatically identify you and your friends in new photos. And through Google Books, it may know what books you’ve read, what you annotated and how long you spent reading.

Technically, of course, Google doesn’t know anything about you. But it stores tremendous amounts of data about you and your activities on its servers, from the content you create to the searches you perform, the websites you visit and the ads you click.

Google, says Bankston, “is expecting consumers to trust it with the closest thing to a printout of their brain that has ever existed”.

How Google uses personal information is guided by three “bedrock principles”, says Peter Fleischer, the company’s global privacy counsel. “We don’t sell it. We don’t collect it without permission. We don’t use it to serve ads without permission.” But what constitutes “personal information” has not been universally agreed upon.

Google isn’t the only company to follow this business model. “Online tools really aren’t free. We pay for them with micropayments of personal information,” says Greg Conti, a professor at the US Military Academy at West Point and author of the book Googling Security: How Much Does Google Know About You? But Google may have the biggest collection of data about individuals, the content they create and what they do online.

It is the breathtaking scope of data under Google’s control, generated by an expanding list of products and services, that has put the company at the center of the online privacy debate. According to Pam Dixon, executive director at the World Privacy Forum, “No company has ever had this much consumer data” – an assertion that Google disputes.

Opacity versus transparency
Critics say Google has been too vague in explaining how it uses the data it collects, how it shares information among its services and with its advertisers, how it protects that data, and how long it retains that data before deleting or “anonymising” it so that it can’t be tracked back to individual users.

“Because of Google’s opacity as to how it is using that data, and a lack of fundamental information rights [that] users have, [privacy] becomes a very thorny question,” says Dixon.

Google may know more about you than your mother does. Got a problem with that?
Privacy policy opacity isn’t limited to Google. It’s so prevalent, in fact, that the Federal Trade Commission warned the industry in February that online businesses will face increased regulation unless they produce privacy statements that explain in a “clear, concise, consumer-friendly and prominent” way what data the companies collect, how they use it and how users can opt out.

Google, however, contends that the concerns about opacity and the scope of data it collects are overblown. “I do push back on this notion that what we have is a greater privacy risk to users,” says Mike Yang of Google’s legal department. Google, he says, gives users plenty of transparency and control. “There’s this notion that an account has a lot more information than is visible to you, but that tends not to be the case. In most of the products, the information we have about you is visible to you within the service.”

In fact, though, the data Google stores about you falls into two buckets: user-generated content, which you control and which is associated with your account; and server log data, which is associated with one or more browser cookie IDs stored on your computer. Server log data is not visible to you and is not considered to be personally identifiable information.

These logs contain details of how you interact with Google’s various services. They include web page requests (the date, the time and what was requested), query history, IP address, one or more cookie IDs that uniquely identify your browser, and other metadata. Google declined to provide more detail on its server log architecture, other than to say that the company does not maintain a single, unified set of server logs for all of its services.

Google says it won’t provide visibility into search query logs and other server log data because that data is always associated with a physical computer’s browser or IP address, not the individual or his Google account name. Google contends that opening that data up would create more privacy issues than it would solve. “If we made that transparent, you would be able to see your wife’s searches. It’s always difficult to strike that right balance,” Yang says.

You do have more control than ever before. Google says it removes user-generated content within 14 days for many products, but that period can be longer (it’s 60 days for Gmail). For retention policies that fall “outside of reasonable user expectations or industry practice”, Google says it posts notices either in its privacy policy or in the individual products themselves.

You can control the ads that are served up, either by adding or removing interest categories stored in Google’s Ads Preferences Manager or by opting out of Google’s Doubleclick cookie, which links the data Google has stored about you to your browser in order to deliver targeted advertising. For more information, see ‘6 ways to protect your privacy on Google’.

Shuman Ghosemajumder, business product manager for trust and safety at Google, says users have nothing to worry about. All of Google’s applications run on separate servers and are not federated in any way. “They exist in individual repositories, except for our raw logs,” he says. But some information is shared in certain circumstances, and Google’s privacy policies are designed to leave the company plenty of wiggle room to innovate.

Yang points to Google Health as an example. If you are exchanging messages with your doctor, you might want those messages to appear in Gmail or have an appointment automatically appear in Google Calendar, he says.

Cont http://www.pcadvisor.co.uk/blogs/index.cfm?entryid=115595&blogid=4&pn=3

Congress Resists Guantánamo Releases

0

As lawmakers amped up the outcry against releasing Guantánamo “terrorists in our neighborhoods,” France agreed to accept a “cleared” Guantánamo prisoner and human rights groups continued to press for release of 17 Chinese Uighurs the U.S. government has declared to be no threat to national security.

The Democratic-led House Appropriations Committee last week passed a bill to fund the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan but stripped more than $50 million that President Barack Obama had requested for closing the prison and starting the relocation of its 240 prisoners.

Lawmakers of both parties demanded that the Obama administration present a plan for closing Guantánamo and detailing what would be done with its inmates.

Republican lawmakers said the issue is an example of Obama’s weakness on national security and accused the president of endangering U.S. citizens. They proposed legislation titled the “Keep Terrorists Out of America Act,” which would bar moving Guantánamo prisoners to any U.S. facility unless approved by the receiving state’s governor and legislature.

“Our constituents don’t want these terrorists in their neighborhoods,” said House Minority Leader John A. Boehner, a Republican from Ohio.

Several Democrats have also joined Republicans in saying they do not want Guantánamo prisoners in their states or districts.

Administration officials have not said where the detainees would go, but they rejected the idea that U.S. citizens would face any risks from closing the prison by January.

“We are not going to put at risk the safety of the people of this country,” Attorney General Eric H. Holder Jr. told a congressional hearing.

Some observers said that, in the congressional pushback against Guantánamo detainees, lawmakers appeared be conflating two separate groups of prisoners: those who have been cleared for release because they do not pose a threat to U.S. national security, and others who will be detained in the U.S. to await trials in federal courts, or who cannot be tried but are deemed too dangerous to release.

In the former category are 17 Chinese ethnic Uighurs who the U.S. says pose no security risk, but who have been detained without charge for over seven years at Guantánamo Bay. Their continued detention was found unlawful by a federal district court in January.

The court ordered the Uighurs released into the U.S. because they cannot be returned to China given the threat of torture there, and because no other country has agreed to accept them. But a U.S. Appeals Court reversed that decision when it held that federal courts have no jurisdiction over immigration law and thus are powerless to order the men released into the U.S. even if their continued detention is illegal.

The Uighurs’ lawyers, including the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR), a legal advocacy group, has asked the Supreme Court to hear the case.

In a friend-of-the-court brief filed May 8, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) joined the CCR’s plea.

Jennifer Chang Newell, a staff attorney with the ACLU Immigrants’ Rights Project, said, “The Constitution requires that where a federal court has found a detainee’s imprisonment to be illegal, the court must have the power to order his release — including release into the United States when necessary to end the unlawful detention.”

“Permitting the government to hold these men indefinitely violates the Constitution and threatens to render habeas corpus a dead letter,” she said.

Uighurs are a Turkic ethnic group living in Eastern and Central Asia.

In related developments, the government announced that two long-imprisoned Guantánamo detainees would soon be released.

As indicated by French President Nicolas Sarkozy during President Obama’s recent visit to Europe, France will take in one Guantánamo detainee who has been held prisoner by the U. S. at Guantánamo since 2002.

Lakhdar Boumediene, 43, was arrested along with five other Algerians in 2001 in Bosnia, suspected in a bomb attack plot against the U.S. embassy in Sarajevo. A U.S. federal judge ruled in November that the evidence against Boumediene was not credible and ordered him set free.

Boumediene is well known in legal circles because it was in his name that civil liberties attorneys argued at the U.S. Supreme Court the most recent case of prisoners’ right to seek their release through habeas corpus petitions. The court ruled in favor of the detainees in the case, Boumediene v. Bush.

The detainee the U.S. government has now agreed to release is Ayman Batarfi, 38, a Yemeni surgeon who reportedly treated al-Qaeda wounded at Tora Bora in Afghanistan. The government’s decision came as part of a case-by-case review ordered by President Barack Obama to empty the prison camps here by January 2010.

Batarfi had told a military review panel in 2005 that he was a humanitarian worker who found himself at the battle of Tora Bora in 2001 while Osama bin Laden was in the area, according to a Pentagon transcript. He said he did not respect the al-Qaeda leader, whom he called “a coward.”

Batarfi is the third detainee whose release has been ordered during the Obama administration. In addition to Boumediene and Batarfi, an Ethiopian-born British resident, Binyam Mohamed, was sent back to Britain a month into the Obama administration.

Along with five other Guantánamo detainees, Mohamed has filed lawsuits both in the U.S. and Britain.

In the U.S., he is suing a subsidiary of the Boeing company, Jeppesen Dataplan, for being complicit with the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in facilitating his rendition and torture. While the government invoked the so-called state-secrets privilege to keep the case out of court, a federal appeals court has ruled that the suit should proceed.

His British lawsuit charges that British intelligence services cooperated with U.S. authorities in his rendition and torture. The suit has caused a diplomatic furor in Britain, where the foreign secretary, David Miliband, intimated that evidence of British complicity had to be kept secret under threat from the U.S. to stop sharing intelligence with Britain if details were disclosed in court.

But the British High Court announced last week that it will reopen its judgment that details of the torture of the former Guantánamo Bay detainee must be kept secret. Clive Stafford Smith, director of the legal charity Reprieve, one of Mohamed’s attorneys, told IPS, “It is long past time that this evidence was made public. How can it be that two governments that purport to uphold the rule of law be working together to cover up crimes committed against Binyam Mohamed?” In the Batarfi case, a major factor in the decision of the Justice Department was a federal judge’s finding that the government improperly withheld important psychiatric records of a government witness who was used in a “significant” number of Guantánamo cases.

The judge said the government had censored parts of the records, showing that the witness, a fellow detainee, was being treated for a serious psychological problem. That witness provided information in the government’s case for detaining Batarfi.

There are nearly 100 Yemenis among the approximately 240 Guantánamo captives. Bush administration officials never succeeded in negotiating a repatriation agreement for those who had been earlier approved for release.

(Inter Press Service)

Urgent Support Needed For Displaced Pakistanis

0

In view of rapidly unfolding events and the magnitude of displacement in the North West Frontier Province of Pakistan, the UN refugee agency has appealed the international community to provide additional relief material. More than 360,000 people have been displaced due to the ongoing conflict between government forces and militants.

Geneva: UN High Commissioner for Refugees António Guterres on Monday appealed for international solidarity in support of hundreds of thousands of displaced Pakistani civilians and announced a UNHCR airlift to rush tonnes of additional humanitarian supplies to the north-west of the country.

Guterres, whose agency already has a large operation in Pakistan, said the speed and scale of the latest displacement in the country’s north-west required an immediate international humanitarian response in support of the Pakistani people affected by the current conflict between government troops and militants.

“The total number of displaced Pakistanis registered by authorities with UNHCR help since May 2 has now reached more than 360,000 people. Not everyone is registered and people continue to flee, many arriving only with what they can carry on their backs,” Guterres said.

It is time for the international community to show generosity by supporting humanitarian programmes for the Pakistani displaced”

“These are the same people who for decades showed great generosity to millions of Afghan refugees. Now it is time for the international community to show them the same generosity by supporting humanitarian programmes for the Pakistani displaced.”

As part of the joint UN response to the current displacement crisis, UNHCR has assisted the government in establishing three new camps for internally displaced people in Mardan and Swabi districts, and is helping the Pakistan Red Crescent set up a fourth.

UNHCR site planners are also assessing the suitability of land identified by the government for additional camps in the region. Plans are also under way to expand the existing Jalozai camp, further south in North West Frontier Province.

The refugee agency is also working with authorities to expand the number of registration centres in Mardan, Swabi and Charsadda districts from a dozen to 75 to speed up the registration process. About 20 are now operating. A number of “humanitarian hubs” are also being set up to provide help to people who are staying outside of the camps.

The agency has also opened up its stockpiles in Pakistan to provide thousands of locally procured basic relief items such as tents, kitchen sets, jerry cans, sleeping mats and blankets delivered through non-governmental partners and the authorities.

But Guterres said much more needs to be done to assist the displaced and announced an airlift on Tuesday that will carry some 120 tonnes of urgently needed humanitarian supplies from UNHCR’s central emergency stockpiles in Dubai to Pakistan.

The chartered Boeing 747 cargo plane will deliver 14,000 plastic sheets; 1,500 large roles of plastic; 10,000 mosquito nets; and two large, portable warehouses. The total cost of the airlift is US$584,000.

But Guterres said the needs are far greater and UNHCR will continue to purchase additional aid stocks, including locally where possible.

“I call on the international community to support the overall humanitarian effort on behalf of displaced Pakistanis,” Guterres said.

“This is a huge and rapidly unfolding emergency, which is going to require considerable resources beyond those that currently exist in the region.”

Source : UNHCR

Memos shed light on CIA use of sleep deprivation torture

0

By Greg Miller |

Reporting from Washington — As President Obama prepared last month to release secret memos on the CIA’s use of severe interrogation methods, the White House fielded a flurry of last-minute appeals.

One came from former CIA Director Michael V. Hayden, who expressed disbelief that the administration was prepared to expose methods it might later decide it needed.

“Are you telling me that under all conditions of threat, you will never interfere with the sleep cycle of a detainee?” Hayden asked a top White House official, according to sources familiar with the exchange.

From the beginning, sleep deprivation had been one of the most important elements in the CIA’s interrogation program, used to help break dozens of suspected terrorists, far more than the most violent approaches. And it is among the methods the agency fought hardest to keep.

The technique is now prohibited by President Obama’s ban in January on harsh interrogation methods, although a task force is reviewing its use along with other interrogation methods the agency might employ in the future.

Because of its effectiveness — as well as the perception that it was less objectionable than waterboarding, head-slamming or forced nudity — sleep deprivation may be seen as a tempting technique to restore.

But the Justice Department memos released last month by Obama, as well as information provided by officials familiar with the program, indicate that the method, which involves forcing chained prisoners to stand, sometimes for days on end, was more controversial within the U.S. intelligence community than was widely known.

A CIA inspector general’s report issued in 2004 was more critical of the agency’s use of sleep deprivation than it was of any other method besides waterboarding, according to officials familiar with the document, because of how the technique was applied.

The prisoners had their feet shackled to the floor and their hands cuffed close to their chins, according to the Justice Department memos.

Detainees were clad only in diapers and not allowed to feed themselves. A prisoner who started to drift off to sleep would tilt over and be caught by his chains.

The memos said that more than 25 of the CIA’s prisoners were subjected to sleep deprivation. At one point, the agency was allowed to keep prisoners awake for as long as 11 days; the limit was later reduced to just over a week.

According to the memos, medical personnel were to make sure prisoners weren’t injured. But a 2007 Red Cross report on the CIA program said that detainees’ wrists and ankles bore scars from their shackles.

When detainees could no longer stand, they could be laid on the prison floor with their limbs “anchored to a far point on the floor in such a manner that the arms cannot be bent or used for balance or comfort,” a May 10, 2005, memo said.

“The position is sufficiently uncomfortable to detainees to deprive them of unbroken sleep, while allowing their lower limbs to recover from the effects of standing,” it said.

In the Red Cross report, prisoners said they were also subjected to loud music and repetitive noise.

“I was kept sitting on a chair, shackled by hands and feet for two to three weeks,” said suspected Al Qaeda operative Abu Zubaydah, the first prisoner captured by the CIA, according to the Red Cross report. “If I started to fall asleep, a guard would come and spray water in my face.”

In the Justice Department memos, sleep deprivation was described as part of a “baseline” phase of interrogation, categorized as less severe than other “corrective” or “coercive” methods.

Within the CIA, sleep deprivation was seen as a method with the unique advantage of eroding prisoners’ will to resist without causing lasting harm.

“Waterboarding was obviously the most controversial,” said a former senior U.S. government official who was briefed extensively on CIA interrogation operations. But “sleep deprivation is probably the most effective thing they had going.”

Facing congressional efforts in 2005 and 2006 to block the use of certain techniques, CIA lawyers and Bush administration officials lobbied to keep a core set of methods, including sleep deprivation.

In 2007, after a U.S. Supreme Court ruling compelled the White House to bring the CIA program into compliance with the Geneva Convention, President Bush signed an executive order that outlined detainees’ rights to the “basic necessities of life.” The order listed “adequate food and water, shelter from the elements, necessary clothing” and protection from extreme heat and cold. But it made no mention of sleep as a basic necessity.

Current and former U.S. intelligence officials said sleep deprivation multiplied the coercive power of other techniques that included face-slapping and confinement in small boxes.

“It was viewed as a tool that enabled all the others,” said a former CIA official directly involved in the program. The former official, like others, described internal thinking on condition of anonymity.

The Justice Department memos also cited research that suggested sleep deprivation was not harmful.

“Experience with sleep deprivation shows that ‘surprisingly, little seemed to go wrong with the subjects physically,’ ” said the May 10, 2005, Justice Department memo — one of many instances in which government lawyers cited scientific papers in asserting that the program was safe.

But some authors of those studies have since said that the conclusions of their research were grossly misapplied.

James Horne, director of the Sleep Research Center at Loughborough University in Britain, said he was never consulted by U.S. officials and didn’t know how his work was being used until the memos were released.

“My response was shocked concern,” Horne said in an e-mail interview. Just because the pain of sleep deprivation “can’t be measured in terms of physical injury or appearance . . . does not mean that the mental anguish is not as bad.”

Horne said that it was dangerous for the CIA to extrapolate from independent research in which subjects had gone for as long as a week without sleep, voluntarily, and were free to eat, rest, watch television or leave the research facility at any time. By contrast, CIA prisoners were subjected to major additional stresses that risk physical and mental collapse.

“To claim that 180 hours is safe in these respects is nonsense,” Horne wrote in a separate online posting. Even if sleep deprivation succeeded in getting prisoners to talk, he said, “I would doubt whether the state of mind would be able to produce credible information, unaffected by delusion, fantasy or suggestibility.”

War crime in Sri Lanka: Civilians slaughtered by army shelling

4

By Bill Van Auken |

In what constitutes a blatant war crime by the Sri Lankan government, the army’s merciless bombardment of a so-called no-fire zone, a small strip of land on the country’s northeast coast, killed and wounded thousands of Tamil civilians over the weekend.

According to a government doctor at the Mullaivaikal field hospital in the zone, which is the last territory still controlled by the separatist Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), the number of bodies brought to the facility by 3 p.m. Sunday numbered 378, while 1,122 wounded had arrived seeking medical treatment.

The account was backed up by the United Nations representative in Sri Lanka. “It seems beyond dispute that hundreds of civilians were killed overnight including more than 100 children,” said UN spokesman Gordon Weiss. “The UN remains concerned about the use of heavy weapons inside this small pocket of land.”

If the number of bodies brought to one hospital approached 400, the total number of dead is far higher. The pro-LTTE web site tamilnet.com reported that humanitarian workers in the zone had counted 1,200 bodies Sunday and that as many as 2,000 civilians had been slaughtered by the Sri Lanka army using cluster bombs, multi-barrel rocket launchers and heavy artillery. The site carried photographs of mangled corpses laid out in rows on mats and in the dirt. Many other bodies were reportedly buried by their families after the attack.

In addition to the artillery barrage, Sri Lankan Air Force fighter jets carried out two bombing raids against the zone on Sunday, tamilnet.com reported.

Dr. V. Shanmugarajah, the government physician, told the Associated Press that the carnage unleashed by the Sri Lankan army bombardment was the worst he had seen so far in the government offensive and had overwhelmed his hospital.

“We are doing the first aid and some surgeries as quickly as we can,” said the doctor. “We are doing what is possible. The situation is overwhelming; nothing is within our control.” Many of the hospital’s staff members were unable to come to work because their own houses had been shelled.

The first artillery rounds began falling on the area Saturday night, shortly after a Red Cross ship evacuating wounded civilians had left the area. The barrage continued throughout the night, forcing thousands to huddle for protection in makeshift bunkers, Dr. Shanmugarajah recounted.

The Sri Lankan government of President Mahinda Rajapakse has dubbed its military slaughter of Tamil civilians as a “humanitarian operation” and “the world largest hostage rescue mission.”

Against all independent accounts and available evidence, the government has claimed that the Tamil Tigers themselves have turned heavy weapons against Tamil civilians in an attempt to discredit the government and win international sympathy.

“This is what the LTTE is doing; they are firing indiscriminately at the civilians and putting the blame on the army,” said military spokesman Brigadier Udaya Nanayakkara.

The Defense Ministry, however, acknowledged that the army carried out an offensive on Saturday. “The troops attached to the Air Mobile Brigade further advanced into the ‘No Fire Zone’ capturing LTTE positions in general area of Karaiyamullivaikal yesterday,” the government’s web site reported Sunday.

While the government claims that only 10,000 to 20,000 civilians are trapped in the LTTE-held enclave of just a few square kilometers, aid workers and foreign diplomats have put the number as high as 120,000. The UN’s official estimate is more than 50,000. In addition to the deadly attacks of the Sri Lankan army, they suffer from insufficient food, potable water and medicine. Most are living in tents.

The Sri Lankan government has repeatedly claimed that it has halted the use of heavy weapons in its campaign to eradicate the LTTE and seize the last strip of land that it controls. This claim has repeatedly been exposed as a lie, with both the United Nations and Washington accusing the army of carrying out artillery bombardment and air strikes on the area.

The human rights group Human Rights Watch issued a report Saturday documenting repeated shelling of hospitals by the Sri Lankan army.

The report cited “30 attacks on permanent and makeshift hospitals in the combat area since December 2008.” It added, “One of the deadliest took place on May 2, when artillery shells struck Mullaivaikal hospital in the government-declared ‘no-fire zone,’ killing 68 persons and wounding 87.”

Pointing to the deliberate character of these attacks on medical facilities, the report noted that doctors in the area reported GPS coordinates to the Sri Lankan military each time they established a new field hospital so that they would not be attacked. Instead, however, “Medical staff said that, on several occasions, attacks occurred on the day after the coordinates had been transmitted.” Staff members said that hospitals were targeted even though they were clearly marked as medical facilities with large red crosses.

The report pointed out that hospitals are specifically protected under the Geneva Conventions. “Repeated Sri Lankan artillery attacks striking known hospitals is evidence of war crimes,” said Brad Adams, Asia director at Human Rights Watch.

Meanwhile, in an attempt to conceal its crimes, the Rajapakse government expelled a British television reporting team from the country Sunday. The summary deportation was in retaliation for a segment broadcast May 5 on ITV’s Channel 4 News exposing horrific conditions for more than 100,000 Tamil civilians who have been placed in barbed wire encircled internment camps in the northern town of Vavuniya.

Nick Paton Walsh of Channel 4 reported that the camps have seen “bodies left for days; children crushed in the rush for food; the sexual abuse of women; disappearances.” The televised segment included interviews with aid workers denouncing the conditions.

The Sri Lankan government claimed that the report’s “obvious intention is to discredit the Security Forces and prevent its onward march by hook or by crook.”

The US government has called for an end to attacks on civilians, while simultaneously condemning the LTTE for using the Tamil population as “human shields.” Last month, the State Department advocated “power sharing arrangements so that lasting peace and reconciliation can be achieved.”

Washington’s expressions of concern, like those of the European Union, are utterly hypocritical. Both branded the LTTE as a “terrorist organization” and have given encouragement and direct aid to Colombo to wage its military offensive in the name of a “war on terrorism.”

The Rajapakse government, which resumed the war beginning in 2006, is determined to pursue its military campaign until it wipes out the LTTE and forces an unconditional surrender, no matter what the cost in terms of civilian casualties.

The real political motives behind the war are those of the Sinhalese ruling elite, which is determined to preserve its power and privileges through the suppression not only of the Tamil minority, but of the Sri Lankan working class as a whole.

The communal conflict erupted 26 years ago as the outcome of decades of anti-Tamil discrimination and was specifically triggered by the anti-Tamil pogroms of 1983.

The national separatist program of the LTTE, based on armed struggle and winning the backing of one or another of the major powers for creating an independent capitalist state, served to deepen this conflict.

Behind the push by the US and Europe for a political settlement between the Sinhala and Tamil elites, is their fear that the government’s policy of war until total victory will create political instability that will cut across their own geo-strategic interests, not only in Sri Lanka, but also India, with its large Tamil population.

They are hardly motivated by revulsion over the war crimes being carried out by the Rajapakse government–they are carrying out their own in Afghanistan, Iraq and elsewhere.

‘Smart’ cameras doing job of human eyes

0

The surveillance cameras at Big Y, a Massachusetts grocery chain, are not just passively recording customers and staff. They’re studying checkout lines for signs of “sweethearting.”

That’s when cashiers use subtle tricks to pass free goods to friends: obscuring the bar code, slipping an item behind the scanner, passing two items at a time but charging for one.

There simply aren’t enough watchful human eyes to keep it from happening. So Big Y is using technology to block it – with implications far beyond dishonest cashiers.

Mathematical algorithms embedded in the stores’ new security system pick out sweethearting on their own. There’s no need for a security guard watching banks of video monitors or reviewing hours of grainy footage. When the system thinks it’s spotted evidence, it alerts management on a computer screen and offers up the footage.

The possibilities that researchers envision for this kind of technology have the ring of science fiction. Think of systems that spot abandoned packages on a train platform or alert an airline crew to a potential terrorist on board. Already, cities like Chicago have invested in “anomaly detection” cameras around town, linked to emergency headquarters. The city plans to announce this week that it is using the technology at Navy Pier, one of Chicago’s best-known attractions.

But just how smart have these cameras really become?

“Some of the claims that are made are just ridiculous,” says Oliver Vellacott, chief executive of IndigoVision, a British company that makes video-analysis technology. “That you’re going to spot suspicious behavior in people about to stab someone on the street.”

Big Y’s security system comes from a Cambridge, Mass., company called StopLift Inc. The technology works by scouring video pixels for various gestures and deciding whether they add up to a normal transaction at the register or not.

In the middle of a six-month trial, Mark Gaudette, Big Y’s head of loss prevention, decided he’d seen enough and began rolling out the system in all of the chain’s 58 locations.

Loss-prevention tool
“We realized that we had a problem with training,” Gaudette said, explaining that in many cases cashiers didn’t realize they were missing the scanner. “Most folks are just distracted.”

He would not say how much the company is spending on the technology, but said he expects to save up to $3 million a year by using it.

As a test case, Big Y’s success may be misleading. Cameras in grocery stores have a limited area to keep an eye on. They look for only a few sets of defined behaviors that may signal a cashier is not charging the customer. And they don’t have to catch every thief to save a store money.

The task grows much more complicated if you’re trying to, say, spot the one hijacker among a plane full of innocent passengers.

Yet that is entirely possible, according to some researchers. Dr. James Ferryman leads a team at Britain’s University of Reading that joined a European consortium last year with just that goal in mind. The European Union put up part of the funding.

Using a mock-up of an Airbus, the researchers tested camera systems that would identify threats inside passenger planes. Some of the cameras on board, Ferryman said, focused on a passenger’s face and upper torso, looking for telltale signs that someone may be up to no good – heavy sweating, for instance.

A central computer would take on the job of compiling data from the cameras – and from audio sensors and the plane itself, among other sources – and deciding whether a credible threat existed before alerting the crew.

Many threat variables
But giving a camera the ability to sniff out unruly behavior or what Ferryman called “the potential beginnings of a terrorist action” requires accounting for a huge number of variables that could affect passengers’ behavior. Is the plane on a short domestic flight or a 12-hour trans-Atlantic haul? Are there mostly business customers on board or families headed for a vacation? “A threat in one particular situation may not be in another,” Ferryman said. “You don’t want a system where the cabin crew is constantly being given false alerts.”

For all of the complexity, Ferryman said the testing done so far leaves him confident that automated threat detectors will emerge – assuming regulations would prod airlines into paying extra for planes outfitted with the systems.

Officials in Chicago are already sold on the idea that cameras can detect a variety of threats. The city announced plans in 2004 to build a more intelligent surveillance system, using cameras to tip off police about possible terrorist threats such as an abandoned package or a truck circling a skyscraper.

IBM Corp. installed the technology last year. It’s now out of the pilot stage and connected to hundreds of cameras around the city.

The system can make sense of data captured by separate cameras. For instance, one camera sees a car coming to a stop and another reads its license plate, and the system tells city officials a BMW belonging to John Doe just illegally parked on Michigan Avenue.

ACLU seeks input
Privacy watchdogs have raised concerns. Is surveillance less invasive when a computer rather than a human is doing the watching? The Illinois chapter of the American Civil Liberties Union says the answer is unclear, because the public has little evidence the system really works or that checks are in place to prevent abuse.

“What we’d really like to see is more public input into the whole process – that before there are new systems or cameras put online, there is a way for the public to have real, meaningful input into whether this system is desirable, or effective or nonintrusive,” said Ed Yohnka, a spokesman for the Illinois ACLU.

Ray Orozco, Chicago’s head of emergency management, is cagey about offering details. He said he can’t reveal specific threats the system may have detected, for fear of compromising security.

He emphasized that no camera in the city offers any view that couldn’t be seen from a park bench.

“The individuals out there that pay taxes, they want the cameras,” Orozco said. “We haven’t had anyone come and say, ‘Take the camera out of my neighborhood.’ ”

As for its effectiveness, Orozco has few doubts. In fact, Chicago is expanding the technology’s reach. At Navy Pier, the city is training the same capability on the surrounding waterway, with alerts for unauthorized boats in restricted areas.

This article appeared on page C – 1 of the San Francisco Chronicle

Human rights organisation investigating use of White Phosphorus

0

By Jason Straziuso and Rahim Faiez, Kabul |

AFGHANISTAN’S leading human rights organisation said yesterday it was investigating the possibility that white phosphorus was used in a US-Taliban battle that killed scores of Afghans.

The US military rejected speculation it had used the weapon but left open the possibility Taliban militants did.

Afghan doctors are concerned over what they are calling “unusual” burns on Afghans wounded in last Monday’s battle in Farah province, which President Hamid Karzai has said may have killed 125 to 130 civilians.

Allegations that white phosphorus or another chemical may have been used threatens to deepen the controversy over what Afghan officials say could be the worst case of civilian deaths since the 2001 US invasion that ousted the Taliban regime. The incident in Farah drew the condemnation of Karzai who called for an end to airstrikes.

Nader Nadery, a commissioner for the Afghan Independent Human Rights Commission, said officials were concerned white phosphorus may have been used, but he said more investigation was needed.

“Our teams have met with patients,” Nadery told reporters. “They are investigating the cause of the injuries and the use of white phosphorus.”

White phosphorus is a spontaneously flammable material that can cause painful chemical burns. It is used to mark targets, create smoke screens or as a weapon, and can be delivered by shells, flares or hand grenades, according to GlobalSecurity.org.

Human rights groups denounce its use for the severe burns it causes, though it is not banned by any treaty to which the US is a signatory.

The US military used white phosphorus in the battle of Fallujah in Iraq in November 2004.

Israel’s military used it in January against Hamas targets in Gaza.

This story appeared in the printed version of the Irish Examiner Monday, May 11, 2009

ID scheme will cost £400m annually

0

By SA Mathieson |

If start up costs of £300m are included, the National Identity Scheme looks set to cost government and citizens around £4.3bn more than the cost of current passports over a decade.

This is more than triple the £1.31bn specific cost of identity cards over a decade released by the Home Office earlier this week. This is because the £400m annually also includes the cost of adding fingerprints to passports — the current ones include only digitised photos — the costs to the rest of government of the National Identity Scheme and the charges made to individuals for having their biometrics taken.

The figures were released in an impact assessment signed by home secretary Jacqui Smith and placed in the House of Commons library on 6 May 2009. This also says that the scheme will eventually generate annual benefits of £900m to £1.6bn.

These benefits would total £9bn to £17bn over 30 years, measured on a discounted basis, compared with total discounted costs of £7bn. This will produce a net benefit of £2bn to £10bn, with the midpoint, £6bn, quoted by Jacqui Smith in a speech last week.

The Home Office says the benefits will come from time savings to individuals in dealing with government and business, more efficient processes for government and business, and reduced costs from identity related fraud.

“It is crazy to fritter away billions of pounds on an unnecessary and intrusive ID card scheme during the biggest crisis in public finances for a generation,” said Liberal Democrat shadow home secretary Chris Huhne.

“Only the most profligate of governments would stick with this ridiculous plan when costs are spiralling out of control. It shows just how out of touch ministers are that they think charging people through the nose to invade their privacy is acceptable.”

Psychologists’ E-Mails Stir Interrogation Issue

0

By Farah Stockman |

WASHINGTON – Newly public e-mails between psychologists involved in the Bush administration’s controversial detention program have fueled a fierce debate over whether mental-health professionals should give advice on warfare, and whether the nation’s largest psychology association tacitly blessed the government’s use of abusive interrogations involving waterboarding and sleep deprivation.

The e-mails were part of internal deliberations of a 2005 American Psychological Association task force on ethics and national security that featured several military psychologists who served as advisers or trainers to interrogators in Guantanamo Bay, Iraq, Afghanistan, and elsewhere. At issue in the e-mail deliberations was how to balance their profession’s strict ethical code of “do no harm” with the military’s attempt to coerce information on terrorist plots from suspects.

None of the e-mails, posted this week on the investigative journalism website ProPublica, advocate the use of torture. In fact, several describe how psychologists stepped in to prevent abuse of detainees in places like Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq.

But the e-mails – written by military psychologists who were consultants to interrogators questioning detainees at secret, so-called black sites overseas – have angered medical ethicists and human rights advocates. They say the APA should have barred psychologists from playing any role in the interrogations, and should not have invited psychologists working for the Pentagon to help shape the organization’s ethics code.

“It’s the fox – already having eaten the chickens – guarding the henhouse,” said Nathaniel Raymond, senior investigator at the Cambridge-based Physicians for Human Rights, which on Wednesday called for an independent inquiry into the ethics and national security task force and the APA’s actions. Raymond said retired military personnel should have served on the panel instead of active practitioners.

But Gerald P. Koocher, dean of the School of Health Sciences at Simmons College in Boston, who helped assemble the task force, and its chairwoman, Olivia Moorehead-Slaughter, a clinical psychologist at Brookline’s Park School, believe it was vital to hear from military psychologists who faced the ethical dilemmas.

“We had people who knew what was happening,” said Koocher, a former APA president. He said some of his critics in the mental health community are “being mindless ideologues” by insisting that all psychologists withdraw from advisory roles with the military.

“Working for the military is a legitimate occupation for people,” Koocher said.

The 10-member task force is, generally, a who’s who list of military mental-health professionals who eventually came out in public as opponents of torture.

One member, Army Colonel Larry James, was sent to Abu Ghraib to install guidelines after photos of detainee abuse made international headlines, while another, Morgan Banks, argued against using coercive tactics on Guantanamo Bay detainees, according to a report by the Senate Armed Services Committee. Task force member Mike Gelles, a civilian with Guantanamo Bay’s Criminal Investigation Task Force, criticized the brutal methods used in interrogations there, while colleague R. Scott Shumate, a CIA psychologist, reportedly left in disgust after he witnessed the treatment of Al Qaeda operative Abu Zubaydah.

But Physicians for Human Rights argues merely being involved as consultants in those operations runs against the grain of professional ethics.

“Basic medical standards preclude any medical professionals from being involved in interrogations,” Raymond said, adding that the men continued to be involved in training and advising interrogators after voicing objections to the tactics. He criticized them for failing to do more to stop the alleged abuse.

But the e-mails show how the military psychologists struggled to find the ethical boundaries.

In one exchange, Gelles said psychologists should serve only as consultants to interrogators, and never play a lead role. James disagreed.

“What about if the interrogator is an 18- or 19-year-old kid right out of high school?” James wrote. “No, I don’t think the psychologist should do the interrogation. On the other hand, this is a dangerous situation. . . . All too often at Abu Ghraib the 19-year-old’s supervisor was a 25-year-old reservist who never did a real-world interrogation either.”

Both men asserted that psychologists had fixed problems, not caused them.

Bryce Lefever, a military psychologist who served at the detention center at Bagram Air Base in Afghanistan, opined in one e-mail that psychologists do harm for the “greater good” when inflicting pain on US soldiers to teach them how to withstand torture at the hands of enemy captors. The same behaviors, however, “are viewed as harmful” when used on US prisoners.

In July 2005, the task force concluded that it is ethical “to serve in consultant roles for interrogation” as long as the questioning is safe and legal. It also concluded that psychologists have an ethical obligation to report torture and should not use phobias to inflict stress.

But two task force members believe it did not go far enough.

Mike Wessell, a Columbia University professor, resigned after the task force failed to denounce waterboarding as torture, which the APA did in 2008.

Soon after, Jean Maria Arrigo, an independent scholar and social psychologist went public with the group’s private e-mails.

The task force “served to legitimate the presence of psychologists in the interrogations,” she said.

© Copyright 2009 Globe Newspaper Company

British Labour’s divisive Equality Bill

0

The government’s Equality Bill has been condemned as “socialism in one clause” by Britain’s right wing and a “landmark” in overcoming inequalities by the liberal media and the trade unions.

It is neither. Far from promoting equality in any meaningful sense, the bill continues Labour’s reactionary advocacy of identity politics as political window dressing for the growth of class inequality under its rule.

The government claims that its aim is to “harmonise” existing equality laws so as to provide “straightforward practical guidance for employers, service providers and public bodies.”

But the bill is not simply a consolidation of current legislation. It marks a further step towards the adoption of affirmative action measures, or “positive discrimination” as it is known in the UK, which, especially under conditions of a global economic recession, has the most divisive implications.

Most indicative of the bill’s true purpose is the fact that the review body responsible for drawing together various proposals complained that traditional approaches to resolving inequality were “not fit…in today’s Britain” due to their focus on “income or wealth.”

Launching the bill, Labour’s deputy leader, Harriet Harman, claimed that it chimed with the new mood created by the economic recession. “The whole issue of fairness has come centre stage,” she said. Presenting Labour as the party of equality, she continued, “We know that inequality is grounded not just in gender, race, disability, age and sexual orientation, but also by class.”

This reluctant acknowledgement of class inequality has indeed been forced on the government. But its reduction to just one of many other forms of discrimination is integral to the politics of affirmative action, which aims to conceal the fact that class is the fundamental source of inequality under capitalism.

To recognise this is not to minimise sexual or racial inequalities and the persistence of discrimination. It is a matter of record that unemployment and low pay remain higher amongst women, certain ethnic minorities and disabled people.

Overcoming this, however, requires a political struggle aimed at abolishing the root cause of social inequality–the profit system and the forms of social organisation based upon it.

Labour’s proposals are in opposition to this perspective. So determined is it not to infringe on big business that its “equality” measures will apply only to the public sector, after they were vetoed by private employers.

The bill proposes to “expand the way positive action” can be used so that employers can select someone for a job from “an underrepresented group.” It suggests that decisions on the awarding of public contracts, worth a total of £175 billion, should take into account a company’s “equality” record.

The government denies this amounts to positive discrimination, “which will remain unlawful.”

This assurance is absurd, given that the stated aim of the new measures is to increase the number of women, in particular, in certain workplaces, by privileging them over other applicants.

Harman has stated explicitly that the bill is “about saying ‘because you are a woman I’m going to put you in this promotion,’” claiming that it would make City of London boardrooms, as well as the Houses of Parliament and the upper echelons of the police, more “representative.”

Her statement underscores that the new measures have nothing to do with the interests of working people. The government hopes through its legislation to provide discredited and hated institutions with some veneer of political credibility. But the gender, race and/or sexual orientation of the owners and representatives of the capitalist profit system make not one iota of difference to those they exploit, as is proven by the experience of Margaret Thatcher in Britain, and now Barack Obama in the United States.

More fundamentally, “positive action” is based on the premise that there is no possibility of expanding limited resources or producing any fundamental change in the social set-up. Rather, in order for some sections of the population to progress, others must go without.

This policy has a long and wholly regressive pedigree. It was first systematically promoted in the United States under the Republican administration of Richard Nixon in response to the civil rights movement and the inner-city rebellions of the 1960s.

Through policies of affirmative action the bourgeoisie sought to cultivate a privileged layer of the African-American middle class and utilise it as a social and political bulwark against the working class. The result has been that while the likes of Obama, Condoleezza Rice and Colin Powell have “made it” into the ruling upper echelons, the conditions of minority workers and youth–like those of the working class as a whole–have deteriorated.

In Britain, the more cautious advocacy of affirmative action has been intimately connected to the Labour Party’s abandonment of its historic links with the working class and its repudiation of social reforms.

In the 1980s, caught between popular opposition to the Conservative government of Thatcher and its own adaptation to the right-wing agenda of free market deregulation, the Labour Party–especially its nominal “left” wing–embraced identity politics.

Increasingly, social policy became determined by race, gender and sexual orientation. Not only was this, in effect, a form of means-testing resources, politically it served to undermine working class unity against the assault on social services, welfare and democratic rights.

Some quarter of a century on, the share of total household income held by the top fifth of the population has risen from 36 to 42 percent, while falling amongst the bottom 60 percent of the population, declining from 10 percent in the poorest fifth to approximately seven percent. The share of gross domestic product (GDP) going to wages and salaries has fallen over approximately the same period, from 65 percent to 53 percent in 2008.

Meanwhile, Labour’s neo-colonialist agenda, coupled with its “war on terror” and anti-immigrant demagogy, has led to an increase in the harassment of minorities, while the squeeze on public spending has meant an absence of well-resourced, inexpensive child care facilities, further trapping many mothers in low paid employment.

More damagingly, Labour’s policies of “positive action” have exacerbated divisions–segregating neighbourhoods and forcing working people into an internecine struggle for a dwindling number of jobs, educational opportunities and public services.

This, in turn, has played into the hands of the right wing, whose condemnation of “political correctness gone mad” has been used to divert from the truly spectacular special privileges afforded a tiny and fabulously wealthy elite.

The fight for genuine equality, including the defence of democratic rights against all forms of discrimination, cannot be separated from a political struggle against the capitalist system. Only the abolition of class domination and the reorganisation of economic, social and political life in the interests of the vast majority can provide the basis for a truly egalitarian society.

Julie Hyland

Pentagon’s Black Budget Grows to More Than $50 Billion

0

By Noah Shachtman |

The Pentagon wants to spend just over $50 billion on classified programs next year, newly-released Defense Department budget documents reveal. “That’s the largest-ever sum,” according to Aviation Week’s Bill Sweetman, a longtime black-budget seer – a three percent increase over last year’s total.

It makes the Pentagon’s secret operations, including the intelligence budgets nested inside, “roughly equal in magnitude to the entire defense budgets of the UK, France or Japan,” Sweetman adds. All in all, about seven and a half percent of the Defense Department’s total spending is now classified.

Black-world weapons-buying “remains dominated by the single line item,” according to Sweetman. (You can find it under the Air Force’s “other procurement” section, on page F-21 here.) “This year’s number stands just above $16 billion. In inflation-adjusted terms, that’s 240 per cent more than it was ten years ago.”

Many of the secret budgets still remain clandestine, however. In the research budget, the line item for a “Special Program”of the super-secret National Security Agency is a string of zeros. Same goes for an NSA “Cyber Security Initiative” kitty. And don’t even ask about NSA’s “Intelligence Support to Information Operations” account. That’s a blank slate, too.

Some other fun facts, buried in the Pentagon’s just-released budget docs:

Money for “Directed Energy Technology” – real-life ray gun research – jumps from $62.7 million last year to $105.7 million in 2010.
Cash for “Prompt Global Strike Capability Development” – weapons that can hit anywhere on the planet, in just a few hours – jumps from $74.1 million to $166.9 million.
The high-flying Global Hawk drones get an an extra $486.8 million.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense is pushing $75 million in new alt-fuel and alt-power projects – from “Landfill Gas Energy Capture” to a “Tactical, Deployable Micro-Grid.”
The Maui Space Surveillance System gets a major downgrade, from $36.3 million to a mere $5.8 million. Aloha, space-watchers!
UPDATE:CQ’s Tim Starks reports that “the budget would also allocate an unspecified amount to the new ‘Imagery Satellite Way Ahead‘ program, a joint effort between the Office of the Director of National Intelligence and the Department of Defense designed to revamp the nation’s constellation of spy satellites.”

The mostly classified plan would include new, redesigned “electro-optical” satellites, which collect data from across the electromagnetic spectrum, as well as the expanded use of commercial satellite imagery. Although the cost is secret, most estimates place it in the multibillion-dollar range.

Pentagon eyes new anti-missile technology

0

WASHINGTON: The Pentagon is redirecting its missile defence efforts by winding down multibillion-dollar programmes aimed at destroying enemy missiles very soon after they take off.

The move away from “boost-phase” intercept programmes was announced as part of President Barack Obama’s fiscal 2010 budget request sent to Congress on Thursday.

Prospects: The Pentagon’s Missile Defense Agency said it had turned bullish in recent months on prospects for intercepts during the ascent phase, which it termed “significantly less challenging”. The ascent phase starts after powered flight, but before a ballistic missile deploys decoys or executes manoeuvres to avoid being shot down in the post-boost phase of its flight. “We believe technologies now available — not previously available — make this a more suitable, more affordable enterprise,” said retired Navy Rear Admiral David Altwegg, the agency’s executive director.

“Our studies tell us that this ascent-phase interceptor effort will provide the margin of superiority needed and replace boost-phase as we now know it,” he told reporters. Altwegg said the Missile Defense Agency had several initiatives under way that could lead to deployment of such systems as soon as 2013 or 2014, if funded by Congress. Altwegg declined to name any of the potential contractors. The Obama administration said on Thursday it would cancel the Kinetic Energy Interceptor, a boost-phase program being developed by Northrop Grumman Corp. The cancellation was one of the few surprises in a spending plan that was largely laid out by Defence Secretary Robert Gates last month.

Once valued at as much as $6 billion, the KEI was targeted for cancellation after running into cost and technical hitches, including overheating and repeated first and second stage booster failures, the missile agency said.

Randy Belote, a Northrop Grumman spokesman, said the company was disappointed the administration had chosen not to fund the KEI program. He said it offered “the strategic flexibility we believe is absolutely essential to deal with constantly evolving ballistic missile threats”. Gates had previously announced plans to turn another boost-phase program, a modified Boeing Co 747 equipped with a chemical laser, into a research effort rather than one aimed at potential production models. The Airborne Laser, designed to destroy all classes of ballistic missiles in their boost phases, is scheduled to try to shoot down a dummy target in September.

“I would not yet dismiss ABL,” Altwegg told reporters. The residual research programme could lead to other “speed-of-light” missions, including destroying enemy aircraft and surface-to-air missiles, advocates of the system have said.

Overall, Obama sought $7.8 billion for the Missile Defense Agency, a cut of about $1.2 billion from last year. Also terminated was Lockheed Martin Corp’s Multiple Kill Vehicle programme. The spending reduction was slightly smaller than the $1.4 billion cut announced by Gates on April 6, when he rolled out plans to tie US military spending more closely to conflicts such as Iraq and Afghanistan. In another development, Altwegg said it had been agreed to let federal research labs compete to carry out a $5 million study of a possible space-based missile defence, a potential baby step toward a system once mocked as “star wars”. The Pentagon has spent more than $100 billion to date to develop anti-missile systems based at land, sea, and in the air. reuters

Documents shoot holes in Cheney’s theories on torture

0

What a difference an election makes. Our national position has now shifted from “we don’t torture” to “we don’t torture anymore.”

Let us, then, disabuse ourselves of former President George W. Bush’s notion that waterboarding and the other so-called “harsh” or “enhanced” interrogation techniques are anything but torture. Euphemism is the first refuge of scoundrels – and the merely desperate.

President Barack Obama wants to help us as a country to reconcile our shameful torture period. He says repeatedly that he wants to “look forward” and “not backwards.” He absolved CIA officers from prosecution for the inhumanities of harsh interrogation. That’s OK by me. It’s not quite fair to prosecute the lower end of the food chain while top policymakers walk free.

But the torture debate won’t go away soon.

Former Vice President Dick Cheney says the techniques were effective. Obama says, uh, not so fast.

So now that Cheney has a legacy to salvage and a sure-to-be-best-selling book in the works, he is relaxing even his famous obsession for secrecy. To back up his case, he is requesting through his publisher that the Obama administration release previously classified documents. Do it. Please.

In fact, don’t stop there, Mr. Cheney. Let’s have a full-fledged truth commission-style investigation.

Former Bush speechwriter Marc A. Thiessen argued dramatically in an April 21 Washington Post op-ed that “without enhanced interrogations, there could be a hole in the ground in Los Angeles to match the one in New York.”

But, as Slate.com senior editor Tim Noah was the first to note, the big flaw in Thiessen’s claim is chronology. Bush’s own counterterrorism officials told reporters that the L.A. plot effectively ended when its cell leader was arrested in February 2002. Sheikh Mohammad was not captured until March 2003, a year after the Bush White House said the plot fell apart. So much for Thiessen’s “hole in the ground.”

Does torture work? Contrary to the certainty expressed by Cheney and Co., torture has been a topic of heated debate within the intelligence community and between the CIA, FBI, and the State and Justice departments for years.

More significant, Ali Soufan, an FBI interrogator who worked closely with Zubaydah, says the FBI did extract crucial intelligence, but long before Zubaydah was subjected to harsh techniques. In an op-ed in The New York Times and a series of interviews with Newsweek, Soufan described how he and an FBI colleague got the terror suspect talking by gaining his confidence without violence.

Then there’s National Intelligence Director Dennis Blair, Obama’s top intelligence adviser. He told intelligence personnel on April 16 that “high-value information” came from harsh interrogation methods. But in a later statement, he backed away, saying “there is no way of knowing whether the same information could have been obtained through other means.”

Clarence Page

22 protesters arrested at Obama speech

0
Former Illinois U.S. Senate candidate Alan Keyes and 21 other protesters were arrested this morning when they refused to leave the Notre Dame campus during a protest of President Obama’s upcoming commencement address there, authorities said.

Keyes and the others were arrested on trespassing charges when they refused to leave campus, a university spokesman said. All 22 were being held in the St. Joseph County Jail on misdemeanor criminal trespass charges, in lieu of $250 bond each, said St. Joseph County Sheriff’s Sgt. Bill Redman.

Keyes was among a group of 26 protesters, some of them pushing baby carriages with dolls covered in fake blood, who entered the campus and were greeted by Notre Dame police, said university spokesman Dennis Brown.

The protesters had “publicized their intentions in advance,” and were handed notices advising them that university policy bans protests unless they are organized by student groups and approved in advance, Brown said.

University policy is to arrest anyone who refuses to leave campus after being notified of the policy, and Keyes and other protesters who stayed were arrested about 12:15 p.m. Eastern Time, he said.

“We’ve got a long established policy that only members of the university community can organize or lead a protest, and they have to be approved by our office of student affairs,” Brown said.

The first protester was booked on a trespassing charge at the St. Joseph County Jail at 1:14 p.m., Redman said. The protesters were a mix of local residents and others from out of state, he said.

Those arrested would appear in St. Joseph County Court next Monday if they fail to make bond, he said.

Notre Dame announced earlier this spring that Obama would be the commencement speaker at its May 17 graduation ceremony. Since then, Notre Dame, a Catholic university, has become the target of protests by groups who say Obama’s stance on abortion should disqualify him from speaking at a Catholic institution.

Activists including Randall Terry, founder of the anti-abortion rights group Operation Rescue, who was arrested at the campus last Friday, have begun targeting the school for protests in recent weeks. A student group, Notre Dame Response, has organized its own protests regarding Obama’s visit.

White House Press Secretary Robert Gibbs told reporters this afternoon that Obama had no plans to decline an honorary degree that will be given to him as part of his appearance at Notre Dame. Such an honor has been especially troubling to some opponents of his appearance at the school.

“We are honored to have received the invitation,” Gibbs said. “Notre Dame has a good history of robust, civic debate and the president looks forward to speaking to the graduating class.”

Gibbs said Obama planned to “accept the degree, and come back to the White House.”

Groups fights bill that keeps biolab secrets

0

|

Open government advocates are lining up to fight a bill they say would cripple the public’s right to information about deadly germs like those studied at the Galveston National Laboratory.

Critics say Senate Bill 2556 would allow laboratory operators to keep confidential all information pertaining to so-called select agents, including information about accidental infections and other releases of potentially lethal organisms.

The Texas Press Association, the Texas Daily Newspaper Association and the Freedom of Information Foundation of Texas oppose the bill authored by state Sen. Joan Huffman, a Republican representing part of Galveston County.

Officials with the University of Texas Medical Branch, which owns and operates the facility, insist the bill does not run counter to their early promises of transparency about a laboratory where scientists handle such deadly agents as Anthrax, avian flu, bubonic plague and hemorrhagic fevers, including Ebola.

Medical branch officials asked for and support a bill they say is narrowly focused to protect the security of the lab and the privacy of researchers.

At issue, they say, are material transfer agreements, used to document the transfer of select agents and other samples to institutions that have permission to use the research material.

Although the names of principal investigators are in the public domain, medical branch officials said they are concerned about the privacy of other classifications of their own employees and the privacy of researchers at out-of-state institutions with which they are seeking to collaborate.

Federal law, which the bill is supposed to mirror, protects the names of employees, officials said.

In April, the Texas attorney general denied the medical branch’s request to keep private the names of researchers and others contained on material transfer documents, costing the medical branch an important collaboration with the University of Pittsburg, officials said.

Researchers who sought the change in state law never intended to conceal all information about select agents, said Dr. James LeDuc, deputy director of the national laboratory.

“We’ve been very open and transparent, and I certainly don’t see this changing,” LeDuc said.

The very ability of researchers to do their work was at stake, LeDuc said.

But the bill, which cleared the Senate this week, would create a blanket exemption, making confidential all information about select agents at state institutions, including what pathogens researchers are handling and reports about accidents, said attorneys representing The Daily News and some of state’s main newspaper and open government organizations.

“The idea that this bill would improve public safety or national security is false,” said Joe Larsen, an attorney and board member of Freedom Information Foundation of Texas.

“Current law strikes the proper balance between the need to maintain security regarding operational details and the right of people who live next to these facilities and the public at large to know what pathogens, many of which are highly communicable and deadly, are being worked on in their neighborhoods.

“If these governmental bodies escape the sunlight, the result will be reduced compliance with reporting rules and reduced discipline in handling the select agents in question.”

Opponents said not only would the bill allow the state’s biodefense laboratories to withhold information pertaining to select agents, it would make it illegal for researchers to disclose the information even if they wanted to.

The 186,267-square-foot Galveston National Laboratory, opened in November, is one of two approved in 2003 by the National Institutes of Health after the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.

Researchers plan to develop drugs and vaccines to battle infectious disease, including deadly germs terrorists might use.

By promising intense security and transparency, medical branch officials soothed concerns among some island residents who feared deadly germs could somehow escape the facility and endanger the public.

Afghanistan: NATO Should ‘Come Clean’ on White Phosphorus

0

NATO forces in Afghanistan should immediately release the results of their investigation into a March 14, 2009, incident in which an 8-year-old girl in Kapisa province was burned by white phosphorus munitions, Human Rights Watch said today. A NATO spokesperson has denied allegations from the girl’s father that NATO forces had fired the rounds that caused her injuries.

“White phosphorus causes horrendous burns and should not be used in civilian areas,”  said Marc Garlasco, senior military analyst at Human Rights Watch. “NATO should immediately make public the results of its investigation into this incident.”

The girl’s family brought her to the US military base in Bagram on March 14 for medical treatment for severe burns. US military doctors say they found white phosphorus on her face and neck. The incident took place in Alahsay district in eastern Kapisa Province, where there had been a series of fierce firefights in March involving NATO forces and insurgent groups.

NATO officials have said that according to their records, no rounds were found to have landed near the house, though have not denied using white phosphorus during this engagement. They have suggested that the Taliban may have fired the rounds, but have not provided any evidence for their claim. Today the International Security Assistance Force released information on four isolated incidents dated between December 2007 and May 2009 where they say insurgents used white phosphorus munitions.

Under international humanitarian law, chemicals such as white phosphorus can legitimately be used as “obscurants” to hide military operations and, in certain circumstances, as a weapon. However, white phosphorus munitions have a significant incendiary effect that can severely burn people and set alight fields, buildings, and other civilian objects in the vicinity. Human Rights Watch believes that the use of white phosphorus munitions in densely populated areas violates the requirement under international humanitarian law to take all feasible precautions to avoid civilian injury and loss of life.

The spokesman for the commander of NATO and US troops in Afghanistan, Brig. Gen. Richard Blanchette, confirmed that white phosphorus munitions are used in Afghanistan. He told Human Rights Watch: “We do not target personnel with white phosphorus, which is a conventional weapon in the arsenals of many nations, generally used for screening, marking, and illumination.”

“NATO has not denied using white phosphorus during the Kapisa incident, nor have they provided evidence that the insurgents fired these rounds,” said Garlasco. “NATO and US forces need to reassure the people of Afghanistan, already alarmed by high civilian casualties, that these munitions are not being used unlawfully.”

MP’s Expenses: Two words show their claims ‘were made within the rules’ are lies

3

Ministers are quaking in their boots.

Today, the Daily Telegraph printed the report into their investigation of the expenses of UK Members of Parliament, without the big black lines through them that MPs have been spending time scribbling in before the supposed official release in July.

Although if it was someone committing benefit fraud you can be sure that they would be down the station being charged, and their fingerprints and DNA taken, it appears that MPs are above the Law of the Land and the police have instead been called in to investigate how The Telegraph got hold of the documents.

Immigration Minister Phil Woolas called the Telegraph’s reporting “absolutely disgusting” and seems to believe that the newspaper’s claims might be “actionable” and is seeking legal advice. A pity he doesn’t understand the difference between ‘claims’ and ‘evidence’.

Minister’s are attempting to defend themselves by stating that all their claims were made within the rules. It’s unlikely to help Peter Mandelson’s case as he claimed £2850 less than a week after announcing his decision to stand down as an MP. Then he sold the house at a large profit.

Jack Straw claimed his full council tax on his constituency house in Blackburn, Lancs whilst receiving a 50 percent zero occupancy discount. On July 20th 2008, just two months after discovering that he would be found out because expenses would be made public, he paid it back, his letter marked “In confidence” as he had hoped to keep it secret.

However, all of them are exposed as criminals by the very rules they claim to have upheld. Those rules are laid out in the Minister’s Green Book 2009. (pdf file)

The Green Book contains Fundamental Principles based on ‘The Code of Conduct and the Rules relating to the conduct of Members’.

The first of these Principles states:

“Claims should be above reproach and must reflect actual usage of the resources being claimed.”

The fifth Principle states:

“Members must ensure that claims do not give rise to, or give the appearance of giving rise to, an improper personal financial benefit to themselves or anyone else.”

Furthermore, “Members are committed to openness about what expenditure has been incurred and for what purposes.”

So, not only are their claims definitely not above reproach, and clearly giving the appearance of improper personal benefit; but they can even be seen trying to cover them up, which is hardly in keeping with their duty to be “committed to openness”.

In the next section of The Green Book 2009, ‘Applying the Principles’, Ministers are given a set of questions “designed to assist Members in coming to a decision about whether or not costs incurred are appropriate to be met from the allowances”.

One of those questions is:

“Could the claim in any way damage the reputation of Parliament or its Members?”

And so we have our answers.

These claims have damaged the reputation of parliament and its Members, they have not been above reproach, and they have not been committed to openness about their expenses.

“Above reproach” are the two words that sentence them.

I reproach thee, sleazy and thieving varlets, and call for the full weight of the Hammer of Law to fall upon you.

Benefit Fraud is a crime. No Ifs, no Buts.

©2009 The Initiatrix

Pelosi caught in lie over CIA torture report

0

By Bob Turner |

Washington – A report by the Central Intelligence Agency revealed that now Speaker of the House, Rep. Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) was briefed on CIA torture methods in 2002, which the Democratic leader had previously denied having any knowledge of.

Pelosi along with other key leaders in Congress had been briefed on CIA interrogation methods, including waterboarding, dozens of times, which included the destruction of interrogation videotapes and other records.

Of particular note was a September 4, 2002 briefing to Pelosi in which she was given details on the interrogation methods, including waterboarding, used on Abu Zubaydah, a top Al Qaeda operative. A Justice Department memo released last month revealed that waterboarding had used on Zubaydah at least 83 times.

Only last week Pelosi had said, “We were not – I repeat were not – told that waterboarding or any of these other enhanced interrogation methods were used.”

Yet the CIA had gone so far as to produce a chart on the number of times Pelosi had been briefed, which in effect caught the liberal Democratic leader in what critics say was “a bold face lie”.

The chart shows that over a seven year span Pelosi had been briefed a total of 40 times on interrogation and intelligence gathering techniques used by the CIA in gathering intelligence information from detainees.

Porter Goss, former CIA Director who attended those intelligence briefings with Pelosi said he was ‘slack-jawed’ to read about Pelosi denying she understood that waterboarding had been used on prisoners, calling her response “a disturbing epidemic of amnesia.”

A perpetually benevolent state

0

By Paul Evans |

DNA, according to top boffins and Joe Strummer, is “all coded in the initial phase”. There’s no escaping it. And nor should there be according to Harriet Harman, a former legal officer for Liberty, who claims that those who set themselves in opposition to the government retaining our biological essence are “putting themselves against justice”.

The government’s almost mockingly modest plans to slim down their retention of innocent people’s DNA data following a recent European Court of Human Rights’ ruling, will allow the Home Office to continue to hold DNA samples for either 6 or 12 years — and prompted no small degree of unrest among Britain’s keyboard warriors. The aptly named Glyn Moody regarded the announcement as reprehensible, remarking: “Yet again this government shows its deep contempt for international courts, and demonstrates its profoundly cynical belief that the innocent simply haven’t been proved guilty yet”.


Many felt this way. But rushing to the Harman’s side came blogging backbencher Kerry McCarthy, who defended the proposals on the basis of their potential to help solve sex crimes, concluding:

“Are your ‘civil liberties’ really so precious that you’d be prepared to have these crimes on your conscience?”

Her rather provocative use of condescending inverted commas drew an admirably measured response from fellow Bristolian Steve Loughran, who wrote:

“Yes. Because the alternative: ubiquitous police state based on 7×24 monitoring of all communications, activities and movement is based on the assumption that the police are there for your benefit,” noting that Labour’s plans rest on the presumption of a perpetually benevolent state.

A speaker at Lib Dem conference once argued that his colleagues must be vigilent in pressing for limits on the powers of the state, because if in government his party would be “just as bad”. Loughran makes the point that the alternatives may be considerably worse.

And it was a Liberal Democrat, in the form of Welsh Assembly Member Peter Black, who asserted that “The Home Office really are just trying to get away with doing as little as possible when they should be focusing resources and their energy on catching criminals, rather than persecuting the innocent. Meanwhile, a hop across the pond, our cousins on The Huffington Post were equally unimpressed with the Home Office. “Britain has truly become the home of Big Brother,” was the consensus.

Not everyone was so wound up though. Driver Rob was quite enamoured by the prospect, soothingly explaining: “There would be no need for any other data except some unique identifier like your N.I. number. What harm can it do you?”

For those who are interested: Rob was born in 1946, married in 1973 and teaches physics. For further details, give it six months and ask a vaguely competent hacker.

What have we learned this week?

That if Virago Press appointed Jim Davidson as chief commissioning editor, it would end more happily than Derek Draper’s editorship of Labour List. In his resignation statement Draper reminded beleaguered readers that due to email infiltration “what was a silly idea ultimately destined for the trash can became a national scandal,” and handed the chalice to deputy Alex Smith. “Sounds like shuffling the deckchairs on the Titanic”, despaired leading Labour blogger Kerron Cross.

Around the World

In cheerless Reykjavík, the Iceland Weather Report’s Alda finds a story to warm the cockles. Japsy Jacob, a young Indian living in the east of the country is currently threatened with deportation and in consequence, forced marriage. But residents are rallying to her side, in a campaign reminiscent of the heroic Shetland effort to keep Sakchai Makao from being deported from their islands.

Video of the Week

“Relevant” and “funny” aren’t terms often applied to Dire Straits, but Mark Knopfler’s observations on the state of the British economy in the early 1980s now have a renewed resonance. “History boils over, there’s an economics freeze/ Sociologists invent words that mean Industrial Disease,” he sagely opined.

Quotes of the Week

“When they are reduced to accusing people who believe those cleared of crimes should not have their DNA stored on a database of being ‘against justice’ you know they have lost the debate. Role on the General Election, it’s clear we need rid of them now.”

‘Davidee2’ on Labour Home

“The Tridents are not weapons of mass destruction.”

Nadine Dorries on the nuclear warheads carried by Britain’s ballistic missile submarines.

ID cards are a ‘huge risk’ according to legal expert

0

THE government’s controversial ID card plans are ‘hugely risky’ according to a legal expert.

Manchester will be the first city where citizens will be invited to apply for an ID card from this autumn, ahead of the national roll-out in 2012.

As part of the two-year trial over-16s with a valid UK passport can apply online for a card and then attend a government office for fingerprinting, photographs and a possible interview.

Announcing the pilot scheme yesterday, Home Secretary Jacqui Smith also outlined plans for chemists and post offices to be used as enrolment centres.

But the plans were savaged as unworkable by opposition politicians and a leading data law expert.

IT law expert Susan Hall, a partner at city law firm Cobbetts, has spent 20 years specialising in keeping large companies and organisations on the right side of data protection laws.

She said the scheme had several pitfalls.

She said: “The main problem is that it is such a huge scheme and government IT projects have a track record of going over budget and having severe problems.

“No database is foolproof. You just have to look at cases where MI5 computers have been left on trains. There is a huge risk because it is so easy to carry large amounts of information on portable media. Fingerprints are not like a pin number – they can’t be changed if the information is leaked.

“There is also a risk that people will misuse or sell the information or that other agencies will misuse it. We’ve already had local authorities going beyond their powers to use surveillance in cases of dog fouling. I think there is great potential for people’s personal data being misused.”

Ms Hall also said high street stores would have to clear several legal hurdles before being allowed to collect the sensitive information needed for the scheme.

Local Lib Dems, including the leaders of Stockport, Oldham and Rochdale councils, put out statements opposing the trial.

Withington Lib Dem MP John Leech commented: “I wouldn’t sign up even if they were free, but at a time when everyone is feeling the pinch, who in their right mind is going to pay to sign up for an ID card?”

People will be charged £30 to get the cards – which will contain fingerprint information and personal details and can be used instead of a passport for travel in Europe.

Legislation clearing the way for identity cards was passed in 2006, but MPs will need to make a further vote for the cards to become compulsory.

The Post Office and a national pharmacy association which represents Boots and Snappy Snaps are in talks with the Home Office to open up ‘public-friendly’ registration centres in stores – although they would not take part in the Manchester trial.

However, it is understood that preliminary registration trials have already been taking place the Manchester office of the Identity and Passport Office on Portland Street. Estimates of the predicted costs of implementing the scheme have soared to more £5bn.

Thousands of airside workers at Manchester airport were last year told that they must sign up to the ID card scheme as part of their conditions of employment.

Unions and airline pilots are opposing the trial scheme, which is also happening at London’s City airport.

Experts question high-street biometric ID cards

0

By Tom Espiner |

Security and legal experts have questioned the viability of a government plan to capture biometrics in high-street shops for its ID card scheme.

The Home Office announced on Wednesday that organisations, including the Post Office and the National Pharmacy Association, were in talks to collect and transmit biometric information for ID card enrolment. The outlets will allow people to scan fingerprints and facial photographs for storage on the cards and in a central database.

Susan Hall, a partner and IT law expert at Cobbetts solicitors, told ZDNet UK on Thursday that biometric data is very valuable to identity thieves. That means it requires a high level of protection, which high-street stores do not have the culture to provide.

“[The government] is creating a situation where high-street outlets are acting as a conduit for highly sensitive information, with a high value,” said Hall. “Even pharmacies may have some difficulty with the idea of the necessary level of data security.”

The talks with the Post Office and others could result in a large number of outlets for the biometric collection. That would exponentially increase the risk of personal data being compromised, Hall said.

“How do you ensure a completely secure collection, storage and transmission process? Clearly, this is not possible,” said Hall. “The more you multiply the entry points to a system, the more points of vulnerability you have.”

The Identity and Passport Service (IPS) on Thursday said that high-street retailers would be able to capture and store biometrics securely, and that the government would introduce a data-security standard for this.

“We would never implement an approach which would jeopardise the security and integrity of a person’s biometric data or allow it to be used in any way in the application process other than for the purpose of that application itself,” said an IPS spokesperson. “We will also be taking a standards-based approach, whereby we will set certain strict standards that will need to be met by any organisation that is involved any part of application process and this will include issues around secure transmission and data loss.”

The spokesperson went on to say that organisations would be subject to an accreditation process, which will involve ongoing reviews. “Clearly, there would be a requirement to notify us of any breach of those standards,” said the spokesperson.

However, Hall suggested that high-street organisations could become liable for any data loss, and that outlets signing up would be taking on a high level of risk.

“If I were a government department signing up [organisations], I would want pretty strong contracts,” said Hall. “In particular, I would specify that outlets have contractually secure systems, that they would report data breaches, and that they would indemnify against all loss and damage.”

The IPS declined to say whether high-street organisations would be liable for any data loss.

Jamie Cowper, EMEA marketing manager for security company PGP Corporation, said even if the data were collected and transmitted securely, there was still a question as to whether the government could be trusted with it.

“Even if these high-street outlets can prove they are able to process and record this data in a highly secure manner, there remains serious concern about how all this information will be centrally stored by the government,” said Cowper. “Given the numerous public-sector data breaches of late, the public is fully justified in expressing unease about these proposals.”

Government Could Destroy Records in Hundreds of Guantanamo Cases

0

A stockpile of documents about hundreds of Guantanamo Bay detainees, some authored by the prisoners themselves, could be destroyed under a little-known provision of a federal court order the Bush administration obtained in 2004.

For four years records in the prisoners’ habeas corpus lawsuits challenging the legality of their detentions have been piling up in a secure federal facility in the Crystal City neighborhood of Arlington, Va. Because much of the information is classified, the 750 or so attorneys representing the detainees are required to do and store all their work on-site.

The provision is part of a broad order [1] (PDF) issued at the very outset of the habeas cases — at the last official count in January, 220 cases remained — that set rules for how sensitive documents and attorney access should be handled. It calls for the government to destroy all classified records given to, prepared by or kept by detainees’ counsel — including originals and copies of writings, photographs, videotapes, computer files and voice recordings — when the cases end.

Case files already fill 40 to 50 locked file cabinets, and restricted computer drives hold still more. Documents include captives’ letters, drawings and poems [2], their attorneys’ notes from meetings with them, and reports of their interrogations, according to several lawyers who routinely access the files. In some cases they describe the capture, transfer and investigation of detainees, the identities of their accusers, and the government’s reasons for holding individuals. The lawyers estimate that a quarter to a third of the records have been marked classified.

Although the lawyers are forbidden from revealing classified details, they could include detainees’ personal accounts of abuses [3] and interrogation procedures [4] that have recently been described in secondhand reports. These voices have been missing, the New York Times noted [5] today, because the government refuses to disclose detainees’ statements and their lawyers operate under a gag order.

The destruction provision does not appear to threaten court papers and government records, according to a September 2007 letter [6] (PDF) from the then-chief archivist of the United States, Allen Weinstein, to concerned open-government advocates. The government is required to save those records. But letters and notes between detainees and their lawyers containing classified information will be destroyed, he wrote, because letting the government keep them would endanger the detainees’ attorney-client confidentiality, while letting detainees’ lawyers keep them would risk disclosure of sensitive information.

The concern that records might be destroyed seemed academic until recently. The Bush administration had for years fought the captives’ right to bring habeas lawsuits, and the end of the cases seemed nowhere in sight. But last July the Supreme Court said the cases could proceed. The litigations, which had sputtered along since 2004, gained steam. More lawyers began booking hotel rooms near the Crystal City stronghold, and for the first time they’re having to line up to use the 20 or so government computers there.

When the Obama administration vowed to shut the Cuban prison by January 2010, the lawyers’ sense of urgency increased. Attorneys think that could mean a quick end to some cases, because detainees may waive their rights to litigate further in exchange for release or transfer. More than two dozen cases have already wrapped up at the trial-court level.

Dean Boyd, a Justice Department spokesman, told ProPublica, “We are not going to destroy any documents pursuant to [the provision] at this time, nor have we destroyed any.” He refused to say whether a set of the detainees’ records would be preserved or whether the administration would oppose detainees’ lawyers, who say they will soon ask the court to change the order.

David Remes, who represents 20 detainees, said that “volumes of notes” taken by attorneys could be shredded if the court order is enforced. He and a group of colleagues have spent 80 to 100 hours meeting with each of 18 Yemeni clients they represent. He has also spent 30 to 40 hours with two other detainees. He estimated that 25 percent of the notes of these meetings include classified information.

He and several other attorneys complained that the government is over-classifying information and that records posing no threat to national security could be erased.

Classified status, which is meant to protect national security, is decided by executive-branch agencies including the military and intelligence offices. The current standards are set out in a 2003 executive order [7] — said by open-government advocates [8] and the media [9] to have significantly expanded government secrecy — issued by former President George W. Bush and so far unaltered by his successor.

“There is no way that most of the stuff I’m reading is classified,” said Marc Falkoff, an assistant professor at Northern Illinois University College of Law who began representing Guantanamo detainees in 2004. “I would love to hand you a three-ring binder of all the documents the government has submitted as justification for keeping one of my clients in Guantanamo, and you decide for yourself whether the quality of this information is something you think justifies seven and a half years in prison.”

The government treats any material originating from the detainees as “presumptively classified,” said Gitanjali Gutierrez, an attorney with the Center for Constitutional Rights who represents Mohammed al Qahtani — the alleged 20th hijacker whose military commission charges were dismissed after a top government official concluded he’d been tortured [10] — in his habeas suit.

The Justice Department’s Boyd confirmed that communications between detainees and their lawyers are presumed classified, but said that the court has approved that approach and that there’s a procedure for reviewing whether something is properly classified.

Even if some of the records legitimately need to be classified, Gutierrez said, they should be preserved to enable a future evaluation of this time. “Historians are going to go berserk when they find this out.”

It’s not unusual for classified court records to be shredded, said Meredith Fuchs, general counsel of the National Security Archive, a nongovernmental organization that collects and publishes declassified documents. But she said these cases have unusual historical importance, and she’s especially concerned that the court order requires destruction of originals and all copies of certain records.

When the terms of the 2004 order were first being debated, the detainees’ lawyers were struggling just to meet with their clients and learn the basic details of what they were suspected of doing. The survival of case records seemed a distant problem, said Remes, who as a partner at the law firm, Covington & Burling, led negotiations over litigation rules on behalf of the detainees.

“At the time, we didn’t know what we didn’t know” about detainee treatment, said Remes, who left Covington in July to found a human rights firm. “Document destruction didn’t really emerge as a problem until December 2007, when it emerged that [CIA] tapes of waterboarding had been destroyed [11].”

© Copyright 2009 Pro Publica Inc.

Informants Say Blackwater Guards Tried to Unload Arms

0

By Bill Sizemore |

Shortly after a 2007 shooting incident in a Baghdad traffic square that left 17 Iraqi civilians dead, Blackwater contractors allegedly transferred a number of machine guns to another contractor who is now charged with trying to smuggle them out of Iraq.

The Blackwater contractors wanted to dispose of the weapons before an investigation of the bloody incident began, according to two confidential government informants.

John Houston, the contractor charged in the case, allegedly told one of the informants that after Blackwater “got into trouble,” the guards had to get rid of the firearms so they wouldn’t be caught with them.

The Sept. 16, 2007, shooting incident in Nisoor Square enraged Iraqis and led to the loss of Blackwater’s lucrative diplomatic security contract in Iraq.

The Moyock, N.C.-based private military company has since renamed itself Xe.

Six Blackwater contractors face manslaughter and weapons charges stemming from the incident.

Houston, a retired Special Forces soldier, is charged separately with trying to smuggle eight machine guns and a semi automatic pistol from Iraq into the United States. The indictment was handed down last week by a federal grand jury in Maryland.

Houston, 43, served with the Army Special Operations Command, headquartered at Fort Bragg, N.C., until his retirement as a sergeant major in 2006. At the time of the Nisoor Square shootings, he was working in Iraq for SOS International, a New York-based military contractor.

In a sworn statement, Christopher Trainor, a special agent with the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, quoted the two confidential informants as saying Houston told them he obtained machine guns from Blackwater contractors after the Nisoor Square incident.

According to the agent, Houston told the informants that Blackwater employees had a large shipping container filled with firearms that they had seized from Iraqi insurgents.

After the Baghdad shootings, Houston allegedly told one informant, the Blackwater personnel passed some of the firearms to him “because they wanted to dispose of the weapons before an investigation ensued.”

Houston’s attorney declined to comment on the allegations.

Anne Tyrrell, a Xe spokeswoman, said in a brief e-mail statement that “possession of unauthorized firearms is in violation of the company’s strict policies.”

Apart from the Houston case, Xe has been the subject of several government investigations of alleged improper arms shipments related to its security work in Iraq.

© 1993-2009 PilotOnline.com

CIA Officials Were Given Daily Torture Updates

0

By Jason Leopold |

CIA interrogators provided top agency officials in Langley with daily “torture” updates of Abu Zubaydah, the alleged “high-level” terrorist detainee who was held at a secret “black site” prison and waterboarded 83 times in August 2002, according to newly released court documents obtained by The Public Record.

The extensive back-and-forth between CIA field operatives and agency officials in Langley likely included updates provided to senior Bush administration officials.

The government documents filed May 1, with U.S. District Court Judge Alvin Hellerstein include two sets of indexes totaling 52 pages and contain general descriptions of cables sent back to CIA headquarters describing the August 2002 videotaped interrogation sessions of Zubaydah. Those cable transmissions included a description of the techniques interrogators had used and the intelligence, if any, culled from those sessions.

An Aug. 1, 2002 Justice Department legal opinion released last month signed by Jay Bybee, the former head of the Office of Legal Counsel, described a “ticking time-bomb” scenario and “chatter” about a looming terrorist attack in justifying a list of 10 different brutal interrogation techniques the CIA requested to use against Zubaydah. Those interrogation methods included waterboarding, slamming his head repeatedly against a wall and forcing him to remain awake for as long as 11 consecutive days.

On the same day Bybee, now a federal appeals court judge, signed the memorandum CIA field operatives at the “black site” prison where Zubaydah was detained sent a two-page cable to agency headquarters that included detailed information “concerning the use of interrogation techniques; atmospherics and behavioral comments; a threat update; a medical update; and administrative and security notes.”

“The cable [marked top secret] also includes CIA organizational information, CIA filing information, locations of CIA facilities, and the names and/or identifying information of personnel engaged in counterterrorism operations,” according to a description of the cable.

Another document, describing a four-page cable sent back to CIA headquarters on Aug. 4, 2002, “includes information concerning the strategies for interrogation sessions… reactions to the interrogation techniques, raw intelligence, and a status of threat information.”

One the same day, according to the same set of indexes, CIA field operatives prepared a 59-page notebook that contained notes of the interrogations, which contained “handwritten notes concerning treatment and conduct of interrogations; reactions to the interrogation techniques; specific intelligence topics concerning terrorist threats to the U.S.; raw intelligence; and medical information.”

There are several instances in which multiple cables were sent to CIA headquarters on a single day, which suggests Zubaydah was subjected to a combination of brutal interrogation methods at various points throughout the day.

For example, on Aug. 5, 2002, a four-page cable was sent to CIA headquarters describing the use of and reaction to interrogation techniques and another two-page cable was sent the same day that contained similar descriptions as well as a “medical update.” All of the other descriptions of the cables sent to CIA headquarters, some of which are as long as seven pages, during the month August 2002 contain similar descriptions.

The first set of indexes contains information about cables sent on Aug. 1, 2002 and ends on Aug. 7, 2002. The second set of indexes begins on Aug. 8, 2002 and ends on Aug. 18, 2002 but does not contain an entry for correspondence sent back to the CIA on Aug. 13, 2002 describing the status of interrogations.

The indexes were turned over as part of a contempt lawsuit filed by the ACLU against the Department of Defense related to 92 interrogation videotapes that were destroyed by the agency in 2005 as public attention began focusing on allegations that the Bush administration had subjected “war on terror” detainees to brutal interrogations that crossed the line into torture.

The CIA and the Justice Department declined to turn over a more detailed description of the cables it’s field agents sent back to headquarters citing several exemptions under the Freedom of Information Act.

“This document contains information relating to intelligence activities (including special activities), intelligence sources, intelligence methods, and foreign relations to foreign activities of the United States including confidential sources that is properly classified,” the CIA states in a document description of the Aug. 1, 2002 cable.

Additionally, the agency said it withheld a detailed description of the cables in this and every other August 2002 cable because it “contains information relating to intelligence sources and intelligence methods that is specifically exempted from disclosure” in accordance with the National Security Act. The documents also contain “information relating to the organization, functions, and names of person employed by the CIA that is specifically exempted from disclosure.”

The documents contain information relating to intra-agency predecisional deliberations, including preliminary evaluations, opinions, and recommendations of CIA personnel” and contains “information relating to the identities of personnel engaged in counterterrorism operation” and disclosing those details “would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.”

In a two-page letter accompanying the indexes, CIA Associate General Counsel John McPherson wrote that a “senior government official” would submit a declaration on May 22, “that more fully explains the justifications for withholding a more detailed description of the cables.

“We wish to note that the records at issue, which are actual operational cables between CIA station(s) and CIA headquarters are different in kind from the general legal memoranda addressing CIA interrogation methods that were disclosed on April 16, 2009,” says McPherson’s May 1, letter to Hellerstein. “Unlike the memoranda, which address the legality of interrogation methods that are no longer used, the cables disclose extremely sensitive operational information that would threaten the efficacy of present and future interrogations.

“For example disclosure of the cables could reveal how the CIA approaches interrogations as a general matter, including its strategic decisions about when particular interrogation methods were used, in what order, and, most importantly, why particular methods were used in certain situations. The cables also contain sensitive information about what types of questions are asked and at what point in the interrogation, and how interrogators calibrate particular interrogation approaches to the detainees responses.

“Even though some of those methods are no longer employed by the CIA, the cables reveal the strategy and tactics of the CIA interrogations and provide insight into how the CIA elicits information from those whom they interrogate, as well as actual intelligence obtained during interrogations. If this kind of information is disclosed, our enemies will be better prepared to resist and subvert interrogations now and in the future.”

Amrit Singh, an ACLU staff attorney, said, “it’s disappointing that the Obama administration is continuing to withhold the text of these cables despite the promise of transparency.”

She added that withholding the information may have more to do with protecting senior CIA and Bush administration officials as opposed to revealing national security secrets.

“I think the frequency of the cables showed that CIA headquarters and senior officials had sanctioned interrogation methods that were illegal,” she said. “We see no basis for continuing to withhold this information.”

The CIA stated in previous court filings that it had 3,000 documents related to the destruction of the 92 interrogation videotapes. The Justice Department said the documents include “cables, memoranda, notes and e-mails” related to the destroyed CIA videotapes, which were made between April and December 2002.

Twelve of those videotapes depict CIA interrogators subjecting Zubaydah and Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri, the alleged mastermind of the attack on the USS Cole in 2000, to brutal interrogation methods, including waterboarding. The 80 other videotapes purportedly show Zubaydah and al-Nashiri in their prison cells. But it’s unknown whether the interrogation tapes that predate the Aug. 1, 2002 “torture” memo depict “enhanced interrogation” techniques not yet approved by the Justice Department.

The Justice Department had refused to turn over indexes for interrogations that predated the Aug. 1, 2002 memo. But last month, Hellerstein, in a two-page order dated April 20, said “the government shall produce records relating to the content of the tapes not merely from August 2002, but from the entire period the tapes were destroyed.”

“The Government represents this period to be April through December 2002,” Hellerstein’s order said. “In addition to the current plan for production from a sample month, the Government shall propose a schedule for production of documents from the entire period. The Government shall produce documents relating to the destruction of the tapes, which describe the persons and reasons behind their destruction, from a period reasonably longer than April through December 2002.”

Zubaydah, who is believed to have arranged travel for al-Qaeda operatives, was captured after a gunfight in Pakistan in March 2002 and was whisked away to a CIA “black site” prison on March 28, 2002.

Documents released last week by the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence that high-level Bush administration officials, including then National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice and Vice President Dick Cheney, began discussing using “enhanced interrogation” methods against Zubaydah in May 2002, suggesting that he may have been subjected to some techniques not yet authorized.

Ali Soufan, a former FBI agent who first interrogated Zubaydah shortly after he was captured, complained to officials at FBI headquarters that early interrogations of Zubaydah by the CIA amounted to “borderline torture,” according to a report released last year by Justice Department Inspector General Glenn Fine related to the FBI’s role in harsh interrogations.

Whether Zubaydah was tortured before the Aug. 1, 2002 memo was issued has been a matter of debate for some time.

In the book, The Dark Side by New Yorker reporter Jane Mayer, she suggested there was a turf war between CIA and FBI related to interrogations of “war on terror” detainees. She wrote that when CIA Director George Tenet learned that it was the FBI agents whose “rapport-building” approach resulted in valuable intelligence from Zubaydah Tenet sent in a CIA team in April 2002, led by Dr. James Mitchell, a psychologist under contract to the agency, to take over the interrogations, which became more aggressive.

Mayer wrote that when Mitchell arrived he told Soufan and the other FBI agent that Zubaydah needed to be treated “like a dog in a cage.”

Mitchell said Zubaydah was “like an experiment, when you apply electric shocks to a caged dog, after a while he’s so diminished, he can’t resist.”

Soufan and the other FBI agent argued that Zubaydah was “not a dog, he was a human being” to which Mitchell responded: “Science is science.”
The likelihood that President George W. Bush was briefed on Zubaydah’s torture was reported by journalist Ron Suskind, who wrote in his book The One Percent Doctrine that Bush had become “obsessed” with Zubaydah and the information he might have about pending terrorist plots against the United States.

“Bush was fixated on how to get Zubaydah to tell us the truth,” Suskind wrote. Bush questioned one CIA briefer, “Do some of these harsh methods really work?”

USA using Patriot Act against its own citizens

0

Sixteen-year-old Ashton Lundeby’s bedroom in his mother’s Granville County home is nothing, if not patriotic. Images of American flags are everywhere on the bed, on the floor, on the wall. But according to the United States government, the tenth-grade home-schooler is being held on a criminal complaint that he made a bomb threat from his home on the night of Feb. 15. The boy, Ashton Lundeby was taken from his family’s North Carolina home, to a juvenile facility in Indiana where the threats were allegedly made.

During the raid, the FBI executed a search warrant and thoroughly searched the family home. They found absolutely nothing illegal or suspicious. No bombs, no bomb-making material or anything unlawful. It turns out, someone hijacked the family’s internet IP address and used it to make numerous phone calls and terrorist threats. The family has been told they have no rights to see their child and, under the USA PATRIOT ACT, the child has no rights to even defend himself. They claim the Constitution does not apply to this 16 year old, natural born, American citizen.